VwDDWWftmn Iff rowffl
18S8 S g
■HHIl
1 nHHHIlf
Hi
IHHJfHfiFOOtfflllilJJlJ
MmmM
JBMBKBSBm
mmmm
I lii iHSfflM
CATALOGUE OF THE
^Baltimore Oialbge nf Rental jiurgerg
Rental J5>cl}fltfl
1955-1956 SESSION
With Announcements For 1956-1957 Session
BALTIMORE, MARYLAND
Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2012 with funding from
LYRASIS Members and Sloan Foundation
http://archive.org/details/dentistr62unse
Official Publication
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
ONE HUNDRED AND SIXTEENTH CATALOGUE
WITH
ANNOUNCEMENTS FOR THE 1956-1957 SESSION
BALTIMORE COLLEGE OF DENTAL SURGERY
DENTAL SCHOOL
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
BALTIMORE, MARYLAND
The School of Dentistry reserves the right to change any provision or
requirement in this catalogue at any time.
4 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
ADMINISTRATIVE ORGANIZATION
The Government of the University is vested by law in a Board of Regents,
consisting of eleven members appointed by the Governor each for a term of
nine years. The administration of the University is vested in the President.
Each school has its own Faculty Council, composed of the Dean and mem-
bers of its faculty of professorial rank; each Faculty Council controls the
internal affairs of the group it represents.
The University organization comprises the following administrative divisions:
College of Agriculture
College of Arts and Sciences
College of Business and Public Administration
College of Education
College of Engineering, The Glenn L. Martin Institute of Technology
College of Home Economics
College of Military Science
College of Physical Education, Recreation, and Health
College of Special and Continuation Studies
Agricultural Experiment Station
Agricultural and Home Economics Extension Service
Agricultural Services and Controls
Graduate School
Summer Session
School of Dentistry
School of Law
School of Medicine
School of Nursing
School of Pharmacy
The University Hospital
The Schools of Dentistry, Law, Medicine, Nursing, and Pharmacy, and the
Hospital are located in Baltimore in the vicinity of Lombard and Greene
Streets; the School of Education has a Baltimore Division; the others are in
College Park.
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 5
Board of Regents
Term
Expires
William P. Cole, Jr., Chairman Baltimore 1958
Mrs. JohnT.. Whitehurst, Vice-Chairman.. Baltimore 1956
B. Herbert Brown, Secretary Baltimore 1960
Louis L. Kaplan, Assistant Secretary Baltimore 1961
Harry H. Nuttle, Treasurer Denton 1957
Edmund S. Burke, Assistant Treasurer Cumberland 1959
Edward F. Holter Middletown 1959
Charles P. McCormick Baltimore 1957
Enos S. Stockbridge Baltimore 1960
Thomas B. Symons College Park 1963
C. Ewing Tuttle Baltimore 1962
President of the University
Wilson Homer Elkins, B.A., M.A., B.Litt, D.Phil.
Educational Council
The President, Dean of the Faculty, Chairman, Deans of Colleges, Chairmen of
Academic Divisions, Heads of Educational Departments, Director of Admissions and
Registrations.
6 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION
Wilson Homer Elkins, B.A., M.A., B.Litt., D.Phil., President of the University
Myron S. Aisenberg, D.D.S., Dean
Katharine Toomey, Administrative Assistant
G. Watson Algire, M.S., Director of Admissions and Registrations
OFFICERS OF INSTRUCTION
1955-1956 SESSION
Emeriti
J. Ben Robinson, D.D.S., D. Sc, Dean Emeritus
Burt B. Ide, D.D.S., Professor Emeritus of Operative Dentistry
Professors
♦Myron S. Aisenberg, Professor of Pathology.
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1922.
♦Joseph Calton Biddix, Jr., Professor of Oral Diagnosis.
D.D.S., University oi Maryland, 1934.
*Edward C. Dobbs, Professor of Pharmacology and Therapeutics.
D.D.S.. University of Maryland, 1929 ; B.S., 1952.
$Brice Marden Dorsey, Professor of Oral Surgery.
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1927.
♦Gardner Patrick Henry Foley, Professor of Dental Literature.
B.A., Clark University, 1923; M.A., 1926.
*Grayson Wilbur Gaver, Professor of Dental Prosthesis.
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1922.
♦William Edward Hahn, Professor of Anatomy.
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1931; A.B., University of Rochester, 1938; M.S.,
1939.
♦Marion W. McCrea, Professor of Histology and Embryology.
D.D.S., Ohio State University, 1935 ; M.S., University of Rochester, 1937.
♦Ernest B. Nuttall, Professor of Fixed Partial Prosthesis.
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1931.
♦Robert Harold Oster, Professor of Physiology.
B.S., The Pennsylvania State University, 1923; M.S., 1926; Ph.D., Harvard Uni-
versity, 1933.
Kyrle W. Preis, Professor of Orthodontics.
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1929.
♦Kenneth Vincent Randolph, Professor of Operative Dentistry.
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1939 ; B.S., 1951.
♦Donald E. Shay, Professor of Bacteriology.
B.S.. Lebanon Valley College, 1937 ; M.S., University of Maryland, 1938 ; Ph.D.,
1943.
♦E. G. Vanden Bosche, Professor of Biochemistry.
A.B., Lebanon Valley College. 1922; M.S., University of Maryland, 1924; Ph.D.,
1927.
•Full time JHalf time
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 7
Associate Professors
♦Joseph Patrick Cappuccio, Associate Professor of Oral Surgery.
B.S., University of Rhode Island, 1943 ; D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1946.
^Benjamin Anthony Dabrowski, Associate Professor of Oral Roentgenology.
A.B.. The Johns Hopkins University. 1932 ; D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1940.
♦Stanley H. Dosh, Associate Professor of Fixed Partial Prosthesis.
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1935.
■j-Harold Golton. Associate Professor of Oral Diagnosis.
D.D.S., University of Maryland. 1925.
George McLean, Associate Professor of Physical Diagnosis and Principles of
Medicine.
M.D., University of Maryland. 1916.
♦Peter McLean Lu. Associate Professor of Fixed Partial Prosthesis.
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1934.
♦Jose Enrique Medina, Associate Professor of Operative Dentistry.
D.D.S., University of Maryland. 1948.
♦Walter L. Oggesen, Associate Professor of Fixed Partial Prosthesis.
D.D.S., University of Maryland. 1926.
♦D. Vincent Provenza, Associate Professor of Histology and Embryology.
B.S., University of Maryland, 1939; M.S., 1941; Ph.D., 1952.
♦Wilbur Owen Ramsey, Associate Professor of Dental Prosthesis.
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1943.
♦Douglas John Sanders, Associate Professor of Pedodontics.
B.S., Northwestern University, 1946, D.D.S., 1948.
♦♦Nathan B. Scherr, Associate Professor of Pedodontics.
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1922.
♦Josephine Ezekiel Schueler, Associate Professor of Visual Aids.
♦Guy Paul Thompson, Associate Professor of Anatomy.
A.B., West Virginia University, 1923 ; A.M., 1929.
♦L. Edward Warner, Associate Professor of Dental Prosthesis.
D.D.S.. University of Maryland, 1931.
Tobias Weinberg, Associate Professor of Pathology.
A.B., The Johns Hopkins University, 1930; M.D.. 1933.
JRiley S. Williamson, Jr., Associate Professor of Dental Prosthesis.
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1942.
Assistant Professors
Irving I. Aeramson, Assistant Professor of Oral Medicine.
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1932.
♦William Robert Biddington, Assistant Professor of Oral Medicine.
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1948.
♦Hugh M. Clement, Jr., Assistant Professor of Operative Dentistry.
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1944.
A. Bernard Eskow, Assistant Professor of Oral Medicine.
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1938.
♦Yam-Hin Louie, Assistant Professor of Operative Dentistry.
B.S., Lingnan University, Canton, China, 1938; D.D.S., Northwestern University,
1945 ; M.S.D., 1946.
♦Full time tHalf time
•♦Deceased March 19, 1956
tLeave of absence
8 UNIVERSITY OF MARYL+4ND
Burton Robert Pollack, Assistant Professor of Physiology.
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 194 6.
Daniel Edward Shehan, Assistant Professor of Orthodontics.
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1922.
E. Roderick Shipley, Assistant Professor of Physiology.
A.B., The Johns Hopkins University, 1938 ; M.D., University of Maryland, 1942.
Arthur G. Siwinski, Assistant Professor of Oral Surgery.
A.B., The Johns Hopkins University, 1927; M.D., University of Maryland, 1931.
D. Robert Swinehart, Assistant Professor of Orthodontics.
A.B.. Dartmouth College, 1933 ; D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1937.
$Edmond G. Vanden Bosche, Assistant Professor of Dental Anatomy.
B.S.. The Pennsylvania State University, 1943 ; D.D.S., University of Maryland,
1947.
Special Lecturers
Robert B. Dodd, Professor of Anesthesiology (School of Medicine).
M.D.. University of Nebraska, 1945.
Richard Lindenberg, Lecturer in Neuroanatomy.
M.D., University of Berlin, 1944.
Ethelbert Lovett, Lecturer in Ethics.
D.D.S., Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, 1922.
Paul A. Pumpian, Lecturer in Jurisprudence.
B.S., University of Maryland, 1950 ; LL.B., 1953.
Harry M. Robinson, Jr., Professor of Dermatology (School of Medicine).
B.S., University of Maryland, 1931; M.D., 1935.
F. Noel Smith, Lecturer in Dental Prosthesis.
D.D.S., Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, 1923.
George Herschel Yeager, Professor of Clinical Surgery (School of Medicine).
B.S., West Virginia University, 1927 ; M.D., University of Maryland. 1929.
Instructors
Alvin David Aisenberg, Instructor in Pathology.
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1945.
Sterrett P. Beaven, Instructor in Operative Dentistry.
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1941.
Jordan S. Bloom, Instructor in Operative Dentistry.
B.A., The Johns Hopkins University, 1949 ; D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1953.
Samuel Hollinger Bryant, Instructor in Oral Diagnosis.
A.B., Western Maryland College, 1928 ; D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1932.
Arthur Merrick Bushey, Instructor in Oral Surgery.
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1950.
Thomas F. Clement, Instructor in Oral Medicine.
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1951.
Jerome S. Cullen, Instructor in Clinical Orthodontics.
D.D.S.. University of Maryland, 1941.
$Fred Ehrlich, Instructor in Pedodontics.
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1947.
♦William Henry Gaffney, Jr., Instructor in Oral Roentgenology.
B.S., Loyola College, 1950; D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1954.
*Calvin Joseph Gaver, Instructor in Operative Dentistry.
B.S., University of Maryland, 1950 ; D.D.S., 1954.
♦Full time JHalf time
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 9
Ralph Jack Gordon, Instructor in Dental Prosthesis.
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1933.
Marvin M. Graham, Instructor in Fixed Partial Prosthesis.
A.B., Cornell University, 1938; A.M., 1939; D.D.S., University of Pennsylvania,
1943.
♦William Lee Graham, Instructor in Oral Diagnosis.
B.S., Marietta College, 1948 ; D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1953.
Walter Granruth, Jr., Instructor in Pathology.
B.S., Loyola College, 1950; D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1954.
Paul Frederick Guerin, Instructor in Pathology.
A.B., Wittenberg Coliege, 1942 ; M.D., University of Pennsylvania, 1945.
♦John Miller Hyson, Instructor in Oral Surgery.
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1950.
Conrad Lucius Inman, Instructor in Anesthesiology.
D.D.S.. Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, 1915.
Melvin John Jagielski, Instructor in Dental Anatomy.
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1953.
Frank G. Kuehn, Instructor in Clinical Medicine.
A.B., University of North Carolina, 1946 ; M.D., University of Maryland, 1950.
Lester Lebo, Instructor in Oral Diagnosis.
B.S., University of Chicago, 1938; M.D., 1941.
Richard R. C. Leonard, Instructor in Public Health Dentistry.
D.D.S., Indiana University, 1922; M.S.P.H., University of Michigan, 1944.
Charles E. Love man, Instructor in Anatomy.
A.B.. The Johns Hopkins University, 1935 ; D.D.S., Columbia University, 1939.
♦Martin H. Morris, Instructor in Biochemistry.
B.S., Rutgers University, 1952; M.S., 1954.
Frank N. Ogden, Instructor in First Aid and in Charge of Medical Care of
Students.
M.D., University of Maryland, 1917.
♦Alba Jane Carr Proutt, Junior Instructor in Visual Aids.
B.A.. Washington College, 1953^
Leonard Rapoport, Instructor in Pharmacology.
B.S., University of Maryland, 1937; D.D.S., 1944.
Norton Morris Ross, Instructor in Pharmacology.
B.S.. University of Connecticut, 1949 ; D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1954.
Myron Hillard Sachs, Instructor in Anatomy.
D.D.S., Columbia University, 1939.
♦Theresa P. Sakalusky, Junior Instructor in Visual Aids.
B.S., Kuntztown State Teachers College, 1952.
Aaron Schaeffer, Instructor in Clinical Orthodontics.
B.A., Western Maryland College, 1939 ; D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1947 ; M.S.,
University of Illinois, 1948.
♦Frank J. Sinnreich, Jr., Instructor in Anatomy.
B.S., University of Maryland, 1951.
Glenn D. Steele, Instructor in Fixed Partial Prosthesis.
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1942.
♦Claude P. Taylor, Instructor in Visual Aids.
Earle Harris Watson, Instructor in Dental Materials and Dental Prosthesis.
A.B., University of North Carolina, 1938; D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1942.
Graduate Assistants
♦Maria Paz Flor, Graduate Assistant in Oral Pathology and Oral Surgery.
D.D.M., University of the Philippines, 1950.
•Full time
10 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
♦Robert Luers Heldrich, Graduate Assistant in Oral Surgery.
A.B., Gettysburg College, 1951; D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1955.
♦Herbert H. James, Jr., Graduate Assistant in Bacteriology.
B.S., Montana State College, 1951; M.A., Montana State University, 1954.
♦Leonard H. Jarvis, Graduate Assistant in Oral Surgery.
A.B., West Virginia University, 1952; D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1955.
♦Charles Brown Leonard, Jr., Graduate Assistant in Biochemistry.
B.A., Rutgers College of South Jersey, 1955.
♦Mitchel Pozega, Graduate Assistant in Oral Surgery.
A.B., West Virginia University, 1951 ; D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1955.
Library Staff
Dentistry-Pharmacy
Ida Marian Robinson, Librarian and Associate Professor of Library Science.
A.B., Cornell University, 1924 ; B.S.L.S., Columbia University School of Library
Service, 1944.
Hilda E. Moore, Associate Librarian.
A.B., Randolph Macon Woman's College, 1936 ; A.B.L.S., Emory University
Library School, 1937.
Beatrice Marriott, Reference Librarian.
A.B.. University of Maryland, 1944.
Curtis G. Crom, Periodicals Librarian.
A.B., George Washington University, 1949; M.S.L.S., Syracuse University Library
School, 1954.
Harriette W. S helton, Chief Cataloguer.
B.A., The Pennsylvania State College, 1935 ; B.S.L.S., Columbia University School
of Library Service, 1937.
Marjorie Fluck, Cataloguer.
B.S. in Ed., Kutztown State Teachers College, 1952.
Marjorie H. Jarvis, Library Assistant.
Elizabeth E. McCoach, Assistant to the Librarian.
Patricia C. Watkins, Assistant to the Cataloguer.
Laboratory Technicians
Earl F. Becker Department of Bacteriology
Jane C. Clark, A.B Department of Anatomy
Ann K. Dentry, B.S Department of Histology
Joseph F. Killian Department of Pathology
Leah M. Proutt, B.S., M.S Department of Physiology
Mary H. Stienemann -Department of Roentgenology
Henry Yeager Department of Orthodontics
Assisting Staff
June G. Bingen, R.N., Assistant in Oral Surgery.
John S. Chanaud, Assistant.
Lorraine J. Cook, Stenographer.
'Full time
School of dentistkv n
Ruth E. Cooke, Secretary, Diagnostic Clinic.
Marie Antoinette De Juliis, Stenographer.
Jean Lee Dorsey, Secretary, Prosthetic Clinic.
Eleanor B. Eckert, Stenographer.
Johanna K. Eichner, Information and Case Record Clerk.
Ellen L. Frank, Stenographer
Mary A. Hagan, Secretary, Orthodontic Clinic.
Zita Marie Kuhx, Secretary, Roentgenology Clinic.
Patricia R. Mall, Secretary, Oral Surgery Clinic.
Mary P. O'Grady, Stenographer.
Dorothy P. Peregoy, Accountant, Clinics.
William J. Sachs, Assistant.
Addie A. Spicer, Cashier.
Anna Timchula, Stenographer.
Katherine L. Underwood, Stenographer.
12 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
HISTORY
The Baltimore College of Dental Surgery occupies an important and inter-
esting place in the history of dentistry. At the end of the regular session —
1954-55 — it completed its one hundred and fifteenth year of service to dental
education. The Baltimore College of Dental Surgery represents the first effort
in history to offer institutional dental education to those anticipating the practice
of dentistry.
The first lectures on dentistry in America were delivered by Dr. Horace
H. Hayden in the University of Maryland, School of Medicine, between the
years 1823-25. These lectures were interrupted in 1825 by internal dissensions
in the School of Medicine and were as a consequence discontinued. It was
Dr. Hayden's idea that dental education merited greater attention than had been
given it by medicine or could be given it by the preceptorial plan of dental teaching
then in vogue.
Dr. Horace H. Hayden began the practice of dentistry in Baltimore in
1800. From that time he made a zealous attempt to lay the foundation for a
scientific, serviceable dental profession. In 1831 Dr. Chapin A. Harris came to
Baltimore to study under Hayden. Dr. Harris was a man of unusual ability
and possessed special qualifications to aid in establishing and promoting formal
dental education. Since Dr. Hayden's lectures had been interrupted at the
University of Maryland and there was an apparent unsurmountable difficulty
confronting the creation of dental departments in medical schools, an independent
college was decided upon. A charter was applied for and granted by the Mary-
land Legislature February 1, 1840. The first Faculty meeting was held February
3, 1840, at which time Dr. Horace H. Hayden was elected President and Dr.
Chapin A. Harris, Dean. The introductory lecture was delivered by Dr. Hayden
on November 3, 1840, to the five students matriculating in the first class
Thus was created as the foundation of the present dental profession the Balti-
more College of Dental Surgery, the first dental school in the world.
Hayden and Harris, the admitted founders of conventional dental education, con
tributed, in addition to the factor of dental education, other opportunities for pro
fessional growth and development. In 1839 the American Journal of Dental Science
was founded, with Chapin A. Harris as its editor. Dr. Harris continued fully re
sponsible for dentistry's initial venture into periodic dental literature to the time of
his death. The files of the old American Journal of Dental Science testify to the
fine contributions made by Dr. Harris. In 1840 the American Society of Dental
Surgeons was founded, with Dr. Horace H. Hayden as its President and Dr. Chapir
A. Harris as its Corresponding Secretary. This was the beginning of dental
organization in America, and was the forerunner of the American Dental Association
which now numbers approximately eighty-four thousand in its present membership
The foregoing suggests the unusual influence Baltimore dentists and the Baltimon
College of Dental Surgery have exercised on professional ideals and policies.
In 1873, the Maryland Dental College, an offspring of the Baltimore Collegi
of Dental Surgery, was organized. It continued instruction until 1878, at whicll
time it was consolidated with the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery. A
department of dentistry was organized at the University of Maryland in thj
year 1882, graduating a class each year from 1883 to 1923. This school wa
chartered as a corporation and continued as a privately owned and directe
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 13
institution until 1920, when it became a State institution. The Dental Depart-
ment of the Baltimore Medical College was established in 1895, continuing until
1913, when it merged with the Dental Department of the University of Maryland.
The final combining of the dental educational interests of Baltimore was
effected June 15, 1923, by the amalgamation of the student bodies of the Balti-
more College of Dental Surgery and the University of Maryland, School of
Dentistry; the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery becoming a distinct depart-
ment of the University under State supervision and control. Thus we find in
the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, Dental School, University of Maryland,
a merging of the various efforts at dental education in Maryland. From these
component elements have radiated developments of the art and science of
dentistry until the strength of its alumni is second to none, either in number or
degree of service to the profession.
BUILDING
The School of Dentistry is located at the northwest corner of Lombard and
Greene Streets, adjoining the University Hospital. The building occupied by
the Dental School provides approximately fifty thousand square feet of floor
space, is fireproof, splendidly lighted and ventilated, and is ideally arranged for
efficient use. It contains a sufficient number of large lecture rooms, classrooms,
a library and reading room, science laboratories, technic laboratories, clinic
rooms, and locker rooms. It is furnished with new equipment throughout and
provides every accommodation necessary for satisfactory instruction under com-
fortable arrangements and pleasant surroundings.
Special attention has been given to the facilities in clinic instruction. The
large clinic wing contains 148 operating spaces ; each space contains a chair,
operating table and unit equipped with an electric engine, compressed air, gas,
running water, etc. Clinic instruction is segregated, and the following depart-
ments have been arranged for effective teaching: Operative, Prosthesis (including
Fixed Partial Prosthesis and Ceramics), Anesthetics and Surgery, Oral Medicine,
Orthodontics, Diagnosis, Pedodontics, Roentgenology, and Visual Aids. All
technic laboratories are equipped with every modern facility to promote efficiency
in instruction.
LIBRARY
The Dental School is fortunate in having one of the better equipped and
organized dental libraries among the dental schools of the country. The Library
is located in the main building and consists of a stack room, offices and a
reading room accommodating ninety-six students. Over 16 000 books and bound
journals on dentistry and the collateral sciences, together with numerous
pamphlets, reprints and unbound journals, are available for the student's use.
More than 200 journals are regularly received by the Library. An adequate
staff promotes the growth of the Library and assists the student body in the
use of the Library's resources. The Library is financed by direct appropriations
from the State, by the income from the endowment established by the Maryland
State Dental Association and by the proceeds of the sale of books to students.
One of the most important factors of the dental student's education is to teach
14 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
him the value and the use of dental literature in his formal education and in
promoting his usefulness and value to the profession during practice. The Balti-
more College of Dental Surgery is ideally equipped to achieve this aim of dental
instruction.
COURSE OF INSTRUCTION
The Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, Dental School, University of
Maryland, offers a course in dentistry devoted to instruction in the medical
sciences, the dental sciences, and clinical practice. Instruction consists of didactic
lectures, laboratory instruction, demonstrations, conferences, quizzes and hospital
ward rounds. Topics are assigned for collateral reading to train the student in the
value and use of dental literature. The curriculum for the complete course appears
on pages 16 and 17 of this catalogue.
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION
Applicants for admission must present evidence of having completed success-
fully two academic years of work in an accredited college of arts and sciences
based upon the completion of a four-year high school course or the equivalent
in entrance examinations. The college course must include at least a year's
credit in English, in biology, in physics, in inorganic chemistry, and in organic
chemistry. All required science courses shall include both classroom and labora-
tory instruction. Although a minimum of 60 semester hours of credit, exclusive
of physical education and military science, is required, additional courses in the
humanities and the natural and social sciences are desirable. By ruling of the
Faculty Council, all admission requirements must be completed by June 30
previous to the desired date of admission.
Tn considering candidates for admission, the Committee on Admissions will
give preference to those applicants who have high scholastic records in secondary
school and in college; who make satisfactory scores in the dental aptitude tests;
who present favorable recommendations from their respective predental com-
mittee or from one instructor in each of the departments of biology, chemistry,
and physics; and who, in all other respects, give every promise of becoming
successful students and dentists of high standing. Applicants will not be admitted
with unabsolved conditions or unabsolved failures.
COMBINED ARTS AND SCIENCES-DENTAL PROGRAM
The University offers a combined arts and sciences-dental curriculum
leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Science and Doctor of Dental Surgery.
The preprofessional part of this curriculum shall be taken in residence in the
College of Arts and Sciences at College Park, and the professional part in the
School of Dentistry in Baltimore.
Students who elect the combined program and who have completed the
arts and sciences phase of it may, upon the recommendation of the Dean of the
School of Dentistry, be granted the degree of Bachelor of Science by the College
of Arts and Sciences at the commencement following the completion of thel,
student's second year in the School of Dentistry. A student may enter thq
arts and sciences-dental program at College Park with advanced standing from ar
accredited college or university, but the last year of the preprofessional training
must be completed at College Park and the professional training must be com'
pleted in the School of Dentistry of the University of Maryland. *
SCHOOL Of DENTISTRY 15
Arts-Dentistry Curriculum
, — Semester—^
Freshman Year I II
Eng. i. 2,— Composition and American Literature 3 3
Zool. 1 — General Zoology 4 ....
ZooL -— Advanced General Zoology .... 4
Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 4 4
Math. 10, 11— Algebra, Trigonometry, Analytic Geometry 3 3
Speech 18, 19— Introductory Speech 1 1
Physical Activities 1 1
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Hea. 2, 4— Hygiene (Women) 2 2
Total 18-19 18-19
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and World or English Literature 3 3
Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life \
and \, 3 3
G. & P. 1— American Government j
Chem. 35, 36, 37, 38— Organic Chemistry 4 4
*H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3
f Modern Language 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Total 17-20 17-20
Junior Year
Modern Language (continued) 3 3
Phys. 10, 11— Fundamentals of Physics 4 4
Approved Minor Courses 9 9
Electives 3 3
Total L9 19
Senior Year
The curriculum of the first year of the School of Dentistry of the University
of Maryland is accepted by the College of Arts and Sciences as the fourth year
(major sequence) of academic work toward the degree of Bachelor of Science.
If at the end of the junior year the student decides to postpone his entrance
to the School of Dentistry and to remain in the College of Arts and Sciences
and complete work for the Bachelor's degree, he may choose a major and minor
in any of the departments in which he has completed the necessary underclass
requirements. The general nature of the first three years of this curriculum and
the generous electives of the third year make possible for the student a wide
choice of departments in which he may specialize. In general the electives of
the third year will be chosen as for a major in some particular department.
•Students planning to requesl admission t<< the Dental School with only two years of
tal training should lake Physics 10-11.
tFr. or Ger. ,; . 7— Intermediate Scientific Frencfe or German reeommendedi
16
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Id ca
TO S-i
m es nj
Q -g « vo *-h
-t rt 00 OO M fO
Tf OO ^t 00 \0 N
•^t- "<*■ o cm co r^
^ CM ,-.
00 00 C
^ vo <^
'O ^o n n
W CM ^ 00
H
O CM 00 VO
CM CO ft t-H
M 0) CO
C\Jt-( . VO 10 CM Tf t-i »— 1 vfl
VO CM ^1-
ON O CM
cM CM • o v °CM v OCM CN >voOO^i-
co co • ^ c^CMcoco VO
^^
vo 2£
ON T *'
VO 00 "<*■ ^o
On tj- CM co
VO
o
CO
VO O vO CM VO 00 CM
^ ,-H i-H CO co
VO 00
On t^
^ O
™ ON
co
vo vo ^
o
d
,H co
CQ
CO
en
CO
H
13
CO
.5
rt
2
O
u
u
rt
a,
03
a!
B
-u
C
G
<u
CJ
U Q Q
JO
>>
u
.0
S
*w
S *o
o c
c >>
< g>
co "o
co H
O co
a £
O
B-g.
>> co
bo o
o '
Ph \5 §
C-sfe g *5 rt
3 o
<V O
55 H
c *a co
Pn •?
C£
C
Q W ta fe O O Oh
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY
17
wo oq ..— i-3-tJ-cOcoCM»— ^^"CMCM
rv) -f X • 'M O CM CM CM vO CO CO CM vo
co CM •^M^f^ro rffO^
00 CM *0
CO ^
o O ^1 o o o
*o vo
rt^rt^^fOMrt^fOHrHrHrH^rH
Om»o
•O ■
• oo
•vOOm • •
• .10 • •
~
i-O CM CM
•LO •
• T-H CO
•CM CO CM • •
• -CM • •
D\
«— •
'— ■
CO
00
CO \q CO VO -rt CM \0
CM CM MD <%)
T-H T-H ^H CO
CO .CCOoO
VO^O^O
_ e
— LI
— >1
B be
— a
— x -r -
-
♦3 m c
c u c c
•8 I3&
o c a c
o
2 £
"0
— w -
o >.
•s — ^
"- Ed '-
EX u • -
« ''■ •- ^. •- u o
ocf
- - CiO.y «
/• -a o..t;
■8-ii<7)H-S o o
o fe
o
EM
C a 6 o
v. y > =:
QQGWH
C C — — — — ^
- q q w :_ _ ^ x ::::-ii-i
u t» . a c
3 O.C
•~ o
c jj
Li —
x f-
18 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
REQUIREMENTS FOR MATRICULATION AND ENROLLMENT
In the selection of students to begin the study of dentistry the School con-
siders particularly a candidate's proved ability in secondary education and his
successful completion of prescribed courses in predental collegiate training.
The requirements for admission and the academic regulations of the College of
Arts and Sciences, University of Maryland, are strictly adhered to by the
School of Dentistry.
A student is not regarded as having matriculated in the School of Dentistry
until such time as he shall have paid the matriculation fee of $10.00, and is not
enrolled until he shall have paid a deposit of $285.00 if a nonresident or $175.00
if a resident student. This deposit is intended to insure registration in the class
and is not returnable.
APPLICATION PROCEDURES
Candidates seeking admission to the Dental School should first write to
the Office of the Dean requesting a preliminary information form. Upon the
receipt and the examination of this form by the Committee on Admissions an
application blank will be sent to those candidates who merit consideration.
Each applicant should fill out the blank in its entirety and mail it promptly,
together with the application fee and photographs, to the Committee on Admissions,
Dental School, University of Maryland, Baltimore 1, Maryland. The early filing of
an application is urged. Applicants wishing advice on any problem relating to their
predental training or their application should communicate with the Committee
on Admissions.
All applicants will be required to take the Dental Aptitude Test. This
test will be given at various testing centers throughout the United States, its
possessions and Canada. Applicants will be notified by the Council on Dental
Education of the American Dental Association of the dates of the tests and the
locations of the testing centers.
Promising candidates will be required to appear before the Committee
on Admissions for an interview. On the basis of all available information the
best possible applicants will be chosen for admission to the School.
A certificate of entrance will be issued to each successful applicant, which
will permit him to matriculate and to register in the class to which he has
applied.
ADMISSION WITH ADVANCED STANDING
(a) Graduates in medicine or students in medicine who have completed two
or more years in a medical school, acceptable to standards in the School of Medicine,
University of Maryland, may be given advanced standing to the Sophomore year
proznded the applicant shall complete under competent regular instruction the courses
in dental technology regularly scheduled in the first year.
(b) Applicants for transfer must (1) meet fully the requirements for ad-
mission to the first year of the dental course; (2) be eligible for promotion to
the next higher class in the school from which he seeks to transfer; (3) show an
average grade of five per cent above the passing mark in the school where
transfer credits were earned; (4) show evidence of scholastic attainments, char-
acter and personality; (5) present letter of honorable dismissal and recommen-
iation from the dean of the school from which he transfers.
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 19
(c) All applicants for transfer must present themselves in person for an
interview before qualifying certificate can be issued.
ATTENDANCE REQUIREMENTS
In order to receive credit for a full session, each student must have entered
and be in attendance on the day the regular session opens, at which time lectures
to all classes begin, and remain until the close of the session, the dates for which
are announced in the calendar of the annual catalogue.
Regular attendance is demanded. A student whose attendance in any
course is unsatisfactory to the head of the department will be denied the privilege
of final examination in any and all such courses. A student with less than 85
per cent attendance will not be promoted to the next succeeding year. How-
ever, in certain unavoidable circumstances of absences, the Dean and Faculty
Council may honor excuses exceeding the maximum permitted.
GRADING AND PROMOTION
The following symbols are used as marks for final grades: A (100-91),
B (90-84), C (83-77), and D (76-70), Passing; F (below 70), Failure.; I, In-
complete. Progress grades in courses are indicated as "Satisfactory" and
"Unsatisfactory."
A Failure in any subject may be removed only by repeating the subject
in full. Students who have done work of acceptable quality in their completed
assignments but who, because of circumstances beyond their control, have been
unable to finish all assignments, will be given an Incomplete. A student shall
not carry an Incomplete into the next succeeding year. When he has completed
the requirements for the removal of an Incomplete, the student shall be given
the actual grade earned in the course.
Scholastic averages are computed on the basis of semester credits assigned
to each course and numerical values for grades. The numerical values are
A-4; B-3; C-2; D-l; F-0. The grade point average is the sum of the products
of semester credits and grade values, divided by the total number of semester
credits.
Students who attain a grade point average of 1.5 in the Freshman year will
be promoted. At the end of the Sophomore year an overall grade point
average of 1.75 is required for promotion. A grade point average of 2.0 is
required for promotion to the Senior year and for graduation.
EQUIPMENT
A complete list of necessary instruments and materials for technic and
clinic courses is prescribed by the Dental School. Arrangements are made by
the Dental School in advance of formal enrollment for books, instruments and
materials to be delivered to the student at the opening of school. Each student
is required to provide himself promptly with these prescribed necessities. A
student who does not meet this requirement will not be permitted to continue
with his class.
DEPORTMENT
The profession of dentistry demands, and the School of Dentistry requires,
of its students evidence of their good moral character. The conduct of the
student in relation to his work and fellow students will indicate his fitness
to be taken into the confidence of the community as a professional man. In-
20 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
tegrity, sobriety, temperate habits, truthfulness, respect for authority and asso-
ciates and honesty in the transaction of business affairs as a student will be
considered as evidence of good moral character necessary to the granting of a
degree.
REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION
The degree of Doctor of Dental Surgery is conferred upon a candidate who
has met the following conditions:
1. A candidate must furnish documentary evidence that he has attained the
age of 21 years.
2. A candidate for graduation shall have attended the full scheduled course
of four academic years.
3. He will be required to show a grade point average of 2.0 for the full course
of study.
4. He shall have satisfied all technic and clinic requirements of the various
departments.
5. He shall have paid all indebtedness to the college prior to the beginning
of final examinations, and must have adjusted his financial obligations in the
community satisfactorily to those to whom he may be indebted.
FEES
Matriculation fee (required of all entering students) $ 10.00
Tuition (each year) :
Non-resident student 675.00
Resident student 400.00
Student health service (each year) 20.00
Laboratory breakage deposit :
Freshman year 10.00
Sophomore and Junior years 5.00
In addition to fees itemized in the above schedule, the following assessments
are made by the University:
Application fee (paid at time of filing formal application for admission) 7.50
Late registration fee 5.00
(All students are expected to complete their registration, including
payment of bills, on the regular registration days.) Those who do
not complete their registration during the prescribed days will be
charged a fee of $5.00.
Examinations taken out of class and re-examinations 5.00
One certified transcript of record is issued free of charge.
Each additional copy is issued only upon payment of 1.00
Student Activities Fee — Special
For the purpose of administering and disciplining various student activities,
the Student Senate, after approval by the separate classes and the Faculty
Council, voted a fee of $12.50 to be paid at the time of registration to the
Office of the Dean.
Refunds
According to the policy of the University no fees will be returned. In case
the student discontinues his course or fails to register after a place has been
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 21
reserved in a class, any fees paid will be credited to a subsequent course, but are
not transferable.
REGISTRATION
The registration of a student in any school or college of the University shall
be regarded as a registration in the University of Maryland, but when such
student transfers to a professional school of the University or from one profes-
sional school to another, he must pay the usual matriculation fee required by
each professional school.
Each student is required to fill in a registration card for the office of the
Registrar, and make payment of one-half of the tuition fee in addition to all
other fees noted as payable before being admitted to classwork at the opening
of the session. The remainder of tuition and fees must be in the hands of the
Comptroller during registration period for the second half of the academic year.
The above requirements will be rigidly enforced.
DEFINITION OF RESIDENCE AND NON-RESIDENCE
Students who are minors are considered to be resident students if at the
time of their registration their parents have been domiciled in this state for
at least one year.
The status of the residence of a student is determined at the time of his
first registration in the University, and may not thereafter be changed by him
unless, in the case of a minor, his parents move to and become legal residents of
the state by maintaining such residence for at least one full year. However,
the right of the minor student to change from a non-resident to resident status
must be established by him prior to the registration period for any semester.
Adult students are considered to be resident if at the time of their registra-
tion they have been domiciled in this state for at least one year, provided such
residence has not been acquired while attending any school or college in Mary-
land or elsewhere.
The word domicile as used in this regulation shall mean the permanent place
of abode. For the purpose of this rule only one domicile may be claimed as a
permanent abode.
DEPARTMENT OF STUDENT HEALTH
The School undertakes to supply medical and surgical care for its students
through the Department of Student Health. This care includes the daily services
rendered by a physician and a medical secretary in a well-equipped clinic,
conveniently located in the Dental School. Also consultations, surgical proce-
dures and hospitalization, judged to be necessary by the Department, are
covered under liberal limitations, depending on length of hospitalization and
special expenses incurred.
Students who need medical attention are expected to report at the office
of the Department of Student Health. Under circumstances requiring home
treatment, the students will be visited at their College residences.
It is not within the scope of the Department to provide medical care for
conditions antedating each annual registration in the University; nor is it the
22 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
function of this service to treat chronic conditions contracted by students be-
fore admission or to extend treatment to acute conditions developing in the
period between academic years or during authorized school vacations. The cost
of orthopedic appliances, the correction of visual defects, the services of special
nurses, and special medication must be paid for by the student. The School
does not accept responsibility for illness or accident occurring away from the
community, or for expenses incurred for hospitalization or medical services in
institutions other than the University Hospital, or, in any case, for medical
expense not authorized by the Department of Student Health.
Every new student is required to undergo a complete physical examination,
which includes oral diagnosis. Any defects noted must be corrected within
the first school year. The passing of this examination is a requirement for the
final acceptance of any student.
Each matriculant must present, on the day of his enrollment, a statement from
his ophthalmologist regarding the condition of his eyes, and where defects in vision
exist he shall show evidence that corrections have been made.
If a student should enter the hospital during the academic year, the De-
partment will arrange for the payment of part or all of the hospital expenses,
depending on the length of stay and the special expenses incurred. This ar-
rangement applies only to students admitted through the office of the School
physician.
Prospective students are advised to have any known physical defects cor-
rected before entering the School in order to prevent loss of time which later
correction might involve.
SCHOLARSHIP AND LOAN FUNDS
A number of scholarship loans from various organizations and educational
foundations are available to students in the School of Dentistry. These loans
are offered on the basis of excellence in scholastic attainment and the need
on the part of students for assistance in completing their course in dentistry.
It has been the policy of the Faculty to recommend only students in the last
two years for such privileges.
The Henry Strong Educational Foundation — From this fund, established under
the will of General Henry Strong of Chicago, an annual allotment is made to
the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, Dental School, University of Mary-
land, for scholarship loans available for the use of young men and women stu-
dents under the age of twenty-five. Recommendations for the privileges of
these loans are limited to students in the Junior and Senior years. Only students
who through stress of circumstances require financial, aid and who have demon-
strated excellence in educational progress are considered in making nominations
to the secretary of this fund.
The Edzvard S. Gay lord Educational Endowment Fund — Under a provision of
the will of the late Dr. Edward S. Gaylord, of New Haven, Connecticut, an
amount approximating $16,000 was left to the Baltimore College of Dental
Surgery, Dental School, University of Maryland, the proceeds of which are to
be devoted to aiding worthy young men in securing dental education.
The W. K. Kellogg Foundation — During World War II the Foundation recog-
nized the burden that the accelerated tourse imposed upon many dental students
SCHOOL OF bENTlSTkY 23
wno under normal circumstances would earn money for their education by
employment during the summer vacation. The Foundation granted to this
School a fund to provide rotating loans to deserving dental students.
The Albert A. Harrington Fund — This fund was established in 1954 by the
New Jersey Alumni Association in memory of Dr. Albert A. Harrington, a member
of the Class of 1910. The fund is a source of valuable help in aiding students to
solve their temporary financial problems.
The E. Benton Taylor Scholarship — One of the finest scholarships in the field
of dental education, the E. Benton Taylor Scholarship was conceived and arranged
by Mrs. Taylor and will be perpetuated by the Luther B. Benton Company of Bal-
timore. It was put into operation in 1954 and will be awarded annually to a Mary-
land student of each entering class, who will continue to receive its benefits during
the four years of his dental school course.
24 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
ANATOMY
GROSS ANATOMY
Professor Halm, Associate Professor Thompson, Drs. Loveman and Sachs, and
Mr. Sinnreich
This course consists of dissection and lectures, supplemented by frequent
conferences, and practical demonstrations. Each student is required to dissect the
lateral half of the human body. The osteology of a given region is studied at the
time of the dissection of that region so that the value of learning this phase of
anatomy may be better demonstrated.
The subject is taught with the purpose of emphasizing the principles of
structure of the body, the knowledge of which is derived from a study of its
development, its organs and tissues, and the action of its parts.
Arrangements can be made to accommodate qualified students and dentists
interested in research or in making special dissections or topographical studies.
NEUROANATOMY
Professor Hahn, Associate Professor Thompson, Dr. Lindenberg and Mr. Sinnreich
Neuroanatomy is offered in the Freshman year following Gross Anatomy.
The work consists of a study of the whole brain and spinal cord by gross dis-
sections and microscopic methods. Function is taught with structure; correla-
tion is made, whenever possible, with the student's work in the histology and
physiology of the central nervous system.
COMPARATIVE TOOTH MORPHOLOGY
Associate Professor Thompson
The course treats the evolutionary development of dentition as a necessary
factor in the study of human oral anatomy. It includes a comparative study of
the teeth of the animal kingdom, both vertebrates and invertebrates, with a
comparative study of the number, position and form of the teeth.
TOOTH MORPHOLOGY
Assistant Professor Edmond G. Vanden Bosche and Dr. Jagielski
This course is designed to teach the form and structure of the teeth, and
includes a study of the nomenclature of surfaces, divisions and relations of the
teeth. In the laboratory the student is trained in the carving of the various
teeth and in the dissection of extracted teeth through their various dimensions.
The second part of the course includes a study of the supporting structures of
the teeth and of the relation of the teeth to these structures. The periods of beginning
calcification, eruption, complete calcification, and shedding of the deciduous teeth;
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 25
followed by the periods of beginning calcification, eruption, and complete calcifi-
cation of the permanent teeth, are studied and correlated with the growth in
size of the jaws and face.
BACTERIOLOGY
Professor Shay and Mr. James
The course in Bacteriology is given in the Sophomore year. It embraces
lectures, demonstrations, recitations, and conferences, augmented by guided
reading.
Practical and theoretical consideration is given to bacteria, both pathogenic
and nonpathogenic, viruses, protozoa, and some of the yeasts and molds. Special
attention is given to those organisms which cause lesions in and about the oral
cavity, particularly primary focal infection about the teeth, tonsils, pharynx,
nose, accessory sinuses, adenoids and naso-pharynx, and the types of systemic
disease which result from the establishment of secondary foci.
Immunological and serological principles are studied, with special considera-
tion given to antitoxins, antisera, bacterins, vaccines and antigens which cause
hypersensitization.
Laboratory teaching includes the methods of staining and the preparation
of media; cultural characteristics of bacteria; their reaction to disinfectants,
antiseptics, germicides and various methods of sterilization; animal inoculation,
preparation of sera, vaccines, etc.; various laboratory tests and reactions; a
study of the antibiotics; and demonstrations of virus techniques.
BIOCHEMISTRY
Professor V and en- Bosche, Mr. Morris and Mr. Leonard
The course is given in the Freshman year. The prerequisite subjects are
inorganic and organic chemistry. Additional training in analytical and physical
chemistry is desirable.
Instruction is presented in the form of lectures, demonstrations and laboratory
experience. The chemistry of living matter, its constituents and processes,
forms the basis of the course. The detailed subject matter includes the
chemistry of carbohydrates, fats, proteins, enzymes, vitamins, and hormones;
the processes of respiration, digestion, metabolism, secretion and excretion are
considered.
Instruction in qualitative and quantitative blood and urine examination is
included. These procedures are given clinical application during the Junior and
Senior years.
DENTAL HISTORY
Professor Foley
Dentistry occupies a prominent position in the present social structure
26 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
because of its important relationship to the general health of the individual and
of the community. From its crude beginnings in ancient times the dental art
has been improved down through the ages to the present time by various
educative processes, and has gradually and firmly advanced in scientific quality
and technological excellence. An appreciation of the true objectives of dentistry
will be greatly enhanced by the practitioner's knowledge of its philosophy as
revealed through an understanding of its development to its present high state
of usefulness. A knowledge of the history of dentistry is a necessary part of the
education of the modern dentist. Lectures in Dental History describe the be-
ginnings of the art of dental practice among ancient civilizations, its advance-
ment in relation to the development of the so-called medical sciences in the
early civilizations, its struggle through the Middle Ages and, finally, its attain-
ment of recognized professional status in modern times. Special attention will
be given to the forces and stresses that have brought about the evolutionary
progress from a primitive dental art to a scientific health service profession.
DENTAL MATERIALS
Professor Gaver; Associate Professors Ramsey and Oggesen; Dr. Watson
This course is designed to provide the Freshman student with a scientific
background in the nomenclature, composition, physical properties, practical
application, and proper manipulation of the important materials used in the
practice of dentistry, excluding all drugs and medicinals.
The theoretical aspect of the course is presented by the instructors in the
form of lectures, demonstrations, informal group discussions, and directed sup-
plemental reading. From the practical standpoint, the student manipulates and
tests the various materials in the laboratory, being guided by prepared project
sheets.
At the termination of the course, the student will have developed an under-
standing of the following factors: the importance of scientific testing of a
material before it is used by the profession at large; the realization of the fact
that every material has its limitations, which can be compensated for only by
intelligent application and manipulation; and an appreciation of the vast field of
research open to those who wish to help improve the materials that are available
at the present time.
DENTAL PROSTHESIS
Professor Gaver; Associate Professors Oggesen, Ramsey, Warner and Williamson;
Drs. Gordon, Smith and Watson
This course is carried through four years of study and includes lectures,
clinics, and demonstrations. It embraces lectures and technic work in the first
and second years, and lectures and clinics in the third and fourth years.
The work of the first year is devoted to a study of materials used in denture
construction. A series of lecture-demonstrations is given, explaining the properties
and manipulation of all the materials used. Experiments and exercises are ar-
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 27
ranged to give the student practical knowledge of the materials demonstrated
and are designed to impress the student with the importance of the essential
fundamentals in all the various steps in full denture construction.
During the second year the instruction embraces a study of materials used
in partial denture construction. Lecture-demonstrations, experiments, exercises,
and technical demonstrations are given, using the same method of presentation
followed in the first year.
The course in the third year includes a study of the practical application
in the Infirmary of the fundamentals taught in the preceding years. Demonstra-
tions are offered of the various technics of impression-and bite-taking to provide
the student with additional knowledge necessary for practical work in the In-
firmary.
The last year is given to the application in the Infirmary of the fundamentals
taught in the previous year, particular attention being given to a standard
method of denture construction by the clinical instructors to equip the student
with a basic technic. The didactic course of this year includes all the various
methods employed in advanced prosthesis.
FIRST AID
Dr. Ogden
This course is offered in the Sophomore year for the purpose of acquainting
the student with the basic principles of First Aid. Instruction consists of
lectures combined with practical demonstrations.
FIXED PARTIAL PROSTHESIS
Professor Nut tall; Associate Professors Dosh, McLcaii-Lu and Oggesen;
Drs. M. M. Graham and Steele
Instruction includes lecture and laboratory courses during the Sophomore
and Junior years which embrace the teaching of the principles involved and the
procedures necessary in abutment preparations, the construction of fundamental
retainers and the assemblage of fixed partial dentures. The technics include the
construction of pontics, wax manipulation, pattern carving, investing and casting.
The didactic work in the Junior year includes a study of the biological
factors, the mechanical requirements and the indications and contraindications
of fixed partial prosthesis. Instruction is given in the history and development
of porcelain and methyl methacrylate as restorative materials. These materials
are employed in the construction of complete jacket crowns, dowel crowns, and
staining and glazing technic.
During the Junior and Senior years excellent clinical opportunities arc
afforded the student to fulfill the practical requirements.
28 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
HISTOLOGY AND EMBRYOLOGY
Professor McCrea and Associate Professor Provenza
Histology, general and special dental, is given during the Freshman year
and is presented by lectures and laboratory instruction. It embraces the
thorough study of the cells, elementary tissues, and the organs of the various
systems of the body. Special dental histology includes the gross and microscopic
study of the oral cavity, teeth and their investing tissues. At all times correla-
tions are made with the other phases of the curriculum. The use of fresh
tissues in the laboratory is included to associate further the structure with
function.
The course in Embryology is given by means of lectures and laboratory
classes. It covers the fundamentals of the development of the human body,
particular emphasis being given to the head and facial regions, oral cavity and
teeth with their surrounding structures. At all times emphasis is placed on the
association of embryology to histology and anatomy.
Students are trained in the proper use of the microscope and its accessories,
and in staining, mounting and properly manipulating sections made for
microscopic study. All sections are prepared for class.
OPERATIVE DENTISTRY
Professor Randolph; Associate Professors Medina and Scherr; Assistant Professors
H. M. Clement, Louie and Ednwnd G. Vanden Boschc; Drs. Beaven,
Bloom and C. J. Gavcr
Operative Dentistry is the treatment of diseases and injuries of the teeth
to restore the normal tooth forms and provide for the better health and function
of the oral mechanism. The course of instruction is given during the Sopho-
more, Junior and Senior years.
In the Sophomore j'ear, the student is trained in the technical procedures
in instrumentation, cavity preparation and manipulation of restorative mate-
rials. The variables which must be observed in preparing cavities to receive
different types of filling materials are carefully outlined. These modifications
are carried out by the student in a series of cavity preparations made in composi-
tion teeth, arranged in normal proximal relation on forms especially designed
for the purpose. These fundamental principles are then applied to extracted
teeth in order that the student might study the characteristic resistance of tooth
structure to instrumentation. The management of gold foil, amalgam, gold inlay,
silicate, acrylic, and cement is given in detail and the student restores the prepared
cavities with these materials. This course of instruction consists of twenty-six lec-
tures and forty-eight laboratory periods. Demonstration lectures, visual aids and
conferences are used to augment the student's training.
Operative Dentistry as taught in the Junior and Senior years is a con-
tinuing development of the principles presented in the Sophomore year. The
student is trained to render a satisfactory Oral Health service by restoring
pathologic teeth to their normal form and function and to evaluate new pro-
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 29
cedures suggested by experience and research as improvements in operative
practice. These objectives are pursued through a combination of didactic and
clinical instruction.
The didactic instruction includes twenty-four one-hour lectures offered dur-
ing the Junior year, and twenty-four lectures during the Senior year. The
student is instructed in the treatment of the pathology of the hard tissues of
the teeth; he is taught how to apply the principles of idealism to unorthodox
conditions; and he is directed in the professional treatment of his patients in
terms of what they expect of him and what he can expect of them. A certain
amount of time is devoted to conferences which provide the student an oppor-
tunity to bring his individual problems to the instructor for intimate discussion.
Clinical instruction includes the practical application of the principles under-
lying rational operative procedures. During the Junior and the Senior years
the student treats the dental pathologies of several cases under the supervision
of the Operative Instruction Staff.
ORAL DIAGNOSIS AND TREATMENT PLANNING
Professor Biddi.v ; Associate Professor Golton; Drs. Bryant, IV. L. Graham and Lebo
The Department of Oral Diagnosis emphasizes the study of fundamental
principles and procedures in the diagnosis of oral and related diseases. The
Junior and Senior students, in seminar groups, receive instruction by intimate
clinical observation and discussion of interesting cases. An intelligent and
scientific approach to each case is the prime teaching principle of this depart-
ment.
Abundant clinic material is available so that the student may observe every
type of disease to which the oral cavity is susceptible. Emphasis is placed upon
the fact that one must approach a study of the oral cavity through an under-
standing of its relationship to other parts of the body. To this end the depart-
ment is singularly fortunate in having easy access for consultation with the
medical service of the University Hospital.
Treatment planning is given the great importance it deserves. Students
are permitted to give their impressions of plans of treatment, which are care-
fully discussed in this department. Consultations with other departments are
always available so that the practice of thorough diagnosis is developed.
Much time is given to the study of the relationship of mouth infection to
systemic disease. The theory of local infection is emphasized and properly
evaluated so that the student may interpret clinical, roentgenologic, and lab-
oratory findings in an intelligent and competent manner. A large collection
of color slides serves to make lectures in oral diagnosis interesting and
instructive.
ORAL MEDICINE
ENDODONTICS
Assistant Professors Riddington and Abramson
This course consists of lectures, clinics and technic laboratory instruction.
30 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
The lecture and laboratory procedures are given in the second semester of the
Sophomore year. The lecture phase presents the indications and contraindica-
tions for maintaining pulp-involved teeth and the various methods which may
be used in performing all the necessary steps in root-canal therapy.
The laboratory phase is designed to acquaint the student with the actual
technic of performing root-canal therapy. This he accomplishes by carrying
out the necessary procedures on extracted teeth.
During the Junior and Senior years, the student applies the fundamentals
he has learned previously by performing root-canal therapy on clinical cases,
under supervision of the Endodontics Staff.
ORAL HYGIENE
Assistant Professors Biddington and liskoiv; Dr. T. P. Clement
Oral Hygiene is taught by a combined lecture and laboratory course.
Preventive dentistry is stressed in lectures. Emphasis is placed on the
functions and limitations of dentifrices and mouth washes, toothbrushes, and
brushing methods ; the role of diet in dental health and development ; and the
relation of dental foci to systemic diseases. Causes, results, treatment and
eradication of unhygienic conditions of the oral cavity are fully considered.
Demonstrations are given in the prophylactic treatment and in the home care of
the mouth, and in the methods of brushing teeth.
The student is taught in laboratory the fundamental use of scalers upon
special mannikins. By progressive exercises and drills he is carried through the
basic principles of good operating procedure and is taught the methods of a
thorough prophylactic treatment. The class is divided into two sections, one as
operators, the other as patients, to perform the actual clinical prophylactic
treatment. The sections are then alternated.
PERIODONTICS
Assistant Professors Biddington and Eskow; Dr. T. P. Clement
The lecture course presents the etiology, clinical symptoms, diagnosis,
prognosis, and methods of treatment of the various forms of periodontal disease,
lesions of the lips, cheeks and tongue, and other, diseases of the oral cavity
which do not require surgery. The recognition of periodontal disease in its
incipient forms and the importance of early treatment are stressed. The various
methods of treatment are considered and evaluated.
The lectures are well illustrated with color slides and moving pictures.
Demonstrations, using patients, are correlated with the lecture course to show
conditions of actual practice.
Infirmary practice is required of both Junior and Senior students. Individual
cases are managed according to systematized procedure. Diagnosis is based on
radiographs, clinical signs and symptoms, casts, history, and laboratory findings.
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 31
ORAL ROENTGENOLOGY
Associate Professor Dabrozvski and Dr. Gaffncy
The advances made in dental science and in the art of practice have
established Roentgenology as one of the most important departments of dental
education. The course offered is based on the universal utility of the x-ray in
oral diagnosis and is consistent with the modern concept of preventive dentistry.
In the lectures are included a study of the physical principles involved in
the production of Roentgen rays, a thorough discussion of their nature as to
properties and effects, and the background of information necessary to their
practical application.
In the clinic, students of the Junior and Senior years are in constant asso-
ciation with the routine practical use of the x-ray. They are required to master
thoroughly the fundamental scientific principles thereof and to acquire a
reasonable degree of technical skill, under supervision. It is the design of the
course to equip students to take, process, and interpret all types of intraoral
and extraoral films. Abundant clinical material is available as the result of a
policy calling for the routine use of the x-ray in all oral diagnoses.
ORAL SURGERY
ORAL SURGERY
Professors Dorsey, Robinson and Y eager; Associate Professor Cappuccio; Assistant
Professor Siminski; Drs. Bushey, Flor, Heldrich, Hyson, Jarvis and Pozcga
Oral Surgery is given in the Junior and Senior years and consists of lec-
tures, clinical assignments, and practical demonstrations on the etiology,
pathology, diagnosis and treatment of all classes of tumors, infections, deformi-
ties, anomalies, impacted teeth, fractures and minor oral surgical conditions
associated with the practice of dentistry. Special group hospital clinics, demon-
strations and ward rounds are given to familiarize the student with abnormal
conditions incident to the field of his future operations and to train him thor-
oughly in the diagnosis of benign and malignant tumors.
Weekly seminars are held in the hospital and each Senior student is re-
quired to prepare and present an oral surgery case report according to the re-
quirements of The American Board of Oral Surgery.
Instruction is given in the classification of teeth for extraction, in the re-
moval of teeth, and in the pre- and post-operative treatment of patients, both
ambulatory and hospitalized.
Students are required to produce anesthesia and to extract teeth under the
direction and supervision of an instructor.
Clinics are held to demonstrate the removal of impacted and imbedded teeth
and cysts, and the treatment of fractures and other oral conditions requiring
surgery. Abundant clinical material and adequate facilities enable the student
to receive exceptional training and practice.
32 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
ANESTHETICS
Professors Dorsey and Dodd; Associate Professor Cappuccio; Dr. Inman
Local anesthesia is taught both in principle and in practice. All types of
intraoral, extraoral, conduction and infiltration injections; the anatomical rela-
tionship of muscles and nerves; the theory of action of anesthetic agents, the
dangers involved, and toxic manifestations and their treatment, are taught in
lectures and clinics. Demonstrations are given in conduction and infiltration
technics, and students are required to give similar injections under direct super-
vision of the instructor.
General anesthesia is taught in both lecture and clinic, including the action
of the anesthetic agents, methods of administration, indications and contraindica-
tions, dangers and the treatment of toxic manifestations. Demonstrations are
given in the preparation of the patient, the administration of all general anes-
thetics (inhalant, rectal, spinal, and intravenous), and the technic for oral
operations, with clinics being held in the Infirmary and in the Hospital.
ORAL AND WRITTEN EXPRESSION
Professor Foley
A formal course of lectures is given in the second year. Many aspects of
the instruction are given practical application in the third and fourth years. The
course has many purposes, all of them contributing to the training of the stu-
dents for effective participation in the extra-practice activities of the profession.
Particular attention is given to instruction in the functioning of the agencies
of communication in dentistry: the dental societies and the dental periodicals.
The practical phases of the course include a thorough study of the preparation
and uses of oral and written composition by the dental student and the dentist;
the use of libraries; the compilation of bibliographies; the collection, the organi-
zation, and the use of information; the management of dental meetings; the
oral presentation of papers; and professional correspondence.
ORTHODONTICS
Professor Preis; Assistant Professors Shehan and Swinehart; Drs. Cullen
and Schaeffer
The Orthodontics course consists of lectures, clinical observations, comprehensive
diagnosis and therapy. The subject matter includes the history of orthodontics
and the study of growth and development, the evolution of human dental oc-
clusion, forces of occlusion, etiology of malocclusion, aberrations of the maxilla
and mandible which affect occlusion, and tissue changes incident to tooth move-
ment.
Methods of orthodontic therapy are explained and demonstrated; students are
provided the opportunity for assisting during the treatment of clinical patients.
Lectures are given during both semesters of the Junior year. The Seniors are
assigned to the orthodontic clinic.
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 33
PATHOLOGY
GENERAL PATHOLOGY
Professor Aisenberg, Associate Professor Weinberg, Drs. A. D. Aisenberg,
1'lor, (i ran ruth and Gucrin
General Pathology is taught in the Sophomore year by means of lectures,
demonstrations, quizzes and laboratory work.
The general principles of disease processes and tissue reactions, both gross
and microscopic, are taught with the objectives of training the student to
recognize and be familiar with the abnormal and of creating a foundation for
further study in the allied sciences.
Emphasis is placed upon those diseases in the treatment of which medico-
dental relationships are to be encountered.
ORAL PATHOLOGY
Professor Aisenberg and Drs. A. D. Aisenberg, Flor and Granruth
Oral Pathology is taught in the first semester of the Junior year. It includes
a study of the etiology, the gross and microscopic manifestations, and the correla-
tion with the treatment of diseases of the teeth and their investing structures:
namely, pathologic dentition, dental anomalies, periodontal diseases, tissue changes
in orthodontic movement of teeth, calcific deposits, dental caries, pulpal diseases,
focal infection, oral manifestations of systemic diseases, and benign and malignant
lesions in and about the oral cavity.
Instruction is presented by lectures, demonstrations, lantern slides, prepared
slides, microscopic study of macroscopic specimens, models and moulages.
PEDODONT1CS
Associate Professors Sanders and Scherr; Dr. Ehrlich
The course is designed to prepare the student to become competent in the
practice of modern preventive and restorative dental services for the young patient.
It consists of lectures, clinics and technic laboratory instruction in all phases of
dentistry for children.
Attention is given to the management of the child patient with necessary modifica-
tions for behavior problems. Instruction is offered in the fundamentals required in
the preparation of all cavities in the deciduous teeth for the proper reception of
different filling materials. Methods and procedures indicated in the restoration of
broken and fractured incisors in children are demonstrated in technic and utilized
in the clinic. The indications and contraindications for pulpal therapy are evaluated
for the purpose of rational tooth conservation. The problem of premature loss of
the deciduous teeth is studied and the construction of space maintainers is demon-
strated.
Preventive dentistry is stressed. Prophylaxis, toothbrushing instruction and
the routine use of radiographs are used for the introduction of the child patient to
clinic procedures and for encouraging the student to establish complete treatment
34 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
plans. The technics of caries susceptibility tests and their practical use are in-
cluded, as well as the clinical approach to rational dietary studies.
The Department endeavors to develop in the dental student a sincere interest
in guiding the child patient through the period of the mixed dentition. A separate
clinic equipped with child-size chairs and supervised by a special pedodontic staff
provides adequate opportunity for clinical application of the methods presented in
the lectures.
PHARMACOLOGY
PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS
Professor Dobbs; Drs. Rapoport and Ross
The course is designed to provide a general survey of pharmacology, affording
the students the necessary knowledge for the practice of rational therapeutics.
The course is taught throughout the Junior year by lectures, laboratories and
demonstrations. The first semester consists of sixteen hours of didactic work in-
cluding instruction in pharmaceutical chemistry, pharmacy, prescription writing, and
the pharmacodynamics of the local-acting drugs.
The second semester consists of thirty-two hours of didactic and forty-eight
hours of laboratory instruction. The subject material consists of the pharmacody-
namics of the systemic-acting drugs.
In therapeutics the students are instructed in the use of drugs for the prevention,
treatment, and correction of general and oral diseases.
NUTRITIONAL THERAPEUTICS
Professor Dobbs
This course presented in the Senior year consists of sixteen hours of
lectures and demonstrations devoted to the principles and practices of nutri-
tional therapeutics. The presentation includes a study of the dietary require-
ments of essential food substances in health and disease. The vitamin and
mineral deficiency states with their pathology and symptomatology are pre-
sented with suggestions for dietary and drug therapy. Metabolic diseases are
discussed, and their effects on the nutritional states are considered. Diets are
planned for patients with various nutritional problems, such as those resulting
from loss of teeth, the use of new appliances, dental caries, stomatitis, cellulitis,
osteomyelitis, and bone fractures.
A project study is made by each student which includes analyses of his
basal metabolic requirement, his total energy requirement, and his dietary intake
in relation to his daily needs.
ORAL THERAPEUTICS
Professor Dobbs
Oral therapeutics is presented in the Senior year and consists of sixteen
hours of lectures and demonstrations. The course is designed to acquaint the
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 35
students with the practical applications of pharmacology in the treatment of
dental and oral diseases. Particular emphasis is given to the newer drugs and
the more recent advances in therapeutics. Patients from the dental clinic and
hospital will be used for demonstrations whenever possible.
PHYSIOLOGY
Professor Ostcr and Assistant Professors Pollack and Shipley
The purpose of the course in Physiology is to equip the student of dentistry
with a knowledge of the fundamental physiological functions of the human
body. The basic physical and chemical properties and processes in living tissues
and organisms are analyzed.
The material of the lectures is divided into sections concerned with nerve
and muscle functions, the central nervous system and its integrative role,
respiration, digestion, metabolism, circulation, humoral control of function,
water balance, kidney function, and the special senses.
Laboratory work is given in the first semester. Simple experiments performed
on frogs and turtles are followed by more advanced work on cats and dogs and on
the students themselves. Principles illustrating the application of physiology to
dentistry and medicine are given special attention.
Throughout the course, emphasis is placed upon the experimental and
objective approach to problems as the basis of the scientific method. Effort
is made to present modern physiological developments and evaluate them in
terms of their clinical significance.
PRACTICE MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL ETHICS
Dr. Lovett
The course in Professional Ethics includes a series of lectures on the history
of general ethics and its basic teachings, which is followed by an interpretation
of philosophical principles in terms of a code of professional ethics and its
application to the present-day needs of the dental profession. Emphasis is
placed upon the importance of right conduct in the dentist's relations with the
public, the dental profession, the patient, the physician, the dental specialist
and the dentist in general practice.
JURISPRUDENCE
Mr. Pumptan
The special aim in the course in Jurisprudence is to ground the student in
the fundamentals of law as they relate themselves to the dentist and his patient.
The rights and limitations of each are pointed out through lecture work and
class conference. A series of practical cases in which suits have been threatened
or entered by patients against the dentist will be reviewed in the light of trial
table outcome or basis on which compromise adjustments have been made.
34 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
plans. The technics of caries susceptibility tests and their practical use are in-
cluded, as well as the clinical approach to rational dietary studies.
The Department endeavors to develop in the dental student a sincere interest
in guiding the child patient through the period of the mixed dentition. A separate
clinic equipped with child-size chairs and supervised by a special pedodontic staff
provides adequate opportunity for clinical application of the methods presented in
the lectures.
PHARMACOLOGY
PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS
Professor Dobbs; Drs. Rapoport and Ross
The course is designed to provide a general survey of pharmacology, affording
the students the necessary knowledge for the practice of rational therapeutics.
The course is taught throughout the Junior year by lectures, laboratories and
demonstrations. The first semester consists of sixteen hours of didactic work in-
cluding instruction in pharmaceutical chemistry, pharmacy, prescription writing, and
the pharmacodynamics of the local-acting drugs.
The second semester consists of thirty-two hours of didactic and forty-eight
hours of laboratory instruction. The subject material consists of the pharmacody-
namics of the systemic-acting drugs.
In therapeutics the students are instructed in the use of drugs for the prevention,
treatment, and correction of general and oral diseases.
NUTRITIONAL THERAPEUTICS
Professor Dobbs
This course presented in the Senior year consists of sixteen hours of
lectures and demonstrations devoted to the principles and practices of nutri-
tional therapeutics. The presentation includes a study of the dietary require-
ments of essential food substances in health and disease. The vitamin and
mineral deficiency states with their pathology and symptomatology are pre-
sented with suggestions for dietary and drug therapy. Metabolic diseases are
discussed, and their effects on the nutritional states are considered. Diets are
planned for patients with various nutritional problems, such as those resulting
from loss of teeth, the use of new appliances, dental caries, stomatitis, cellulitis,
osteomyelitis, and bone fractures.
A project study is made by each student which includes analyses of his
basal metabolic requirement, his total energy requirement, and his dietary intake
in relation to his daily needs.
ORAL THERAPEUTICS
Professor Dobbs
Oral therapeutics is presented in the Senior year and consists of sixteen
hours of lectures and demonstrations. The course is designed to acquaint the
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 35
students with the practical applications of pharmacology in the treatment of
dental and oral diseases. Particular emphasis is given to the newer drugs and
the more recent advances in therapeutics. Patients from the dental clinic and
hospital will be used for demonstrations whenever possible.
PHYSIOLOGY
Professor Osier and Assistant Professors Pollack and Shipley
The purpose of the course in Physiology is to equip the student of dentistry
with a knowledge of the fundamental physiological functions of the human
body. The basic physical and chemical properties and processes in living tissues
and organisms are analyzed.
The material of the lectures is divided into sections concerned with nerve
and muscle functions, the central nervous system and its integrative role,
respiration, digestion, metabolism, circulation, humoral control of function,
water balance, kidney function, and the special senses.
Laboratory work is given in the first semester. Simple experiments performed
on frogs and turtles are followed by more advanced work on cats and dogs and on
the students themselves. Principles illustrating the application of physiology to
dentistry and medicine are given special attention.
Throughout the course, emphasis is placed upon the experimental and
objective approach to problems as the basis of the scientific method. Effort
is made to present modern physiological developments and evaluate them in
terms of their clinical significance.
PRACTICE MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL ETHICS
Dr. Lovett
The course in Professional Ethics includes a series of lectures on the history
of general ethics and its basic teachings, which is followed by an interpretation
of philosophical principles in terms of a code of professional ethics and its
application to the present-day needs of the dental profession. Emphasis is
placed upon the importance of right conduct in the dentist's relations with the
public, the dental profession, the patient, the physician, the dental specialist
and the dentist in general practice.
JURISPRUDENCE
Mr. Pumpian
The special aim in the course in Jurisprudence is to ground the student in
the fundamentals of law as they relate themselves to the dentist and his patient.
The rights and limitations of each are pointed out through lecture work and
class conference. A series of practical cases in which suits have been threatened
or entered by patients against the dentist will be reviewed in the light of trial
table outcome or basis on which compromise adjustments have been made.
36 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
PRACTICE ADMINISTRATION
Professor Biddix
The chief objective of this course is to prepare the students to assume
intelligently the social, economic and professional responsibilities of dental
practice. The training in practice management is a continuous growth with
the student during his entire clinical experience.
In preparation for the course the students are given introductory lectures
and demonstrations relative to the conduct of practice at the beginning of their
Junior year when they come into the clinics for formal practice training. The
training they receive in handling patients, keeping records, etc., serves as an
introduction to the problems they will experience in practice.
The formal Senior lectures stress the selection of the proper office location
and the purchase of office equipment, the manner of reception and handling
of patients, the basis of fixing fees, the methods of collecting accounts, the
choice of various types of insurance and of sound investments. A comprehensive
bookkeeping system for a dental office is fully outlined and explained.
PREVENTIVE AND PUBLIC HEALTH
DENTISTRY
Dr. Leonard
The objectives of this course are to emphasize those measures other than
remedial operations that will tend to minimize the occurrence or the extension
of oral pathology, and to outline the status of dentistry in the field of general
public health. The relationships of dentistry with other phases of public health
are discussed, as are the problems affecting the administration of dental health
programs. Special effort is made to demonstrate methods and materials suitable
for use in dental health education programs.
PRINCIPLES OF MEDICINE
Associate Professor McLean and Dr. Kuehn
Principles of Medicine is taught by lecture, visual education, and clinical
demonstrations. The course is given to the Junior and Senior classes for one
hour a week during the entire year. The course is supplemented by comprehen-
sive lectures in Physical Diagnosis given to the Senior class during the second
semester.
The purpose of the course is to give the dental student a general under-
standing of medical problems, especially of diagnostic and therapeutic proce-
dures, and to show the close relationship between oral diseases and general
systemic disturbances.
In the Junior year, the course is largely didactic, and the signs and symptoms
of the more common diseases are discussed. In the Senior year, importance is
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 37
placed on the close application of medical and dental knowledge, with the emphasis
on organic and psychosomatic diseases; these diseases are presented at medical
clinics and seminars in the University Hospital.
Throughout the year small groups of students are taken into the Hospital for
medical ward rounds and demonstrations.
This department cooperates with the instruction procedures of the oral diagnosis
clinic by discussing and demonstrating the medical aspects of cases presented.
Available clinical material is used and free discussion is encouraged, in order
to correlate the art of practice in history taking, diagnosis, laboratory examinations,
and the modern concepts of treatment.
Guest lecturers present specific scientific papers relating to medical-dental topics.
VISUAL AIDS IN TEACHING
Associate Professor Schueler; Mrs. A. J. Proutt, Miss Sakalusky and Mr. Taylor
Visual aids are essential to instruction in all the courses of the dental cur-
riculum. From his first class to his graduation day the student's learning is
assisted by the use of visual materials.
Through photography the School retains for teaching purposes many inter-
esting cases that appear in the clinics, preserves evidence of unusual pathological
cases, and records anatomical anomalies, facial disharmonies and malocclusions
of the teeth. In addition the student, through his contacts with photographic
uses, becomes acquainted with the value of photography in clinical practice.
Undergraduates are advised as to the use of visual aids in the preparation of
lectures and theses, the arrangement and co-ordination of materials, and the
organization and maintenance of records and histories.
Moulage and art are used to supplement the photographic services where
applicable. Drawings of anatomical, pathological, surgical and operative cases
are used to teach the student detailed technics. In moulage, rubber master
molds are made of gross and embryological specimens and from these are cast
plaster, rubber, and wax positives. Through the use of agar molds, facial and
oral masks are made of unusual and interesting clinical subjects. This work is
particularly valuable in courses in which it is not possible to use actual specimens
for instructional purposes.
Ry the combination and correlation of these various types of visual aids,
all departments in the School are provided with an unlimited supply of valuable
and often irreplaceable materials for lectures, clinics and exhibits.
SPECIAL COURSES
SUMMER COURSES
As the need arises, summer courses are offered in any of the subjects
included in the regular curriculum. For details concerning each course consult
pages 24-37 in this catalog. A charge of $10.00 for each semester hour credit
is made for these courses.
38 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
GRADUATE COURSES
Graduate courses are offered by the departments of Anatomy, Histolog)
and Embryology, Bacteriology, Biochemistry, Physiology, Oral Pathology and
Oral Surgery. For descriptions of these courses, consult the catalogue of the
University of Maryland Graduate School. The tuition fees for these courses
are the same as those at College Park.
POSTGRADUATE COURSES
Postgraduate courses are offered to qualified dental graduates. These
courses are designed to provide opportunities for study in special fields on a
refresher level, and are arranged so that particular emphasis is placed on
clinical practices.
Anatomy of the Head and Neck
This course is designed to review certain principles of Anatomy and to
furnish the student opportunities to relate these principles to clinical practice.
Instruction is presented in the form of illustrated lectures, seminars, and lab-
oratory dissection. One semester, full time. Tuition, $200.00. Maximum expense
for books, supplies, and equipment, $45.00.
Oral Pathology
The course in Oral Pathology is presented with the objective of correlating
a knowledge of histopathology with the various aspects of clinical practice. The
physiology of the periodontal attachment and the pathology of the dental pulp,
the periodontium, the hard tissues of the teeth, odontogenic cysts and tumors,
and cancer in and about the oral cavity are stressed. Studies o f surgical and
biopsy specimens are also emphasized. Opportunity for supervised research in
areas of particular interest to the student will be available. One year, full time.
Tuition, $550.00. Maximum expense for books, supplies, and equipment, $75.00,
which includes microscope fee of $25.00.
Oral Surgery
The course in Oral Surgery is organized to train the dentist in advanced
surgical procedures of the oral cavity and the associated parts. Although
primarily designed for the general practitioner, the course can be used as credit
toward specialization in Oral Surgery. One year, full time. Tuition, $550.00.
Maximum expense for books, supplies, and equipment, $75.00.
Periodontia
The course in Periodontia consists of a review of the etiology, pathology,
clinical symptoms, diagnosis and methods of treatment of the various types
of periodontal disease. Instruction is presented by means of lectures, seminars
and clinical demonstration. One semester, full time. Tuition, $200.00. Maximum
expense for books, supplies, and equipment, $75.00.
Prosthesis
Instruction will be given in the fundamental principles and factors involved
in complete denture prosthesis, the general problems in diagnosis and treatment
planning, and the procedures of constructing partial and complete dentures.
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 39
Ample opportunity will be provided for the application of the basic principles
and procedures of clinical practice. One semester, full time. Tuition, $200.00.
Maximum expense for books, supplies, and equipment, $300.00.
Visual Aids
The basic principles and practices of Visual Aids are presented by lecture,
demonstration and laboratory technics. Practical photography and moulage are
featured, with instruction in department organization and exhibition arrangement.
Four weeks, full time. Tuition $150.00.
Occasional Part-Time Courses
The fees charged part-time students who may be enrolled in any of the
special courses are prorated on a basis of the full-time charge of $550.00, with
a minimum charge of $100.00 for any one course.
THE GORGAS ODONTOLOGICAL SOCIETY
The Gorgas Odontological Society was organized in 1916 as an honorary
student dental society with scholarship as a basis for admission. The Society
was named after Dr. Ferdinand J. S. Gorgas, a pioneer in dental education, a
teacher of many years' experience, and during his life a great contributor to
dental literature. It was with the idea of perpetuating his name that the Society
adopted it.
To be eligible for membership a student must be in the first 30 per cent of
his class. The selection of this 30 per cent shall be based on the weighted
percentage average system as outlined in the school regulations. The meetings,
held once each month, are addressed by prominent dental and medical men, an
effort being made to obtain speakers not connected with the University. The
members have an opportunity, even while students, to hear men associated with
other educational institutions.
OMICRON KAPPA UPSILON
Phi Chapter of Omicron Kappa Upsilon honorary dental society was
chartered at the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, Dental School, University
of Maryland during the session of 1928-29. Membership in the society is
awarded to a number not exceeding 12 per cent of the graduating class. This
honor is conferred upon students who through their professional course of study
creditably fulfill all obligations as students, and whose conduct, earnestness,
evidence of good character and high scholarship recommend them to election.
NOTE: Enquiries concerning these courses should be addressed to the Dean of the
Kt-ntai School, rjniversity of Maryland, Baltimore l. Maryland.
40 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
The following graduates of the 1955 Class were elected to membership:
Victor Lee Andrews, Jr. Raymond Charles Dilzer
Thomas Earl Blumenbach Richard Warren Hungerford
Richard Everett Bolyard Edward Jay Meredith, Jr.
Lawrence Ira Brant Peter R. Reiner
William Packer Brodie Howard S. Tarabour
William John Curtis Hans Richard Wilhelmseist
ALUMNI ASSOCIATION
The first annual meeting of the Society of the Alumni of the Baltimore
College of Dental Surgery was held in Baltimore, March 1, 1849. This organi-
zation has continued in existence to the present, its name having been changed
to The National Alumni Association of the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery,
Dental School, University of Maryland.
The officers of the Alumni Association for 1955-1956 are as follows :
Lawrence W. Bimestefer Gerard A. Devlin
President P resident-Elect
1 Kinship Road 121 Prospect Street
Baltimore 22, Maryland Westfield, New Jersey
Daniel E. Shehan
Vice-President
Medical Arts Building
Baltimore 1, Maryland
Joseph M. Tighe Howard Van Natta
Secretary Treasurer
6601 York Road Medical Arts Building
Baltimore 12, Maryland Baltimore 1, Maryland
Ethelbert Lovett Gerson A. Freedman
Historian Editor
Medical Arts Building 5901 Park Heights Avenue
Baltimore 1, Maryland Baltimore 15, Maryland
Representatives to University Alumni Council
Lawrence W. Bimestefer, 1956 Gerard A. Devlin, 1957
1 Kinship Road 121 Prospect Street
Baltimore 22, Maryland Westfield, New Jersey
Harry Levin, 1958
3429 Park Heights Avenue
Baltimore 15, Maryland
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY
41
Executive Council
Max K. Raklor. 1958
Chairman
Medical Arts Building
Baltimore 1, Maryland
Benjamin A. Browx, 1956
2701 Pacific Avenue
Atlantic City, New Jersey
Edwix G. Gail, 1957
3700 N. Charles Street
Baltimore 18, Maryland
Eugene L. Pessagxo, Jr., 1958
Medical Arts Building
Baltimore 1, Maryland
James L. Trone, Sr., 1956
127 E. Main Street
Elkton, Maryland
Howard B. Wood, 1957
19 S. Liberty Street
( umberland, Maryland
Joiix T. Staxg, 1958
1007 Frederick Avenue
Baltimore 28, Maryland
Trustees for National Alumni Fund
Trustees Ex-Officio
Lawrexce W. Bimestefer, President
Gerard A. Devlix, P resident-Elect
Arthur I. Bell, Secretary-Treasurer
Max K. Baklor, Chairman of Executive Council
Myron S. Aisexberg, Dean
Harry Levix. 1956
3429 Park Heights Avenue
Baltimore 15, Maryland
Elmer F. Corey, 1957
1901 E. 31st Street
Baltimore 18, Maryland
Augustixe L. Cavallaro, 1958
291 Whitney Avenue
New Haven 11, Connecticut
Michael B. Messore, 1956
807 Union Trust Building
Providence, Rhode Island
Meyer Eggxatz, 1957
420 Lincoln Road
Miami Beach, Florida
Irvix B. Golboro, 1958
143 E. North Avenue
Baltimore 2, Maryland
42'
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
GRADUATING CLASS
1954-1955 Session
Carlos Eladio Alfaro Castillo
El Salvador, C. A.
Victor Lee Andrews, Jr.... North Carolina
Arnold Peter Arseneaux. .. .Massachusetts
Simon J. Balchun, Jr Pennsylvania
Daniel Bartell Maryland
Harold Robert Beecher .Connecticut
Alfred Edwin Bees Maryland
Thomas Earl Blumenbach Florida
Richard Everett Bolyard. . . . West Virginia
George Lawrence Bozzi Connecticut
Lawrence Ira Brant Florida
Hunter Ashton Brinker, Jr Maryland
William Packer Brodie Florida
Don-Neil Brotman Maryland
James Carroll Bulger Connecticut
Robert Clyde Burroughs, Jr.
North Carolina
Jerome David Buxbaum Maryland
Robert Carrel Pennsylvania
Harold Gordon Cheney, Jr Illinois
William Dennis Chester Maryland
Thomas Austin Clary New York
Lawrence Alvin Clopper, Jr Maryland
Edward Vincent Comulada Maryland
William Robert Cotton Florida
William John Curtis Arizona
Raymond Charles Dilzer New Jersey
Bernard David Eisenberg Maryland
Robert Heistand Enterline .... Pennsylvania
Charles Richard Farley West Virginia
Henry William Feindt Maryland
Arnold Samuel Feldman Maryland
Mark Lawrence Fine New Jersey
Norman Earl Solon Gale New Jersey
John Robert Gallant Maine
Burton Malcolm Greifer Rhode Island
Robert Devine Hanley Rhode Island
Robert Luers Heldrich Maryland
Sheldon Holen Maryland
Philip K. Humphreys California
Richard Warren Hungerford. . . .Connecticut
Leonard Hale Jarvis. Jr West Virginia
Drexel Marion Johnston, Jr... West Virginia
James Frederick Kast, Jr.... West Virginia
Arnold John Kaye Massachusetts
Harris Jordan Kohn Maryland
Nicholas Kohut Poland
Garey Louis Kostens Maryland
Eli John LaFreniere Rhode Island
Ronald Murray Lauer New Jersey
Thaddeus Francis Lenick New Jersey
James Anthony Liszewski Maryland
Wallace David Loo New York
Robert Kwock Tong Look Hawaii
Joseph Anthony Lucia New York
Hervey Arthur Lupien Rhode Island
John Francis Lynch Maine
Stanley Macklin Maryland
Donald Francis Marshall New York
William Forrest Martin, Jr Maryland
James Taylor McCarl Maryland
James Lewis McMillan Mississippi
Donald Eugene McShane Maryland
Edward Jay Meredith, Jr Pennsylvania
Jules Millman Maryland
Paul Joseph Minehart West Virginia
Oscar Noroian Massachusetts
Mary Emma Pate Maryland
George John Pepper Pennsylvania
Mitchel Pozega West Virginia
William Morgan Reed Delaware
Francis Joseph Reeves Maryland
Peter Raymond Reiner Florida
George Daniel Resh, Jr Maryland
Thomas Earl Ridgeway Arizona
Luis Alipio Roman Puerto Rico
Graydon Lee Schreiber Maryland
Joseph Henry Seipp, Jr Maryland
Paul Arthur Shapiro Connecticut
Stanley Raymond Sheft New Jersey
Harold Lee Silber New Jersey
Raymond Marvin Simon New Jersey
Signey Sidney Snyder Maryland
John Robert Spencer North Carolina
James Bailey Stewart Florida
Howard Sylvan Tarabour New Jersey
Roberto Guy Tassinari Massachusetts
Martin Taubenfeld Maryland
Richard Swanson Thornton Florida
Luis Toro-Albarracin Puerto Rico
Pasquale Alexander Varanelli. . Connecticut
William Henry Vinall West Virginia
Aldona Yizbaraite Germany
Thomas Elmer Wagner Maryland
Walton Wayne Weigand. District of Columbia
Robert Leon Wiener New York
Hans Richard Wilhelmsen Maryland
Joseph Francis Williams Connecticut
Robert Paul Williams Florida
Edgar Cecil Wilson West Virginia
John Frederick Wilson West Virginia
Charles Wissler Virginia
Nelson Austin Wright, Jr Maryland
Albert William Zanner, Jr.,
District of Columbia
HONORS
Summa Cum Laude
Peter Raymond Reiner
Magna Cum Laude
Victor Lee Andrews, Jr.
Thomas Earl Blumenbach
Richard Everett Bolyard
Raymond Charles Dilzer
Howard Sylvan Tarabour
Edward Jay Meredith,
Cum Laude
Jr.
Hans Richard Wilhelmsen
William John Curtis
William Packer Brodie
Richard Warren Hungerford
Lawrence Ira Brant
DEGREE CONFERRED JULY 31, 1954
Robert Franklin Mantz, Jr.
Mississippi
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 43
SENIOR PRIZE AWARDS
The following prizes were awarded to members of the Senior Class for the
1954-1955 Session:
The Alexander H. Paterson Memorial Medal
For Practical Set of Full Upper and Loivcr Dentures
Luis Alipio Roman
Honorable Mention Francis Joseph Reeves
The Isaac H. Davis Memorial Medal
(Contributed by Dr. Leonard I. Davis)
For Cohesive Gold Filling
Peter Raymond Reiner
Honorable Mention Eli John LaFreniere
The Alumni Association Medal
For Thesis
Jerome David Buxbaum
Harris Jordan Kohn
(Collaboration)
Honorable Mention Arnold John Kaye and Howard Sylvan Tarabour
(Collaboration)
The Harry E. Kelsey Award
(Contributed by former associates of Dr. Kelsey: Drs. Anderson,
Devlin, Hodges, Johnston and Preis)
For Professional Demeanor
William Packer Brodie
The Harry E. Latcham Memorial Medal
For Complete Oral Operative Restoration
Hunter Ashton Brinker, Jr.
Honorable Mention Mark Lawrence Fine
The Edgar J. Jacques Memorial Award
For Meritorious Work in Practical Oral Surgery
Arnold Peter Arseneaux
The Herbert Friedberg Memorial Award
(Contributed by the New Jersey Alumni Chapter of the
National Alumni Association)
For Achievement by a New Jersey Senior
Raymond Charles Dilzer
44
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
REGISTER OF STUDENTS
1955-1956 Session
Graduate
Richard W. Binger, B.S Tennessee
Harold H. Bryant, B.S., M.S.. Florida
Roger H. Davidheiser, B.S., M.S.
Pennsylvania
M.S.. .Montana
D.D.S.
Maryland
Herbert Halpenny James, Jr., A.B., M.S.
Montana
Paul William Haubrick, A.B.,
Robert Luers Heldrich, A.B.
Leonard Hale Jarvis, A.B., D.D.S.
West Virginia
Charles Brown Leonard, B.S.. .New Jersey
Zenas A. McDonald, A.B Georgia
Mitchel Pozega, A.B., D.D.S... West Virginia
Leah Miller Proutt. B.S, M.S Maryland
Matthew J. Rehak, B.S Maryland
Frank Joseph Sinnreich, Jr., B.S. . .Maryland
Senior Class
Robert James Agresti, B.A. ...New Jersey
The Catholic University of America
Herbert Hidesuke Akamine, B.S Hawaii
University of Hawaii
Waverley Conway Artz, B.A Mississippi
University of Mississippi
Robert Vincent Bates Maryland
Denison University
Edward Jerome Becker, B.S.
District of Columbia
University of Maryland
Robert John Belliveau, B.S New Jersey
Seton Hall University
Kenneth Edward Bertram, B.S.. . .Maryland
Syracuse University
Henry Joseph Bianco, Jr Maryland
Loyola College
Mario Bonanti, B.A Pennsylvania
Gannon College
Frederick Thomas Brennan, B.A Maine
University of Maine
Stanley Louis Brown, BS Maryland
University of Maryland
Morton Alfred Brownstein Virginia
College of William and Mary
Bernard Busch, A.B New Jersey
Tulane University of Louisiana
Robert Roscoe Callahan, B.S Florida
University of Georgia
Anthony Alain Caputi Rhode Island
University of Vermont
Aaron Jacob Chmar Maryland
University of Maryland
Bernie Odell Coberly, Jr., B.S Maryland
University of Maryland
Donald Eugene Cone Maryland
Washington Missionary College
Frederick Earl Connelly Massachusetts
Bowdoin College
Joseph Anthony Corbo, B.A. ..New Jersey
Saint Peter's College
Victor Benjamin Costa New Jersey
University of Miami
Michael Alexander Costrino, B.A.
Massachusetts
Boston University
Donald LeRoy Cramer Delaware
University of Delaware
Remo Angelo DelRosso Massachusetts
St. Anselm's College
David Arthur Denisch Maryland
University of Maryland
William Frank Evans, Jr., A. A Florida
University of Florida
Francis Xavier Falivene, B.S. . .New Jersey
Seton Hall University
Andrew Federico New Jersey
Rutgers University
Fred Seymour Fink, B.A Maryland
University of Delaware
Michael Edward Fleming, B.S. . . . New York
St. Bernardine of Siena College
Jack Lester Frasher South Carolina
Furman University
Marvin Lewis Friedman, B. A.. . Connecticut
University of Connecticut
Robert Albert Gagne, B.S Connecticut
University of Maryland
Charles Joseph Galiardi, B.S. .. .Maryland
University of Maryland
Francis Eugene Gassiraro, B.A.
Massachusetts
Boston College
Marvin Bennett Golberg, B.S Maryland
University of Maryland
Stanley Barry Goldberg. B.A Maryland
The Johns Hopkins University
Herbert William Grambow, Jr., B.S.
Maryland
University of Maryland
Herald Donald Green, B.S Pennsylvania
University of Pittsburgh
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY
45
Armand Shelby Hall Maryland
Washington and Lee University
Alfred Hamel, B.S Rhode Island
Providence College
Albert Edward Heimert. Ill, B.S.
Maryland
University of Maryland
Leonard George Henschel
District of Columbia
University of Maryland
Gene Caryl Hose West Virginia
West Virginia University
Blaine Ellsworth Jarrett, B.A.
West Virginia
West Virginia University
Jerome Philip Jermain. Jr., B.S.
Connecticut
St. Michael's College
Ralph Stuart Johnson Utah
University of Utah
Albert Andrew Kapsak Pennsylvania
Mt. St. Mary's College
Paul Samuel Keller, B.A Maryland
Gettysburg College
Edward MeCauley Kelly Maryland
Loyola College
Ralph Lawrence Kercheval. . .West Virginia
West Virginia University
Thomas Frederick Kern Connecticut
Mt St. Mary's College
Francis Joseph Kihn, B.S Maryland
Loyola College
Norman Dale Kisamore Maryland
University of Maryland
Eugene Francis Kobylarz, B.S.
New Jersey
Lebanon Valley College
Jerome Boris Krachman, B.A.
New Jersey
University of Buffalo
Robert Leo LaFon, B.A West Virginia
West Virginia University
Vernon A. Lake South Carolina
Presbyterian College
Stuart LaKind New Jersey
Seton Hall University
Charles Edward Landry ... .Massachusetts
St. Anselm's College
Peter Joseph Lapolla Rhode Island
Providence College
Kendrick Roger Lawrence, B.A. . .Vermont
University of Vermont
Jules Joseph Levin, B.A Maryland
Western Maryland College
Walter Joseph Lucas, Jr. . . . North Carolina
Belmont Abbey College
Philip Dennis Marano Maryland
Loyola College
Clayton Swearingen McCarl, B.S. . .Maryland
University of Maryland
Carlton Joseph McLeod, B.A.
Rhode Island
Brown University
Francis Xavier McNulty. . .Massachusetts
St. Anselm's College
Harry Leroy Mertz, Jr Maryland
Gettysburg College
Steven Jay Miller, B.A New Jersey
Rutgers University
Dale Roger Moss West Virginia
University of South Carolina
Robert Paul Murphy, B.A Maryland
Loyola College
George Herman Nieske, B.A.
Massachusetts
American International College
James Philip Norris, B.S Maryland
University of Maryland
Christopher James O'Connell, Jr., B.S.
Massachusetts
College of the Holy Cross
Ferdinand Frank Pagano New Jersey
Niagara University
Raymond Walter Palmer, Jr., B.S.
Maryland
University of Maryland
Robert Dickey Parker West Virginia
Morris Harvey College
Thomas Henry Paterniti, B.S. . .New Jersey
Seton Hall University
Donald Pivnick Connecticut
University of Connecticut
Jose Ramon Prieto-Hernandez,
B.S Puerto Rico
University of Puerto Rico
Charles Allen Ridgeway Arizona
Phoenix College
Vernon Delaney Rodeffer Pennsylvania
Catawba College
Laurence Ray Rollins West Virginia
Marshall College
Paul Leon Roxin Maryland
University of Maryland
Edward Thomas Ryan, III, B.A.
Massachusetts
American International College
Richard Andrew Saal Maryland
Loyola College
Eugene Marcellus Sadd West Virginia
Xavier University
Herbert Otto Scharpf New Jersey
Tufts College
Charles August Schlegel, Jr. .. Connecticut
Providence College
Arthur Seymour Schuster, B.S. .. .Maryland
University of Maryland
46
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Caesar Michael Silvestro New Jersey
New York University
AJlie Skib, B.S Massachusetts
St. Michael's College
Irby Garrion Sorrells, B.S Maryland
Berry College
Jack Haldane Soutar Florida
University of Florida
Lloyd Ernest Svennevig, A.B.
Massachusetts
Atlantic Union College
Warren Edward Thurston, B.S Maine
University of Maryland
Joseph Harry Toropilo Connecticut
University of Maryland
Harold Michael Trepp, B. A. . . . Connecticut
The Catholic University of America
Gilbert Roland Tronier Utah
University of Utah
Donald Collis Weikert, B.S.
District of Columbia
University of Maryland
Daniel Fowler Whiteside Florida
University of Florida
Anthony John Wickenheiser, Jr. ... Maryland
University of Maryland
Robert James Wilson Maryland
Western Maryland College
Byron Crosby Woodside Virginia
The George Washington University
George Dietrich Yent, Jr Maryland
Virginia Polytechnic Institute
Gilbert Garland Youngblood. .West Virginia
West Virginia University
Junior Class
Norman Stanley Alpher
District of Columbia
The George Washington University
William Milton Barbush West Virginia
West Virginia University
Robert Lehman Bartlett, B.A.. . .Maryland
The Johns Hopkins University
Eugene Arthur Beliveau, B.S
Massachusetts
Boston College
Daniel Willis Benton Utah
University of Utah
William Frederick Bishop, B.S.. . .Maryland
University of Maryland
John Frederick Black New Jersey
Fairleigh Dickinson College
Louis Blum Pennsylvania
The Newark Colleges of
Rutgers University
Charles Daniel Broe Massachusetts
Tufts College
William George Buchanan New Jersey
University of Maryland
Vito Dominic Buonomano, Jr., B.S.
Rhode Island
Providence College
James Ambrose Butler, Jr New York
Niagara University
Charles Wallis Buttner Florida
University of Miami
Richard Ernest Cabana New Jersey
Seton Hall University
Hubert Thomas Chandler. . . .West Virginia
Morris Harvey College
Robert Lee Childs, B.A Pennsylvania
Duquesne University
Neil Cohen Florida
University of Miami
William Eugene Colliver Maryland
University of Maryland
Joseph Andre Croteau. B.S.
Massachusetts
College of the Holy Cross
Bertrand Saul Dann, B.S., M.S Maryland
University of Maryland
Urban Bernard DeCosta, B.S.
Rhode Island
Providence College
Frederick Bertrand Delorme. .. .Vermont
University of Vermont and
State Agricultural College
John Joseph DeMartin Connecticut
University of Vermont and
State Agricultural College
Robert Edward DeMartin Connecticut
University of Vermont and
State Agricultural College
John Henry Dempsey, A.B... West Virginia
West Virginia University
Elliott Howard Dickler, B.S Maryland
University of Maryland
Seymour Bernard Fingerhood, B.A.
New Jersey
New York University
Karl Josef Foose West Virginia
Marshall College
William Grady Franklin, B.S Maryland
University of Maryland
Paul Edward Freed Maryland
University of Maryland
Joseph Patrick Garvey, B.S.
Rhode Island
College of the Holy Cross
Roy Frank Gherardi, B.A New York
New York University
George William Greco Maryland
Mount St. Mary's College
Ray Evan Griffin, B.A Vermont
University of Vermont and
State Agricultural College
Jimmy Ray Hager West Virginia
West Virginia University
Walter Burnell Hall, A.B Massachusetts
Cornell University
Raymond Donald Haslam Pennsylvania
Washington Missionary College
Paul Emmet Higgins Maryland
University of Maryland
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY
47
Orville Clayton Hurst. .7r Maryland
University of Maryland
Thomas Kent Ingram Virginia
Virginia Military Institute
Gerald Marshall Isbell Maryland
University of Maryland
William McDonald Johnson Florida
Berea College
Livia Kalnins Latvia
The Johns Hopkins University,
McCoy College
William Ignatius Keene New Jersey
Mt. Saint Mary's College
John Poist Keffer. Jr New Jersey
Villanova College
James Van Lieu Kiser West Virginia
Davis and Elkins College
Fred Herman Andrew Koeniger
New York
The University of Rochester
William Edgar Landefeld, Jr., B.A.
Maryland
Western Maryland College
Kenneth Joseph Langfield. .Massachusetts
University of Massachusetts
George Albert Lippard, Jr., B.S.
South Carolina
Davidson College
Donald Bruce Lurie Maryland
Western Maryland College
John Joseph Martielli, B.S Florida
Davis and Elkins College
Dennis Laurent Maud. B.A. ....New York
Norwich University
Jerry Wayne Medlock. B.S Texas
Presbyterian College
Ernest Charles Merkel, Jr.. B.S. . .Maryland
University of Maryland
Eugene Joseph Messer, A.B.
Massachusetts
St. Michael's College
Joe Harvey Miller, Jr Maryland
University of Maryland
John Charles Miller, Jr.
District of Columbia
University of Maryland
Ralph Charles Monroe Maine
University of Maine
John George Mueller, B.A Oklahoma
Duke University
Raymond Elliot Mullaney, B.S.
Massachusetts
University of Maryland
Nassif Joseph Nassif West Virginia
West Virginia University
Minor Paul Nestor, B.S Maryland
University of Maryland
Philip Patrick Nolan, B.S Maryland
Loyola College
Thomas Francis Owens Pennsylvania
The Pennsylvania State College
Rafael Angel Pagan- Colon, B.S.
Puerto Rico
University of Puerto Riro
Roy Christopher Page, A.B.
South Carolina
Berea College
Orie Nicholas Passarelli, B.S..New Jersey
Saint Peter's College
William Russell Patteson. . . . West Virginia
Marshall College
Peter Pecoraro. Jr., B.S. ...Rhode Island
Providence College
John Vincent Puleo, B.A Rhode Island
1 'rovidence College
Alfred Joseph Rapuano New Jersey
The Newark Colleges of
Rutgers University
Clyde Eugene Reed. BiS West Virginia
West Virginia University
Angelo Michael Repole New Jersey
University of Maryland
William Henry Ruppert, Jr Maryland
University of Maryland
Charles Benjamin Rushford, Jr., A.B.
West Virginia
West Virginia University
Herbert Henry Rust New York
Queens College
Francis John Salvato, A.B New Jersey
Gettysburg College
Alvin Robert Sayers Vermont
Midwestern University
Abraham Schachter, B.A Connecticut
The University of Connecticut
Albert Seymore Schaffer Maryland
University of Maryland
Paul Kenneth Schick Connecticut
Tufts College
Robert Jay Schwartz Connecticut
Emory University
Harry Edwin Semler, Jr., B.A. .. .Maryland
The Johns Hopkins University
Joseph Israel Shevenell, B.S Maine
St. Michael's College
Carl S. Singer, B.S .Maryland
University of Maryland
Elwood Stanley Snyder, Jr New Jersey
Middlebury College
John Francis Spychalski, B.S. ...New York
St. Bernardine of Siena College
Robert John Stag Maryland
University of Maryland
Thomas Dcdds Stokes, Jr., B.A.
North Carolina
The University of North Carolina
Alan Stoler Florida
University of Miami
William Andrew Stout. B.S New York
Tufts College
John Malcomb Stribling Florida
University of Florida
James Richard Sullivan Maryland
Montgomery Junior College
Carl Anthony Tomosivitch, B.S. .New York
St. John's University
Joel Jacob Ulanet New Jersey
Lafayette College
John David Vachon, A.B., M.S.
West Virginia
West Virginia University
John William Vargo West Virginia
Morris Harvey College
Hans Kvamme Varmer, B.A Maryland
Washington Missionary College
Frank Joseph Verdecchia, B.S. .. .Maryland
University of Maryland
Richard Howard Warren New Jersey
New York University
George William Waxter Maryland
University of Maryland
Frederick Brown Williams. .South Carolina
The Citadel
Gerald Zimmerman, B.A New Jersey
Dartmouth College
48
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Sophomore Class
Ralph Richard Asadourian,
B A New Hampshire
University of New Hampshire
Ronald James Bauerle, B. A. .Connecticut
Providence College
Carl Mitchell Baumann Florida
University of Florida
Philip Stanley Benzil, B.S Florida
University of Miami
Thomas Henry Birney, B.A California
University of Southern California
Stanley Earle Block Maryland
University of Maryland
Joseph Paul Bodo, Jr., B.S Florida
University of Tampa
Stanley Saul Brager, B.S Maryland
University of Maryland
Harry Edward Brandau, Jr Maryland
University of Maryland
Robert Sherman Brown New Jersey
University of Pennsylvania
John Paul Burton West Virginia
West Virginia University
Enrique Rafael Capo Puerto Rico
Haverford College
Robert Ernest Chait Florida
University of Miami
Argil Lewis Chambers West Virginia
Marshall College
George Elmore Collins Maryland
University of Maryland
Martin Richard Crytzer,
3 g Pennsylvania
University of Maryland
Stanley Carl DelTufo, B.A New Jersey
Rutgers University
William Clinton Denison West Virginia
West Virginia University
F. Lee Eggnatz Florida
University of Florida
Melvin Feiler New Jersey
Upsala College
Dayton Carroll Ford West Virginia
Marshall College
Orton Dittmar Frisbie Florida
University of Florida
Jose Antonio Fuentes Puerto Rico
University of Puerto Rico
John W. Gannon, Jr.,
A.B West Virginia
West Virginia University
Richard Chris Georgiades Florida
Virginia Military Institute
Robert Goren, B.S Maryland
University of Maryland
Barbara Lorraine Greco,
A.B New Jersey
The Newark Colleges of
Rutgers University
Anton Grobani, B.S Maryland
University of Maryland
Fernando Haddock, B.S Puerto Rico
University of Puerto Rico
Robert William Haroth Maryland
University of Maryland
Barry Ronald Harris Maryland
University of Maryland
Richard McFern Hemphill,
A.B West Virginia
West Virginia University
Gerald Franklin Hoffman,
B.A Connecticut
University of Connecticut
Paul Harvey Hyland Delaware
University of Delaware
William Louis Hyman Florida
University of Miami
Allen Burton Itkin Connecticut
University of Connecticut
Lawrence Paul Jacobs, A.B. .. .Delaware
Temple University
Alfred Howard Jansen, Jr Maryland
University of Maryland
Robert Mathis Johnson, B.A Maryland
The Johns Hopkins University
Paul Franklin Kiefman, B.S Virginia
The American University
Robert Harmon McLIoyd Killpack,
B.A Utah
University of Utah
Anthony Joseph Klein, Jr., B.S..New York
University of Cincinnati
Richard John Lauttman, B.S Maryland
Loyola College
David Rodman Lecrone Delaware
University of Delaware
Walter Prudden Leonard Florida
Emory University
John Frank Lessig Maryland
University of Maryland
Herbert Gary Levin Maryland
University of Maryland
Donald Palmer Lewis Massachusetts
Norwich University
Robert Bernard Lewis, B.S.. Rhode Island
College of the Holy Cross
Benedict Salvatore LiPira, B.S. . .Maryland
University of Maryland
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY
49
Garrett Isaac "Lous. Jr.. A- B. . .Maryland
West Virginia University
Luis Felipe Lucca, B.S Puerto Rico
University of Puerto Rico
Albert Silveira Luiz, A. B. .Massachusetts
Boston University
Lawford Earle Magruder. Jr ... .Maryland
University of Maryland
Clyde Danforth Marlow Florida
Emory University
Carlos Rafael Matos Puerto Rico
University of Puerto Rico
Edward Robert McLaughlin,
B.S Massachusetts
University of Massachusetts
David Frederick Mehlisch Maryland
Graceland College
Raymond Dennis Menton, Jr.,
B.S Maryland
Loyola College
Anthony Nicholas Micelotti, B.S.
Massachusetts
Boston College
Paul Masashi Morita New Jersey
University of Maryland
Richard Warren Moss Florida
Emory University
James Edward Nadeau Massachusetts
American International College
William Harold Neilund, B.S. .. .Maryland
University of Maryland
Ralph Fields Norwood, Jr. . .West Virginia
Bethany College
Guy Sullivan O'Brien, Jr.,
B.S South Carolina
Furman University
Charles Irving Osraan, B.S Florida
University of Florida
Warren Andrew Parker ... .New Jersey
Mount Saint Mary's College
Bienvenido Perez, Jr., B.S....New York
University of Puerto Rico
George Louis Plassnig Maryland
University of Maryland
Joseph Marion Powell South Carolina
Furman University
Ralph Weyman Price Virginia
North Georgia College
Burton Alvin Raphael Maryland
University of Maryland
Alan Shia Resnek Massachusetts
Tufts College
Henry Edward Richter, Jr., B.S. .Virginia
University of Maryland
Lawrence David Rogers Maryland
University of Maryland
Peter Arthur Rubelman Florida
Emory University
John Sidney Rushton Virginia
University of Maryland
Robert Nicholas Santangelo. .New Jersey
Purdue University
Lawrence Donald Sarubin, B.S. .Maryland
University of Maryland
James Augustus Schaefer, B.S..New York
St. Michael's College
Leonard Stanley Schneider Maryland
The Johns Hopkins University
Howard Schwartz, B.A New Jersey
Rutgers University
Irwin Bernard Schwartz New Jersey
The Newark Colleges of
Rutgers University
David Howard Shamer, B.S Maryland
University of Maryland
Charles Irvine Shelton West Virginia
West Virginia University
Cyril Stanton Sokale, B.A. .. .Connecticut
The University of Connecticut
Edward William Spinelli, Jr.,
A.B Massachusetts
Tufts College
Howard Stanton Spurrier Utah
University of Utah
Ivan Lee Starr, A.B New Jersey
Syracuse University
Ronald Martin Starr Maryland
University of Maryland
Elizabeth Lee Stewart.. Maryland
The Johns Hopkins University,
McCoy College
Marvin Howard Tawes, Jr Maryland
University of Maryland
Linn Shecut Tompkins, Jr.. South Carolina
University of South Carolina
Frank Trotto, Jr., A. B.... West Virginia
West Virginia University
Donald Herbert Wadsworth Florida
Emory University
James Ray Wampler Virginia
Richmond College,
University of Richmond
William James Washuta Florida
University of Miami
David Allen Watson Maryland
University of Maryland
Louis Weiss Maryland
University of Maryland
William Alvin Wolf, A.B Connecticut
Upsala College
Rodger August Zelles, B.S....Nevi Jersey
Rutgers University
50
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Freshman Class
Kenneth David Bass, B.A., M.S.
Connecticut
University of Connecticut
Robert Gene Beckelheimer . . . West Virginia
Concord College
Frederick Blumenthal Florida
The University of Miami
Leonard Francis Borges, B.S.
Massachusetts
Tufts College
Martin David Breckstein Florida
University of Florida
Lawrence Austin Brehne, B.A..New Jersey
Rutgers University
Robert Francis Bristol, B. A.. Rhode Island
Providence College
John C. L. Brown, Jr., B.S. . .Pennsylvania
The Pennyslvania State University
Bayard Allen Buchen Florida
Emory University
Robert Rolland Buckner Georgia
Washington Missionary College
Barbara Dorothea Bucko Connecticut
Syracuse University
Thomas Cali, B.S New Jersey
University of Maryland
John Joseph Cartisano New York
Indiana University
Gary Herbert Cohen Maryland
University of Maryland
Robert Ted Conner West Virginia
West Virginia University
Henry Donald Crowley, B.A. ....New York
Duke University
Juan Anibal Cuevas -Jimenez, B.S.
Puerto Rico
University of Puerto Rico
Adolph Albert Cura, B. A.. . .Massachusetts
Boston College
Peter Bernard Dal Pozzol. .. .Connecticut
Colby College
Allan Lee Danoff Maryland
University of Maryland
Eugene Frederick deLonge. .South Carolina
Newberry College
Joseph Budding Dietz, Jr Delaware
Lehigh University
Frank Anthony Dolle, B.S., M.S., Ph.D
Maryland
University of Maryland
William Frank Dombrowski, B.S.. .Maryland
United States Naval Academy
James Francis Dooley, B.S., A.B.
New Jersey
B.S., U. S. Merchant Marine Academy
A.B., Rutgers University
William Edward Dowden, B.S New York
Niagara University
Ronald Wolfe Feldstein, B.S Maryland
Franklin and Marshall College
Conrad Castenzio Ferlita Florida
The University of Miami
Raymond Alan Flanders New York
Colgate University
John Morrison Foley, B.S Maryland
Loyola College
James Arthur Fowler, Jr Maryland
University of Maryland
Robert Donald Fraser, B.S New York
Niagara University
Richard Lawrence Fraze Florida
Tufts College
Larry Joe Frick South Carolina
The Clemson Agricultural College
Thornwell Jacobs Frick, B.S.
South Carolina
Davidson College
Ivan Orlo Gardner, B.S Maryland
University of Pittsburgh
Billy Wade Gaskill Arkansas
West Virginia University
Gorm Pultz Hansen Maryland
University of Maryland
Frederick Lewis Hodous Maryland
University of Maryland
Francis Kurt Hugelineyer, B.S....New York
College of the Holy Cross
Eugene Farley Humphreys Idaho
Brigham Young University
James Paul Jabbour, B.S.. . .Massachusetts
Tufts College
Calvin Charles Kay Florida
University of Miami
Edward Gerard Keen Connecticut
St. Anselm's College
Paul Lewis Keener Maryland
University of Maryland
Joseph Krall, B.S Maryland
University of Maryland
Jacob Ian Krampf Maryland
University of Maryland
Frank Walter Krause, B.A New Jersey
University of Virginia
Domenic Edward LaPorta Connecticut
University of Maryland
Robert Louis Lee Maryland
University of Maryland
Wallace George Lee Michigan
University of Maryland
Lester Leonard Levin Maryland
University of Maryland
Leslie Herminio Lopez-Velez, B.S.
Puerto Rico
University of Puerto Rico
Joseph Paul Lynch, B.S New Jersey
Seton Hall University
Carlos A. Machuca Padin, B.S.. .Puerto Rico
University of Puerto Rico
Arnold Irwin Malhmood Maryland
University of Maryland
Jose Manuel Martinez, B.S Puerto Rico
University of Puerto Rico
John Kenneth McDonald Mississippi
Louisiana State University and
Agricultural and Mechanical College
Thomas James Meakem New Jersey
Davis and Elkins College
Thomas Eugene Miller, B.S New Jersey
St. John's University
Bernard Lee Morgan, B.A. ...West Virginia
West Virginia University
Fabian Morgan, B.S North Carolina
Wake Forest College
John Worthington Myers Maryland
Hagerstown Junior College
Elizabeth Haydee Noa, B.A. .. .Puerto Rico
Nazareth College
William Barnard O'Connor. . . .West Virginia
West Virginia University
William Robert Owens, B.S. .North Carolina
Davidson College
Philip Kibbee Parsons West Virginia
West Virginia University
Jeffry Chandler Pennington
South Carolina
The Citadel
Charles Kenneth Peters, Jr., B.S.
Maryland
Loyola College
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY
51
Gregory Michael Petrakis, B.S.
Connecticut
Trinity College
George Jackson Phillips, Jr., B.A.
Maryland
Amherst College
Barry Pickus, B.A Maryland
Western Maryland College
Donald Alan Pirie. B.S Maryland
University of Maryland
Anthony Michael Policastro, B.A.
New Jersey
Seton Hall University
Joseph Eul Polino, B.A Connecticut
Providence College
Alben R. Pollack, B.A New York
Alfred University
Joel Pollack. B.S New York
The City College of New York
Albert Edward Postal. .District of Columbia
University of Maryland
William Lewis Pralley, B.A. ..West Virginia
West Virginia University
John Viering Raese West Virginia
West Virginia University
William Paul Raimond Maryland
University of Maryland
Harold Reuben Ribakow Maryland
University of Maryland
Chester James Richmond, Jr.. .Connecticut
Tufts College
Matthew Angelo Rocco, B.A....New Jersey
Seton Hall University
Everett Newton Roush, III.. West Virginia
Marshall College
Louis Joseph Ruland, Jr., B.A. .. .Maryland
The Johns Hopkins University
Raymond Richard Sahley West Virginia
Marshall College
Charles Salerno New Jersey
Upsala College
Richard Charles Saville, B.A Maryland
University of Maryland
David Lee Schofield Florida
University of Miami
Jerome Schwartz, B.S Maryland
University of Maryland
Robert Bernard Silberstein Florida
University of Florida
Stanley Leonard Silver, B.S.
District of Columbia
University of Maryland
Francis Vincent Simansky, B.S. .. .Maryland
Loyola College
Orlando Louis Skaff, B.A West Virginia
West Virginia University
Philip Smith Vermont
University of Vermont and State
Agricultural College
Anthony Sollazzo New Jersey
Rutgers University
James Frederick Sproul Ohio
West Virginia University
John Joseph Stecher, B.S New Jersey
Seton Hall University
Donald Dietrich Stegman, B.S Maryland
University of Maryland
Daniel Joseph Sullivan, B.A. ..Rhode Island
Providence College
Charles Carroll Swoope, Jr.. . .New Jersey
University of Florida
Arthur Morton Tilles Maryland
University of Maryland
John Louis Varanelli Connecticut
University of Connecticut
Francis Anthony Veltre, B.S., M.S.
Maryland
University of Maryland
Jorge Vendrell Puerto Rico
The Tulane University of Louisiana
Leonard Clifford Warner, Jr. .. .Connecticut
Colby College
Edgar Clair White Kentucky
Marshall College
Thomas Adams Wilson, B.A Maryland
Amherst College
Herbert Sanford Yampolsky. B.S.
New Jersey
University of Alabama
DEANS OF DENTAL SCHOOLS IN BALTIMORE
BALTIMORE COLLEGE OF DENTAL SURGERY
(Founded 1840)
Chapin A. Harris 1840—1841
Thomas E. Bond 1841—1842
Washington R. Handy. 1842—1853
Philip H. Austen 1853—1865
Ferdinand J. S. Gorg as 1865 — 1882
Richard B. Winder 1882—1894
M. Whilldin Foster ._ 1894—1914
William G. Foster 1914—1923
MARYLAND DENTAL COLLEGE
1873—1878 (Merged with B. C. D. S.)
Richard B. Winder 1873—1878
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
(Founded 1882)
Ferdinand J. S. Gorgas 1882 — 1911
Timothy O. Heatwole 1911—1923
BALTIMORE MEDICAL COLLEGE
1895—1913 (Merged with U. of Md.)
J. William Smith 1895—1901
William A. Montell 1901—1903
J. Edgar Orrison 1903—1904
J. William Smith 1904—1913
BALTIMORE COLLEGE OF DENTAL SURGERY
DENTAL SCHOOL
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
(B. C. D. S. Joined the U. of Md. 1923)
Timothy O. Heatwole 1923—1924
J. Ben Robinson 1924—1953
Myron S. Aisenberg (Acting) 1953
Myron S. Aisenberg 1954 — present
1957-1958
NIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
THE SCHOOL OF
dentistry
AT BALTIMORE
1957 1958
JANUARY 1957
JULY 1957
JANUARY 1958
JULY 1958
S M T W T F S
12 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 2G
27 28 29 30 31
S M T W T F S
.... 12 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30 31
S M T W T F S
12 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 31 ....
S M T W T F S
12 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30 31
FEBRUARY
AUGUST
FEBRUARY
AUGUST
S M T W T F S
1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
24 25 26 27 28
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
S M T W T F S
12 3
4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
S M T W T F S
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 ....
S M T W T F S
1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
MARCH
SEPTEMBER
MARCH
SEPTEMBER
S M T W T F S
1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
S M T W T F S
12 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30
S M T W T F S
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30 31
S M T W T F S
... 12 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30
APRIL
OCTOBER
APRIL
OCTOBER
S M T W T F S
.... 12 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30
S M T W T F S
12 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30 31
S M T W T F S
12 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30
S M T W T F S
12 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 31 ....
MAY
NOVEMBER
MAY
NOVEMBER
S M T W T F S
12 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
S M T W T F S
1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
S M T W T F S
12 3
4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
S M T W T F S
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30
JUNE
DECEMBER
JUNE
DECEMBER
S M T W T F S
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30
S M T W T F S
12 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30 31
S M T W T F S
12 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30
S M T W T F S
.... 12 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30 31
BOARD OF REGENTS
AND
MARYLAND STATE BOARD OF AGRICULTURE Term
Expires
Charles P. McCormick, Sr., Chairman, McCormick and Company, Inc.,
414 Light Street, Baltimore 2 „ 1957
Edward F. Holter, Vice-Chairman, The National Grange, 744 Jackson
Place, N.W., Washington 6 m 1959
B. Herbert Brown, Secretary, The Baltimore Institute, 12 West
Madison Street, Baltimore 1 - 1960
Harry H. Nuttle, Treasurer, Denton 1957
Louis L. Kaplan, Assistant Secretary, 1201 Eutaw Place, Baltimore 17 1961
Edmund S. Burke, Assistant Treasurer, Kelly-Springfield Tire Com-
pany, Cumberland - 1959
William P. Cole, Jr., 100 West University Parkway, Baltimore 10 1958
Thomas W. Pangborn, The Pangborn Corporation, Pangborn Blvd.,
Hagerstown - „....„ 1965
Enos S. Stockbridge, 10 Light Street, Baltimore 2 _ 1960
Thomas B. Symons, Suburban Trust Company, 6950 Carroll Avenue,
Takoma Park „ 1963
C. Ewing Tuttle, 907 Latrobe Building, Charles and Read Streets,
Baltimore 2 1962
Members of the Board are appointed by the Governor of the State for
terms of nine years each, beginning the first Monday in June.
The President of the University of Maryland is, by law, Executive Officer
of the Board.
The State law provides that the Board of Regents of the University of
Maryland shall constitute the Maryland State Board of Agriculture.
A regular meeting "of the Board is held the last Friday in each month,
except during the months of July and August. • ■
ONE HUNDRED AND SEVENTEENTH CATALOGUE
with
Announcements For
The 7957-7958 Session
BALTIMORE COLLEGE OF DENTAL SURGERY
DENTAL SCHOOL
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
BALTIMORE, MARYLAND
THE PROVISIONS of this publication are not to be regarded as an
irrevocable contract between the student and the University of Maryland.
The University reserves the right to change any provision or require-
ment at any time within the student's term of residence. The University
further reserves the right at any time, to ask a student to withdraw when it
considers such action to be in the best interests of the University.
ACADEMIC CALENDAR
1957-1958 SESSION
First Semester
1957
September 18 Wednesday *Registration for Freshman Class
September 19 Thursday *Registration for Sophomore Class.
September 20 Friday * Registration for Junior and Senior
Classes.
September 23 Monday Instruction begins with first sched-
uled period.
November 26 Tuesday Thanksgiving recess begins at close
of last scheduled period.
December 2 Monday Instruction resumes with first
scheduled period.
December 20 Friday Christmas recess begins at close
of last scheduled period.
1958
January 6 Monday Instruction resumes with first
scheduled period.
January 23 Thursday and
and 24 Friday * Second Semester Registration.
January 31 Friday First Semester ends at the close
of last scheduled period.
Second Semester
February 3 Monday Instruction begins with first sched-
uled period.
February 22 Saturday Washington's Birthday — holiday.
April 3 Thursday Easter recess begins at close of
last scheduled period.
April 8 Tuesday Instruction resumes with first
scheduled period.
May 30 Friday Memorial Day — holiday.
June 4 Wednesday Second Semester ends at close of
last scheduled period.
June 7 Saturday Commencement.
* A student who fails to register prior to or on the day or days specified must pay
a late registration fee of five dollars ($5.00). The last day of registration with fee
added to regular charges is Saturday of the week in which instruction begins.
The offices of the registrar and comptroller are open daily from 9 :00 A.M. to
4 :00 P.M., and Saturday from 9 :00 A.M. to 12 :00 noon.
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 5
OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION
Wilson Homer Elkins, B.A., M.A., B.Litt., D.Phil.,
President of the University
Myron S. Aisenberg, D.D.S., Dean
Katharine Toomey, Administrative Assistant
G. Watson Algire, B.A., M.S., Director of Admissions and Registrations
Norma J. Azlein, B.A., Registrar
OFFICERS OF INSTRUCTION
1956-1957 SESSION
Emeriti
J. Ben Robinson, D.D.S., D.Sc, Dean Emeritus
Burt B. Ide, D.D.S., Professor Emeritus of Operative Dentistry
Professors
Myron S. Aisenberg, Professor of Pathology.
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1922.
Joseph Calton Biddix, Jr., Professor of Oral Diagnosis.
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1934.
Edward C. Dobbs, Professor of Pharmacology and Therapeutics.
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1929 ; B.S\, 1952.
Brice Marden Dorsey, Professor of Oral Surgery.
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1927.
Gardner Patrick Henry Foley, Professor of Dental Literature.
B.A., Clark University, 1923 ; M.A., 1926.
Grayson Wilbur Gaver, Professor of Dental Prosthesis.
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1922.
William Edward Hahn, Professor of Anatomy.
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1931: A.B., University of Rochester, 1938; M.S.,
1939.
Marion W. McCrea, Professor of Histology and Embryology.
D.D.S.. Ohio State University, 1935 : M.S'., University of Rochester, 1937.
Ernest B. Nuttall, Professor of Fixed Partial Prosthesis.
D.D.S.. University of Maryland, 1931.
Robert Harold Oster, Professor of Physiology.
B.S.. The Pennsylvania State University, 1923 ; M.S., 1926 ; Ph.D., Harvard Uni-
versity, 1933.
Kyrle W. Preis, Professor of Orthodontics.
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1929.
Kenneth Vincent Randolph, Professor of Operative Dentistry.
D.D.S*., University of Maryland, 1939 ; B.S., 1951.
Donald E. Shay, Professor of Bacteriology.
B.S.. Lebanon Valley College, 1937 ; M.S., University of Maryland, 1938 ; Ph.D.,
1943.
E. G. Vanden Bosche, Professor of Biochemistry.
A.B., Lebanon Valley College, 1922; M.S., University of Maryland, 1924; Ph.D.,
1927.
6 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Associate Professors
William Robert Biddington, Associate Professor of Oral Medicine.
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1948.
Joseph Patrick Cappuccio, Associate Professor of Oral Surgery.
B.S., University of Rhode Island, 1943; D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1946.
Benjamin Anthony Dabrowski, Associate Professor of Oral Roentgenology.
A.B., The Johns Hopkins University, 1932 ; D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1940.
Stanley H. Dosh, Associate Professor of Fixed Partial Prosthesis.
D.D.S\, University of Maryland, 1935.
♦Harold Golton, Associate Professor of Oral Diagnosis.
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1925.
George McLean, Associate Professor of Physical Diagnosis and Principles of
Medicine.
M.D., University of Maryland, 1916.
Peter McLean Lu, Associate Professor of Fixed Partial Prosthesis.
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1934.
Jose Enrique Medina, Associate Professor of Operative Dentistry.
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1948.
Walter L. Oggesen, Associate Professor of Fixed Partial Prosthesis.
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1926.
D. Vincent Provenza, Associate Professor of Histology and Embryology.
B.S., University of Maryland, 1939 ; M.S., 1941 ; Ph.D., 1952.
Wilbur Owen Ramsey, Associate Professor of Dental Prosthesis.
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1943.
Douglas John Sanders, Associate Professor of Pedodontics.
B.S\, Northwestern University, 1946 ; D.D.S., 1948.
Guy Paul Thompson, Associate Professor of Anatomy.
A.B., West Virginia University, 1923 ; A.M., 1929.
L. Edward Warner, Associate Professor of Dental Prosthesis.
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1931.
Tobias Weinberg, Associate Professor of Pathology.
A.B., The Johns Hopkins University, 1930 ; M.D., 1933.
Assistant Professors
Irving I. Abramson, Assistant Professor of Oral Medicine.
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1932.
Alvin David Aisenberg, Assistant Professor of Pathology.
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1945.
Hugh M. Clement, Jr., Assistant Professor of Operative Dentistry.
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1944.
Thomas F. Clement, Assistant Professor of Oral Medicine.
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1951.
Conrad L. Inman, Assistant Professor of Anesthesiology.
D.D.S., Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, 1915.
William Kress, Assistant Professor of Orthodontics. '
D.D.S*., University of Maryland, 1936.
Yam-hin Louie, Assistant Professor of Operative Dentistry.
B.S., Lingnan University, Canton, China, 1938 ; D.D.S., Northwestern University,
1945 ; M.S.D., 1946.
* Leave of absence.
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 7
Burton Robert Pollack, Assistant Professor of Physiology.
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1946.
Daniel Edward Shehan, Assistant Professor of Orthodontics.
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1922.
E. Roderick Shipley, Assistant Professor of Physiology.
A.B., The Johns Hopkins University, 1938 ; M.D., University of Maryland, 1942.
Arthur G. Siwinski, Assistant Professor of Oral Surgery.
A.B., The Johns Hopkins University, 1927 ; M.D., University of Maryland, 1931.
Dr. Robert Swinehart, Assistant Professor of Orthodontics.
A.B., Dartmouth College, 1933 ; D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1937.
Edmond G. Vanden Bosche, Assistant Professor of Dental Anatomy.
B.S., The Pennsylvania State University, 1943 ; D.D.S., University of Maryland,
1947.
Special Lecturers
Martin Helrich, Professor of Anesthesiology (School of Medicine).
B.S., Dickinson College, 1946 ; M.D., University of Pennsylvania, 1946.
Richard Lindenberg, Lecturer in Neuroanatomy.
M.D., University of Berlin, 1944.
Ethelbert Lovett, Lecturer in Ethics.
D.D.S., Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, 1922.
Wiluam J. O'Donnell, Lecturer in Jurisprudence.
A.B., Loyola College, 1937 ; LL.B., University of Maryland, 1941.
Harry M. Robinson, Jr., Professor of Dermatology (School of Medicine).
B.S., University of Maryland. 1931 ; M.D., 1935.
F. Noel Smith, Lecturer in Dental Prosthesis.
D.D.S., Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, 1923.
George Herschel Yeager, Professor of Clinical Surgery (School of Medicine).
B.S., West Virginia University. 1927 ; M.D., University of Maryland, 1929.
Instructors
Sterrett P. Beaven, Instructor in Operative Dentistry.
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1941.
Stanley L. Brown, Instructor in Pharmacology and Therapeutics.
B.S., University of Maryland, 1952 ; D.D.S., 1956.
Samuel Hollinger Bryant, Instructor in Oral Diagnosis.
A.B., Western Maryland College, 1928 ; D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1932.
Arthur Merrick Bushey, Instructor in Oral Surgery.
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1950.
Jerome S. Cullen, Instructor in Clinical Orthodontics.
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1941.
Feed Ehrlich, Instructor in Pedodontics.
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1947.
Calvin Joseph Gaver, Instructor in Operative Dentistry.
B.S*., University of Maryland, 1950 ; D.D.S., 1954.
Stanley B. Goldberg, Instructor in Roentgenology.
B.A., The Johns Hopkins University. 1949 ; D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1956.
Ralph Jack Gordon, Instructor in Dental Prosthesis.
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1933.
Marvin M. Graham, Instructor in Fixed Partial Prosthesis.
A.B.. Cornell University. 1938 ; A.M., 1939 ; D.D.S., University of Pennsylvania,
1943.
8 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
William Lee Graham, Instructor in Oral Diagnosis.
B.S., Marietta College, 1948; D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1953.
Walter Granruth, Jr., Instructor in Pathology.
B.S., Loyola College, 1950 ; D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1954.
Melvin John Jagielski, Instructor in Dental Anatomy.
D.D.S 1 ., University of Maryland, 1953.
Frank G. Kuehn, Instructor in Clinical Medicine.
A.B., University of North Carolina, 1946 ; M.D., University of Maryland, 1950.
Eugene A. Leatherman, Instructor in Oral Surgery.
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1954.
Lester Lebo, Instructor in Oral Diagnosis.
B.S., University of Chicago, 1938 ; M.D., 1941.
Richard R. C. Leonard, Instructor in Public Health Dentistry.
D.D.S., Indiana University, 1922; M.S.P.H., University of Michigan, 1944.
Charles E. Loveman, Instructor in Anatomy.
A.B., The Johns Hopkins University, 1935 ; D.D.S., Columbia University, 1939.
Martin H. Morris, Instructor in Biochemistry.
B.S., Rutgers University, 1952 ; M.S., 1954.
James P. Norris, Instructor in Oral Medicine.
B.S., University of Maryland, 1950 ; D.D.S., 1956.
Frank N. Ogden, Instructor in First Aid and in Charge of Medical Care of
Students.
M.D., University of Maryland, 1917.
Victor S. Primrose, Instructor in Full Denture Prosthesis.
D.D.S., McGill University, 1918.
Norton Morris Ross, Instructor in Pharmacology.
B.S., University of Connecticut, 1949 ; D.D.S.. University of Maryland, 1954.
Myron Hillard Sachs, Instructor in Anatomy.
D.D.S., Columbia University, 1939.
Aaron Schaeffer, Instructor in Clinical Orthodontics.
B.A., Western Maryland College, 1939 ; D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1947 ;
M.S., University of Illinois, 1948.
Frank J. Sinnreich, Jr., Instructor in Anatomy.
B.S., University of Maryland, 1951.
Allie Skib, Instructor in Roentgenology.
B.S., Sf. Michael's College, 1952; D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1956.
Glenn D. Steele, Instructor in Fixed Partial Prosthesis.
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1942.
Claude P. Taylor, Instructor in Visual Aids.
Earle Harris Watson, Instructor in Dental Materials and Dental Prosthesis.
A.B., University of North Carolina, 1938; D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1942.
John T. Welch, Instructor in Pedodontics.
A.B., West Virginia University, 1949 ; D.D.S., 1954.
Graduate Assistants
Jack A. Graham, Graduate Assistant in Oral Pathology.
A.A., S'cranton Keystone Junior College, 1949 ; B.S., University of Pittsburgh, 1950 ;
D.D.S., 1954.
Herbert W. Grambow, Graduate Assistant in Oral Surgery.
B.S., University of Maryland, 1953 ; D.D.S., 1956.
Charles Brown Leonard, Jr., Graduate Assistant in Biochemistry.
B.A., Rutgers College of South Jersey, 1955.
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 9
Robert D. Parker, Graduate Assistant in Oral Surgery.
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1956.
Donald E. Staker, Graduate Assistant in Oral Surgery.
B.S., Marshall College. 1950 : D.D.S.. University of Maryland, 1954.
Victor J. Vilk, Graduate Assistant in Bacteriology.
B.A.. Montana State University. 1951 : M.A.. 1954.
Library Staff
Ida Marian Robinson, Librarian and Associate Professor of Library Science.
A.B., Cornell University. 1924 : B.S.L.S.. Columbia University School of Library
Service, 1944.
Hilda E. Moore, Associate Librarian.
A.B., Randolph Maeon Woman's College, 1936 : A.B.L.S.. Ecuory University Library
School, 1937.
Beatrice Marriott, Reference Librarian.
A.B., University of Maryland, 1944.
Edith M. Coyle, Periodicals Librarian.
A.B., University of North Carolina, 1937 ; A.B.L.S 1 ., University of North Caro-
lina Sfchool of Library Science. 1939 ; M. A., The Johns Hopkins University, 1945.
Harriette W. Shelton, Chief Cataloguer.
B.A., The Pennsylvania State College, 1935 : B.S.L.S.. Columbia University School
of Library Service, 1937.
Marjorie Fluck, Cataloguer.
B.S. in Ed., Kutztown State Teachers College, 1952.
Rosalie C. Caroll, Library Assistant.
Elizabeth E. McCoach, Assistant to the Librarian.
Patricia C. Terzi, Assistant to the Cataloguer.
10 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
HISTORY
The Baltimore College of Dental Surgery occupies an important and
interesting place in the history of dentistry. At the end of the regular ses-
sion — 1955-56 — it completed its one hundred and sixteenth year of service
to dental education. The Baltimore College of Dental Surgery represents the
first effort in history to offer institutional dental education to those antici-
pating the practice of dentistry
The first lectures on dentistry in America were delivered by Dr. Horace
H. Hayden in the University of Maryland, School of Medicine, between the
years 1823-25. These lectures were interrupted in 1825 by internal dissensions
in the School of Medicine and were as a consequence discontinued. It was
Dr. Hayden's idea that dental education merited greater attention than had
been given it by medicine or could be given it by the preceptorial plan of
dental teaching then in vogue.
Dr. Horace H. Hayden began the practice of dentistry in Baltimore in
1800. From that time he made a zealous attempt to lay the foundation for a
scientific, serviceable dental profession. In 1831 Dr. Chapin A. Harris came to
Baltimore to study under Hayden. Dr. Harris was a man of unusual ability
and possessed special qualifications to aid in establishing and promoting formal
dental education. Since Dr. Hayden's lectures had been interrupted at the
University of Maryland and there was an apparent unsurmountable difficulty
confronting the creation of dental departments in medical schools, an indepen-
dent college was decided upon. A charter was applied for and granted by the
Maryland Legislature February 1, 1840. The first Faculty meeting was held
February 3, 1840, at which time Dr. Horace H. Hayden was elected President
and Dr. Chapin A. Harris, Dean. The introductory lecture was delivered by
Dr. Hayden on November 3, 1840, to the five students matriculating in the first
class. Thus was created as the foundation of the present dental profession the
Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, the first dental school in the world.
Hayden and Harris, the admitted founders of conventional dental educa-
tion, contributed, in addition to the factor of dental education, other opportun-
ities for professional growth and development. In 1839 the American Journal
of Dental Science was founded, with Chapin A. Harris as its editor.
Dr. Harris continued fully responsible for dentistry's initial venture
into periodic dental literature to the time of his death. The files of
the old American Journal of Dental Science testify to the fine contributions
made by Dr. Harris. In 1840 the American Society of Dental Surgeons was
founded, with Dr. Horace H. Hayden as its President and Dr. Chapin A.
Harris as its Corresponding Secretary. This was the beginning of dental
organization in America, and was the forerunner of the American Dental
Association, which now numbers approximately eighty-four thousand in its
present membership. The foregoing suggests the unusual influence Baltimore
dentists and the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery have exercised on
professional ideals and policies.
In 1873, the Maryland Dental College, an offspring of the Baltimore College
of Dental Surgery, was organized. It continued instruction until 1878, at which
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 11
time it was consolidated with the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery. A
department of dentistry was organized at the University of Maryland in the
year 1882, graduating a class each year from 1883 to 1923. This school was
chartered as a corporation and continued as a privately owned and directed
institution until 1920, when it became a State institution. The Dental Depart-
ment of the Baltimore Medical College was established in 1895, continuing
until 1913, when it merged with the Dental Department of the University of
Maryland.
The final combining of the dental educational interests of Baltimore was
effected June 15, 1923, by the amalgamation of the student bodies of the Balti-
more College of Dental Surgery and the University of Maryland, School of
Dentistry; the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery becoming a distinct de-
partment of the University under State supervision and control. Thus we find
in the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, Dental School, University of
Maryland, a merging of the various efforts at dental education in Maryland.
From these component elements have radiated developments of the art and
science of dentistry until the strength of its alumni is second to none, in either
number or degree of service to the profession.
LIBRARY
This School is fortunate in having one of the better equipped and or-
ganized libraries among the dental schools of the country. The library is
located in the main building and consists of a stack room, offices and a reading
room accommodating ninety-six students. Over 16,000 books and bound journ-
als on dentistry and the collateral sciences, together with numerous pamphlets,,
reprints and unbound journals, are available for the student's use. More than
200 journals are regularly received by the Library. An adequate staff pro-
motes the growth of the Library and assists the student body in the use of
the Library's resources. One of the most important factors of the dental
student's education is to teach him the value and the use of dental literature
in his formal education and in promoting his usefulness and value to the
profession during practice. The Baltimore College of Dental Surgery is ideal-
ly equipped to achieve this aim of dental instruction.
COURSE OF INSTRUCTION
The Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, Dental School, University of
Maryland offers a course in dentistry devoted to instruction in the medical
sciences, the dental sciences, and clinical practice. Instruction consists of
didactic lectures, laboratory instruction, demonstrations, conferences, quizzes
and hospital ward rounds. Topics are assigned for collateral reading to
train the student in the value and use of dental literature. The curriculum for
the complete course appears on pages 20 and 21 of this catalogue.
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION
Applicants for admission must present evidence of having completed
successfully two academic years of work in an accredited college of arts and
12 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
sciences based upon the completion of a four-year high school course or the
equivalent in entrance examinations. The college course must include at
least a year's credit in English, in biology, in physics, in inorganic chemistry,
and in organic chemistry. All required science courses shall include both
classroom and laboratory instruction. Although a minimum of 60 semester
hours of credit, exclusive of physical education and military science, is
required, additional courses in the humanities and the natural and social
sciences are desirable. By ruling of the Dean's Council, all admission require-
ments must be completed by June 30 previous to the desired date of admission.
In considering candidates for admission, the Board of Admissions will
give preference to those applicants who have high scholastic records in
secondary school and in college; who make satisfactory scores in the dental
aptitude test; who present favorable recommendations from their respective
predental committee or from one instructor in each of the departments of
biology, chemistry, and physics; and who, in all other respects, give every
promise of becoming successful students and dentists of high standing.
Applicants will not be admitted with unabsolved conditions or unabsolved
failures.
COMBINED ARTS AND SCIENCES-DENTAL PROGRAM
The University offers a combined arts and sciences-dental curriculum
leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Science and Doctor of Dental Surgery.
The preprofessional part of this curriculum shall be taken in residence in the
College of Arts and Sciences at College Park, and the professional part in the
School of Dentistry in Baltimore.
Students who elect the combined program and who have completed the
arts and sciences phase of it may, upon the recommendation of the Dean of the
School of Dentistry, be granted the degree of Bachelor of Science by the Col-
lege of Arts and Sciences at the commencement following the completion of
the student's second year in the School of Dentistry. A student may enter the
arts ancT sciences-dental program at College Park with advanced standing
from an accredited college or university, but the last year of the prepro-
fessional training must be completed at College Park and the professional
training must be completed in the School of Dentistry of the University of
Maryland.
Arts-Dentistry Curriculum
Freshman Year
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature
Zool. 1 — General Zoology
Zool. 2 — Advanced General Zoology
Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry
Math. 10, 11 — Algebra, Trigonometry, Analytic Geometry
Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech
Physical Activities
A. S. 1, 2 — Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Hea. 2, 4 — Hygiene (Women) 2 2
Total 18-19 18-19
r-Semester—^
I
//
3
3
4
4
4
4
3
3
1
1
1
1
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 13
Sophomore Year I II
Eng. 3. 4 or 5, 6 — Composition and World or English Literature 3 3
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life "1
and 13 3
G. & T. 1 — American Government J
Chem. 35, 30. 37, 38 — Organic Chemistry 4 4
•H. 5. G— History of American Civilization 3 3
tModern Language 3 3
Thysical Activities 1 1
A. S. 3, 4 — Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Total 17-20 17-20
Juvior Year
Modern Language (continued) 3 3
Phys. 10, 11— Fundamentals of Physics 4 4
Approved Minor Courses 9 9
Elective? 3 3
Total 19 19
Senior Year
The curriculum of the first year of the School of Dentistry of the Uni-
versity of Maryland is accepted by the College of Arts and Sciences as the
fourth year (major sequence) of academic work toward the degree of Bachelor
of Science.
If at the end of the junior year the student decides to postpone his en-
trance to the School of Dentistry and to remain in the College of Arts and
Sciences and complete work for the Bachelor's degree, he may choose a major
and minor in any of the departments in which he has completed the necessary
underclass requirements. The general nature of the first three years of this
curriculum and the generous electives of the third year make possible for
the student a wide choice of departments in which he may specialize. In
general the electives of the third year will be chosen as for a major in some
particular department.
REQUIREMENTS FOR MATRICULATION AND ENROLLMENT
In the selection of students to begin the study of dentistry the School
considers particularly a candidate's proved ability in secondary education and
his successful completion of prescribed courses in predental collegiate train-
ing. The requirements for admission and the academic regulations of the
College of Arts and Sciences, University of Maryland, are strictly adhered to
by the School of Dentistry.
A student is not regarded as having matriculated in the School of Den-
tistry until such time as he shall have paid the matriculation fee of $10.00,
and is not enrolled until he shall have paid a deposit of $200.00. This deposit
is intended to insure registration in the class and is not returnable.
• Students planning to request admission to the Dental School with only two years
of predental training should take Physics 10-11.
+ Fr. or Ger. 6, 7 — Intermediate Scientific French or German recommended.
_
U UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
APPLICATION PROCEDURES
Candidates seeking admission to the Dental School should first write
to the Office of the Dean requesting- a preliminary information form. Upon
the receipt and the examination of this form by the Board of Admissions
an application blank will be sent to those candidates who merit consideration.
Each applicant should fill out the blank in its entirety and mail it promptly,
together with the application fee and photographs, to the Board of Admissions,
Dental School, University of Maryland, Baltimore 1, Maryland. The early
filing of an application is urged. Applicants wishing advice on any problem
relating to their predental training or their application should communicate
with the Board of Admissions.
All applicants will be required to take the Dental Aptitude Test. This
test will be given at various testing centers throughout the United States,
its possessions and Canada. Applicants will be notified by the Council on
Dental Education of the American Dental Association of the dates of the
tests and the locations of the testing centers.
Promising candidates will be required to appear before the Board of
Admissions for an interview. On the basis of all available information the
best possible applicants will be chosen for admission to the School.
A certificate of entrance will be issued to each successful applicant,
which will permit him to matriculate and to register in the class to which
he has applied.
ADMISSION WITH ADVANCED STANDING
(a) Graduates in medicine or students in medicine who have completed two
or more years in a medical school, acceptable to standards in the School of
Medicine, University of Maryland, may be given advanced standing to the
Sophomore year provided the applicant shall complete under competent regu-
lar instruction the courses in dental technology regularly scheduled in the
first year.
(b) Applicants for transfer must (1) meet fully the requirements for ad-
mission to the first year of the dental course; (2) be eligible for promotion to
the next higher class in the school from which he seeks to transfer; (3) show
an average grade of five per cent above the passing mark in the school where
transfer credits were earned; (4) show evidence of scholastic attainments,
character and personality; (5) present letter of honorable dismissal and recom-
mendation from the dean of the school from which he transfers.
(c) All applicants for transfer must present themselves in person for an
interview before qualifying certificate can be issued.
ATTENDANCE REQUIREMENTS
In order to receive credit for a full session, each student must have entered
and be in attendance on the day the regular session opens, at which time
lectures to all classes begin, and remain until the close of the session, the dates
for which are announced in the calendar of the annual catalogue.
. SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 15
Regular attendance is demanded. A student whose attendance in any
course is unsatisfactory to the head of the department will be denied the priv-
ilege of final examination in any and all such courses. A student with less than
85 per cent attendance will not be promoted to the next succeeding year.
However, in certain unavoidable circumstances of absences, the Dean and
the Council may honor excuses exceeding the maximum permitted.
GRADING AND PROMOTION
The following symbols are used as marks for final grades: A (100-91),
B (90-84), C (83-77), and D (76-70), Passing; F (below 70), Failure; I, In-
complete. Progress grades in courses are indicated as "Satisfactory" and
"Unsatisfactory."
A Failure in any subject may be removed only by repeating the subject
in full. Students who have done work of acceptable quality in their completed
assignments but who, because of circumstances beyond their control, have been
unable to finish all assignments, will be given an Incomplete. A student shall
not carry an Incomplete into the next succeeding year. When he has completed
the requirements for the removal of an Incomplete, the student shall be given
the actual grade earned in the course.
Scholastic averages are computed on the basis of semester credits as-
signed to each course and numerical values for grades. The numerical values
are A-4; B-3; C-2; D-l; F~0. The grade point average is the Gum of the
products of semester credits and grade values, divided by the total number of
semester credits.
Students who attain a grade point average of 1.5 in the Freshman year
will be promoted. At the end of the Sophomore year an overall grade point
average of 1.75 is required for promotion. A grade point average of 2.0 is
required for promotion to the Senior year and for graduation.
Students who fail to meet the minimum grade point averages required
for promotion and who fall into the following categories will be allowed pro-
bationary promotion:
1. Freshmen who attain a grade point average of 1.25-1.49.
2. Sophomores who attain an overall grade point average of 1.6-1.74.
3. Juniors who attain an overall grade point average of 1.85-1.99.
Probationary statue will not be permitted for two successive years.
A student may absolve a total of eight credit hours of failures in an ac-
credited summer school provided he has the grade point average required for
promotion or graduation, excluding the failure or failures which he has
incurred.
EQUIPMENT
A complete list of necessary instruments and materials for technic and
clinic courses is prescribed by the Dental School. Arrangements are made by
the Dental School in advance of formal enrollment for books, instruments and
materials to be delivered to the students at the opening of school. Each stu-
16 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
dent is required to provide himself promptly with these prescribed necessities.
A student who does not meet this requirement will not be permitted to con-
tinue with his class.
DEPORTMENT
The profession of dentistry demands, and the School of Dentistry requires,
of its students evidence of their good moral character. The conduct of the
student in relation to his work and fellow students will indicate his fitness
to be taken into the confidence of the community as a professional man. In-
tegrity, sobriety, temperate habits, truthfulness, respect for authority and asso-
ciates and honesty in the transaction of business affairs as a student will be
considered as evidence of good moral character necessary to the granting of a
degree.
REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION
The degree of Doctor of Dental Surgery is conferred upon a candidate who
has met the following conditions:
1. A candidate must furnish documentary evidence that he has attained
the age of 21 years.
2. A candidate for graduation shall have attended the full scheduled course
of four academic years.
3. He will be required to show a grade point average of 2.0 for the full
course of study.
4. He shall have satisfied all technic and clinic requirements of the various
departments.
5. He shall have paid all indebtedness to the college prior to the beginning
of final examinations, and must have adjusted his financial obligations in the
community satisfactorily to those to whom he may be indebted.
FEES
Matriculation fee (required of all entering students) $ 10.00
Tuition (each year):
Non-resident student 675.00
Resident student 400.00
Student health service (each year) 20.00
Laboratory breakage deposit:
Freshman year 10.00
Sophomore and Junior years 5.00
In addition to fees itemized in the above schedule, the following assess-
ments are made by the University:
Application fee (paid at time of filing formal application for admission) 7.50
Late registration fee 5.00
(All students are expected to complete their registration, including
payment of bills, on the regular registration days.) Those who do
not complete their registration during the prescribed days will be
charged a fee of $5.00.
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 17
Examinations taken out of class and re-examinations 5.00
One certified transcript of record is issued free of charge.
Each additional copy is issued only upon payment of 1.00
Student Activities Fee — Special
For the purpose of administering various student activities, the Student
Senate, after approval by the separate classes and the Faculty Council, voted
a fee of $12.50 to be paid at the time of registration to the Office of the Dean.
Refunds
According to the policy of the University no fees will be returned. In case
the student discontinues his course or fails to register after a place has been
reserved in a class, any fees paid will be credited to a subsequent course, but
are not transferable.
REGISTRATION
The registration of a student in any school or college of the University
shall be regarded as a registration in the University of Maryland, but when
such student transfers to a professional school of the University or from
one professional school to another, he must pay the usual matriculation fee
required by each professional school.
Each student is required to fill in a registration card for the office of the
Registrar, and make payment of one-half of the tuition fee in addition to all
other fees noted as payable before being admitted to classwork at the opening
of the session. The remainder of tuition and fees must be in the hands of the
Comptroller during registration period for the second half of the academic
year.
DEFINITION OF RESIDENCE AND NON-RESIDENCE
Students who are minors are considered to be resident students if at the
time of their registration their parents have been domiciled in this state for
at least one year.
The status of the residence of a student is determined at the time of his
first registration in the University, and may not thereafter be changed by him
unless, in the case of a minor, his parents move to and become legal residents
of the state by maintaining such residence for at least one full year. How-
ever, the right of the minor student to change from a non-resident to resident
status must be established by him prior to the registration period for any
semester.
Adult students are considered to be resident if at the time of their regis-
tration they have been domiciled in this state for at least one year, provided
such residence has not been acquired while attending any school or college in
Maryland or elsewhere.
18 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
The word domicile as used in this regulation shall mean the permanent
place of abode. For the purpose of this rule only one domicile may be claimed
as a permanent abode.
STUDENT HEALTH SERVICE
The School undertakes to supply medical and surgical care for its stu-
dents through the Student Health Service. This care includes the daily ser-
vices rendered by a physician and a medical secretary in a well-equipped
clinic, conveniently located in the Dental School. Also consultations, surgical
procedures and hospitalization, judged to be necessary by the Service, are
covered under liberal limitations, depending on length of hospitalization and
special expenses incurred.
Students who need medical attention are expected to report at the office
of the Student Health Service. Under circumstances requiring home treatment,
the students will be visited at their College residences.
It is not within the scope of the Service to provide medical care for con-
ditions antedating each annual registration in the University; nor is it the
function of this service to treat chronic conditions contracted by students
before admission or to extend treatment to acute conditions developing in the
period between academic years or during authorized school vacations. The
cost of orthopedic applicances, the correction of visual defects, the services
of special nurses, and special medication must be paid for by the student.
The School does not accept responsibility for illness or accident occurring
away from the community, or for expenses incurred for hospitalization or
medical services in institutions other than the University Hospital, or, in any
case, for medical expense not authorized by the Student Health Service.
Every new sudent is required to undergo a complete physical examina-
tion, which includes oral diagnosis. Any defects noted must be corrected
with the first school year. The passing of this examination is a requirement
for the final acceptance of any student.
Each matriculant must present, on the day of his enrollment, a statement
from his ophthalmologist regarding the condition of his eyes, and where de-
fects in vision exist he shall show evidence that corrections have been made.
If a student should enter the hospital during the academic year, the
Service will arrange for the payment of part or all of the hospital expenses,
depending on the length of stay and the special expenses incurred. This ar-
rangement applies only to students admitted through the office of the School
physician.
Prospective students are advised to have any known physical defects
corrected before entering the School in order to prevent loss of time which
later correction might involve.
SCHOLARSHIP AND LOAN FUNDS
A number of scholarship loans from varous organizations and educa-
tional foundations are available to students in the School of Dentistry. These
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 19
loans are offered on the basis of excellence in scholastic attainment and the
need on the part of students for assistance in completing- their course in
dentistry. It has been the policy of the Faculty to recommend only students
in the last two years for such privileges.
The Henry Strong Educational Foundation
From this fund, established under the will of General Henry Strong of
Chicago, an annual allotment is made to the Baltimore College of Dental
Surgeiy, Dental School, University of Maryland, for scholarship loans avail-
able for the use of young men and women students under the age of twenty-
five. Recommendations for the privileges of these loans are limited to stu-
dents in the Junior and Senior years. Only students who through stress of
circumstances require financial aid and who have demonstrated excellence in
educational progress are considered in making nominations to the secretary
of this fund.
The Edward S. Gaylord Educational Endowment Fund
Under a provision of the w r ill of the late Dr. Edward S. Gaylord, of
New Haven, Connecticut, an amount approximating $16,000 was left to the
Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, Dental School, University of Maryland,
the proceeds of which are to be devoted to aiding worthy young men in secur-
ing dental education.
The W. K. Kellogg Foundation
During World War II the Foundation recognized the burden that the
accelerated course imposed upon many dental students who under normal cir-
cumstances would earn money for their education by employment during the
summer vacation. The Foundation granted to this School a fund to pro-
vide rotating loans to deserving dental students.
The Albert A. Harrington Fund
This fund was established in 1954 by the New Jersey Alumni Association
in memory of Dr. Albert A. Harrington, a member of the Class of 1910. The
fund is a source of valuable help in aiding students to solve their temporary
financial problems.
The E. Benton Taylor Scholarship
One of the finest scholarships in the field of dental education, the E.
Benton Taylor Scholarship was conceived and arranged by Mrs. Taylor and
will be perpetuated by the Luther B. Benton Company of Baltimore. It was
put into operation in 1954 and will be awarded annually to a Maryland student
of each entering class, who will continue to receive its benefits during the
four years of his dental school course.
20
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
XNHr".!£«^H
piHTjO^-^wtc
Tf a • N cc oo 5; oc
i3
J
<
-
EH
ti
c^oo!5 ^^^^ •
ic £ ^-i — ' cc cc co .
w
M
P
c
E
U
£
O to • M X rt 00 oo
c
|^]
_:
CO CO • t>Tt <£>"<* i^
(h
~
g
s
DQ
C
oqo^^nnoo .
c
h3
NrtHHMcO
u
o
—
a
Si
OS
4>
D
a
Tf . • • 00 Tf tO .
U
00
M
c
3
T* . • • Tt COOS .
fa
t-
U
c
3
OB
!
a;
^-i
CO • • -COCO*© •
3
00 • • • CC COrH .
-
TfTtfCCTtCCOCOCOCO
cococ;tj<c:t*cooci
co <c oc oc co cc co cc t* -co co
CO CC CO cc CC • CC t*
CO
"«* Tf • OC £ OC CC rt CO
•COCO • r* C: r? CC CO OS
CC • OC 00 • O CO CC CO • CC 00
y-{ ' ■ — cc c: • tH CO
CC CC
OS OS
rr oc cc ©
CO t> C5 OS
CO
CO CC
CC iH
ee
>-
iH i-j tH tH c^^h^h
filling
<<<<CC£frfr
CI
~, H ^ ONWH .COCO
^COcOCO.^rH^ncO^,^^
CO tH tH r-l fO hO
rH . . O ,♦ • *5J . .
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY
21
a
n^-i-M-:i-Hi-H<OH -HHri
^t CO *H 00 <*•
CO
■ ua • oo • oo —
— CO 'iH • <-i 00
I
vr N
LO • UO . © co • o
OJ • 04 . i-i 04 -00
00
O O "5 O I CO
uo in 04 oo 0»
iH^H CO
x • x © x to oo • • I oo
rr •tc'*?:'* • -oo
Ol
rfoo • oi x to oi c-i © x m © m co oi <m
oj • ~ (N-r: rr r: - r: - - ?:
to <M X X • -^IM • C<J • CO t* • OJ . to CO "«* CO • Ol I O
t- r-i • -T-ICC • t-I .HN • CO . rH iH 04 • CO IO
CO CM
X X
* oo ^ • w oo c •-:
OCO rt
r-l rH CO
X X
(M . to 00 • «© • • CO 00
«o I cc
Ol X CO X • • OJ
— Tf CO T* • • OS
oom^ -.o
© CO CO CO CO CO <M
rirlrtHHH i— I
oa
to .to .to • CO CO
£-^a
a CO cc cc
2,-H
n 5
c o
.1.1 » © 3 1
- bo aa x
o p 5
a; 73 x
E £
<<
fi be
■ 95j2 -^2 Ci H H H "T7i rt ' £3 'o_!
5
o
I nd c3 fld
w w" C bb
o o <P ^
•i-teJIUlkt:
22 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
ANATOMY
Professor Hahn (Head of Department) ; Associate Professor Thompson;
Assistant Professor Edmond C. Vanden Bosche;
Drs. Jagielski, Lindenberg, Loveman, Sachs; and Mr. Sinnreich
Anat. 111. Human Gross Anatomy (8). First year.
This course consists of dissection and lectures, supplemented by fre-
quent conferences and practical demonstrations. The entire human body is
dissected.
The subject is taught with the purpose of emphasizing the principles of
the body structure, the knowledge of which is derived from a study of its
organs and tissues, and the action of its parts. Arrangements can be made
to accommodate qualified students and dentists interested in research or in
making special dissections or topographical studies.
Anat. 112. Human Neuroanatomy (2). First year. Second semester. Pre-
requisite Anatomy 111 or equivalent.
Neuroanatomy is offered in the Freshman year following Gross Anatomy.
The work consists of a study of the whole brain and spinal cord by gross
dissections and microscopic methods. Correlation is made, whenever possible,
with the student's work in the histology and physiology of the central nervous
system.
Anat. 113. Comparative Tooth Morphology (1). First year. Second semes-
ter.
The course treats the evolutionary development of dentition as a neces-
sary factor in the study of human oral anatomy. It includes a comparative
study of the teeth of the animal kingdom, with a comparative study of the
number, position and form of the teeth.
Anat. 114. Tooth Morphology (3). First year. Second Semester.
This course is designed to teach the form and structure of the teeth, and
includes a study of the nomenclature of surfaces, divisions and relations of
the teeth. In the laboratory the student is trained in the carving of the
various teeth and in the dissection of extracted teeth through their various
dimensions.
The second part of the course includes a study of the supporting struc-
tures of the teeth and of the relation of the teeth to these structures. The
periods of beginning calcification, eruption, complete calcification, and shed-
ding of the deciduous teeth; followed by the periods of beginning calcifica-
tion, eruption, and complete calcification of the permanent teeth, are studied
and correlated with the growth in size of the jaws and face.
For Graduates
Anat. 211. Human Gross Anatomy (8).
Same as course 111 but with additional work on a more advanced level.
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 23
Anat. 212. Human Neuroanatomy (2).
Same as course 112 but with additional instruction of a more advanced
nature.
Anat. 214. The Anatomy of the Head and Neck (3).
One conference and two laboratory periods per week for one semester.
Anat. 216. Research. Credit determined by amount and quality of work
performed.
BIOCHEMISTRY
Professor Vanden Bosche (Head of Department) ;
Mr. Norris and Mr. Leonard
Biochem. 111. Principles of Biochemistry (6). First year. Prerequisites in-
organic and organic chemistry, with additional training in quantitative
and physical chemistry desirable.
Two lectures and one laboratory period throughout the year. The chem-
istry of living matter forms the baeis of the course. The detailed subject
matter includes the chemistry of carbohydrates, fats, proteins, enzymes, vita-
mins, and hormones. The processes of respiration, digestion, metabolism,
secretion and excretion are considered. Laboratory instruction in qualitative
and quantitative blood and urine examination is included.
For Graduates
Biochem. 211. Advanced Biochemistry (6). Prerequisite Biochemistry 111.
Two lectures, one conference and one laboratory period throughout the
year.
Biochem. 212. Research in Biochemistry. Prerequisite Biochemistry 211.
DENTAL HISTORY AND LITERATURE
Professor Foley (Head of Department)
Lit. 121. Oral and Written Communication (2). Second year.
A formal course of lectures is given in the second year. Many aspects
of the instruction are given practical application in the third and fourth years.
The course has many purposes, all of them contributing to the training of
the students for effective participation in the extra-practice activities of the
profession. Particular attention is given to instruction in the functioning of
the agencies of communication in dentistry: the dental societies and the dental
.periodicals. The practical phases of the course include a thorough study of-
the preparation and uses of oral and written composition by the dental stu-
dent and the dentist; the use of libraries; the compilation of bibliographies; the
collection, the organization, and the use of information; the management of
dental meetings; the oral presentation of papers; and professional corres-
pondence.
Lit. 141. Thesis (2). Fourth year.
24 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Hist. 142. Dental History (1). Fourth year.
Lectures in Dental History describe the beginnings of the art of dental
practice among ancient civilizations, its advancement in relation to the develop-
ment of the 60-called medical sicences in the early civilizations, its struggle
through the Middle Ages and, finally, its attainment of recognized profes-
sional status in modern times. Special attention is given to the forces and
stresses that have brought about the evolutionary progress from a primitive
dental art to a scientific health service profession.
DENTAL PROSTHESIS
A. Removable Complete and Partial Prosthesis
Professor G. Gaver (Head of Department) ;
Associate Professor Ogges&n, Ramsey and Warner;
Drs. Gordon, Primrose, Smith, and Watson
Pros. Ilia. Dental Materials (4). First year.
This course is designed to provide the student with a scientific back-
ground in the nomenclature, composition, physical properties, practical ap-
plication, and proper manipulation of the important materials used in the
practice of dentistry, excluding drugs and medicinals.
The theoretical aspect of the course is presented in the form of lectures,
demonstrations, informal group discussions, and directed supplemental read-
ing. From the practical standpoint, the student manipulates and tests the
various materials in the laboratory, being guided by prepared project sheets.
The student develops an understanding of these factors: the importance of
scientific testing of a material before it is used by the profession at large;
the realization that every material ha& its limitations, which can be compen-
sated for only by intelligent application and manipulation; and an apprecia-
tion of the vast field of research open to those who wish to improve the ma-
terials now available.
Pros. 112a. Introduction to Complete Denture Prosthesis (1). First year.
Second semester.
This course is devoted to the manipulation of impression compound and the
procedures used in developing impressions of edentulous arches, casts and
bite plates. It embraces a series of lecture-demonstrations designed to give
the student a knowledge of the essential fundamentals in complete denture
construction.
Pros. 121a, Complete Denture Prosthesis (2). Second year.
This course is given by lecture demonstrations on bite registration, tooth
arrangement, and final finish of complete dentures.
Pros. 131a. Basic Clinical Complete Denture Prosthesis (5). Third year.
The course includes a study of the practical application in the clinic of
the fundamentals taught in the preceding years. Demonstrations of the
various technics of impression and bite taking are offered to provide the
student with additional knowledge necessary for clinic work.
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 25
Pros. 133a. Introduction to Removable Partial Denture Prosthesis (1). Third
year. Second semester.
This lecture-demonstration course embraces all phases of removable
partial denture construction. Experiments and exercises are arranged to give
the student the fundamentals in designing, casting and finishing partial
dentures.
Pros. 141a. Advanced Clinical Denture Prosthesis (4). Fourth year. . .
This course consists of the clinical application of the fundamentals
taught in the previous years. Particular attention is given to a standard
method of denture construction to equip the student with a basic technic for
use in private practice.
B. FIXED PARTIAL PROSTHESIS
Professor NuttcUl (Head of Department) ;
Associate Professors Dosh, McLean-Lu and Oggesen;
Drs. M. Graham and Steele
Pros. 122b. Principles of Fixed Partial Prosthesis (6). Second year.
This lecture and laboratory course is designed to provide a background of
fundamental knowledge in fixed partial denture prosthesis. The interrelations
of the biological and mechanical aspects of dentistry are emphasized. The
principles involved and the procedures used in abutment preparations, the con-
struction of fundamental retainers and pontic sections, and the assemblage of
fixed bridge restorations are presented in detail and correlated with the
requirements of occlusion. In addition to these procedures, the technics in-
clude impressions, wax manipulation, pattern construction, investing and
casting.
Pros. 132b. Ceramic and Plastic Restorations (2). Third year. First semester.
This course presents the uses of porcelain and methyl methacrylate
as restorative materials. Instruction is given in the procedures of
preparation, impressions, color selection, temporary protection and cementa-
tion. These materials are employed in the construction of complete veneer
crowns and dowel crowns and in staining and glazing technics.
Pros. 134b. Basic Clinical Fixed Partial Prosthesis (4). Third year.
This is a comprehensive course in the essential requirements for the
successful use of the fixed partial denture. Special consideration is given to
fundamental factors in diagnosis, treatment planning and clinical procedures.
The course integrates biological factors, mechanical principles and esthetic
requirements with restorative treatment. Emphasis is placed on the physio-
logical considerations as a basis for fixed partial denture service.
Pros. 142b. Advanced Clinical Fixed Partial Prosthesis (3). Fourth year.
This course provides clinical training and experience for the student.
The acquired background of knowledge is utilized in rendering treatment
services for patients. Experience ifl gained in assessing completely the dental-
problem, planning a practical treatment consistent with the total dental needs,
26 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
and providing services which satisfy the objectives of prevention, function and
esthetics.
DIAGNOSIS
Professor Biddix {Head of Department) ;
Drs. Bryant, W. L. Graham and Lebo
Diag. 131. Principles of Oral Diagnosis and Treatment Planning (2). Third
year.
The fundamental principles and procedures in the diagnosis of oral and
related diseases are studied by intimate clinical observation and discussion of
interesting cases. The study of the oral cavity through an understanding
of its relation to other parts of the body is emphasized. By means of consulta-
tions with other departments the procedures of a comprehensive diagnosis
are developed and applied in treatment planning.
Diag. 132. Seminar. Third year.
The objective of this course is to teach the student to correlate clinical,
roentgenologic and laboratory findings. Selected patients are presented by both
medical and dental teachers.
Diag. 141. Clinical Oral Diagnosis and Treatment Planning (1). Fourth year.
This course is a continuation of Diagnosis 131 and 132.
HISTOLOGY
Professor McCrea {Head of Department) ;
Associate Professor Provenza
Hist. 111. Mammalian Histology and Embryology (8). First year.
The course embraces the thorough study of the cells, tissues and organs
of the various systems of the human body. Although certain aspects of the
dental histology phase of the course are given strictly as special entities, many
are included in the instruction in general histology, since the two areas are
so intimately related when functional and clinical applications are considered.
The instruction in embryology is correlated with that in histology. It
covers the fundamentals of development of the human body, particular
emphasis being given to the head and facial regions, the oral cavity, and the
teeth and their adnexa. Specific correlations are also made with the other
courses in the dental curriculum.
For Graduates
Hist. 212. Mammalian Histology and Embryology (6).
This course is the same as Histology 111, except that it does not include
the dental phases of 111, but does include additional instruction and collateral
reading of an advanced nature.
Hist. 213. Mammalian Oral Histology and Embryology (2). Prerequisite,
Histology 111 or 212, or an equivalent course.
This course covers the dental aspects of Histology 111, and includes
additional instruction in the relations of histologic structure and embryologic
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 27
development of the teeth, their adnexa, and the head and facial regions of the
human body.
Hist. 214. Research in Histology. Number of hours and credit by arrange-
ment.
Hist. 215. Research in Embryology. Number of hours and credit by ar-
rangement.
MEDICINE
A. General Medicine
Associate Professor McLean: Drs. Kuehn, Leonard and Ogden
Med. 121a. First Aid. Second year. Second semester.
In this course the student is instructed in the basic principles of first aid.
Med. 122a. Principles of Medicine (2). Third year.
The course is taught by lectures, visual aids and x-ray demonstrations of
diseases of the cardio-respiratory, gastrointestinal, genitourinary and nervous
systems.
Med. 141a. Physical Diagnosis (1). Fourth year. Second semester.
Slides and clinical demonstrations are used to show the methods of
recognition of important objective signs as they relate to body disturbances.
The methods of taking blood pressure are also taught.
Med. 142a. Principles of Medicine (2). Fourth year.
Throughout the year the entire class is taken into the hospital for medical
clinics where the close application of medical and dental knowledge in history
taking, diagnosis, laboratory procedures and treatment is emphasized.
Med. 143a. Preventive and Public Health Dentistry (1). Fourth year. Sec-
ond semester.
The objectives of this course are to emphasize those measures other than
remedial operations that will tend to minimize the occurrence or the extension
of oral disease, and to outline the status of dentistry in the field of general
public health. The relations of dentistry with other phases of public health are
discussed, as are the problems affecting the administration of dental health
programs. Special effort is made to demonstrate methods and materials suit-
able for use in dental health education programs.
Med. 144a. Clinical Conferences. Fourth year.
Throughout the year small groups of students are taken into the hospital
for medical ward rounds, demonstrations and discussions.
B. Oral Medicine
Associate Professor Biddington; Assistant Professor Abramson;
Drs. T. F. Clement and N orris
Med. 121b. Principles of Endodontics (1). Second year.
The lecture phase presents the fundamentals necessary for an understand-
28 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
ing of the endodontic procedures, the indications and contraindications for
maintaining pathologically affected teeth, and the various methods used in
performing the necessary steps to prevent the loss of such teeth. The labor-
atory phase is designed to acquaint the student with the technics employed
to prevent the loss of pathologically involved teeth.
Med. 122b. Introduction to Periodontics (1). Second year.
The lectures place special emphasis on the importance of oral hygiene
and its relation to the prevention of all dental disorders. The causes, results,
and treatment of unhygienic conditions of the oral cavity are fully considered.
Demonstrations are given in the prophylactic treatment of the mouth and in
the accepted methods of tooth brushing to be used in home care. In the labora-
tory the student learns on special manikins the use of the periodontal instru-
ments. By progressive exercises and drills he is taught the basic principles of
good operating procedure and the methods of thorough prophylactic treatment.
Med. 131b. Basic Clinical Endodontics (1). Third year.
During the Junior year, the student applies the fundamentals he has
learned by performing endodontic procedures on clinical cases.
Med. 132b. Basic Clinical Periodontics (1). Third year.
The lectures present the etiology, clinical symptoms, diagnosis, prognosis,
and methods of treatment of the various forme of periodontal disease, other-
diseases of the oral cavity, and lesions of the lips, cheeks, and tongue. The
recognition of periodontal disease in its incipient forms and the importance
of early treatment are stressed. The lectures are well illustrated by color
slides, moving pictures, and other visual aids. The Junior student is required
to apply the fundamentals he has learned by performing periodontal pro-
cedures on a prescribed number of clinical cases.
Med. 141b. Advanced Clinical Endodontics (1). Fourth year.
During his Senior year the student performs the endodontic procedures on
the difficult clinical cases.
Med. 142b. Advanced Clinical Periodontics (1). Fourth year.
The Senior student performs the periodontal procedures on clinical pa-
tients exhibiting the more advanced periodontal problems.
MICROBIOLOGY
Professor Shay (Head of Department) ; Mr. Vilk
Microbiol. 121. Dental Microbiology and Immunology (4). Second year. First
semester.
The course embraces lectures, laboratory, demonstrations, recitations, and
group conferences, augmented by guided reading. Practial and theoretical
consideration is given to pathogenic bacteria, viruses, yeasts and molds.
Special attention is given to those organisms which cause lesions in and about
SCHOOL OF DESTISTRY 29
the oral cavity, particularly primary focal infections about the teeth, tonsils,
etc. which result in the establishment of secondary foci. Immunological and
serological principles are studied, with special consideration being given to
hypersensitivity resulting from the use of antibiotics, vaccines, antigens, and
other therapeutic agents.
Laboratory teaching includes the methods of staining and the cultural
characteristics of microorganisms; their reaction to disinfectants, antiseptics,
and germicides; methods of sterilization and asepsis; animal inoculation;
preparation of sera, vaccines, and antitoxins; a study of antibiotics; and a
demonstration of virus techniques. In all phases of the course emphasis is
placed on dental applications.
For Graduates
Microbiol. 200, 201. Chemotherapy (1-2). Prerequisite Microbiology 121 or
equivalent.
One lecture a week. Offered in alternate years.
A study of the chemistry, toxicity, pharmacology and therapeutic value
of drugs employed in the treatment of disease.
Microbiol. 202, 203. Reagents and Media (1, 1).
One lecture a week. Offered in alternate years.
A study of the methods of preparation and use of bacteriological reagents
and media.
Microbiol. 210. Special Problems in Microbiology. Credit determined by
amount and quality of work performed.
Laboratory course.
Microbiol. 211. Public Health (1-2). Prerequisite Microbiology 121 or equiva-
lent.
Lectures and discussions on the organization and administration of state
and municipal health departments and private health agencies. The course
also includes a study of laboratory methods.
.Microbiol. 221. Research in Microbiology. Credit determined by amount and
quality of work performed.
OPERATIVE DENTISTRY
Professor Randolph {Head of Department) ; Associate Professor Medina;
Assistant Professors H. M. Clement, Louie and Edmond G. Vanden Bosche ;
Drs. Beaven and C. Gaver
Oper. 121. Fundamentals of Operative Dentistry (5). Second year.
The student is trained in the technical procedures of cavity preparation
and the manipulation of the restorative materials employed in the treatment
of diseases and injuries of the tooth structure. These basic principles are ap-
plied on composition teeth and extracted natural teeth. Instruction includes
twenty-six lectures and forty-eight three-hour laboratory periods.
30 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Oper. 131. Basic Clinical Operative Dentistry (4). Third year.
This course is a continuing development of the fundamentals taught
in Operative 121. The objective is to present the additional information
which is necessary for the management of practical cases. Instruction in-
cludes lectures, demonstrations and clinical practice in which the student treats
patients under the individual guidance of staff members.
Oper. 141. Advanced Clinical Operative Dentistry (6). Fourth year.
With the background provided by Operative 121 and 131, the student is
able to comprehend and apply the procedures for treating the more compli-
cated operative problems. The objectives of this course are to instruct the
student in the different procedures by which a comprehensive operative
service can be rendered and to acquaint him with as many unusual clinical
cases as possible. Instruction includes lectures, demonstrations, and clinical
practice.
ORTHODONTICS
Professor Preis (Head of Department) ;
Assistant Professors Shehan and Swinehart;
Drs. Cullen, Kress, and Schaeffer
Ortho. 131. Principles of Orthodontics (2). Third year.
The course consists of lectures supplemented by slides and motion pictures.
The subject matter includes the history of orthodontics and the study of
growth and development, evolution of human dental occlusion, forces of
occlusion, etiology of malocclusion, aberrations of the maxilla and mandible
which affect occlusion, and tissue changes incident to tooth movement.
Ortho. 141. Clinical Orthondontics (1). Fourth year.
Students are assigned in small groups to the Clinic where patients are
given a thorough dental examination. Under the direction of an instructor
each case is diagnosed, methods of procedure are explained, and treatment
planning is outlined. In the more simple cases therapy is undertaken by the
students under the supervision of an instructor. Students, therefore, have the
opportunity of applying clinically the knowledge which they received during
their Junior year.
PATHOLOGY
Professor M. S. Aisenberg (Heud of Department) ;
Associate Professor Weinberg ; Assistant Professor A. D. Aisenberg ;
Drs. Granruth and J. A. Graham
Path. 121. General Pathology (4). Second year. Second semester.
The general principles of disease processes and tissue reactions, both
gross and microscopic, are taught wth the objectives of training the student to
recognize and be familiar with the abnormal and of creating a foundation
for further study in the allied sciences. Emphasis is placed upon those diseases
in the treatment of which medicodental relationships are to be encountered.
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 31
Path. 131. Oral Pathology (3). Third year. First semester.
The course includes a study of the etiology and the gross and microscopic
manifestations of diseases of the teeth and their investing structures: patho-
logic dentition, dental anomalies, periodontal diseases, calcific deposits, dental
caries, pulpal diseases, dentoalveolar abscesses, oral manifestations of
systemic diseases, cysts of the jaws, and benign and malignant lesions in and
about the oral cavity.
Path. 141. Seminar. Fourth year.
This constitutes a part of the cancer teaching program sponsored by a
grant from the United States Public Health Service. It is conducted by visit-
ing lecturers who are specialists in their respective fields.
For Graduates
Path. 211. Advanced Oral Pathology (8).
Two lectures and two laboratory periods throughout the year.
This course is presented with the objective of correlating a knowledge of
histopathology with the various aspects of clinical practice. Studies of surgi-
cal and biopsy speciments are stressed.
Path. 212. Research. Time and credit by arrangement.
Research in areas of particular interest to the student.
PEDODONTICS
Associate Professor Sanders; Dr. Ehrlich
Ped. 121. Technics of Pedodontics (1). Second year. Second semester.
This laboratory course in dentistry for children consists of sixteen labora-
tory periods. Demonstrations and visual aids are utilized to augment the
teaching procedure. The work is performed on model teeth in primary dento-
forms and consists of exercises in cavity preparation in primary teeth for
the proper reception of different restorative materials, in the technic of re-
storing a fractured young permanent anterior tooth, and in the construction
of a basic type of space maintainer.
Ped. 131. Clinical Pedodontics (1). Third year.
The student is introduced to clinical dentistry for children. He utilizes
the technical procedures learned in the laboratory. Didactic instruction
includes sixteen lectures offered during the first semester. Emphasis is given
to the management of the child patient with necessary modifications for
behavior problems. The indications and contraindications for pulpal therapy
are evaluated for the purpose of rational tooth conservation. Oral hygiene,
roentgenology, growth and development, and caries susceptibility tests are
taught.
Training in preventive orthodontics is given for true denture guidance
and to allow the student to institute interceptive or early remedial measures
in incipient deformities.
32 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
The Department endeavors to develop in the student a comprehensive
interest in guiding the child patient through the period of the mixed dentition.
A separate clinic, equipped with child-size chairs and supervised by the
pedodontics staff, provides adequate opportunity for clinical applications of
the methods taught in laboratory and lectures.
Ped. 141. Clinical Pedodontics (1). Fourth year.
The student continues his clinical training throughout the year and is
assigned the more difficult cases.
PHARMACOLOGY
Professor Dobbs (Head of Department) ;
Drs. Ross and Brown
Pharmacol. 131. General Pharmacology and Therapeutics (4). Third year.
The course is designed to provide a general survey of pharmacology,
affording the students the necessary knowledge for the practice of rational
therapeutics. The course is taught by lectures, laboratory and demonstra-
tions. The first semester consists of sixteen hours of didactic work including
instruction in pharmaceutical chemistry, pharmacy, prescription writing, and
the pharmacodynamics of the local-acting drugs.
The second semester consists of thirty-two hours of didactics and forty-
eight hours of laboratory instruction. The laboratory experiments are per-
formed by students on animals and are designed to demonstrate the direct
effects of drugs on vital tissues. The subject material consists of the pharma-
codynamics of the systemic-acting drugs and the anti-infective agents. In the
therapeutics phase the students are instructed in the use of drugs for the pre-
vention, treatment, and correction of general and oral diseases.
Pharmacol. 141. Oral Therapeutics (1). Fourth year. First semester.
This course consists of sixteen hours of lectures and demonstrations.
It is designed to acquaint the students with the practical applications of
pharmacology in the treatment of dental and oral diseases. Particular emphasis
is given to the newer drugs and the more recent advances in therapeutics.
Patients from the dental clinics and the hospital are used for demonstrations
whenever possible.
Pharmacol. 142. Nutritional Therapeutics (1). Fourth year. Second semester.
This course consists of sixteen hours of lectures and demonstrations
devoted to the principles and practices of nutritional therapeutics. The
presentation includes a study of the dietary requirements of essential food
substances in health and disease. The vitamin and mineral deficiency states
with their pathology and symptomatology are presented with suggestions
for dietary and drug therapy. Metabolic diseases are discussed, and their
effects on the nutritional states are considered. Students are taught to plan
diets for patients with various nutritional problems, such as those resulting
from loss of teeth, the use of new appliances, dental caries, stomatitis,
cellulitis, osteomyelitis, and bone fractures.
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 33
A project study is made by each student which includes analyses of
his basal metabolic requirement, his total energy requirement, and his
dietary intake in relation to hie daily needs.
PHYSIOLOGY
Professor Oster (Head of Department) ;
Assistant Professors Shipley and Pollack
Physiol. 121. Principles of Physiology (6). Second year.
Lectures deal with the principal fields of physiology, including heart
and circulation, peripheral and central nervous functions, respiration, diges-
tion, muscular activity, hepatic and renal functions, water and electrolyte
balance, special senses, general and cellular metabolism, endocrines and
reproduction. In the laboratory work (first semester) the classic experiments
on frog and turtle muscle and heart function are followed by more advanced
work on rabbits, cats, dogs and the students themselves. A special series
of lectures is devoted to the application of basic physiologic principles to
human clinical problems.
For Graduates
Physiol. 211. Principles of Mammalian Physiology (6). Prerequisite per-
mission from the department.
Same as course 121 but with collateral reading and additional instruction.
Physiol. 212. Advanced Physiology. Hours and credit by arrangement.
Lectures and seminars during the second semester.
Physiol. 213. Research. Hours and credits by arrangement.
PRACTICE ADMINISTRATION
Professor Biddix; Dr. Lovett and Mr. O'Donnell
Pract. Adm. 141. Principles of Administration (1). Fourth year. First
semester.
The objective of this course is to prepare students to assume the social,
economic and professional responsibilities of dental practice. The lectures
embrace the selection of the office location and office equipment, the basis of
determining fees, the methods of collecting accounts, the use of auxiliary
personnel, and the choice of various types of insurance and investments. A
comprehensive bookkeeping system for a dental office is explained.
Pract. Adm. 142. Ethics (1). Fourth year. Second semester.
The course includes lectures on general ethics and its basic teachings,
and an interpretation of the philosophical principles adopted by the American
Dental Association and embodied in its "Principles of Ethics."
Pract. Adm. 143. Jurisprudence (1). Fourth year. Second semester.
The special aim of the course is to ground the rtudent in the funda-
34 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
mentals of law as they are related to the dentist and his patient. The rights
and limitations of each are considered through lectures and conferences. A
series of practical cases in which suits have been threatened or entered by
patients against the dentist will be reviewed in the light of trial table outcome
or basis on which compromise adjustments have been made.
ROENTGENOLOGY
Associate Professor Dabrowski;
Drs. Goldberg and Skib
Roentgenol. 131. Principles of Dental Roentgenology (2). Third year.
The lectures include a study of the physical principles involved in the
production of x-rays and a discussion of their properties and effects, the
hazards of roentgenography to both operator and patient, the technics of
taking roentgenograms, and the processing of the films.
The conference periods deal with the roentgenographic study of the
normal anatomic structures in health and the variations noted under various
pathologic conditions.
Roentgenol. 132. Introduction to Clinical Dental Roentgenology. Third year.
Second semester.
The division of the class into small groups permits individual supervision
in the clinical application of the material presented in Roentgenol. 131. Under
guidance the student learns to correctly place, expose and process the film and
mount a full series of dental roentgenograms.
Roentgenol. 141. Clinical Dental Roentgenology (1). Fourth year.
Under a system of rotating assignments students are placed in constant
association with the routine practical use of the roentgen ray. They are
required to master the fundamental scientific principles and to acquire techni-
cal skill in taking, processing, and interpreting all types of intraoral and
extraoral films.
SURGERY
Professors Dorsey (Head of Department), Helrich, Robinson and Y eager;
Associate Professor Cappuccio;
Assistant Professors Siwinski and Inman;
Drs. Bushey, J. Graham, Grovmbow, Leatherman, Parker and Staker
Surg. 131. Anesthesiology (2). Third year.
Local anesthesia is taught in both principle and practice. In lectures and
clinics all types of intraoral, extraoral, conduction and infiltration injections;
the anatomical relation of muscles and nerves; the theory of action of anes-
thetic agents and their toxic manifestations are taught. Demonstrations are
given in conduction and infiltration technics; students give injections under
supervision of an instructor.
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 35
General anesthesia is taught in lectures and clinic demonstrations. The
action of the anesthetic agents, methods of administration, indications and
contraindications, and the treatment of toxic manifestations are included.
Demonstrations are given in the preparation of the patient, the administration
of all general anesthetics (inhalant, rectal, spinal, and intravenous), and the
technics for oral operations. Clinics are held in the Department of Oral Surgery
in the Dental School and in the Hospital.
Surg. 132. Oral Surgery (3). Third year.
The course consists of lectures on the principles of surgery, the classifica-
tion of teeth for extraction, and the pre- and postoperative treatment of
ambulatory patients.
The student is assigned to the Deparment of Oral Surgery on a rotating
schedule and is required to produce local anesthesia and extract teeth under
the supervision of an instructor.
Surg. 141. Oral Surgery (3). Fourth year.
This course consists of lectures, clinical assignments, and practical
demonstrations on the etiology, pathology, diagnosis and treatment of all
classes of tumors, infections, deformities, anomalies, impacted teeth, fractures
and surgical problems associated with the practice of dentistry. Hospital
clinics, demonstrations and ward rounds are given to familiarize the student
with abnormal conditions incident to the field of his future operations and to
train him thoroughly in the diagnosis of benign and malignant tumors.
Weekly seminars are held in the Hospital. Each student prepares and
presents an oral surgery case report according to the requirements of the
American Board of Oral Surgery.
For Graduates
Surg. 201. Clinical Anesthesiology (6). Forty hours a week for thirteen
weeks.
Surg. 220. General Dental Oral Surgery (4). Two lectures and two labora-
tory periods a week for one semester.
Surg. 221. Advanced Oral Surgery (4). Two lectures and two laboratory
periods a week for one semester.
Surg. 222. Research. Time and credit by arrangement.
VISUAL AIDS IN TEACHING
Mr. Taylor and Staff
The Department of Visual Aids employs the latest photographic technics
and equipment for the production of both monochromatic and full-color still
and motion pictures. By cooperation with other departments new material
is developed for lectures, clinics, publications and exhibits.
Through photography the School retains for teaching purposes interesting
cases that appear in the clinics, preserves evidence of unusual pathological
cases, and records anatomical anomalies, facial disharmonies and malocclusions
36 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
of the teeth. In addition the student, through hie contact with photographic
uses, becomes acquainted with the value of photography in clinical practice.
Students are advised as to the use of visual aids in the preparation of lectures
and theses, the arrangement and co-ordination of materials, and the organiza-
tion and maintenance of records and histories.
SPECIAL COURSES
SUMMER COURSES
As the need arises, summer courses are offered in any of the subjects
included in the regular curriculum. For details concerning each course consult
pages 24-37 in this catalog. A charge of $10.00 for each semester hour credit
is made for these courses.
POSTGRADUATE COURSES
Postgraduate courses are offered to qualified dental graduates. These
courses are designed to provide opportunities for study in special fields on a
refresher level, and are arranged so that particular emphasis is placed on
clinical practices.
Anatomy of the Head and Neck
This course is designed to review certain principles of Anatomy and to
furnish the student opportunities to relate these principles to clinical practice.
Instruction is presented in the form of illustrated lectures, seminars, and
laboratory dissection. One semester, full time. Tuition, $200.00. Maximum
expense for books, supplies, and equipment, $45.00.
Oral Pathology
The course in Oral Pathology is presented with the objective of correlating
a knowledge of histopathology with the various aspects of clinical practice.
The physiology of the periodontal attachment and the pathology of the dental
pulp, the periodontium, the hard tissues of the teeth, odontogenic cysts and
tumors, and cancer in and about the oral cavity are stressed. Studies of
surgical and biopsy specimens are also emphasized. Opportunity for supervised
research in areas of particular interest to the student will be available. One
year, full time. Tuition, $550.00. Maximum expense for books, supplies, and
equipment, $75.00, which includes microscope fee of $25.00.
Oral Surgery
The course in Oral Surgery is organized to train the dentist in advanced
surgical procedures of the oral cavity and the associated parts. Although
primarily designed for the general practitioner, the course can be used as
credit toward specialization in Oral Surgery. One year, full time. Tuition,
$550.00. Maximum expense for books, supplies, and equipment, $75.00.
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 37
Periodontia
The course in Periodontia consists of a review of the etiology, pathology,
clinical symptoms, diagnosis and methods of treatment of the various types
of periodontal disease. Instruction is presented by means of lectures, seminars
and clinical demonstration. One semester, full time. Tuition, $200.00. Maxi-
mum expense for books, supplies, and equipment, $75.00.
Prosthesis
Instruction will be given in the fundamental principles and factors in-
volved in complete denture prosthesis, the general problems in diagnosis and
treatment planning, and the procedures of constructing partial and complete
dentures. Ample opportunity will be provided for the application of the basic
principles and procedures of clinical practice. One semester, full time. Tuition,
$200.00. Maximum expense for books, supplies, and equipment, $300.00.
Visual Aids
The basic principles and practices of Visual Aids are presented by lecture,
demonstration and laboratory technics. Practical photography and mouiage are
featured, with instruction in department organization and exhibition arrange-
ment. Four weeks, full time. Tuition $150.00.
Occasional Part-Time Courses
The fees charged part-time students who may be enrolled in any of the
special courses are prorated on a basis of the full-time charge of $550.00, with
a minimum charge of $100.00 for any one course.
THE GORGAS ODONTOLOGICAL SOCIETY
The Gorgas Odontological Society was organized in 1916 as an honorary
student dental society with scholarship as a basis for admission. The Society
was named after Dr. Ferdinand J. S. Gorgas, a pioneer in dental education, a
teacher of many years' experience, and during his life a great contributor to
dental literature. It was with the idea of perpetuating his name that the
Society adopted it.
To be eligible for membership a student must be in the first 30 per cent of
his class. The selection of this 30 per cent shall be based on the weighted
percentage average system as outlined in the school regulations. The meetings,
held once each month, are addressed by prominent dental and medical men, an
effort being made to obtain speakers not connected with the University. The
members have an opportunity, even while students, to hear men associated with
other educational institutions.
OMICRON KAPPA UPSILON
Phi Chapter of Omicron Kappa Upsilon honorary dental society was
chartered at the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, Dental School, Uni-
38
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
versity of Maryland during the session of 1928-29. Membership in the society
is awarded to a number not exceeding 12 per cent of the graduating class.
This honor is conferred upon students who through their professional course
of study creditably fulfill all obligations as students, and whose conduct,
earnestness, evidence of good character and high scholarship recommend them
to election.
The following graduates of the 1956 Class were elected to membership:
Marvin Bennet Golberg Richard Andrew Saal
Stanley Barry Goldberg Caesar Michael Silvestro
Herald Donald Green, Jr. Allie Skib
Ralph Stuart Johnson Joseph Harry Toropilo
Albert Andrew Kapsak Gilbert Tronier
Vernon A. Lake Gilbert Garland Youngblood
ALUMNI ASSOCIATION
The first annual meeting of the Society of the Alumni of the Baltimore
College of Dental Surgery was held in Baltimore, March 1, 1849. This organi-
zation has continued in existence to the present, its name having been changed
to The National Alumni Association of the Baltimore College of Dental
Surgery, Dental School, University of Maryland.
The officers of the Alumni Association for 1956-1957 are as follows:
President
Frank Hurst
1726 Eye St., N.W.
Washington, D. C.
Secretary
Joseph P. Cappuccio
1010 St. Paul Street
Baltimore 2, Maryland
Historian
Milton B. Asbell
25 Haddon Avenue
Camden, New Jersey
President-Elect
Daniel E. Shehan
Medical Arts Building
Baltimore 1, Maryland
Treasurer
Howard Van Natta
Medical Arts Building
Baltimore 1, Maryland
Editor
Kyrle W. Preis
700 Cathedral Street
Baltimore 1, Maryland
UNIVERSITY ALUMNI COUNCIL REPRESENTATIVES
Frank Hurst, 1957
Washington, D. C.
Daniel E. Shehan, 1958
Baltimore, Maryland
Harry Levin, 1958
3429 Park Heights Avenue
Baltimore 15, Maryland
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 39
EXECUTIVE COUNCIL
Joseph M. Tighe, Chairman, 1959
Baltimore, Maryland
Edwin G. Gail, 1957 Howard B. Wood, 1957
Baltimore, Maryland Cumberland, Maryland
Max K. Baklor, 1958 Eugene L. Pessagno, Jr., 1958
Baltimore, Maryland Baltimore, Maryland
John T. Stang, 1958 Irving Abramson, 1959
Baltimore, Maryland Baltimore, Maryland
Lawrence W. Bimestefer, Ex-Officio
Dundalk, Maryland
TRUSTEES FOR NATIONAL ALUMNI FUND
Trustees Ex-Officio
Frank Hurst, President
Daniel E. Shehan, President-Elect
Arthur I. Bell, Secretary-Treasurer
Joseph M. Tighe, Chairman of Erecutive Council
Myron S. Aisenberg, Dean
Elmer Corey, 1957 Meyer Eggnatz, 1957
Baltimore, Maryland Miami Beach, Florida
Augustine L. Cavallaro, 1958 Irving B. Golboro, 1958
New Haven, Connecticut Baltimore, Maryland
Frank N. Carroll, 1959 Lewis C. Toomey, 1959
Wheeling, West Virginia Silver Spring, Maryland
SENIOR PRIZE AWARDS
The following prizes were awarded to members of the Senior Class for
the 1955-1956 Session:
The Alexander H. Paterson Memorial Medal
For Practical Set of Full Upper and Lower Dentures
Allie Skib
Honorable Mention „ _ „ Mario Bonanti
The Isaac H. Davis Memorial Medal
(Contributed by Dr. Leonard I. Davis)
For Cohesive Gold Filling
Allie Skib
Honorable Mention _ _ Armand Shelby Hall
The Alumni Association Medal
For Thesis
Gilbert Roland Tronier
Honorable Mention Herbert William Grambow, Jr. and
Herald Donald Green, Jr.
40 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
The Harry E. Kelsey Award
(Contributed by former associates of Dr. Kelsey: Drs. Anderson,
Devlin, Hodges, Johnston and Preis)
For Professional Demeanor
Ralph Stuart Johnson
The Harry E. Latcham Memorial Medal
For Complete Oral Operative Restoration
Joseph Harry Toropilo
Honorable Mention _ „ „ _ Herbert Hidesuke Akamine
The Edgar J. Jacques Memorial Award
For Meritorious Work in Practical Oral Surgery
Allie Skib
The Herbert Friedberg Memorial Award
(Contributed by the New Jersey Alumni Chapter of the
National Alumni Association)
For Achievement by a New Jersey Senior
Stuart LaKind
The James P. McCormick Award
For Meritorious Work in the Treatment of Traumatic
Injuries of the Face and Jaws
Herbert William Grambow, Jr.
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 41
REGISTER OF STUDENTS
1956-1957 Session
GRADUATING CLASS
1955-1956 Session
Robert James Agresti, B.A., The Catholic University of America, 1952
New Jersey
Herbert Hidesuke Akamine, B.S., University of Hawaii, 1939 Hawaii
Waverley Conway Artz, B.A., University of Mississippi, 1951 Mississippi
Edward Jerome Becker, B.S., University of Maryland, 1952
District of Columbia
Robert John Belliveau, B.S., Seton Hall University, 1952 New Jersey
Kenneth Edward Bertram, B.S., Syracuse University, 1947 Maryland
Henry Joseph Bianco, Jr., Loyola College Maryland
Mario Bonanti, B.A., Gannon College, 1951 Pennsylvania
Frederick Thomas Brennan, B.A., University of Maine, 1952 Maine
Stanley Louis Brown, B.S., University of Maryland, 1952 Maryland
Morton Alfred Brownstein, College of William and Mary Virginia
Bernard Busch, B.A., Tulane University of Louisiana, 1953 New Jersey-
Robert Roscoe Callahan, B.S., University of Georgia, 1951 Florida
Anthony Alain Caputi, University of Vermont Rhode Island
Aaron Jacob Chmar, University of Maryland Maryland
Donald Eugene Cone, Washington Missionary College Maryland
Frederick Earl Connelly, Bowdoin College Massachusetts
Joseph Anthony Corbo, B.A., Saint Peter's College, 1952 New Jersey
Victor Benjamin Costa, University of Miami New Jersey
Michael Alexander Costrino, B.A., Boston University, 1951 . . . .Massachusetts
Donald LeRoy Cramer, University of Delaware Delaware
Remo Angelo DelRosso, St. Anselm's College Massachusetts
David Arthur Denisch, University of Maryland Maryland
William Frank Evans, Jr., A.A., University of Florida, 1952 Florida
Francis Xavier Falivene, B.S., Seton Hall University, 1951 New Jersey
Andrew Federico, Rutgers University New Jersey
Fred Seymour Fink, B.A., University of Delaware, 1952 Maryland
Michael Edward Fleming, B.S., St. Bernardine of Siena College, 1952
New York
Jack Lester Frasher, Furman University. South Carolina
Marvin Lewis Friedman, B.A., University of Connecticut, 1952
Connecticut
Robert Albeit Gagne, B.S., University of Maryland, 1953 Connecticut
Charles Joseph Galiardi, B.S., University of Maryland, 1952 Maryland
Francis Eugene Gassiraro, B.A., Boston College, 1952 Massachusetts
Marvin Bennett Golberg, B.S., University of Maryland, 1952 Maryland
Stanley Barry Goldberg, B.A., The Johns Hopkins University, 1949
Maryland
Herbert William Grambow, Jr., B.S., University of Maryland, 1953
Maryland
42 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Herald Donald Green, Jr., B.S., University of Pittsburgh, 1952. . .Pennsylvania
Armand Shelby Hall, Washington and Lee University Maryland
Alfred Hamel, B.S., Providence College, 1952 Rhode Island
Albert Edward Heimert, III, B.S., University of Maryland, 1952 Maryland
Leonard George Henschel, University of Maryland District of Columbia
Gene Caryl Hose, West Virginia University West Virginia
Blaine Ellsworth Jarrett, B.A., West Virginia University, 1952
West Virginia
Jerome Philip Jermain, Jr., B.S., St. Michael's College, 1952 Connecticut
Ralph Stuart Johnson, University of Utah Utah
Albert Andrew Kapsak, Mt. St. Mary's College Pennsylvania
Paul Samuel Keller, B.A., Gettysburg College, 1951 Maryland
Edward McCauley Kelly, Loyola College Maryland
Ralph Lawrence Kercheval, West Virginia University West Virginia
Thomas Frederick Kern, Mt. St. Mary's College Connecticut
Francis Joseph Kihn, B.S., Loyola College, 1952 Maryland
Norman Dale Kisamore, University of Maryland Maryland
Eugene Francis Kobylarz, B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 1952 New Jersey
Jerome Boris Krachman, B.A., University of Buffalo, 1952 New Jersey
Vernon A. Lake, Presbyterian College South Carolina
Stuart LaKind, Seton Hall University New Jersey
Charles Edward Landry, St. Anselm's College Massachusetts
Peter Joseph Lapolla, Providence College Rhode Island
Kendrick Roger Lawrence, B.A., University of Vermont, 1951 Vermont
Jules Joseph Levin, B.A., Western Maryland College, 1952 Maryland
Walter Joseph Lucas, Jr., Belmont Abbey College North Carolina
Philip Dennis Marano, Loyola College Maryland
Clayton Swearingen McCarl, B.S., University of Maryland, 1952
Maryland
Carlton Joseph McLeod. B.A., Brown University, 1952 Rhode Island
Francis Xavier McNulty, St. Anselm's College Massachusetts
Harry Leroy Mertz, Jr., Gettysburg College Maryland
Steven Jay Miller, B.A., Rutgers University, 1952 New Jersey
Dale Roger Moss, University of South Carolina West Virginia
Robert Paul Murphy, B.A., Loyola College, 1952 Maryland
George Herman Nieske, B.A., American International College, 1952
Massachusetts
James Philip Norris, B.S., University of Maryland, 1950 Maryland
Christopher James O'Connell, Jr., B.S., College of the Holy Cross, 1952
Massachusetts
Ferdinand Frank Pagano, Niagara University New Jersey
Raymond Walter Palmer, Jr., B.S., University of Maryland, 1952. . . .Maryland
Robert Dickey Parker, Morris Harvey College West Virginia
Thomas Henry Paterniti, B.S., Seton Hall University, 1952 New Jersey
Donald Pivnick, University of Connecticut Connecticut
Jose Ramon Prieto-Hernandez, B.S., University of Puerto Rico, 1951
Puerto Rico
Charles Allen Ridgeway, Phoenix College Arizona
Laurence Ray Rollins, Marshall College West Virginia
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 43
Paul Leon Roxin, University of Maryland Maryland
Richard Andrew Saal, Loyola College Maryland
Eugene Marcellus Sadd, Xavier University West Virginia
Herbert Otto Scharpf, Tufte College New Jersey
Charles August Schlegel, Jr., Providence College Connecticut
Arthur Seymour Schuster, B.S., University of Maryland, 1952 Maryland
Caesar Michael Silvestro, New York University New Jersey
Allie Skib, B.S., St. Michael's College, 1952 Massachusetts
Irby Garrion Sorrells, B.S., Berry College, 1938 Maryland
Jack Haldane Soutar, University of Florida Florida
Lloyd Eraest Svennevig, A.B., Atlantic Union College, 1950. . . .Massachusetts
Warren Edward Thurston, B.S., University of Maryland, 1952 Maine
Joseph Harry Toropilo, University of Maryland Connecticut
Harold Michael Trepp, B.A., The Catholic University of America, 1952
Connecticut
Gilbert Roland Tronier, University of Utah Utah
Donald Collis Weikert, B.S., University of Maryland, 1955
District of Columbia
Anthony John Wickenheiser, Jr., University of Maryland Maryland
Robert James Wilson, Western Maryland College Maryland
Byron Crosby W T oodside, The George Washington University Virginia
George Dietrich Yent, Jr., Virginia Polytechnic Institute Maryland
Gilbert Garland Youngblood, West Virginia University West Virginia
HONORS
Summa Cum Laude
Gilbert Roland Tronier
Magna Cum Laude
Ralph Stuart Johnson Richard Andrew Saal
Marvin Bennett Golberg Gilbert Garland Youngblood
Albert Andrew Kapsak
Cum Laude
Allie Skib Stanley Barry Goldberg
Caesar Michael Silvestro Vernon A. Lake
Herald Donald Green, Jr. Joseph Harry Toropilo
DEGREE CONFERRED AUGUST 1, 1955
Maurice Gerard Lussier, St. Anselm's College New Hampshire
James Harvey Stribling, Jr., B.S., Mississippi College, 1951 Mississippi
44 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Senior Class
Norman Stanley Alpher, The George Washington University
District of Columbia
William Milton Barbush, West Virginia University West Virginia
Robert Lehman Bartlett, B.A., The Johns Hopkins University, 1953
Maryland
Eugene Arthur Beliveau, B.S., Boston College, 1953 Massachusetts
Daniel Willis Benton, University of Utah Utah
William Frederick Bishop, B.S., University of Maryland, 1953 Maryland
John Frederick Black, Fairleigh Dickinson College New Jersey
Louis Blum, The Newark Colleges of Rutgers University Pennsylvania
Charles Daniel Broe, Tufts College Massachusetts
William George Buchanan, University of Maryland New Jersey
Vito Dominic Buonomano, Jr., B.S., Providence College, 1953. . . .Rhode Island
James Ambrose Butler, Jr., Niagara University New York
Charles Wallis Buttner, University of Miami Florida
Richard Ernest Cabana, Seton Hall University New Jersey
Hubert Thomas Chandler, Morris Harvey College West Virginia
Robert Lee Childs, B.A., Duquesne University, 1952 Pennsylvania
Neil Cohen, University of Miami Florida
William Eugene Colliver, B.S., University of Maryland, 1956 Maryland
Joseph Andre Croteau, B.S., College of the Holy Cross, 1953. . . .Massachusetts
Bertrand Saul Dann, B.S., University of Maryland, 1951;
M.S., 1953 Maryland
Urban Bernard DeCosta, B.S., Providence College, 1953 Rhode Island
Frederick Bertrand Delorme, University of Vermont and State
Agricultural College Vermont
John Joseph DeMartin, University of Vermont and State Agricultural
College Connecticut
Robert Edward DeMartin, University of Vermont and State Agricultural
College Connecticut
John Henry Dempsey, A.B., West Virginia University, 1953 West Virginia
Elliott Howard Dickler, B.S., University of Maryland, 1953 Maryland
Seymour Bernard Fingerhood, B.A., New York University, 1952. . .New Jersey
Karl Josef Foose, Marshall College West Virginia
William Grady Franklin, B.S., University of Maryland, 1955 Maryland
Paul Edward Freed, University of Maryland Maryland
Joseph Patrick Garvey, B.S., College of the Holy Cross, 1953 . . Rhode Island
Roy Frank Gherardi, B.A., New York University, 1952 New York
George William Greco, Mount St. Mary's College Maryland
Ray Evan Griffin, B.A., University of Vermont and State Agricultural
College, 1953 Vermont
Jimmy Ray Hager, West Virginia University West Virginia
Walter Burnell Hall, A.B., Cornell University, 1953 Massachusetts
Raymond Donald Haslam, Washington Missionary College Pennsylvania
Paul Emmet Higgins, University of Maryland Maryland
Orville Clayton Hurst, Jr., University of Maryland Maryland
Thomas Kent Ingram, Virginia Military Institute Virginia
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 45
Gerald Marshall Isbell, University of Maryland Maryland
William McDonald Johnson. Berea College Florida
Livia Kalnins, The Johns Hopkins University, McCoy College Latvia
William Ignatius Keene, Mt. Saint Mary's College New Jersey
John Poist Ketfer, Jr., Villanova College New Jersey
James Van Lieu Kiser, Davis and Elkins College West Virginia
Fred Herman Andrew Koeniger, The University of Rochester New York
Robert Leo LaFon, B.A., West Virginia University, 1951 West Virginia
William Edgar Landefeld, Jr., B.A., Western Maryland College, 1953
Maryland
Kenneth Joseph Langfield, University of Massachusetts Massachusetts
George Albert Lippard, Jr., B.S., Davidson College, 1953 South Carolina
Donald Bruce Lurie, Western Maryland College Maryland
John Joseph Martielli, B.S., Davis and Elkins College, 1953 Florida
Dennis Laurent Maud, B.A., Norwich University, 1953 New York
Jerry Wayne Medlock, B.S., Presbyterian College, 1953 Texas
Ernest Charles Merkel, Jr., B.S., University of Maryland, 1951 Maryland
Eugene Joseph Messer, A.B., St. Michael's College, 1953 Massachusetts
Joe Harvey Miller, Jr., University of Maryland Maryland
John Charles Miller, Jr., University of Maryland District of Columbia
Ralph Charles Monroe, University of Maine Maine
John George Mueller, B.A., Duke University, 1953 Oklahoma
Raymond Elliot Mullaney, B.S., University of Maryland, 1952 .. Massachusetts
Nassif Joseph Nassif, West Virginia University West Virginia
Minor Paul Nestor, B.S., University of Maryland, 1953 Maryland
Thomas Francis Owens, The Pennsylvania State College Pennsylvania
Rafael Angel Pagan-Colon, B.S., University of Puerto Rico, 1950. .Puerto Rico
Roy Christopher Page, A.B., Berea College, 1953 South Carolina
Orie Nicholas Passarelli, B.S., Saint Peter's College, 1953 New Jersey
William Russell Patteson, Marshall College West Virginia
Peter Pecoraro, Jr., B.S., Providence College, 1953 Rhode Island
John Vincent Puleo, B.A., Providence College, 1953 Rhode Island
Alfred Joseph Rapuano, The Newark Colleges of Rutgers University
New Jersey
Clyde Eugene Reed, B.S., West Virginia University, 1951 West Virginia
Angelo Michael Repole, University of Maryland New Jersey
William Henry Ruppert, Jr., University of Maryland Maryland
Charles Benjamin Rushford, Jr., A.B., West Virginia University, 1953
West Virginia
Herbert Henry Rust, Queens College New York
Edward Thomas Ryan, III, B.A., The American International
College, 1952 Massachusetts
Francis John Salvato, A.B., Gettysburg College, 1953 New Jersey
Alvin Robert Sayers, Midwestern University Vermont
Abraham Schachter, B.A., The University of Connecticut, 1953 Connecticut
Albert Seymore Schaffer, University of Maryland Maryland
Paul Kenneth Schick, Tufts College Connecticut
Robert Jay Schwartz, Emory University Connecticut
46 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Harry Edwin Semler, Jr., B.A., The Johns Hopkins University, 1953. .Maryland
Joseph Israel Shevenell, B.S., St. Michael's College, 1947 Maine
Carl S. Singer, B.S., University of Maryland, 1953 Maryland
Elwood Stanley Snyder, Jr., Middlebury College New Jersey
Robert John Stag, University of Maryland Maryland
Thomas Dodds Stokes, Jr., B.A., The University of North Carolina,
1953 North Carolina
Alan Stoler, University of Miami Florida
William Andrew Stout, B.S., Tufts College, 1953 New York
John Malcomb Stribling, University of Florida Florida
James Richard Sullivan, Montgomery Junior College Maryland
Carl Anthony Tomosivitch, B.S., St. John's University, 1953 New York
Joel Jacob Ulanet, Lafayette College New Jersey
John David Vachon, A.B., West Virginia University, 1952; M.S.,
1953 West Virginia
John Wilson Vargo, Morris Harvey College West Virginia
Hans Kvamme Varmer, B.A., Washington Missionary College, 1951. .Maryland
Frank Joseph Verdecchia, B.S., University of Maryland, 1955 Maryland
Richard Howard Warren, New York University New Jersey
George William Waxter, University of Maryland Maryland
Frederick Brown Williams, The Citadel .South Carolina
Gerald Zimmerman, B.A., Dartmouth College, 1952 .New Jersey
Junior Class
Ralph Richard Asadourian, B.A., University of New Hampshire,
1954 New Hampshire
Ronald James Bauerle, B.A., Providence College, 1954 Connecticut
Carl Mitchell Baumann, University of Florida Florida
Philip Stanley Benzil, B.S., University of Miami, 1954 Florida
Thomas Henry Birney, B.A., University of Southern California, 1954
California
Stanley Earle Block, University of Maryland Maryland
Joseph Paul Bodo, Jr., B.S., University of Tampa, 1954 Florida
Stanley Saul Brager, B.S., University of Maryland, 1954 Maryland
Harry Edward Brandau, Jr., University of Maryland Maryland
Robert Sherman Brown, University of Pennsylvania New Jersey
John Paul Burton, West Virginia University West Virginia
Enrique Rafael Capo, Haverford College Puerto Rico
Robert Ernest Chait, University of Miami Florida
Virgil Lewis Chambers, Marshall College : West Virginia
George Elmore Collins, B.S., University of Maryland, 1956 Maryland
Martin Richard Crytzer, B.S., University of Maryland, 1954 Pennsylvania
Stanley Carl DelTufo, B.A., Rutgers University, 1954 New Jersey
William Clinton Denison, West Virginia University West Virginia
F. Lee Eggnatz, University of Florida Florida
Melvin Feiler, Upsala College New Jersey
Dayton Carroll Ford, Marshall College West Virginia
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 47
Orton Dittmar Frisbie, University of Florida Florida
Jose Antonio Fuentes, University of Puerto Rico Puerto Rico
John William Gannon, Jr., A.B., West Virginia University, 1954 West Virginia
Richard Chris Georgiades, Virginia Military Institute Florida
Robert Goren, B.S., University of Maryland, 1952 Maryland
Barbara Lorraine Greco, A.B., The Newark Colleges of Rutgers
University, 1954 New Jersey
Anton Grobani, B.S., University of Maryland, 1954 Maryland
Fernando Haddock, B.S., University of Puerto Rico, 1954 Puerto Rico
Robert William Haroth, University of Maryland Maryland
Barry Ronald Harris, University of Maryland Maryland
Richard McFern Hemphill, A.B., West Virginia University, 1954
West Virginia
Gerald Franklin Hoffman, B.A., University of Connecticut, 1954 . . Connecticut
Paul Harvey Hyland, University of Delaware Delaware
William Louis Hyman, University of Miami Florida
Allen Burton Itkin, University of Connecticut Connecticut
Lawrence Paul Jacobs, A.B., Temple University, 1954 Delaware
Alfred Howard Jansen, Jr., University of Maryland Maryland
Robert Mathie Johnson, B.A., The Johns Hopkins University, 1954 .. Maryland
Paul Franklin Kief man, B.S., The American University, 1951 Virginia
Robert Harmon McLloyd Killpack, B.A., University of Utah, 1954 Utah
Anthony Joseph Klein, Jr., B.S., University of Cincinnati, 1954 New York
David Rodman Lecrone, University of Delaware Delaware
Walter Prudden Leonard, Emory University Florida
John Frank Lessig, B.S., University of Maryland, 1956 Maryland
Herbert Gary Levin, University of Maryland Maryland
Donald Palmer Lewis, Norwich University Massachusetts
Robert Bernard Lewis, B.S., College of the Holy Cross, 1954 Rhode Island
Benedict Salvatore LiPira, B.S., University of Maryland, 1954 Maryland
Garrett Isaac Long, Jr., A.B., West Virginia University, 1954. .. .Maryland
Luis Felipe Lucca, B.S., University of Puerto Rico, 1948 Puerto Rico
Albert Silveira Luiz, A.B., Boston University, 1952 Massachusetts
Lawford Earle Magruder, Jr., University of Maryland Maryland
Clyde Danforth Marlow, Emory University Florida
Carlos Rafael Matos, University of Puerto Rico Puerto Rico
Edward Robert McLaughlin, B. S., University of Massachusetts, 1954
Massachusetts
David Frederick Mehlisch, Graceland College Maryland
Raymond Dennis Menton, Jr., B.S., Loyola College, 1954 Maryland
Anthony Nicholas Micelotti, B.S., Boston College, 1952 Massachusetts
Paul Masashi Morita, University of Maryland New Jersey
Richard Warren Moss, Emory University Florida
James Edward Nadeau, American International College Massachusetts
William Harold Neilund, B.S., University of Maryland, 1951 Maryland
Philip Patrick Nolan, B.S., Loyola College, 1953 Maryland
Ralph Fields Norwood, Jr., Bethany College West Virginia
Guy Sullivan O'Brien, Jr., B.S., Furman University, 1954 South Carolina
48 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Charles Irving Osman, B.S., University of Florida, 1954 Florida
Warren Andrew Parker, Mount Saint Mary's College New Jersey
Bienvenido Perez, Jr., B.S., University of Puerto Rico, 1954 New York
George Louis Plassnig, University of Maryland Maryland
Joseph Marion Powell, Furman University South Carolina
Ralph Weyman Price, North Georgia College Virginia
Burton Alvin Raphael, University of Maryland Maryland
Alan Shia Resnek, Tufts College Massachusetts
Henry Edward Richter, Jr., B.S., University of Maryland, 1954 Virginia
Peter Arthur Rubelman, Emory University Florida
John Sidney Rushton, University of Maryland Virginia
Robert Nicholas Santangelo, Purdue University New Jersey
Lawrence Donald Sarubin, B.S., University of Maryland, 1949 Maryland
James Augustus Schaefer, B.S., St. Michael's College, 1954 New York
Leonard Stanley Schneider, The Johns Hopkins University Maryland
Howard Schwartz, B.A., Rutgers University, 1954 New Jersey
Irwin Bernard Schwartz, The Newark Colleges of Rutgers University
New Jersey
David Howard Shamer, B.S., University of Maryland, 1951 Maryland
Charles Irvine Shelton, West Virginia University West Virginia
Cyril Stanton Sokale, B. A., The University of Connecticut, 1954 . . Connecticut
Edward William Spinelli, Jr., A.B., Tufts College, 1954 Massachusetts
Howard Stanton Spurrier, University of Utah Utah
John Francis Spychalski, B.S., St. Bernardine of Siena College, 1952 New York
Ivan Lee Starr, A.B., Syracuse University, 1954 New Jersey
Ronald Martin Starr, University of Maryland Maryland
Elizabeth Lee Stewart, The Johns Hopkins University Maryland
Marvin Howard Tawes, Jr., B.S., University of Maryland, 1956 Maryland
Linn Shecut Tompkins, Jr., University of South Carolina. .. .South Carolina
Frank Trotta, Jr., A.B., West Virginia University, 1953 West Virginia
Donald Herbert Wadsworth, Emory University Florida
James Ray Wampler, Richmond College, University of Richmond Virginia
William James Washuta, University of Miami Florida
David Allen Watson, B.S., University of Maryland, 1956 Maryland
Louis Weiss, University of Maryland Maryland
William Alvin Wolf, A.B., Upsala College, 1951 Connecticut
Rodger August Zelles, B.S., Rutgers University, 1954 New Jersey
Sophomore Class
Kenneth David Bass, B. A., University of Connecticut, 1953 ;
M.S., 1955 • Connecticut
Robert Gene Beckelheimer, Concord College West Virginia
Frederick Blumenthal, University of Miami Florida
Leonard Francis Borges, B.S., Tufts College, 1951 Massachusetts
Martin David Breckstein, University of Florida Florida
Lawrence Austin Brehne, B.A., Rutgers University, 1951 New Jersey
Robert Francis Bristol, B.A., Providence College, 1955 Rhode Island
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 49
John C. L. Brown, Jr., B.S., The Pennsylvania State University, 1952
Pennsylvania
Bayard Allen Buchen, Emory University Florida
Robert Rolland Buckner, Washington Missionary College Georgia
Barbara Dorothea Bucko, Syracuse University Connecticut
Thomas Cali, B.S., University of Maryland, 1955 New Jersey
John Joseph Cartisano, Indiana University New York
Gary Herbert Cohen, University of Maryland Maryland
Robert Ted Conner, West Virginia University West Virginia
Juan Anibal Cuevas-Jimenez, B.S., University of Puerto Rico, 1953
Puerto Rico
Adolph Albert Cura, B.A., Boston College, 1955 Massachusetts
Peter Bernard DalPozzol, Colby College Connecticut
Allan Lee Danoff , University of Maryland Maryland
Eugene Frederick deLonge, Newberry College South Carolina
Joseph Budding Dietz, Jr., Lehigh University Delaware
Frank Anthony Dolle, B.S., University of Maryland, 1948; M.S.,
1950; Ph.D., 1954 Maryland
William Frank Dombrowski, B.S., United States Naval Academy, 1950
Maryland
James Francis Dooley, B.S., United States Merchant Marine Academy,
1950 ; A.B., Rutgers University, 1951 New Jersey
William Edward Dowden, B.S., Niagara University, 1955 New York
Conrad Castenzio Ferlita, University of Miami Florida
Raymond Alan Flanders, Colgate University New York
John Morrison Foley, B.S., Loyola College, 1955 Maryland
James Arthur Fowler, Jr., University of Maryland Maryland
Robert Donald Fraser, B.S., Niagara University, 1955 New York
Richard Lawrence Fraze, Tufts College Florida
Larry Joe Frick, The Clemson Agricultural College South Carolina
Thornwell Jacobs Frick, B.S., Davidson College, 1955 South Carolina
Ivan Orlo Gardner, B.S., University of Pittsburgh, 1952 Maryland
Billy Wade Gaskill, West Virginia University Arkansas
Gorm Pultz Hansen, University of Maryland Maryland
Frederick Lewis Hodous, University of Maryland Maryland
Francis Kurt Hugelmeyer, B.S., College of the Holy Cross, 1955. . . .New York
Eugene Farley Humphreys, Brigham Young University Idaho
James Paul Jabbour, B.S., Tufts College, 1950; Ed.M., 1951 Massachusetts
Calvin Charles Kay, University of Miami Florida
Edward Gerard Keen, St. Anselm's College Connecticut
Paul Lewis Keener, University of Maryland Maryland
Joseph Krall, B.S., University of Maryland, 1948 Maryland
Jacob Ian Krampf, University of Maryland Maryland
Frank Walter Krause, B.A., University of Virginia, 1955 New Jersey
Domenic Edward LaPorta, University of Maryland Connecticut
Richard John Lauttman, B.S., Loyola College, 1953 Maryland
50 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Robert Louis Lee, University of Maryland Maryland
Wallace George Lee, University of Maryland Michigan
Lester Leonard Levin, University of Maryland Maryland
Leslie Herminio Lopez- Velez, B.S., University of Puerto Rico, 1955 Puerto Rico
Joseph Paul Lynch, B.S., Seton Hall University, 1953 New Jersey
Carlos A. Machuca-Padin, B.S., University of Puerto Rico, 1954. .Puerto Rico
Arnold Irwin Malhmood, University of Maryland Maryland
Jose Manuel Martinez, B.S., University of Puerto Rico, 1955 Puerto Rico
John Kenneth McDonald, Louisiana State University and Agricultural
and Mechanical College Mississippi
Thomas James Meakem, Davis and Elkins College New Jersey
Thomas Eugene Miller, B.S., St. John's University, 1955 New Jersey
Bernard Lee Morgan, B.A., West Virginia University, 1955 West Virginia
Fabian Morgan, B.S., Wake Forest College, 1954 North Carolina
John Worthington Myers, Hagerstown Junior College Maryland
Elizabeth Haydee Noa, B.A., Nazareth College, 1954 Puerto Rico
William Barnard O'Connor, Wjest Virginia University West Virginia
William Robert Owens, B.S., Davidson College, 1954 North Carolina
Jeff ry Chandler Pennington, The Citadel South Carolina
Charles Kenneth Peters, Jr., B.S., Loyola College, 1954 Maryland
Gregory Michael Petrakis, B.S., Trinity College, 1955 Connecticut
George Jackson Phillips, Jr., B. A., Amherst College, 1955 Maryland
Barry Pickus, B.A., Western Maryland College, 1955 Maryland
Donald Alan Pirie, B.S., University of Maryland, 1955 .Maryland
Anthony Michael Policastro, B.A., Seton Hall University, 1955 .... New Jersey
Joseph Eul Polino, B.A., Providence College, 1955 Connecticut
Alben R. Pollack, B.A., Alfred University, 1955 New York
Joel Pollack, B.S., The City College of New York, 1955 New York
Albert Edward Postal, University of Maryland District of Columbia
William Lewis Pralley, B.A., West Virginia University, 1955 . . West Virginia
John Viering Raese, West Virginia University West Virginia
William Paul Raimond, University of Maryland Maryland
Harold Reuben Ribakow, University of Maryland Maryland
Chester James Richmond, Jr., Tufts College Connecticut
Matthew Angelo Rocco, B.A., Seton Hall University, 1955 New Jersey
Lawrence David Rogers, University of Maryland Maryland
Everett Newton Roush, III, Marshall College Wlest Virginia
Louis Joseph Ruland, Jr., B.A., The Johns Hopkins University, 1955
Maryland
Raymond Richard Sahley, Marshall College West Virginia
Charles Salerno, Upsala College New Jersey
Richard Charles Saville, B. A., University of Maryland, 1955 Maryland
David Lee Schofield, University of Miami Florida
Jerome Schwartz, B.S., University of Maryland, 1949 Maryland
Robert Bernard Silberstein, University of Florida. Florida
Stanley Leonard Silver, B.S., University of Maryland. 1953
District of Columbia
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 51
Francis Vincent Simansky, B.S., Loyola College, 1955 Maryland
Orlando Louis Skaff, B.A., West Virginia University, 1955 West Virginia
Philip Smith, University of Vermont and State Agricultural College. .Vermont
Anthony Sollazzo, Rutgers University New Jersey
James Frederick Sproul, West Virginia University Ohio
John Joseph Stecher, B.S., Seton Hall University, 1952 New Jersey
Donald Dietrich Stegman, B.S., University of Maryland, 1952 Maryland
Daniel Joseph Sullivan, B.A., Providence College, 1955 Rhode Island
Charles Carroll Swoope, Jr., University of Florida New Jersey
Arthur Morton Tilles, University of Maryland Maryland
John Louis Varanelli, University of Connecticut Connecticut
Francis Anthony Veltre, B.S., University of Maryland, 1952;
M.S., 1954 Maryland
Jorge Vendrell, Tulane University of Louisiana Puerto Rico
Leonard Clifford Warner, Jr., Colby College Connecticut
Edgar Clair ^^hite, Marshall College Kentucky
Thomas Adams Wilson, B.A., Amherst College, 1955 Maryland
Herbert Sanford Yampolsky, B.S., University of Alabama, 1955. .New Jersey
Freshman Class
Joel Martin Adler, Emory University Mississippi
Earl Robert Alban, Jr., B.A., The Johns Hopkins University, 1954 .... Maryland
John Jacob Atchinson, Marshall College West Virginia
Edmund Donald Baron, Rutgers University New Jersey
Hulon Edward Beasley, University of Florida Maryland
John William Biehn, University of Maryland Maryland
Raymond Cline Bodley, West Virginia University West Virginia
William Francis Brady, Jr., B.S., Boston College, 1954; M.S.,
University of Massachusetts, 1956 Massachusetts
Frank Lee Bragg, West Virginia University West Virginia
Leslie Henry Breden, University of Alabama Maryland
James Peter Brown, B.A., American International College, 1956
Massachusetts
Rolla Ray Burk, Jr., A.B., West Virginia, 1951 West Virginia
Gene Edward Camp, West Virginia University West Virginia
Alfred Chesler, Furman University Ohio
Robert Roy Chesney, Western Maryland College Maryland
Robert A. Cialone, B.S., University of Maryland, 1955 New Jersey
William John Cimikoski, A.B., University of Michigan, 1953 Connecticut
Milton Chipman Clegg, B.A., University of Utah, 1956 Utah
Clyde Albert Coe, University of Maryland Maryland
Blanca Collazo, B.S., University of Puerto Rico, 1956 Puerto Rico
Frank Lateau Collins, West Virginia University West Virginia
Myron Harris Coulton, University of Florida Florida
Thomas Joseph Cronin, B.S., De Paul University, 1955 New Jersey
William Walter Cwiek, B.S., University of Maryland, 1953 Maryland
Charles Albert Darby, University of Maryland Maryland
52 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Charles Albert Dean, B.A., Providence College, 1956 Massachusetts
John Jay Denson, Jr., B.S., University of Florida, 1956 Florida
Henry Thomas Doherty, Jr., A.B., Boston College, 1956 Massachusetts
Michael Vincent Doran, Jr., B.S., University of Miami, 1956 Virginia
Raymond Dzoba, Bowling Green State University New Jersey
Morton Mayer Ehudin, University of Maryland Maryland
Joseph Thomas Fay, B.A., Providence College, 1956 Rhode Island
Humbert Michael Fiskio, A.B., Oberlin College, 1955;
University of Connecticut, 1956 Connecticut
Henry Paul Fox, St. Michael's College New York
Irwood Fox, B.A., University of Virginia, 1956 Virginia
* Arnold Harvey Fram, Emory University South Carolina
Joseph Giardina, University of Maryland Maryland
* Leonard Goodman, B.S., University of Maryland, 1954 Maryland
Harry Gruen, University of Miami Florida
Ernest Lee Harris, Jr., Southern Missionary College Florida
David William Heese, B.A., The Johns Hopkins University, 1953. . . .Maryland
*Samuel David Henderson, Berea College Kentucky
Sanford Sonny Hochman, University of Maryland Maryland
Edward Allen Hurdle, Jr., B.S., Loyola College, 1956 Maryland
Clemuel Mansey Johnson, B.A., The University of North Carolina, 1953
North Carolina
Nicholas Irving Jones, B.S., The Citadel, 1956 South Carolina
Norman Lewis Jones, Marshall College West Virginia
Alan Donald Jung, B.S., University of Maryland, 1952 Maryland
Don Samuel Killpack, B.S., University of Utah, 1951 Utah
Irwin Kolikoff, B.S., Florida Southern College, 1953 New Hampshire
Don Lee Koubek, A.B., West Virginia University, 1955 West Virginia
Robert Marvin Kriegsman, The University of North Carolina. .North Carolina
Scot Sueki Kubota, A.B., Colorado State College, 1953;
A.M., 1954 Hawaii
Insoo Kwak, A.B., West Virginia University, 1956 West Virginia
Martin Albert Levin, University of Maryland Maryland
Marvin Paul Levin, University of Maryland Maryland
Harry Levy, University of Maryland Maryland
William Lee Lovern, Concord College West Virginia
Frederick Magaziner, B.S., University of Maryland, 1954 Maryland
Martin Magaziner, University of Maryland District of Columbia
Frank William Mastrola, Jr., B.A., Providence College, 1956. .. .Rhode Island
Martin Lee Mays, Wofford College South Carolina
David Henry McLane, Marshall College West Virginia
John Stephen McLaughlin, West Virginia University Maryland
James David Mehring, B.A., Pennsylvania Military College, 1956. .. .Maryland
John Bennett Moore, Jr., Weber College Utah
Ronald Glenn Morrison, University of Maryland Maryland
^Attended part session.
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY 53
Richard Franklin Murphy, West Virginia University West Virginia
Theodore Jacob Noffsinger, Jr., B.A., University of Maryland, 1956. . .Maryland
Franklin Lewis Oliverio, B.S., West Virginia University, 1956... .West Virginia
Billy Wendel Olsen, B.A., University of California, 1955 California
Bernard John Orlowski, Seton Hall University New Jersey
Philip Kibbee Parsons, West Virginia University West Virginia
Helmer Eugene Pearson, Upsala College New Jersey
Alfred John Phillips, University of Florida Florida
James Vincent Picone, B.S., College of the Holy Cross, 1956 Massachusetts
Robert Henry Prindle, B.A., St. Michael's College, 1956 New York
Anthony Joseph Regine, B.S., Tufte College, 1955 Rhode Island
Jude Philip Restivo, B.S., University of Maryland, 1956 Maryland
Ronald Lee Ripley, A.B., West Virginia University, 1955 West Virginia
Malcom Louis Rosenbloum, Emory University Missouri
Georges Philippe Raynald Roy, A.B., St. Michael's College, 1956 Maine
William Joseph Rumberger, Mount Saint Mary's College Pennsylvania
Thomas Melvin Rutherford, West Virginia Wesleyan College. . . .West Virginia
Frank John Salino, The University of Buffalo New York
Lawrence Francis Schaefer, St. Michael's College New York
Roger Clare Sears, University of Maryland Maryland
Howard Irwin Segal, University of Miami Florida
Edwin Barry Shiller, Emory University Florida
Joseph James Smith, Mount Saint Mary's College New York
Robert Carroll Smith, West Virginia University West Virginia
Alvin Jerome Snyder, B.S., University of Maryland, 1956 Maryland
David M. Solomon, B.S., Fordham University, 1956 New Jersey
Rudolph Clement Strambi, B.S., Fordham University, 1952 New Jersey
Wayne Eugene Stroud, University of Maryland Illinois
George Webster Struthere, Jr., B.S., Randolph-Macon College, 1952
West Virginia
Joshua Irving Taragin, Yeshiva University Maryland
Edward Ralph Thompson, Temple University New Jersey
Robert Speirs Thomson, B.A., Houghton College, 1956 New Jersey
Earle Alexander Tompkins, Jr., B.S., University of Massachusetts, 1955
Massachusetts
Monte Franklin Udoff, University of Michigan Wisconsin
Gilbert Allen Vitek, Graceland College Maryland
Raymond Francis Waldron, A.B., Boston College, 1956 Massachusetts
Martin Truett Watson, B.S., Emory University, 1954 Georgia
Irwin Robert Weiner, University of Akron Ohio
Wayne Clark Wills, West Virginia University West Virginia
Charles Rosser Wilson, B.S., Wake Forest College, 1956 North Carolina
Dale Lee Wood, Western Maryland College Maryland
Louis Yarid, A.B., Columbia University, 1956 Massachusetts
54 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
DEANS OF DENTAL SCHOOLS IN BALTIMORE
BALTIMORE COLLEGE OF DENTAL SURGERY
(Founded 1840)
Chapin A. Harris .„.., 1840—1841
Thomas E. Bond „ 1841—1842
Washington R. Handy,....- 1842 — 1853
Philip H. Austen 1853—1865
Ferdinand J. S. Gorgas 1865—1882
Richard B. Winder. 1882 — 1894
M. Whilldin Foster, „ 1894 — 1914
William G. Foster. 1914—1923
MARYLAND DENTAL COLLEGE
1873—1878 (Merged with B. C. D. S.)
Richard B. Winder 1873—1878
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
(Founded 1882)
Ferdinand J. S. Gorgas 1882—1911
Timothy O. Heatwole. 1911—1923
BALTIMORE MEDICAL COLLEGE
1895—1913 (Merged with U. of Md.)
J. William Smith 1895—1901
William A. Montell 1901—1903
J. Edgar Orrison 1903—1904
J. William Smith + 1904—1913
BALTIMORE COLLEGE OF DENTAL SURGERY
DENTAL SCHOOL
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
(B. C. D. S. Joined the U. of Md. 1923)
Timothy O. Heatwole ......1923—1924
J. Ben Robinson 1924-^1953
Myron S. Aisenberg (Acting) 1953
Myron S. Aisenberg 1954 — present
THE SCHOOL OF
dentistry
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
AT BALTIMORE
VOL.118 1958
NO. 11
1958
1959
JANUARY 1958
S M T W T F S
12 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 31
FEBRUARY
S M T W T F S
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28
MARCH
S M T W T F S
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30 31
APRIL
5 M T W T F S
12 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30
MAY
S M T W T F S
12 3
4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
JUNE
S M T W T F S
12 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30
JULY 1958
5 M T W T F S
12 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30 31
AUGUST
S M T W T F S
1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
SEPTEMBER
S M T W T F S
12 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30
OCTOBER
S M T W T F S
12 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 31
NOVEMBER
S M T W T F S
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
DECEMBER
S M T W T F S
12 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30 31
JANUARY 1959
.S M T W T F S
12 3
4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
FEBRUARY
S M T W T F S
12 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
MARCH
S M T W T F S
12 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30 31
APRIL
S M T
T F S
12 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30
MAY
S M T W T F S
1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
JUNE
S M T W T F S
12 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30
JULY 1959
S M T W T F S
12 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 31
AUGUST
S M T W T F S
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30 31
SEPTEMBER
5 M T W T F S
12 3 4 6
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30
OCTOBER
S M T W
T F S
12 3
8 9 10
15 16 17
4 5 6 7
11 12 13 14
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
NOVEMBER
S M T W T F S
12 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30
DECEMBER
5 M T W T F S
12 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30 31
ONE HUNRED AND EIGHTEENTH CATALOGUE
with
Announcements For
1 Tie 1958-1959 Session
BALTIMORE COLLEGE OF DENTAL SURGERY
DENTAL SCHOOL
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
BALTIMORE, MARYLAND
THE PROVISIONS of this publication are not to be regarded as an irrevocable con-
tract between the student and the University or Maryland. The University reserves
the right to change any provision or requirement at any time within the student's
term of residence. The University further reserves the right at any time, to ask a
student to withdraw when it considers such action to be in the best interests oi the
University.
BOARD OF REGENTS
and
MARYLAND STATE BOARD OF AGRICULTURE
Term
Expires
Charles P. McCormick
Chairman 1966
McCormick and Company, 414 Light Street, Baltimore 2
Edward F. Holtbr
Vice-Chairman 1959
The National Grange, 744 Jackson Place, N.W., Washington 6
B. Herbert Brown
Secretary I960
The Baltimore Institute, 12 West Madison Street, Baltimore 1
Harry H. Nuttle
Treasurer 1966
Denton
Louis L. Kaplan
Assistant Secretary 1961
1201 Eutaw Place, Baltimore 17
Edmund S. Burke
Assistant Treasurer 1959
Kelly-Springfield Tire Company, Cumberland
Alvin L. Aubinoe
1515 19th Street, N.W., Washington 6, D. C 1967
Thomas W. Pangborn 1965
The Pangborn Corporation, Pangborn Blvd., Hagerstown
Enos S. Stockbridge 1960
10 Light Street, Baltimore 2
Thomas B. Symons 1963
Suburban Trust Company, 6950 Carroll Avenue, Takoma Park
C. EWTNG TUTTLE 1962
907 Latrobe Building, Charles and Read Streets, Baltimore 2
Members of the Board are appointed by the Governor of the State for terms of nine
years each, beginning the first Monday in June.
The President of the University of Maryland is, by law, Executive Officer of the
Board.
The State law provides that the Board of Regents of the University of Maryland
shall constitute the Maryland State Board of Agriculture.
University of Maryland
ACADEMIC CALENDAR
1958-1959 SESSION
1958
First Semester
September 16 Tuesday Orientation Program for Freshman Class
September 17 Wednesday . . . Registration for Freshman Class
September 18 Thursday .... Registration for Sophomore Class
September 19 Friday Registration for Junior and Senior Classes
September 22 Monday Instruction begins with first scheduled period
November 25 Tuesday Thanksgiving recess begins at close of last
scheduled period
December 1 Monday Instruction resumes with first scheduled period
December 19 Friday Christmas recess begins at close of last
scheduled period
1959
January 5 Monday Instruction resumes with first scheduled period
January 22 Thursday,
and 23 Friday Second Semester Registration
January 30 Friday First Semester ends at the close of last
scheduled period
Second Semester
February 2 Monday Instruction begins with first scheduled period
February 23 Monday Washington's Birthday— holiday
March 26 Thursday .... Easter recess begins at close of last scheduled
. period
March 31 Tuesday Instruction resumes with first scheduled period
June 3 Wednesday . . . Second Semester ends at close of last scheduled
period
June 6 Saturday Commencement
A student who registers after instruction begins must pay a late registration fee of
$5.00. No late registration will be approved after Saturday of the first week of instruc-
tion.
School of Dentistry
OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION
vvilson homer elkins, President of the University
B.A., M.A., B.LITT., D.PHIL.
MYRON S. AISENBERG, Dean
D.D.S.
Katharine toomey, Administrative Assistant
G. watson algire, Director of Admissions and Registrations
B.A., M.S.
norma J. azlein, Registrar
b.a.
OFFICERS OF INSTRUCTION
1957-1958 SESSION
Emeritus
j. ben robinson, Dean Emeritus
D.D.S., D.SC.
Professors
myron s. aisenberg, Professor of Pathology
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1922.
Joseph calton BiDDix, jr., Professor of Oral Diagnosis
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1934.
edward c. dobbs, Professor of Pharmacology and Therapeutics
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1929; b.s., 1952.
brice marden dorsey, Professor of Oral Surgery
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1927.
Gardner Patrick henry Foley, Professor of Dental Literature
b.a., Clark University, 1923; m.a., 1926.
grayson wilbur gaver, Professor of Dental Prosthesis
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1922.
William edward hahn, Professor of Anatomy
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1931; a.b., University of Rochester, 1938; m.s., 1939.
jose E. Medina, Professor of Operative Dentistry
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1948.
ernest b. nuttall, Professor of Fixed Partial Prosthesis
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1931.
University of Maryland
Robert harold oster, Professor of Physiology
b.s., The Pennsylvania State University, 1923; M.S., 1926; ph.d., Harvard Uni-
versity, 1933.
kyrle w. preis, Professor of Orthodontics
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1929.
d. vincent provenza, Professor of Histology and Embryology
b.s., University of Maryland, 1939; M.S., 1941; ph.d., 1952.
donald E. shay, Professor of Microbiology
b.s., Lebanon Valley College, 1937; m.s., University of Maryland, 1938; ph.d., 1943.
e. g. vanden bosche, Professor of Biochemistry
a.b., Lebanon Valley College, 1922; m.s., University of Maryland, 1924; ph.d., 1927.
Associate Professors
william robert biddington, Associate Professor of Oral Medicine
d.d.s. , University of Maryland, 1948.
Joseph Patrick cappuccio, Associate Professor of Oral Surgery
b.s., University of Rhode Island, 1943; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1946.
Stanley h. dosh, Associate Professor of Fixed Partial Prosthesis
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1935.
* harold golton, Associate Professor of Oral Diagnosis
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1925.
george mclean, Associate Professor of Physical Diagnosis and Principles of
Medicine
m.d., University of Maryland, 1916.
peter mclean lu, Associate Professor of Fixed Partial Prosthesis
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1934.
WALTER L. oggesen, Associate Professor of Fixed Partial Prosthesis
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1926.
wilbur owen ramsey, Associate Professor of Dental Prosthesis
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1943.
douglas john sanders, Associate Professor of Pedodontics
b.s., Northwestern University, 1946; d.d.s., 1948.
guy paul Thompson, Associate Professor of Anatomy
a.b., West Virginia University, 1923; a.m., 1929.
l. edward warner, Associate Professor of Dental Prosthesis
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1931.
* Leave of absence.
4
School of Dentistry
Tobias Weinberg, Associate Professor of Pathology
a.b., The Johns Hopkins University, 1930; m.d., 1933.
Assistant Professors
irving I. abramsc-n, Assistant Professor of Oral Medicine
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1932.
alvin david aisenberg, Assistant Professor of Pathology
d.d.s. , University of Maryland, 1945.
hugh if. clement, jr., Assistant Professor of Operative Dentistry
d.d.s., University or Maryland, 1944.
calvin Joseph gaver, Assistant Professor of Operative Dentistry
e.s., University or Maryland, 1950; d.d.s., 1954.
conrad l. inman, Assistant Professor of Anesthesiology
d.d.s., Baltimore College or' Dental Surgery, 1915.
William kress, Assistant Professor of Orthodontics
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1936.
yam-hin louie, Assistant Professor of Operative Dentistry '
b.s., Lingnan University, Canton, China, 1938; d.d.s., Northwestern University,
1945; m.s.d., 1946.
burton Robert pollack, Assistant Professor of Physiology
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1946.
daniel edward shehan, Assistant Professor of Orthodontics
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1922.
E. Roderick shipley, Assistant Professor of Physiology
a.b., The Johns Hopkins University, 1938; m.d., University of Maryland, 1942.
Arthur g. siwinski, Assistant Professor of Oral Surgery
a.b., The Johns Hopkins University, 1927; m.d., University of Maryland, 1931.
d. Robert swinehart, Assistant Professor of Orthodontics
a.b., Dartmouth College, 1933; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1937.
edmond g. vanden bosche, Assistant Professor of Tooth Morphology
b.s., The Pennsylvania State University, 1943; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1947.
Special Lecturers
martin helrich, Professor of Anesthesiology {School of Medicine')
b.s., Dickinson College, 1946; m.d., University of Pennsylvania, 1946.
richard llndenberg, Lecturer in Neuroanatomy
m.d., University of Berlin, 1944.
ethelbert lovett, Lecturer in Ethics
d.d.s., Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, 1922.
University of Maryland
William j. o'donnell, Lecturer in jurisprudence
a.b., Loyola College, 1937; ll.b., University of Maryland, 1941.
harry m. robinson, jr., Professor of Dermatology {School of Medicme)
b.s., University of Maryland, 1931; m.d., 1935.
george herschel yeager, Professor of Clinical Surgery (School of Medicine')
b.s., West Virginia University, 1927; m.d., University of Maryland, 1929.
c. Richard fravel, Lecturer in Principles of Medicine
m.d., University of Maryland, 1949.
Instructors
Robert l. bartlett, Instructor in Operative Dentistry
b.a., The Johns Hopkins University, 1953; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1957.
sterrett p. beaven, Instructor in Operative Dentistry
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1941.
Stanley l. brown, Instructor in Pharmacology and Therapeutics
b.s., University of Maryland, 1952; d.d.s., 1956.
samuel hollinger bryant, Instructor in Oral Diagnosis
a.b., Western Maryland College, 1928; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1932.
Thomas F. clement, Instructor in Oral Medicine
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1951.
jerome s. cullen, Instructor in Clinical Orthodontics
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1941.
John j. demartin, Instructor in Full Denture Prosthesis
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1957.
Robert e. demartin, Instructor in Roentgenology
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1957.
fred ehrlich, Instructor in Pedodontics
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1947.
ralph jack Gordon, Instructor in Dental Prosthesis
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1933.
marvin m. graham, Instructor in Fixed Partial Prosthesis
a.b., Cornell University, 1938; a.m., 1939; d.d.s., University of Pennsylvania, 1943.
William lee graham, Instructor in Oral Diagnosis
b.s., Marietta College, 1948; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1953.
Walter granruth, jr., Instructor in Pathology
b.s., Loyola College, 1950; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1954.
M. Eugene hinds, Instructor in Oral Surgery
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1952.
School of Dentistry
john M. hyson, Instructor in Oral Surgery
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1950.
gerald m. isbell, jr., Instructor in Roentgenology
d.d.s. , University of Maryland, 1957.
melvin john jagielski, Instructor in Tooth Morphology
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1953.
vernon d. kaufman, Instructor in Oral Surgery
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1936.
lester lebo, Instructor in Oral Diagnosis
b.s., University of Chicago, 1938; m.d., 1941.
richard r. c. Leonard, Instructor in Public Health Dentistry
d.d.s., Indiana University, 1922; m.s.p.h., University of Michigan, 1944.
Charles E. loveman, Instructor in Anatomy
a.b., The Johns Hopkins University, 1935; d.d.s., Columbia University, 1939.
martin h. morris, Instructor in Biochemistry
b.s., Rutgers University, 1952; M.S., 1954.
james p. norris, Instructor in Oral Medicine
b.s., University of Maryland, 1950; d.d.s., 1956.
frank n. ogden, Instructor in First Aid and in Charge of Medical Care of Stu-
dents
m.d., University of Maryland, 1917.
victor s. primrose, Instructor in Full Denture Prosthesis
d.d.s., McGill University, 1918.
Norton morris ross, Instructor in Pharmacology
b.s., University of Connecticut, 1949; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1954.
myron hillard sachs, Instructor in Anatomy
d.d.s., Columbia University, 1939.
aaron schaeffer, Instructor in Clinical Orthodontics
b.a., Western Maryland College, 1939; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1947; M.S.,
University of Illinois, 1948.
frank J. srNNREiCH, jr., Instructor in Anatomy
b.s., University of Maryland, 1951.
glenn d. Steele, Instructor in Fixed Partial Prosthesis
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1942.
claude p. taylor, Instructor in Visual Aids
john d. vachon, Instructor in Operative Dentistry
a.b., West Virginia University; m.s., 1953; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1957.
earle Harris watson, Instructor in Dental Materials and Dental Prosthesis
a.b., University of Xorth Carolina, 1938; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1942.
7 ►
University of Maryland
david h. willer, Instructor in Full Denture Prosthesis
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1933.
Graduate Assistants
john F. black, Graduate Assistant in Oral Surgery
d.d.s. , University of Maryland, 1957.
mcdonald k. Hamilton, Graduate Assistant in General and Oral Pathology
b.a., Alma College, 1952; d.d.s., University of Michigan, 1956.
john j. Jordan, Graduate Assistant in Histology and Embryology
b.s., University of Scranton, 1957.
Charles brown Leonard, jr., Graduate Assistant in Biochemistry
b.a., Rutgers College of South Jersey, 1955.
john c mueller, Graduate Assistant in Oral Surgery
a.b., Duke University, 1953; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1957.
victor J. vilk, Graduate Assistant in Bacteriology
b.a., Montana State University, 1951; m.a., 1954.
john t. welch, Graduate Assistant in Oral Surgery
a.b., West Virginia University, 1949; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1954.
Library Staff
IDA marian robinson, Librarian and Associate Professor of Library Science
a.b., Cornell University, 1924; b.s.l.s., Columbia University School of Library
Service, 1944.
Hilda e. moore, Associate Librarian and Assistant Professor of Library Science
a.b., Randolph-Macon Woman's College, 1936; a.b.l.s., Emory University Library
School, 1937.
Beatrice marriott, Reference Librarian
a.b., University of Maryland, 1944.
edith m. coyle, Periodicals Librarian
a.b., University of North Carolina, 1937; a.b.l.s., University of North Carolina
School of Library Science, 1939; m.a., The Johns Hopkins University, 1945.
harriette w. shelton, Chief Cataloguer
b.a., The Pennsylvania State College, 1935; b.s.l.s., Columbia University School of
Library Service, 1937.
marjorie fluck, Cataloguer
b.s. im ed., Kutztown State Teachers College, 1952. -
Rosalie c. carroll, Library Assistant
Elizabeth E. mccoach, Assistant to the Librarian
patricia c. terzi, Assistant to the Cataloguer
School of Dentistry
THE SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY
History
The Baltimore college of dental surgery occupies an important and
interesting place in the history of dentistry. At the end of the regular ses-
sion— 1957-58— it completed its one hundred and eighteenth year of service to
dental education. The Baltimore College of Dental Surgery represents the first
effort in history to offer institutional dental education to those anticipating the
practice of dentistry.
The first lectures on dentistry in America were delivered by Dr. Horace
H. Hayden in the University of Maryland, School of Medicine, between the
years 1S23-25. These lectures were interrupted in 1825 by internal dissensions
in the School of Medicine and were as a consequence discontinued. It was Dr.
Hayden's idea that dental education merited greater attention than had been
given it by medicine or could be given it by the preceptorial plan of dental
teaching then in vogue.
Dr. Horace H. Hayden began the practice of dentistry in Baltimore in 1800.
From that time he made a zealous attempt to lay the foundation for a scientific,
serviceable dental profession. In 1831 Dr. Chapin A. Harris came to Baltimore
to study under Hayden. Dr. Harris was a man of unusual ability and possessed
special qualifications to aid in establishing and promoting formal dental educa-
tion. Since Dr. Hayden's lectures had been interrupted at the University of
Mar)- land and there was an apparent unsurmountable difficulty confronting the
creation of dental departments in medical schools, an independent college was
decided upon. A charter was applied for and granted by the Maryland Legis-
lature February 1, 1840. The first Faculty meeting was held February 3, 1840,
at which time Dr. Horace H. Hayden was elected President and Dr. Chapin A.
Harris, Dean. The introductory lecture was delivered by Dr. Hayden on Novem-
ber 3, 1840, to the five students matriculating in the first class. Thus was
created as the foundation of the present dental profession the Baltimore College
of Dental Surgery, the first dental school in the world.
Hayden and Harris, the admitted founders of conventional dental education,
contributed, in addition to the factor of dental education, other opportunities for
professional growth and development. In 1839 the American Journal of Dental
Science was founded, with Chapin A. Harris as its editor. Dr. Harris continued
fully responsible for dentistry's initial venture into periodic dental literature to
the time of his death. The files of the old American Journal of Dental Science
testify to the fine contributions made by Dr. Harris. In 1840 the American
Society of Dental Surgeons was founded, with Dr. Horace H. Hayden as its
President and Dr. Chapin A. Harris as its Corresponding Secretary. This was
the beginning of dental organization in America, and was the forerunner of the
American Dental Association, which now numbers approximately eighty-four
thousand in its present membership. The foregoing suggests the unusual in-
fluence Baltimore dentists and the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery have
exercised on professional ideals and policies.
University of Maryland
In 1873, the Maryland Dental College, an offspring of the Baltimore College
of Dental Surgery, was organized. It continued instruction until 1878, at which
time it was consolidated with the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery. A de-
partment of dentistry was organized at the University of Maryland in the year
1882, graduating a class each year from 1883 to 1923. This school was chartered
as a corporation and continued as a privately owned and directed institution until
1920, when it became a State institution. The Dental Department of the Balti-
more Medical College was established in 1895, continuing until 1913, when it
merged with the Dental Department of the University of Maryland.
The final combining of the dental educational interests of Baltimore was
effected June 15, 1923, by the amalgamation of the student bodies of the Balti-
more College of Dental Surgery and the University of Maryland, School of
Dentistry; the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery becoming a distinct depart-
ment of the University under State supervision and control. Thus we find in the
Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, Dental School, University of Maryland, a
merging of the various efforts at dental education in Maryland. From these
component elements have radiated developments of the art and science of dentis-
try until the strength of its alumni is second to none, in either number or degree
of service to the profession.
Library
This School is fortunate in having one of the better equipped and organized
libraries among the dental schools of the country. The library is located in the
main building and consists of a stack room, offices and a reading room accom-
modating ninety-six students. Over 16,000 books and bound journals on dentistry
and the collateral sciences, together with numerous pamphlets, reprints and un-
bound journals, are available for the student's use. More than 200 journals are
regularly received by the Library. An adequate staff promotes the growth of
the Library and assists the student body in the use of the Library's resources.
One of the most important factors of the dental student's education is to teach
him the value and the use of dental literature in his formal education and in
promoting his usefulness and value to the profession during practice. The Balti-
more College of Dental Surgery is ideally equipped to achieve this aim of dental
instruction.
Course of Instruction
The Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, Dental School, University of
Maryland offers a course in dentistry devoted to instruction in the medical
sciences, the dental sciences, and clinical practice. Instruction consists of didactic
lectures, laboratory instruction, demonstrations, conferences, quizzes and hos-
pital ward rounds. Topics are assigned for collateral reading to train the student
in the value and use of dental literature. The curriculum for the complete
course appears on pages 20 and 21 of this catalogue.
«« 10
School of Dentistry
Requirements for Admission
Applicants for admission must present evidence of having completed success-
fully two academic years of work in an accredited college of arts and sciences
based upon the completion of a four-year high school course or the equivalent
in entrance examinations. The college course must include at least a year's
credit in English, in biology, in physics, in inorganic chemistry, and in organic
chemistry. All required science courses shall include both classroom and labor-
atory instruction. Although a minimum of 60 semester hours of credit, exclusive
of physical education and military science, is required, additional courses in the
humanities and the natural and social sciences are desirable. By ruling of the
Dean's Council, all admission requirements must be completed by June 30 previ-
ous to the desired date of admission.
In considering candidates for admission, the Board of Admissions will give
preference to those applicants who have high scholastic records in secondary
school and in college; who make satisfactory scores in the dental aptitude test;
who present favorable recommendations from their respective predental com-
mittee or from one instructor in each of the departments of biology, chemistry,,
and physics; and who, in all other respects, give every promise of becoming suc-
cessful students and dentists of high standing. Applicants will not be admitted
with unabsolved conditions or unabsolved failures.
Combined Arts and Sciences-Dental Program
The University offers a combined arts and sciences-dental curriculum lead-
ing to the degrees of Bachelor of Science and Doctor of Dental Surgery. The
preprofessional part of this curriculum shall be taken in residence in the College
of Arts and Sciences at College Park, and the professional part in the School of
Dentistry in Baltimore.
Students who elect the combined program and who have completed the arts
and sciences phase of it may, upon the recommendation of the Dean of the
School of Dentistry, be granted the degree of Bachelor of Science by the College
of Arts and Sciences at the first summer commencement following the comple-
tion of the student's first year in the School of Dentistry. A student may enter
the arts and sciences-dental program at College Park with advanced standing
from an accredited college or university, but the last year of the preprofessional
training must be completed at College Park and the professional training must
be completed in the School of Dentistry of the University of Maryland.
11
University of Maryland
ARTS-DENTISTRY CURRICULUM
, — Semester-
Freshman Year 1 11
Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3
Zool. 1— General Zoology 4
Zool. 2— Advanced General Zoology . . 4
Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 4 4
Math. 10, 11— Algebra, Trigonometry, Analytic Geometry.... 3 3
Speech 18, 1 9— Introductory Speech 1 1
Physical Activities 1 1
A. S. 1, 2-Basic Air Force ROTC (Men) 3 3
Hea. 2, 4-Hygiene (Women) 2 2
Total 18-19 18-19
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and World or English
Literature 3 3
Soc. 1— Sociology or American Lite ^|
and L 3 3
G. & P. 1— American Government J
Chem. 35, 36, 37, 38-Organic Chemistry 4 4
*H. 5, 6— History or American Civilization 3 3
fModern Language 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
A. S. 3, 4-Basic Air Force ROTC (Men) 3 3
Total 17-20 17-20
Junior Year
Modern Language (continued) 3 3
Phys. 10, 1 1— Fundamentals of Physics 4 4
Approved Minor Courses 9 9
Electives 3 3
Total 19 19
Senior Year
The curriculum of the first year of the School of Dentistry of the University
of Maryland is accepted by the College of Arts and Sciences as the fourth year
(major sequence) of academic work toward the degree of Bachelor of Science.
* Students planning to request admission to the Dental School with only two years
of predental training should take Physics 10-11.
fFr. or Ger. 6, 7— Intermediate Scientific French or German recommended.
12
School of Dentistry
If at the end of the junior year the student decides to postpone his entrance
to the School of Dentistry and to remain in the College of Arts and Sciences
and complete work for the Bachelor's degree, he may choose a major and minor
in any of the departments in which he has completed the necessary underclass
requirements. The general nature of the first three years of this curriculum and
the generous electives of the third year make possible for the student a wide
choice of departments in which he may specialize. In general the electives of
the third year will be chosen as for a major in some particular department.
Requirements for Matriculation and Enrollment
In the selection of students to begin the study of dentistry the School con-
siders particularly a candidate's proved ability in secondary education and his
successful completion of prescribed courses in predental collegiate training. The
requirements for admission and the academic regulations of the College of Arts
and Sciences, University of Maryland, are strictly adhered to by the School of
Dentistry.
A student is not regarded as having matriculated in the School of Dentistry
until such time as he shall have paid the matriculation fee of $10.00, and is not
enrolled until he shall have paid a deposit of $200.00. This deposit is intended
to insure registration in the class and is not returnable.
Application Procedures
Candidates seeking admission to the Dental School should first write to
the Office of the Dean requesting a preliminary information form. Upon the
receipt and the examination of this form by the Board of Admissions an applica-
tion blank will be sent to those candidates who merit consideration. Each appli-
cant should fill out the blank in its entirety and mail it promptly, together with
the application fee and photographs, to the Board of Admissions, Dental
School, University of Maryland, Baltimore 1, Maryland. The early filing of an
application is urged. Applicants wishing advice on any problem relating to their
predental training or their application should communicate with the Board of
Admissions.
All applicants will be required to take the Dental Aptitude Test. This test
will be given at various testing centers throughout the United States, its pos-
sessions and Canada. Applicants will be notified by the Council on Dental Educa-
tion of the American Dental Association of the dates of the tests and the locations
cf the testing centers.
Promising candidates will be required to appear before the Board of Ad-
missions for an interview. On the basis of all available information the best
possible applicants will be chosen for admission to the School.
A certificate of entrance will be issued to each successful applicant, which will
permit him to matriculate and to register in the class to which he has applied.
13 ►
University of Maryland
Admission with Advanced Standing
(a) Graduates in medicine or students in medicine who have completed two
or more years in a medical school, acceptable to standards in the School of
Medicine, University of Maryland, may be given advanced standing to the
Sophomore year provided the applicant shall complete under competent regu-
lar instruction the courses in dental technology regularly scheduled in the first
year.
(b) Applicants for transfer must (1) meet fully the requirements for
admission to the first year of the dental course; (2) be eligible for promotion to
the next higher class in the school from which he seeks to transfer; (3) show an
average grade of five per cent above the passing mark in the school where transfer
credits were earned; (4) show evidence of scholastic attainments, character and
personality; (5) present letter of honorable dismissal and recommendation from
the dean of the school from which he transfers.
(c) All applicants for transfer must present themselves in person for an
interview before qualifying certificate can be issued.
Attendance Requirements
In order to receive credit for a full session, each student must have entered
and be in attendance on the day the regular session opens, at which time lectures
to all classes begin, and remain until the close of the session, the dates for which
are announced in the calendar of the annual catalogue.
o
Regular attendance is demanded. A student whose attendance in any course
is unsatisfactory to the head of the department will be denied the privilege of
final examination in any and all such courses. A student with less than 85 per
cent attendance will not be promoted to the next succeeding year. However,
in certain unavoidable circumstances of absences, the Dean and the Council
may honor excuses exceeding the maximum permitted.
Grading and Promotion
The following symbols are used as marks for final grades: A (100-91),
B (90-84), C (83-77), and D (76-70), Passing; F (below 70), Failure; I, In-
complete. Progress grades in courses are indicated as "Satisfactory" and "Un-
satisfactory."
A Failure in any subject may be removed only by repeating the subject in full.
Students who have done work of acceptable quality in their completed assign-
ments but who, because of circumstances beyond their control, have been unable
to finish all assignments, will be given an Incomplete. A student shall not carry
an Incomplete into the next succeeding year. When he has completed the
requirements for the removal of an Incomplete, the student shall be given
the actual grade earned in the course.
^ 14
School of Dentistry
Scholastic averages are computed on the basis of semester credits assigned to
each course and numerical values for grades. The numerical values are A-4;
B-3; C-2; D-l; F-0. The grade point average is the sum of the products of
semester credits and grade values, divided by the total number of semester credits.
Students who attain a grade point average of 1.5 in the Freshman year will
be promoted. At the end of the Sophomore year an overall grade point average
of 1.75 is required for promotion. A grade point average of 2.0 is required for
promotion to the Senior year and for graduation.
Students who fail to meet the minimum grade point averages required for
promotion and who fall into the following categories will be allowed proba-
tionary promotion:
1. Freshmen who attain a grade point average of 1.25-1.49.
2. Sophomores who attain an overall grade point average of 1.6-1.74.
3. Juniors who attain an overall grade point average of 1.85-1.99.
Probationary status will not be permitted for two successive years.
A student may absolve a total of eight credit hours of failure in an ac-
credited summer school provided he has the grade point average required for
promotion or graduation, excluding the failure or failures which he has incurred.
Equipment
A complete list of necessary instruments and materials for technic and clinic
courses is prescribed by the Dental School. Arrangements are made by the
Dental School in advance of formal enrollment for books, instruments and ma-
terials to be delivered to the students at the opening of school. Each student is
required to provide himself promptly with these prescribed necessities. A student
who does not meet this requirement will not be permitted to continue with his
class.
Deportment
The profession of dentistry demands, and the School of Dentistry requires,
of its students evidence of their good moral character. The conduct of the
student in relation to his work and fellow students will indicate his fitness to
be taken into the confidence of the community as a professional man. Integrity,
sobriety, temperate habits, truthfulness, respect for authority and associates and
honesty in the transaction of business affairs as a student will be considered as
evidence of good moral character necessary to the granting of a degree.
Requirements for Graduation
The degree of Doctor of Dental Surgery is conferred upon a candidate who
has met the following conditions:
15 ►
University of Maryland
1. A candidate must furnish documentary evidence that he has attained
the age of 21 years.
2. A candidate for graduation shall have attended the full scheduled course
of four academic years.
3. He will be required to show a grade point average of 2.0 for the full
course of study.
4. He shall have satisfied all technic and clinic requirements of the various
departments.
5. He shall have paid all indebtedness to the college prior to the beginning
of final examinations, and must have adjusted his financial obligations in the
community satisfactorily to those to whom he may be indebted.
Fees
Matriculation fee (required of all entering students) $ 10.00
Tuition (each year):
Non-resident student 675.00
Resident student . 400.00
Student health service (each year) 20.00
Special fee 30.00
The Special Fee is payable by all full-time students enrolled
in the Professional Schools on the Baltimore campus. Proceeds
from the Special Fee will be used to finance the equipment needed
for the Baltimore Union Building.
Laboratory breakage deposit:
Freshman year 10.00
Sophomore and Junior years 5.00
In addition to fees itemized in the above schedule, the following assess-
ments are made by the University:
Application fee (paid at time of filing formal application for admission) 7.50
Late registration fee 5.00
(All students are expected to complete their registration, including
payment of bills, on the regular registration days.) Those who do
not complete their registration during the prescribed days will be
charged a fee of $5.00.
Examinations taken out of class and re-examinations 5.00
One certified transcript of record is issued free of charge.
Each additional copy is issued only upon payment of 1.00
STUDENT ACTIVITIES FEE — SPECIAL
For the purpose of administering various student activities, the Student
Senate, after approval by the separate classes and the Faculty Council, voted
a fee of $12.50 to be paid at the time of registration to the Office of the Dean.
M 16
School of Dentistry
REFUNDS
According to the policy of the University no fees will be returned. In case
the student discontinues his course or fails to register after a place has been
reserved in a class, any fees paid will be credited to a subsequent course, but?
are not transferable.
Registration
o
The registration of a student in any school or college of the University
shall be regarded as a registration in the University of Maryland, but when
such student transfers to a professional school of the University or from one
professional school to another, he must pay the usual matriculation fee required
by each professional school.
Each student is required to fill in a registration card for the office of the
Registrar, and make payment of one-half of the tuition fee in addition to all
other fees noted as payable before being admitted to classwork at the opening
of the session. The remainder of tuition and fees must be in the hands of the
Comptroller during registration period for the second half of the academic year.
Definition of Residence and Non-Residence
Students who are minors are considered to be resident students if at the
time of their registration their parents have been domiciled in this state for
at least one year.
The status of the residence of a student is determined at the time of his
first registration in the University, and may not thereafter be changed by him
unless, in the case of a minor, his parents move to and become legal residents
of the state by maintaining such residence for at least one full year. How-
ever, the right of the minor student to change from a non-resident to resident
status must be established by him prior to the registration period for any
semester.
Adult students are considered to be resident if at the time of their regis-
tration they have been domiciled in this state for at least one year, provided
such residence has not been acquired while attending any school or college in
Maryland or elsewhere.
The word domicile as used in this regulation shall mean the permanent
place of abode. For the purpose of this rule only one domicile may be claimed
as a permanent abode.
Student Health Service
The School undertakes to supply medical and surgical care for its students
through the Student Health Service. This care includes the daily services
17 ►
University of Maryland
rendered by a physician and a graduate nurse in a well-equipped clinic, conven-
iently located in the Dental School. Also consultations, surgical procedures and
hospitalization, judged to be necessary by the Service, are covered under liberal
limitations, depending on length of hospitalization and special expenses incurred.
Students who need medical attention are expected to report at the office
of the Student Health Service. Under circumstances requiring home treatment,
the students will be visited at their College residences.
It is not within the scope of the Service to provide medical care for con-
ditions antedating each annual registration in the University; nor is it the
function of this Service to treat chronic conditions contracted by students before
admission or to extend treatment to acute conditions developing in the period
between academic years or during authorized school vacations. The cost of
orthopedic applicances, the correction of visual defects, the services of special
nurses, and special medication must be paid for by the student. The School
does not accept responsibility for illness or accident occurring away from the
community, or for expenses incurred for hospitalization or medical services in
institutions other than the University Hospital, or, in any case, for medical
expense not authorized by the Student Health Service.
Every new student is required to undergo a complete physical examination,
which includes oral diagnosis. Any defects noted must be corrected within the
first school year. The passing of this examination is a requirement for the final
acceptance of any student.
Each matriculant must present, on the day of his enrollment, a statement
from his ophthalmologist regarding the condition of his eyes, and where defects
in vision exist he shall show evidence that corrections have been made.
If a student should enter the hospital during the academic year, the Service
will arrange for the payment of part or all of the hospital expenses, depending
on the length of stay and the special expenses incurred. This arrangement applies
only to students admitted through the office of the School physician.
Prospective students are advised to have any known physical defects corrected
before entering the School in order to prevent loss of time which later correction
might involve.
Scholarship and Loan Funds
A number of scholarship loans from various organizations and educational
foundations are available to students in the School of Dentistry. These loans
are offered on the basis of excellence in scholastic attainment and the need on
the part of students for assistance in completing their course in dentistry. It
has been the policy of the Faculty to recommend only students in the last two
years for such privileges.
< 18
School of Dentistry
The Henry Strong Educational Foundation
From this fund, established under the will of General Henry Strong of
Chicago, an annual allotment is made to the Baltimore College of Dental
Surgery, Dental School, University of Maryland, for scholarship loans available
for the use of young men and women students under the age of twenty-five.
Recommendations for the privileges of these loans are limited to students in the
Junior and Senior years. Only students who through stress of circumstances
require financial aid and who have demonstrated excellence in educational pro-
gress are considered in making nominations to the secretary of this fund.
The Edward S. Gaylord Educational Endowment Fund
Under a provision of the will of the late Dr. Edward S. Gaylord, of New
Haven, Connecticut, an amount approximating $16,000 was left to the Baltimore
College of Dental Surgery, Dental School, University of Maryland, the proceeds
of which are to be devoted to aiding worthy young men in securing dental
education.
The W. K. Kellogg Foundation
During World War II the Foundation recognized the burden that the
accelerated course imposed upon many dental students who under normal cir-
cumstances would earn money for their education by employment during the
summer vacation. The Foundation granted to this School a fund to provide
rotating loans to deserving dental students.
The Albert A. Harrington Fund
This fund was established in 1954 by the New Jersey Alumni Association
in memory of Dr. Albert A. Harrington, a member of the Class of 1910. The
fund is a source of valuable help in aiding students to solve their temporary
financial problems.
The E. Benton Taylor Scholarship
One of the finest scholarships in the field of dental education, the E.
Benton Taylor Scholarship was conceived and arranged by Mrs. Taylor and
will be perpetuated by the Luther B. Benton Company of Baltimore. It was
put into operation in 1954 and will be awarded annually to a Maryland student
of each entering class, who will continue to receive its benefits during the four
years of his dental school course.
19
University of Maryland
h - 2
Q 5 J 00 (M
«* lO ^i H » n tC
~ J
(§
D
Y5
j
W
D
.2
o
U
't/3
a
r yj
tf
C/5
a
e£
u
D
ON
o
U
ON
u
a.
i
00
o
z
l " H
<
hJ
Oh
00 00 t © N O 01
* s
5 • iH
I-H 03
a 3 3 s
<5 <
0)
—i i-< .o i-l o
§ s
- u
Ph Ph
*0 "O 'O o 0>
c; a> a •" ft
-a >> o o
20
School of Dentistry
'X. u
til
- - -
SHE
IHNH^NWHTTONn^NNM
■
00 I l"tf
to IIO ICO IO I I © O Lft © I O
CvJ I OJ l^-N 100 I > IC C ^ X O)
00
I I 00 I0COK0CCK
I I ^ I T © T T « TT
-*CjO INKttNNCKNC tC\!©NN
rj ice cn ec « ^ ■*■ « •- i c: — cc ec
I I I I I i
I I I I I
E «i
■a
_ es
rH rH ©
n<s in iow i © i
© © i ©
^ i i i Ta
lJJJ9g H
.5.51
S5C
- ~
--
o o
- -
XT.Uj
|i|l^iiiiiiliillsil§
21 ►
University of Maryland
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
ANATOMY
Professor: Hahn (Head of Department).
Associate Professor: Thompson.
Assistant Professors: Edmond C. Vanden Bosche, and Piavis.
Drs. Jagielski, Lindenberg, Loveman, and Sachs.
Anat. 111. Human Gross Anatomy. (8)
First year. This course consists of dissection and lectures, supplemented by frequent
conferences and practical demonstrations. The entire human body is dissected. The
subject is taught with the purpose of emphasizing the principles of the body structure,
the knowledge of which is derived from a study of its organs and tissues, and the
action of its parts. Arrangements can be made to accommodate qualified students
and dentists interested in research or in making special dissections or topographical
studies.
Anat. 112. Human Neuroanatomy. (2)
First year. Second semester. Prerequisite, Anatomy 111 or equivalent. Neuro-
anatomy is offered in the Freshman year following Gross Anatomy. The work con-
sists of a study of the whole brain and spinal cord by gross dissections and micro-
scopic methods. Correlation is made, whenever possible, with the student's work
in the histology and physiology of the central nervous system.
Anat. 113. Comparative Tooth Morphology, (i)
First year. Second semester. The course treats the evolutionary development of
dentition as a necessary factor in the study of human oral anatomy. It includes a
comparative study of the teeth of the animal kingdom, with a comparative study
of the number, position and form of the teeth.
Anat. 114. Tooth Morphology. (3)
First year. Second semester. This course is designed to teach the form and functions
and the relationships of the teeth, and includes a study of the nomenclature of sur-
faces, divisions and relations of the teeth. In the laboratory the student is trained
in the carving of the various teeth and in the dissection of extracted teeth through
their various dimensions.
The second part of the course includes a study of the supporting structures of
the teeth and of the relation of the teeth to these structures. The periods of begin-
ning calcificaion, eruption, complete calcification, and shedding of the deciduous
teeth; followed by the periods of beginning calcification, eruption, and complete
calcification of the permanent teeth, are studied and correlated with the growth in
size of the jaws and face.
For Graduates
Anat. 211. Human Gross Anatomy. (8)
Same as course 111 but with additional work on a more advanced level.
* 22
School of Dentistry
Anat. 212. Human Neuroanatomy. (2)
Same as course 112 but with additional instruction of a more advanced nature.
Anat. 214. The Anatomy of the Head and Neck. (3)
One conference and two laboratory periods per week for one semester.
Anat. 216. Research.
Credit determined by amount and quality of work performed.
BIOCHEMISTRY
Professor: Vanden Bosche (Head of Department).
Mr. Morris and Mr. Leonard.
Biochem. 111. Principles of Biocheynistry. (6)
First year. Prerequisites inorganic and organic chemistry, with additional training
in quantitative and physical chemistry desirable. Two lectures and one laboratory
period throughout the year. The chemistry of living matter forms the basis of the
course. The detailed subject matter includes the chemistry of carbohydrates, fats,
proteins, enzymes, vitamins, and hormones. The processes of respiration, digestion,
metabolism, secretion and excretion are considered. Laboratory instruction in quali-
tative and quantitative blood and urine examination is included.
For Graduates
Biochem. 211. Advanced Biochemistry. (6)
Prerequisite Biochemistry 111. Two lectures, one conference and one laboratory
period throughout the year.
Biochem. 212. Research in Bioche7nistry.
Prerequisite Biochemistry 211.
DENTAL HISTORY AND LITERATURE
Professor: Foley (Head of Department).
Lit. 121. Oral and Written Communication. (2)
Second year. A formal course of lectures is given in the second year. Many aspects
of the instruction are given practical application in the third and fourth years.
The course has many purposes, all of them contributing to the training of the students
for effective participation in the extra-practice activities of the profession. Particular
attention is given to instruction in the functioning of the agencies of communication
in dentistry: the dental societies and the dental periodicals. The practical phases of
the course include a thorough study of the preparation and uses of oral and written
composition by the dental student and the dentist; the use of libraries; the com-
pilation of bibliographies; the collection, the organization, and the use of information;
the management of dental meetings; the oral presentation of papers; and professional
correspondence.
23 ►
University of Maryland
Lit. 141. Thesis. (2)
Fourth year.
Lit. 142. Dental History. (I)
Fourth year. Second semester. Lectures in Dental History describe the beginnings of the
art of dental practice among ancient civilizations, its advancement in relation to the de-
velopment of the so-called medical sciences in the early civilizations, its struggle through
the Middle Ages and, finally, its attainment of recognized professional status in modern
times. Special attention is given to the forces and stresses that have brought about
the evolutionary progress from a primitive dental art to a scientific health service
profession.
DENTAL PROSTHESIS
A. Removable Complete and Partial Prosthesis
Professor: G. Gaver (Jlead of Department).
Associate Professors: Oggesen, Ramsey and Warner.
Drs. ]. DeMartin, Gordon, Primrose, Smith, and Watson.
Pros. Ilia. Dental Materials. (4)
First year. This course is designed to provide the student with a scientific back-
ground in the nomenclature, composition, physical properties, practical application,
and proper manipulation of the important materials used in the practice of dentistry,
excluding drugs and medicinals.
The theoretical aspect of the course is presented in the form of lectures, demon-
strations, informal group discussions, and directed supplemental reading. From
the practical standpoint, the student manipulates and tests the various materials in
the laboratory, being guided by prepared project sheets. The student develops an
understanding of these factors: the importance of scientific testing of a material
before it is used by the profession at large; the realization that every material has
its limitations, which can be compensated for only by intelligent application and
manipulation; and an appreciation of the vast field of research open to those who
wish to improve the materials now available.
Pros. 112a. Introduction to Complete Denture Prosthesis. (I)
First year. Second semester. This course is devoted to the manipulation of impression
compound and the procedures used in developing impressions of edentulous arches,
casts and bite plates. It embraces a series of lecture-demonstrations designed to give the
student a knowledge of the essential fundamentals in complete denture construc-
tion.
Pros. 121a. Complete Denture Prosthesis. (2)
Second year. This course is given by lecture-demonstrations on bite registration, tooth
arrangement, and final finish of complete dentures.
Pros. 131a. Basic Clinical Complete Denture Prosthesis. (5)
Third year. The course includes a study of the practical application in the clinic of
the fundamentals taught in the preceding years. Demonstrations of the various
^ 24
School of Dentistry
technics of impression and bite taking are offered to provide the student with addi-
tional knowledge necessary for clinic work.
Pros. 1 33a. Introduction to Removable Partial Denture Prosthesis. (1)
Third year. Second semester. This lecture-demonstration course embraces all phases
or removable partial denture construction. Experiments and exercises are arranged
to give the student the fundamentals in designing, casting and finishing partial den-
tures.
Pros. 141a. Advanced Clinical Denture Prosthesis. (4)
Fourth vear. This course consists of the clinical application of the fundamentals
taught in the previous years. Particular attention is given to a standard method of
denture construction to equip the student with a basic technic for use in private
practice.
B. Fixed Partial Prosthesis
Professor: Nuttall QHead of Department).
Associate Professors: Dosh, McLean-Lu and Oggesen.
Drs. M. Graham, Steele, and Wilier.
Pros. 122b. Principles of Fixed Partial Prosthesis. (6)
Second year. This lecture and laboratory course is designed to provide a background
of fundamental knowledge in fixed partial denture prosthesis. The interrelations
of the biological and mechanical aspects of dentistry are emphasized. The prin-
ciples involved and the procedures used in abutment preparations, the construction
of fundamental retainers and pontic sections, and the assemblage of fixed bridge
restorations are presented in detail and correlated with the requirements of occlusion.
In addition to these procedures, the technics include impressions, wax manipulation,
pattern construction, investing and casting.
Pros. 132b. Ceramic and Plastic Piest orations. (2)
Third year. First semester. This course presents the uses of porcelain and methyl
methacrylate as restorative materials. Instruction is given in the procedures of
preparation, impressions, color selection, temporary protection and cementation. These
materials are employed in the construction of complete veneer crowns and dowel
crowns and in staining and glazing technics.
Pros. 134b. Basic Clinical Fixed Partial Prosthesis. (4)
Third year. This is a comprehensive course in the essential requirements for the
successful use of the fixed partial denture. Special consideration is given to funda-
mental factors in diagnosis, treatment planning and clinical procedures. The course
integrates biological factors, mechanical principles and esthetic requirements with
restorative treatment. Emphasis is placed on the physiological considerations as a
basis for fixed partial denture service.
Pros. 142b. Advanced Clinical Fixed Partial Prosthesis. (3)
Fourth year. This course provides clinical training and experience for the student.
The acquired background of knowledge is utilized in rendering treatment services for
patients. Experience is gained in assessing completely the dental problem, planning
25 ►
University of Maryland
a practical treatment consistent with the total dental needs and providing services
which satisfy the objectives of prevention, function and esthetics.
DIAGNOSIS
Professor: Biddix (Head of Department).
Drs. Bryant, W. L. Graham, Lebo and Golton.
Diag. 131. Principles of Oral Diagnosis and Treatment Planning. (2)
Third year. The fundamental principles and procedures in the diagnosis of oral
and related diseases are studied by intimate clinical observation and discussion of
interesting cases. The study of the oral cavity through an understanding of its
relation to other parts of the body is emphasized. By means of consultations with
other departments the procedures of a comprehensive diagnosis are developed and
applied in treatment planning.
Diag. 132. Seminar.
Third year. The objective of this course is to teach the student to correlate clinical,
roentgenologic and laboratory findings. Selected patients are presented by both
medical and dental teachers.
Diag. 141. Clinical Oral Diagnosis and Treatment Planning. (I)
Fourth year. This course is a continuation of Diagnosis 131 and 132.
HISTOLOGY
Professor: Provenza (^Acting Head of Department).
Mr. Jordan.
Hist. 111. Mammalian Histology and Embryology. (8)
First year. The course embraces the thorough study of the cells, tissues and organs
of the various systems of the human body. Although certain aspects of the dental
histology phase of the course are given strictly as special entities, many are in-
cluded in the instruction in general histology, since the two areas are so intimately
related when functional and clinical applications are considered. The instruction in
embryology is correlated with that in histology. It covers the fundamentals of de-
velopment of the human body, particular emphasis being given to the head and
facial regions, the oral cavity, and the teeth and their adnexa. Specific correlations
are also made with the other courses in the dental curriculum.
For Graduates
Hist. 212. Mammalian Histology and Embryology. (6)
This course is the same as Histology 111, except that it does not include the dental
phases of 111, but does include additional instruction and collateral reading of an
advanced nature.
Hist. 213. Mammalian Oral Histology and Embryology. (2)
Prerequisite, Histology 111 or 212, or an equivalent course. This course covers the
dental aspects of Histology 111, and includes additional instruction in the relations
< 26
School of Dentistry
of histologic structure and embryologic development of the teeth, their adnexa, and
the head and facial regions of the human body.
Hist. 214. Research in Histology.
Number of hours and credit by arrangement.
Hist. 2 J 5. Research in Embryology.
Number of hours and credit by arrangement.
iMEDICINE
A. General Medicine
Associate Professor: McLean.
Drs. Travel, Leonard and Ogden.
Med. 12 la. First Aid.
Second year. Second semester. In this course the student is instructed in the basic
principles of first aid.
Med. 132a. Principles of Medicine. (2)
Third year. The course is taught by lectures, visual aids and x-ray demonstrations
of diseases of the cardio-respiratory, gastrointestinal, genitourinary and nervous sys-
tems.
Med. 141a. Physical Diagnosis. (I)
Fourth year. Second semester. Slides and clinical demonstrations are used to show
the methods of recognition of important objective signs as they relate to body dis-
turbances. The methods of taking blood pressure are also taught.
Med. 142a. Principles of Medicine. (2)
Fourth year. Throughout the year the entire class is taken into the hospital for
medical clinics where the close application of medical and dental knowledge in
history taking, diagnosis, laboratory procedures and treatment is emphasized.
Med. 143a. Preventive and Public Health Dentistry. (2)
Fourth year. Second semester. The objectives of this course are to emphasize those
measures other than remedial operations that will tend to minimize the occurrence
or the extension of oral disease, and to outline the status of dentistry in the field of
general public health. The relations of dentistry with other phases of public health
are discussed, as are the problems affecting the administration of dental health pro-
grams. Special effort is made to demonstrate methods and materials suitable for use
in dental health education programs.
Med. 144a. Clinical Conferences.
Fourth year. Throughout the year small groups of students are taken into the hos-
pital for medical ward rounds, demonstrations and discussions.
27 ►
University of Maryland
B. Oral Medicine
Associate Professor: Biddington.
Assistant Professor: Ahramson,
Drs. T. F. Clement and Norris.
Med. 121b. Principles of Endodontics. (I)
Second year. The lecture phase presents the fundamentals necessary for an under-
standing of the endodonic procedures, the indications and contraindications for main-
taining pathologically affected teeth, and the various methods used in performing the
necessary steps to prevent the loss of such teeth. The laboratory phase is designed
to acquaint the student with the technics employed to prevent the loss of pathologi-
cally involved teeth.
Med. 122b. Introduction to Periodontics. (I)
Second year. The lectures place special emphasis on the importance of oral hygiene
and its relation to the prevention of all dental (disorders. The causes, results, and
treatment of unhygienic conditions of the oral cavity are fully considered. Demon-
strations are given in the prophylactic treatment of the mouth and in the accepted
methods of tooth brushing to be used in home care. In the laboratory the student
learns on special manikins the use of the periodontal instruments. By progressive
exercises and drills he is taught the basic principles of good operating procedure and
the methods of thorough prophylactic treatment.
Med. 131b. Basic Clinical Endodontics, (i)
Third year. During the Junior year, the student applies the fundamentals he has
learned by performing endodontic procedures on clinical cases.
Med. 132b. Basic Clinical Periodontics. (2)
Third year. The lectures present the etiology, clinical symptoms, diagnosis, prognosis,
and methods of treatment of the various forms of periodontal disease, other diseases
of the oral cavity, and lesions of the lips, cheeks, and tongue. The recognition of
periodontal disease in its incipient forms and the importance of early treatment are
stressed. The lectures are well illustrated by color slides, moving pictures, and other
visual aids. The Junior student is required to apply the fundamentals he has learned
by performing periodontal procedures on a prescribed number of clinical cases.
Med. 141b. Advanced Clinical Endodontics. (2)
Fourth year. During his Senior year the student performs the endodontic procedures
on the difficult clinical cases.
Med. 142b. Advanced Clinical Periodontics. (2)
Fourth year. The Senior student performs the periodontal procedures on clinical
patients exhibiting the more advanced periodontal problems.
MICROBIOLOGY
Professor: Shay (Head of Department^).
Mr. Vilk
Microbiol. 121. Dental Microbiology and Immunology. (4)
Second year. First semester. The course embraces lectures, laboratory, demonstra-
M 28
School of Dentistry
tions, recitations, and group conferences, augmented by guided reading. Practical and
theoretical consideration is given to pathogenic bacteria, viruses, yeasts and molds.
Special attention is given to those organisms which cause lesions in and about the
oral cavity, particularly primary focal infections about the teeth, tonsils, etc., which
result in the establishment of secondary foci. Immunological and serological prin-
ciples are studied, with special consideration being given to hypersensitivity resulting
from the use of antibiotics, vaccines, antigens, and other therapeutic agents.
Laboratory teaching includes the methods of staining and the cultural charac-
teristics of microorganisms; their reaction to disinfectants, antiseptics, and germicides;
methods of sterilization and asepsis; animal inoculation; preparation of sera, vaccines,
and antitoxins; a study of antibiotics; and a demonstration of virus techniques. In all
phases of the course emphasis is placed on dental applications.
For Graduates
Microbiol 200, 201. Chemotherapy. (1-2)
Prerequisite Microbiology 121 or equivalent. One lecture a week. Offered in alter-
nate years. A study of the chemistry, toxicity, pharmacology and therapeutic value of
drugs employed in the treatment of disease.
Microbiol. 202, 203. Reagents and Media. Q, I)
One lecture a week. Offered in alternate years. A study of the methods of prep-
aration and use of bacteriological reagents and media.
Microbiol. 210. Special Problems in Microbiology.
Credit determined by amount and quality of work performed. Laboratory course.
Microbiol. 211. Public Health. (1-2)
Prerequisite Microbiology 121 or equivalent. Lectures and discussions on the or-
ganization and administration of state and municipal health departments and private
health agencies. The course also includes a study of laboratory methods.
Microbiol. 221. Research in Microbiology.
Credit determined by amount and quality of work performed.
OPERATIVE DENTISTRY
Professor: Medina {Acting Head of Department}.
Assistant Professors: H. M. Clement, C. Gaver, Louie and Edmond G. Vanden
Bosche.
Drs. Barlett, Beaven and Vachon.
Oper. 121. Fundamentals of Operative Dentistry. (5)
Second year. The student is trained in the technical procedures of cavity prepara-
tion and the manipulation of the restorative materials employed in the treatment of
diseases and injuries of the tooth structure. These basic principles are applied on
composition teeth and extracted natural teeth. Instruction includes twenty-six lectures
and forty-eight three-hour laboratory periods.
29 ►
University of Maryland
Oper. 131. Basic Clinical Operative Dentistry. (4)
Third year. This course is a continuing development of the fundamentals taught in
Operative 121. The objective is to present the additional information which is
necessary for the management of practical cases. Instruction includes lectures,
demonstrations and clinical practice in which the student treats patients under the
individual guidance of staff members.
Oper. 141. Advanced Clinical Operative Dentistry. (6)
Fourth year. With the background provided by Operative 121 and 131, the student
is able to comprehend and apply the procedures for treating the more complicated
operative problems. The objectives of this course are to instruct the student in the
different procedures by which a comprehensive operative service can be rendered
and to acquaint him with as many unusual clinical cases as possible. Instruction
includes lectures, demonstrations, and clinical practice.
ORTHODONTICS
Professor: Preis (Head of Department).
Assistant Professors: Kress, Shehan and Swinehart.
Drs. Cullen and Schaeffer.
Orth. 131. Principles of Orthodontics. (2)
Third year. The course consists of lectures supplemented by slides and motion pic-
tures. The subject matter includes the history of orthodontics and the study of
growth and development, evolution of human dental occlusion, forces of occlusion,
etiology of malocclusion, aberrations of the maxilla and mandible which affect occlu-
sion, and tissue changes incident to tooth movement.
Ortho. 141. Clinical Orthodontics. (I)
Fourth year. Students are assigned in small groups to the Clinic where patients are
given a thorough dental examination. Under the direction of an instructor each case
is diagnosed, methods of procedure are explained, and treatment planning is out-
lined. In the more simple cases therapy is undertaken by the students under the
supervision of an instructor. Students, therefore, have the opportunity of applying
clinically the knowledge which they received during their Junior year.
PATHOLOGY
Professor: M. S. Aisenherg QHead of Department")
Associate Professor: Weinberg.
Assistant Professor: A. D. Aisenherg.
Dr. Granruth.
Path. 121. General Pathology. (4)
Second year. Second semester. The general principles of disease processes and tissue
reactions, both gross and microscopic, are taught with the objectives of training the
student to recognize and be familiar with the abnormal and of creating a foundation
for further study in the allied sciences. Emphasis is placed upon those diseases in
the treatment of which medicodental relationships are to be encountered.
** 30
School of Dentistry
Path. 131. Oral Pathology. (3)
Third year. First semester. The course includes a study of the etiology and the
gross and microscopic manifestations of diseases of the teeth and their investing
structures: pathologic dentition, dental anomalies, periodontal diseases, calcific de-
posits, dental caries, pulpal diseases, dentoalveolar abscesses, oral manifestations of
systemic diseases, cysts of the jaws, and benign and malignant lesions in and about
the oral cavity.
Path. 141. Seminar.
Fourth year. This constitutes a part of the cancer teaching program sponsored by a
grant from the United States Public Health Service. It is conducted by visiting lec-
turers who are specialists in their respective fields.
For Graduates
Path. 211. Advanced Oral Pathology. (8)
Two lectures and two laboratory periods throughout the year. This course is pre-
sented with the objective of correlating a knowledge of histopathology with the
various aspects of clinical practice. Studies of surgical and biopsy specimens are
stressed.
Path. 212. Research.
Time and credit by arrangement. Research in areas of particular interest to the
student.
PEDODONTICS
Associate Professor: Sanders.
Drs. Ehrlich and Bartlett.
Ped. 121. Technics of Perodontics. (I)
Second year. Second semester. This laboratory course in dentistry for children
consists of sixteen laboratory periods. Demonstrations and visual aids are utilized to
augment the teaching procedure. The work is performed on model teeth in primary
dentoforms and consists of exercises in cavity preparation in primary teeth for the
proper reception of different restorative materials, in the technic of restoring a frac-
tured young permanent anterior tooth, and in the construction of a basic type of
space maintainer.
Ped. 131. Clinical Pedodontics. (I)
Third year. The student is introduced to clinical dentistry for children. He utilizes
the technical procedures learned in the laboratory. Didactic instruction includes
sixteen lectures offered during the first semester. Emphasis is given to the manage-
ment of the child patient with necessary modifications for behavior problems. The
indications and contraindications for pulpal therapy are evaluated for the purpose
of rational tooth conservation. Oral hygiene, roentgenology, growth and develop
ment, and caries susceptibility tests are taught. Training in preventive orthodontics
is given for true denture guidance and to allow the student to institute interceptive
or early remedial measures in incipient deformities.
31 ►
University of Maryland
The Department endeavors to develop in the student a comprehensive interest
in guiding the child patient through the period of the mixed dentition. A separate
clinic, equipped with child-size chairs and supervised by the pedodontics staff, pro-
vides adequate opportunity for clinical applications of the methods taught in labora-
tory and lectures.
Ped. 141. Clinical Pedodontics. (I)
Fourth year. The student continues his clinical training throughout the year and is
assigned the more difficult cases.
PHARMACOLOGY
Professor: Dobbs (Head of Department).
Drs. Ross and Brown.
Pharmacol. 131. General Pharmacology and Therapeutics. (4)
Third year. The course is designed to provide a general survey of pharmacology,
affording the students the necessary knowledge for the practice of rational therapeutics.
The course is taught by lectures, laboratory and demonstrations. The first semester con-
sists of sixteen hours of didactic work including instruction in pharmaceutical chemis-
try, pharmacy, prescription writing, and the pharmacodynamics of the local-acting
drugs. The second semester consists of thirty-two hours of didactics and forty-eight
hours of laboratory instruction. The laboratory experiments are performed by stu-
dents on animals and are designed to demonstrate the direct effects of drugs on vital
tissues. The subject material consists of the pharmacodynamics of the systemic-
acting drugs and the anti-infective agents. In the therapeutics phase the students
are instructed in the use of drugs for the prevention, treatment, and correction of
general and oral diseases.
Pharmacol. 141. Oral Therapeutics, (i)
Fourth year. First semester. This course consists of sixteen hours of lectures and
demonstrations. It is designed to acquaint the students with the practical applica-
tions of pharmacology in the treatment of dental and oral diseases. Particular em-
phasis is given to the newer drugs and the more recent advances in therapeutics.
Patients from the dental clinics and the hospital are used for demonstrations whenever
possible. A correlation of theory with clinical practice is obtained by chairside in-
struction on patients in the dental clinic.
Pharmacol. 142. Nutritional Therapeutics. (I)
Fourth year. Second semester. This course consists of sixteen hours of lectures and
demonstrations devoted to the principles and practices of nutritional therapeutics.
The presentation includes a study of the dietary requirements of essential food sub-
stances in health and disease. The vitamin and mineral deficiency states with their
pathology and symptomatology are presented with suggestions for dietary and drug
therapy. Metabolic diseases are discussed, and their effects on the nutritional states
are considered. Students are taught to plan diets for patients with various nutritional
problems, such as those resulting from loss of teeth, the use of new appliances, dental
caries, stomatitis, cellulitis, osteomyelitis, and bone fractures. A project study is
made by each student which includes analyses of his basal metabolic requirement, his
total energy requirement, and his dietary intake in relation to his daily needs.
<* 32
School of Dentistry
PHYSIOLOGY
Professor: Oster (Head of Department').
Assistant Professors: Shipley and Pollack.
Physiol. 121. Principles of Physiology. (6)
Second year. A fundamental objective of this course is to achieve an integration of
basic scientific phenomena of function as they relate to the organism as a whole.
Lectures deal with the principal fields of physiology, including heart and circula-
tion, peripheral and central nervous functions, respiration, digestion, muscular ac-
thitv, hepatic and renal functions, water and electrolyte balance, special senses, gen-
eral and cellular metabolism, endocrines and reproduction. In the laboratory work
(first semester) the classic experiments on frog and turtle muscle and heart function
are followed by more advanced work on rabbits, cats, dogs and the students them-
selves. A special series of lectures is devoted to the application of basic physiologic
principles to human clinical problems.
For Graduates
Physiol. 211. Principles of Mammalian Physiology. (6)
Prerequisite permission from the department. Same as course 121 but with collateral
reading and additional instruction.
Physiol. 212. Advanced Physiology.
Hours and credit by arrangement. Lectures and seminars during the second semes-
ter.
Physiol. 213. Research.
Hours and credits by arrangement.
PRACTICE ADMINISTRATION
Professor: Biddix.
Dr. Lovett and Mr. O'Donnell.
Pract. Adm. 141. Principles of Administration. (I)
Fourth year. First semester. The objective of this course is to prepare students to
assume the social, economic and professional responsibilities of dental practice. The
lectures embrace the selection of the office location^and office equipment, the basis
ol determining fees, the methods of collecting accounts, the use of auxiliary personnel,
and the choice of various types of insurance and investments. A comprehensive
bookkeeping system for a dental office is explained.
Pract. Adm. 142. Ethics. (I)
Fourth year. Second semester. The course includes lectures on general ethics and
its basic teachings, and an interpretation of the philosophical principles adopted by
the American Dental Association and embodied in its "Principles of Ethics."
33 ►
University of Maryland
Pract. Adm. 143. jurisprudence. (I)
Fourth year. Second semester. The objective of the course is to acquaint the dental
student with the fundamentals of law as they relate to the dentist and to his patients.
The sources of law, the types of courts and court procedures are explained; the
student is acquainted with the special statutory provisions pertaining to the regula-
tion of the practice of dentistry, as well as the dentist's responsibilities under the
criminal law. The respective rights and liabilities of both the dentist and his patients
are considered in lectures dealing with contracts and torts; practical illustrations of
these rights and liabilities are reviewed in the light of actual reported cases in the
courts.
ROENTGENOLOGY
Professor: Biddix.
Drs. R. DeMartin and Isbell.
Roentgenol. 131. Principles of Dental Roentgenology. (2)
Third year. The lectures include a study of the physical principles involved in the
production of x-rays and a discussion of their properties and effects, the hazards of
roentgenography to both operator and patient, the technics of taking roentgenograms,
and the processing of the films. The conference periods deal with the roentgeno-
graphic study of the normal anatomic structures in health and the variations noted
under various pathologic conditions.
Roentgenol. 132. Introduction to Clinical Dental Roentgenology.
Third year. Second semester. The division of the class into small groups permits
individual supervision in the clinical application of the material presented in Roent-
genol. 131. Under guidance the student learns to correctly place, expose and process
the film and mount a full series of dental roentgenograms.
Roentgenol. 141. Clinical Dental Roentgenology. (I)
Fourth year. Under a system of rotating assignments students are placed in constant
association with the routine practical use of the roentgen ray. They are required to
master the fundamental scientific principles and to acquire technical skill in taking,
processing, and interpreting all types of intraoral and extraoral films.
SURGERY
Professors: Dorsey QHead of Department), Helrich, Robinson and Y eager.
Associate Professor: Cappuccio.
Assistant Professors: Siwinski and Inman.
Drs. Hinds, Hyson, and Kaufman.
Surg. 131. Anesthesiology. (2)
Third year. Local anesthesia is taught in both principle and practice. In lectures
and clinics all types of intraoral, extraoral, conduction and infiltration injections;
the anatomical relation of muscles and nerves; the theory of action of anesthetic
agents and their toxic manifestations are taught. Demonstrations are given in con-
< 34
School of Dentistry
duction and infiltration technics; students give injections under supervision of an
instructor. General anesthesia is taught in lectures and clinic demonstrations. The
action or' the anesthetic agents, methods of administration, indications and contra-
indications, and the treatment of toxic manifestations are included. Demonstrations
are given in the preparation of the patient, the administration of all general anes-
thetics (inhalant, rectal, spinal, and intravenous), and the technics for oral opera-
tions. Clinics are held in the Department of Oral Surgery in the Dental School and
in the Hospital.
Surg. 132. Oral Surgery. (3)
Third year. The course consists of lectures on the principles of surgery, the classifica-
tion of teeth for extraction, and the pre- and postoperative treatment of ambulatory
patients. The student is assigned to the Department of Oral Surgery on a rotating
schedule and is required to produce local anesthesia and extract teeth under the
supervision of an instructor.
Surg. 141. Oral Surgery. (3)
Fourth year. This course consists of lectures, clinical assignments, and practical
demonstrations on the etiology, pathology, diagnosis and treatment of all classes of
tumors, infections, deformities, anomalies, impacted teeth, fractures and surgical
problems associated with the practice of dentistry. Hospital clinics, demonstrations
and ward rounds are given to familiarize the student with abnormal conditions inci-
dent to the field of his future operations and to train him thoroughly in the diagnosis
of benign and malignant tumors. Weekly seminars are held in the Hospital. Each
student prepares and presents an oral surgery case report according to the require-
ments of the American Board of Oral Surgery.
For Graduates
Surg. 201. Clinical Anesthesiology. (6)
Forty hours a week for thirteen weeks.
Surg. 220. General Dental Oral Surgery, (i)
Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week for one semester.
Surg. 221. Advanced Oral Surgery. (4)
Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week for one semester.
Surg. 222. Research.
lime and credit bv arrangement.
VISUAL AIDS IN TEACHING
Mr. Taylor and Staff.
The Department of Visual Aids employs the latest photographic technics
and equipment for the production of both monochromatic and full-color still
and motion pictures. By cooperation with other departments new material is
developed for lectures, clinics, publications and exhibits.
35 ►
University of Maryland
Through photography the School retains for teaching purposes interesting
cases that appear in the clinics, preserves evidence of unusual pathological
cases, and records anatomical anomalies, facial disharmonies and malocclusions
of the teeth. In addition the student, through his contact with photographic
uses, becomes acquainted with the value of photography in clinical practice.
Students are advised as to the use of visual aids in the preparation of lectures
and theses, the arrangement and co-ordination of materials, and the organiza-
tion and maintenance of records and histories.
Various art media and the use of modem plastics supplement photography.
By the combination and correlation of these methods all departments are pro-
vided with an unlimited supply of valuable and often irreplaceable visual
aids.
SPECIAL COURSES
Summer Courses
As the need arises, summer courses may be offered in certain subjects in-
cluded in the regular curriculum. A charge of $10.00 for each semester hour
credit is made for these courses.
Postgraduate Courses
Postgraduate courses may be offered to qualified dental graduates. These
courses are designed to provide oppportunities for study in special fields on a
refresher level, and are arranged so that particular emphasis is placed on clinical
practices.
ANATOMY OF THE HEAD AND NECK
This course is designed to review certain principles of Anatomy and to
furnish the student opportunities to relate these principles to clinical practice.
Instruction is presented in the form of illustrated lectures, seminars, and
laboratory dissection. One semester, full time. Tuition, $200.00. Maximum
expense for books, supplies, and equipment, $45.00.
ORAL PATHOLOGY
The course in Oral Pathology is presented with the objective of correlating
a knowledge of histopathology with the various aspects of clinical practice.
The physiology of the periodontal attachment and the pathology of the dental
pulp, the periodontium, the hard tissues of the teeth, odontogenic cysts and
tumors, and cancer in and about the oral cavity are stressed. Studies of sur-
gical and biopsy specimens are also emphasized. Opportunity for supervised
research in areas of particular interest to the student will be available. One
year, full time. Tuition, $550.00. Maximum expense for books, supplies, and
equipment, $75.00, which includes microscope fee of $25.00.
<* 36
School of Dentistry
ORAL SURGERY
The course in Oral Surgery is organized to train the dentist in advanced
surgical procedures of the oral cavity and the associated parts. Although pri-
marily designed for the general practitioner, the course can be used as credit
toward specialization in Oral Surgery. One year, full time. Tuition, $550.00.
Maximum expense for books, supplies, and equipment, $75.00.
PERIODONTA
The course in Periodontia consists of a review of the etiology of the various
types of periodontal disease. Instruction is presented by means of lectures,
seminars and clinical demonstration. One semester, full time. Tuition, $200.00.
Maximum expense for books, supplies, and equipment, $75.00.
PROSTHESIS
Instruction will be given in the fundamental principles and factors in-
volved in complete denture prosthesis, the general problems in diagnosis and
treatment planning, and the procedures of constructing partial and complete
dentures. Ample opportunity will be provided for the application of the basic
principles and procedures of clinical practice. One semester, full time. Tuition,
$200.00. Maximum expense for books, supplies, and equipment, $300.00.
VISUAL AIDS
The basic principles and practices of Visual Aids are presented by lecture,
demonstration and laboratory technics. Practical photography and moulage are
featured, with instruction in department organization and exhibition arrange-
ment. Four weeks, full time. Tuition, $150.00.
The Gorgas Odontological Society
The Gorgas Odontological Society was organized in 1916 as an honorary
student dental society with scholarship as a basis for admission. The Society
was named after Dr. Ferdinand J. S. Gorgas, a pioneer in dental education, a
teacher of many years' experience, and during his life a great contributor to
dental literature. It was with the idea of perpetuating his name that the
Society adopted it.
To be eligible for membership a student must be in the first 30 per cent of
his class. The selection of this 30 per cent shall be based on the weighted
percentage average system as outlined in the school regulations. The meetings,
held once each month, are addressed by prominent dntal and mdical men, an
effort being made to obtain speakers not connected with the University. The
members have an opportunity, even while students, to hear men associated with
other educational institutions.
37 ►
University of Maryland
Omicron Kafpa Upsilon
Phi Chapter of Omicron Kappa Upsilon honorary dental society was char-
tered at the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, Dental School, University of
Maryland during the session of 1928-29. Membership in the society is
awarded to a number not exceeding 12 per cent of the graduating class. This
honor is conferred upon students who through their professional course of
study creditably fulfill all obligations as students, and whose conduct, earnest-
ness, evidence of good character and high scholarship recommend them to
election.
The following graduates of the 1957 Class were elected to membership:
Robert Lekman Bartlett Ernest Charles Merkel, Jr.
Robert Edward DeMartin Rafael Angel Pagan-Colon
Roy Frank Gherardi Roy Christopher Page
George William Greco William Henry Ruppert, Jr.
Walter Burnell Hall Charles Benjamin Rushford, Jr.
Kenneth Joseph Langfield James Richard Sullivan
Alumni Association
The first annual meeting of the Society of the Alumni of the Baltimore
College of Dental Surgery was held in Baltimore, March 1, 1849. This organi-
zation has continued in existence to the present, its name having been changed
to The National Alumni Association of the Baltimore College of Dental Sur-
gery, Dental School, University of Maryland.
The officers of the Alumni Association for 1957-1958 are as follows:
President P resident-Elect
Daniel E. Shehan Edwin G. Gail
Medical Arts Building 3700 N. Charles St.
Baltimore 1, Maryland Baltimore 18, Maryland
Vice-President Historian
Joseph J. Martini Milton B. Asbell
Passaic, N. J. 25 Haddon Avenue
Camden, New Jersey
secretary
Joseph P. Cappuccio Treasurer
1010 St. Paul Street Howard Van Natta
Baltimore 2, Maryland Medical Arts Building
Baltimore 1, Maryland
Editor
Kyrle W. Preis
700 Cathedral Street
Baltimore 1, Maryland
-+ 38
School of Dentistry
University Alumni Council Representatives
Harry Levin, 1958
3429 Park Heights Avenue
Baltimore 15, Maryland
Daniel E. Shehan, 1958
Baltimore, Maryland
Eugene D. Lyon, 1960
11 E. Chase Street
Baltimore 2, Maryland
Executive Council
Joseph M. Tighe, Chairman, 1959
Baltimore, Maryland
Irving Abramson, 1959 Wilbur B. Mehring, 1960
Baltimore, Maryland Silver Spring, Md.
Max K. Baklor, 1958 Eugene L. Pessagno, Jr., 1958
Baltimore, Maryland Baltimore, Maryland
Frank Hurst, Ex-Officio, 1958
Washington, D. C.
John T. Stang, 1958
Baltimore, Maryland
Trustees Ex-Officio
Daniel E. Shehan, President
Edwin C. Gail, President-Elect
Arthur I. Bell, Secretary-Treasurer
Joseph M. Tighe, Chairman of Executive Council
Myron S. Aisenberg, Dean
Elected Trustees
Augustine L. Cavallaro, 1958
291 Whitney Avenue
New Haven, Conn.
Frank N. Carroll, 1959
1015 Central Union Bldg.
Wheeling, West Va.
Edward C. Morin, 1960
156 Broadway
Pawtucket, R. I.
Irvin B. Golboro, 1958
Naylors Lane
Pikesville 8, Maryland
Lewis C. Toomey, Jr., 1959
8641 Colesville Road
Silver Spring, Md.
L. W. BlMESTEFER, 1960
1 Kinship Road
Baltimore 22, Maryland
39 ►
University of Maryland
SENIOR PRIZE AWARDS
The following prizes were awarded to members of the Senior Class for the
1956-57 Session:
The Alexander H. Pater son Memorial Medal
For Practical Set of Full Upper and Lower Dentures
WILLIAM MILTON BARBUSH
Honorable Mention Joseph Patrick Garvey
The Isaac H. Davis Memorial Medal
(Contributed by Dr. Leonard I. Davis)
For Cohesive Gold Filling
ALAN STOLER
Honorable Mention Richard Howard Warren
The Alumni Association Medal
For Thesis
JOHN GEORGE MUELLER
Honorable Mention Roy Christopher Page
The Harry E. Kelsey Award
(Contributed by former associates of Dr. Kelsey:
Drs. Anderson, Devlin, Hodges, Johnston and Preis)
For Professional Demeanor
WILLIAM HENRY RUPPERT, JR.
The Harry E. Latcham Memorial Medal
For Complete Oral Operative Restoration
RAY EVAN GRIFFIN
Honorable Mention Kenneth Joseph Langfield
The Edgar J. Jacques Memorial Award
For Meritorious Work in Practical Oral Surgery
JIMMY RAY HAGER
The Herbert Friedherg Memorial Award
(Contributed by the New Jersey Alumni Chapter of the
National Alumni Association)
For Achievement hy a New Jersey Senior
RICHARD HOWARD WARREN
The James P. McCormick Award
For Meritorious Work in the Treatment of Traumatic
Injuries of the Face and Jaws
JOHN FREDERICK BLACK
< 40
School of Dentistry
Graduating Class
1956-57 Session
Norman Stanley Alpher, The George Washington University
District of Columbia
William Milton Barbush, West Virginia University West Virginia
Robert Lehman Bartlett, B.A., The Johns Hopkins University, 1953
Maryland
Robert Vincent Bates, Denison University Maryland
Eugene Arthur Beliveau, B.S., Boston College, 1953 Massachusetts
Daniel Willis Benton, University of Utah Utah
William Frederick Bishop, B.S., University of Maryland, 1953 ... .Maryland
John Frederick Black, Fairleigh Dickinson College New Jersey
Louis Blum, The Newark Colleges of Rutgers University Pennsylvania
William George Buchanan, University of Maryland New Jersey
Vito Dominic Buonomano, Jr., B.S., Providence College, 1953. . . .Rhode Island
James Ambrose Butler, Jr., Niagara LIniversity New York
Richard Ernest Cabana, Seton Hall University New Jersey
Hubert Thomas Chandler, Morris Harvey College West Virginia
Robert Lee Childs, B.A., Duquesne University, 1952 Pennsylvania
Bernie Odell Coberly, B.S., University of Maryland Maryland
Neil Cohen, University of Miami Florida
William Eugene Colliver, B.S., University of Maryland, 1956 Maryland
Joseph Andre Croteau, B.S., College of the Holy Cross, 1953. . . .Massachusetts
Bertrand Saul Dann, B.S., University of Maryland, 1951; M.S., 1953
Maryland
Urban Bernard DeCosta, B.S., Providence College, 1953 Rhode Island
Frederick Bertrand Delorme, University of Vermont and State Agricultural
College Vermont
John Joseph DeAlartin, University of Vermont and State Agricultural
College Connecticut
Robert Edward DeMartin, University of Vermont and State Agricultural
College Connecticut
John Henry Dempsey, A.B., West Virginia University, 1953... West Virginia
Elliott Howard Dickler, B.S., University of Maryland, 1953 Maryland
Seymour Bernard Fingerhood, B.A., New York University, 1952. ..New Jersey
Karl Josef Foose, Marshall College West Virginia
William Grady Franklin, B.S., University of Maryland, 1955 Maryland
Paul Edward Freed, University of Maryland Maryland
Joseph Patrick Garvey, B.S., College of the Holy Cross, 1953. . . .Rhode Island
Roy Frank Gherardi, B.A., New York University, 1952 New York
George William Greco, Mount St. Mary's College Maryland
Ray Evan Griffin, B.A., University of Vermont and State Agricultural
College, 1953 Vermont
Jimmy Ray Hager, West Virginia University West Virginia
Walter Burnell Hall, A.B., Cornell University, 1953 Massachusetts
41 ►
University of Maryland
Raymond Donald Haslam, Washington Missionary College Pennsylvania
Paul Emmet Higgins, University of Maryland Maryland
Thomas Kent Ingram, Virginia Military Institute Virginia
Gerald Marshall Isbell, University of Maryland Maryland
William McDonald Johnson, Berea College Florida
Livia Kalnins, The Johns Hopkins University, McCoy College Latvia
William Ignatius Keene, Mt. Saint Mary's College New Jersey
John Poist Keffer, Jr., Villanova College New Jersey
James Van Lieu Kiser, Davis and Elkins College West Virginia
Fred Herman Andrew Koeniger, The University of Rochester New York
Kenneth Joseph Langfield, University of Massachusetts Massachusetts
George Albert Lippard, Jr., B.S., Davidson College, 1953 South Carolina
Donald Bruce Lurie, Western Maryland College Maryland
John Joseph Martielli, B.S., Davis and Elkins College, 1953 Florida
Dennis Laurent Maud, B.A., Norwich University, 1953 New York
Jerry Wayne Medlock, B.S., Presbyterian College, 1953 Texas
Ernest Charles Merkel, Jr., B.S., University of Maryland, 1951 ... .Maryland
Eugene Joseph Messer, A.B., St. Michael's College, 1953 Massachusetts
Joe Harvey Miller, Jr., University of Maryland Maryland
John Charles Miller, Jr., University of Maryland District of Columbia
John George Mueller, B.A., Duke University, 1953 Oklahoma
Raymond Elliot Mullaney, B.S., University of Maryland, 1952. . .Massachusetts
Nassif Joseph Nassif, West Virginia University West Virginia
Minor Paul Nestor, B.S., University of Maryland, 1953 Maryland
Thomas Francis Owens, The Pennsylvania State College Pennsylvania
Rafael Angel Pagan-Colon, B.S., University of Puerto Rico, 1950. .Puerto Rico
Roy Christopher Page, A.B., Berea College, 1953 South Carolina
Orie Nicholas Passarelli, B.S., Saint Peter's College, 1953 New Jersey
William Russell Patteson, Marshall College West Virginia
Peter Pecoraro, Jr., B.S., Providence College, 1953 Rhode Island
John Vincent Puelo, B.A., Providence College, 1953 Rhode Island
Alfred Joseph Rapuano, The Newark Colleges of Rutgers University
New Jersey
Clyde Eugene Reed, B.S., West Virginia University, 1951 West Virginia
Angelo Michael Repole, University of Maryland New Jersey
Vernon Delaney Rodeffer, Catawba College Pennsylvania
William Henry Ruppert, Jr., University of Maryland Maryland
Charles Benjamin Rushford, Jr., A.B., West Virginia University, 1953
West Virginia
Herbert Henry Rust, Queens College New York
Francis John Salvato, A.B., Gettysburg College, 1953 New Jersey
Alvin Robert Sayers, Midwestern University Vermont
Abraham Schachter, B.A., The University of Connecticut, 1953 . .Connecticut
Albert Seymore Schaffer, University of Maryland Maryland
Paul Kenneth Schick, Tufts College Connecticut
Harry Edwin Semler, Jr., B.A., The Johns Hopkins University, 1953. .Maryland
^ 42
School of Dentistry
Joseph Israel Shevenell, B.S., St. Michael's College, 1947 Maine
Carl S. Singer, B.S., University of Maryland, 1953 Maryland
Robert John Stag, University of Maryland Maryland
Thomas Dodds Stokes, Jr., B.A., The University of North Carolina,
1953 North Carolina
Alan Stoler, University of Miami Florida
John Malcomb Stribling, University of Florida Florida
James Richard Sullivan, Montgomery Junior College Maryland
Carl Anthony Tomosivitch, B.S., St. John's University, 1953 New York
Joel Jacob Ulanet, Lafavette College New Jersey
John David Yachon, A.B., West Virginia University, 1952; M.S., 1953
West Virginia
John Wilson Vargo, Morris Harvey College West Virginia
Hans Kvamme Varmer, B.A., Washington Missionary College, 1951. .Maryland
Frank Joseph Verdecchia, B.S., University of Maryland, 1955 Maryland
Richard Howard Warren, New York University New Jersey
George William Waxter, University of Maryland Maryland
Daniel Fowler Whiteside, University of Florida Florida
Frederick Brown Williams, The Citadel South Carolina
Honors
Summa Cum Laude
Roy Christopher Page
Magna Cum Laude
James Richard Sullivan Robert Lehman Bartlett
Robert Edward DeMartin George William Greco
Ernest Charles Merkel, Jr.
Cum Laude
Kenneth Joseph Langfield Roy Frank Gherardi
Charles Benjamin Rushford, Jr. Rafael Angel Pagan-Colon
Walter Burnell Hall William Henry Ruppert, Jr.
Degree Conferred August 1, 1956
Robert Vincent Bates, Denison University Maryland
Bernie Odell Coberly, B.S., University of Maryland Maryland
Vernon Delaney Rodeffer, Catawba College Pennsylvania
Daniel Fowler Whiteside, University of Florida Florida
43 ►
University of Maryland
Senior Class
Ralph Richard Asadourian, B.A., University of New Hampshire,
1954 New Hampshire
Ronald James Bauerle, B.A., Providence College, 1954 Connecticut
Carl Mitchell Baumann, University of Florida Florida
Philip Stanley Benzil, B.S., University of Miami, 1954 Florida
Thomas Henry Birney, B.A., University of Southern California, 1954
California
Stanley Earle Block, University of Maryland Maryland
Joseph Paul Bodo, Jr., B.S., University of Tampa, 1954 Florida
Stanley Saul Brager, B.S., University of Maryland, 1954 Maryland
Harry Edward Brandau, Jr., University of Maryland Maryland
Robert Sherman Brown, University of Pennsylvania New Jersey
John Paul Burton, West Virginia University West Virginia
Charles Wallis Buttner, University of Miami Florida
Enrique Rafael Capo, Haverf ord College Puerto Rico
Robert Ernest Chait, University of Miami Florida
Virgil Lewis Chambers, Marshall College West Virginia
George Elmore Collins, B.S., University of Maryland, 1956 Maryland
Martin Richard Crytzer, B.S., University of Maryland, 1954 Pennsylvania
Stanley Carl DelTufo, B.A., Rutgers University, 1954 New Jersey
William Clinton Denison, West Virginia University West Virginia
F. Lee Eggnatz, University of Florida Florida
Melvin Feiler, Upsala College New Jersey
Dayton Carroll Ford, Marshall College West Virginia
Orton Dittmar Frisbie, University of Florida Florida
Jose Antonio Fuentes, University of Puerto Rico Puerto Rico
John William Gannon, Jr., A.B., West Virginia University, 1954. .West Virginia
Richard Chris Georgiades, Virginia Military Institute Florida
Robert Goren, B.S., University of Maryland, 1952 Maryland
Barbara Lorraine Greco, A.B., The Newark Colleges of Rutgers
University, 1954 New Jersey
Anton Grobani, B.S., University of Maryland, 1954 Maryland
Fernando Haddock, B.S., University of Puerto Rico, 1954 Puerto Rico
Robert William Haroth, University of Maryland Maryland
Barry Ronald Harris, University of Maryland Maryland
Richard McFern Hemphill, A.B., West Virginia University, 1954. .West Virginia
Gerald Franklin Hoffman, B.A., University of Connecticut, 1954. .Connecticut
Paul Harvey Hyland, University of Delaware Delaware
William Louis Hyman, University of Miami Florida
Allen Burton Itkin, University of Connecticut Connecticut
Lawrence Paul Jacobs, A.B., Temple University, 1954 Delaware
Alfred Howard Jansen, Jr., University of Maryland Maryland
Robert Mathis Johnson, B.A., The Johns Hopkins University, 1954. .Maryland
Paul Franklin Kiefman, B.S., The American University, 1951 Virginia
^ 44
School of Dentistry
Robert Harmon McLloyd Killpack, B.A., University of Utah, 1954 Utah
Anthony Joseph Klein, Jr., B.S., University of Cincinnati, 1954. . . .New York
David Rodman Lecrone, University of Delaware Delaware
Walter Prudden Leonard, Emory University Florida
John Frank Lessig, B.S., University of Maryland, 1956 Maryland
Herbert Gary Levin, University of Maryland Maryland
Donald Palmer Lewis, Norwich University Massachusetts
Robert Bernard Lewis, B.S., College of the Holy Cross, 1954. . . .Rhode Island
Benedict Salvatore LiPira, B.S., University of Maryland, 1954 Maryland
Garrett Isaac Long, Jr., A.B., West Virginia University, 1954 Maryland
Luis Felipe Lucca, B.S., University of Puerto Rico, 1948 Puerto Rico
Albert Silveira Luiz, A.B., Boston University, 1952 Massachusetts
Lawford Earle Magruder, Jr., University of Maryland Maryland
Clyde Danforth Marlow, Emory University Florida
Carlos Rafael Matos, University of Puerto Rico Puerto Rico
Edward Robert McLaughlin, B.S., University of Massachusetts, 1954
Massachusetts
David Frederick Mehlisch, Graceland College Maryland
Raymond Dennis Menton, Jr., B.S., Loyola College, 1954 Maryland
Anthony Nicholas Micelotti, B.S., Boston College, 1952 Massachusetts
Paul Masashi Morita, University of Maryland New Jersey
Richard Warren Moss, Emory University Florida
James Edward Nadeau, American International College Massachusetts
William Harold Neilund, B.S., University of Maryland, 1951 Maryland
Philip Patrick Nolan, B.S., Loyola College, 1953 Maryland
Ralph Fields Norwood, Jr., Bethany College West Virginia
Guy Sullivan O'Brien, Jr., B.S., Furman University, 1954 South Carolina
Charles Irving Osman, B.S., University of Florida, 1954 Florida
Warren Andrew Parker, Mount Saint Mary's College New Jersey
Bienvenido Perez, Jr., University of Puerto Rico, 1954 New York
George Louis Plassnig, University of Maryland Maryland
Joseph Marion Powell, Furman University South Carolina
Ralph Weyman Price, North Georgia College Virginia
Alan Shia Resnek, Tufts College Massachusetts
Henry Edward Richter, Jr., B.S., University of Maryland, 1954 Virginia
Peter Arthur Rubelman, Emory University Florida
John Sidney Rushton, University of Maryland Virginia
Robert Nicholas Santangelo, Purdue University New Jersey
Lawrence Donald Sarubin, B.S., University of Maryland, 1949 Maryland
James Augustus Schaefer, B.S., St. Michael's College, 1954 New York
Leonard Stanley Schneider, The Johns Hopkins University Maryland
Howard Schwartz, B.A., Piutgers University, 1954 New Jersey
Irwin Bernard Schwartz, The Newark Colleges of Rutgers University
New Jersey
David Howard Shamer, B.S., University of Maryland, 1951 Maryland
Charles Irvine Shelton, West Virginia University West Virginia
45 ►
University of Maryland
Cyril Stanton Sokale, B.A., The University of Connecticut, 1954. .Connecticut
Edward William Spinelli, Jr., A.B., Tufts College, 1954 Massachusetts
Howard Stanton Spurrier, University of Utah Utah
John Francis Spychalski, B.S., St. Bernardine of Siena College, 1952. . .New York
Ivan Lee Starr, A.B., Syracuse University, 1954 New Jersey
Ronald Martin Starr, University of Maryland Maryland
Elizabeth Lee Stewart, The Johns Hopkins University Maryland
Marvin Howard Tawes, Jr., B.S., University of Maryland, 1956 Maryland
Linn Shecut Tompkins, Jr., University of South Carolina South Carolina
Frank Trotto, Jr., A.B., West Virginia University, 1953 West Virginia
Donald Herbert Wadsworth, Emory University Florida
James Ray Wampler, Richmond College, University of Richmond Virginia
William James Washuta, University of Miami Florida
David Allen Watson, B.S., University of Maryland, 1956 Maryland
Louis Weiss, University of Maryland Maryland
William Alvin Wolf, A.B., Upsala College, 1951 Connecticut
Rodger August Zelles, B.S., Rutgers University, 1954 New Jersey
Junior Class
Kenneth David Bass, B.A., University of Connecticut, 1953;
M.S., 1955 Connecticut
Robert Gene Beckelheimer, Concord College West Virginia
Frederick Blumenthal, University of Miami Florida
Leonard Francis Borges, B.S., Tufts College, 1951 Massachusetts
Martin David Breckstein, University of Florida Florida
Lawrence Austin Brehne, B.A., Rutgers University, 1951 New Jersey
Robert Francis Bristol, B.A., Providence College, 1955 Rhode Island
John C. L. Brown, Jr., B.S., The Pennsylvania State University, 1952
Pennsylvania
Bayard Allen Buchen, Emory University Florida
Robert Rolland Buckner, Washington Missionary College Georgia
Barbara Dorothea Bucko, Syracuse University Connecticut
Thomas Cali, B.S., University of Maryland, 1955 New Jersey
John Joseph Cartisano, Indiana University New York
Gary Herbert Cohen, University of Maryland Maryland
Robert Ted Conner, West Virginia University West Virginia
Juan Anibal Cuevas- Jimenez, B.S., University of Puerto Rico, 1953
Puerto Rico
Adolph Albert Cura, B.A., Boston College, 1955 Massachusetts
Peter Bernard DalPozzol, Colby College Connecticut
Allan Lee Danoff , University of Maryland Maryland
Eugene Frederick deLonge, Newberry College South Carolina
Joseph Budding Dietz, Jr., Lehigh University Delaware
Frank Anthony Dolle, B.S., University of Maryland, 1948; M.S.,
1950; Ph.D., 1954 Maryland
** 46
School of Dentistry
William Frank Dombrowski, B.S., United States Naval Academy, 1950
Maryland
James Francis Dooley, B.S., United States Merchant Marine Academy,
1950; A.B., Rutgers University, 1951 New Jersey
William Edward Dowden, B.S., Niagara University, 1955 New York
Conrad Castenzio Ferlita, University of Miami Florida
Raymond Alan Flanders, Colgate University New York
John Morrison Foley, B.S., Loyola College, 1955 Maryland
James Arthur Fowler, Jr., University of Maryland Maryland
Robert Donald Fraser, B.S., Niagara University, 1955 New York
Richard Lawrence Fraze, Tufts College Florida
Larry Joe Frick, The Clemson Agricultural College South Carolina
Thornwell Jacobs Frick, B.S., Davidson College, 1955 South Carolina
Ivan Orlo Gardner, B.S., University of Pittsburgh, 1952 Maryland
Billy Wade Gaskill, West Virginia University Arkansas
Gorm Pultz Hansen, University of Maryland Maryland
Frederick Lewis Hodous, University of Maryland Maryland
Francis Kurt Hugelmeyer, B.S., College of the Holy Cross, 1955. . . .New York
Eugene Farley Humphreys, Brigham Young University Idaho
James Paul Jabbour, B.S., Tufts College, 1950; Ed.M., 1951 Massachusetts
Calvin Charles Kay, University of Miami Florida
Edward Gerard Keen, St. Anselm's College Connecticut
Paul Lewis Keener, University of Maryland Maryland
Joseph Krall, B.S., University of Maryland, 1948 Maryland
Jacob Ian Krampf , University of Maryland Maryland
Frank Walter Krause, B.A., University of Virginia, 1955 New Jersey
Domenic Edward LaPorta, University of Maryland Connecticut
Richard John Lauttman, B.S., Loyola College, 1953 Maryland
Robert Louis Lee, University of Maryland Maryland
Wallace George Lee, University of Maryland Michigan
Lester Leonard Levin, University of Maryland Maryland
Leslie Herminio Lopez- Velez, B.S., University of Puerto Rico, 1955
Puerto Rico
Joseph Paul Lynch, B.S., Seton Hall University, 1953 New Jersey
Carlos A. Machuca-Padin, B.S., University of Puerto Rico, 1954. . . .Puerto Rico
Arnold Irwin Malhmood, University of Maryland Maryland
Jose Manuel Martinez, B.S., University of Puerto Rico, 1955 Puerto Rico
John Kenneth McDonald, Louisiana State University and Agricultural
and Mechanical College Mississippi
Thomas James Meakem, Davis and Elkins College New Jersey
Thomas Eugene Miller, B.S., St. John's University, 1955 New Jersey
Bernard Lee Morgan, B.A., West Virginia University, 1955.... West Virginia
Fabian Morgan, B.S., Wake Forest College, 1954 North Carolina
John Worthington Myers, Hagerstown Junior College Maryland
Elizabeth Haydee Noa, B.A., Nazareth College, 1954 Puerto Rico
William Barnard O'Connor, West Virginia University West Virginia
47 ►
University of Maryland
William Robert Owens, B.S., Davidson College, 1954 North Carolina
Jeffry Chandler Pennington, The Citadel South Carolina
Charles Kenneth Peters, Jr., B.S., Loyola College, 1954 Maryland
Gregory Michael Petrakis, B.S., Trinity College, 1955 Connecticut
George Jackson Phillips, Jr., B.A., Amherst College, 1955 Maryland
Barry Pickus, B.A., Western Maryland College, 1955 Maryland
Donald Alan Pirie, B.S., University of Maryland, 1955 Maryland
Anthony Michael Policastro, B.A., Seton Hall University, 1955. . . .New Jersey
Joseph Eul Polino, B.A., Providence College, 1955 Connecticut
Alben R. Pollack, B.A., Alfred University, 1955 New York
Joel Pollack, B.S., The City College of New York, 1955 New York
Albert Edward Postal, University of Maryland District of Columbia
William Lewis Pralley, B.A., West Virginia University, 1955. ..West Virginia
John Viering Raese, West Virginia University West Virginia
William Paul Raimond, University of Maryland Maryland
Harold Reuben Ribakow, University of Maryland Maryland
Chester James Richmond, Jr., Tufts College Connecticut
Matthew Angelo Rocco, B.A., Seton Hall University, 1955 New Jersey
Lawrence David Rogers, University of Maryland Maryland
Everett Newton Roush, III, Marshall College West Virginia
Louis Joseph Ruland, Jr., B.A., The Johns Hopkins University, 1955
Maryland
Raymond Richard Sahley, Marshall College West Virginia
Charles Salerno, Upsala College New Jersey
Richard Charles Saville, B.A., University of Maryland, 1955 Maryland
David Lee Schofield, University of Miami Florida
Jerome Schwartz, B.S., University of Maryland, 1949 Maryland
Robert Bernard Silberstein, University of Florida Florida
Stanley Leonard Silver, B.S., University of Maryland, 1953
District of Columbia
Francis Vincent Simansky, B.S., Loyola College, 1955 Maryland
Orlando Louis Skaff, B.A., West Virginia University, 1955 West Virginia
Philip Smith, University of Vermont and State Agricultural College. .Vermont
Anthony Sollazzo, Rutgers University New Jersey
James Frederick Sproul, West Virginia University Ohio
John Joseph Stecher, B.S., Seton Hall University, 1952 New Jersey
Donald Dietrich Stegman, B.S., University of Maryland, 1952 Maryland
Daniel Joseph Sullivan, B.A., Providence College, 1955 Rhode Island
Charles Carroll Swoope, Jr., University of Florida New Jersey
Arthur Morton Tilles, University of Maryland Maryland
John Louis Varanelli, University of Connecticut Connecticut
Francis Anthony Veltre, B.S., University of Maryland, 1952;
M.S., 1954 Maryland
Jorge Vendrell, Tulane University of Louisiana Puerto Rico
Leonard Clifford Warner, Jr., Colby College Connecticut
Edgar Clair White, Marshall College Kentucky
^ 48
School of Dentistry
Thomas Adams Wilson, B.A., Amherst College, 1955 Maryland
Herbert Sanford Yampolsky, B.S., University of Alabama, 1955. . . .New Jersey
Sophomore Class
Joel Martin Adler, Emory University Mississippi
Earl Robert Alban, Jr., B.A., The Johns Hopkins University, 1954. . .Maryland
John Jacob Atchinson, Marshall College West Virginia
Edmund Donald Baron, Rutgers University New Jersey
Hulon Edward Beasley, University of Florida Maryland
John William Biehn, University of Maryland Maryland
Raymond Cline Bodley, West Virginia University West Virginia
William Francis Brady, Jr., B.S., Boston College, 1954; M.S.,
University of Massachusetts, 1956 Massachusetts
Frank Lee Bragg, West Virginia University West Virginia
James Peter Brown, B.A., American International College, 1956. .Massachusetts
Rolla Ray Burk, Jr., A.B., West Virginia, 1951 West Virginia
Gene Edward Camp,. West Virginia University West Virginia
Robert Roy Chesney, Western Maryland College Maryland
Robert A. Cialone, B.Sr, University of Maryland, 1955 New Jersey
William John Cimikoski, A.B., University of Michigan, 1953 ... .Connecticut
Milton Chipman Clegg, B.A., University of Utah, 1956 Utah
Clyde Albert Coe, University of Maryland Maryland
Blanca Collazo, B.S., University of Puerto Rico, 1956 Puerto Rico
Frank Lateau Collins, West Virginia University West Virginia
Myron Harris Coulton, University of Florida Florida
Thomas Joseph Cronin, B.S., De Paul University, 1955 New Jersey
William Walter Cwiek, B.S., University of Maryland, 1953 Maryland
Charles Albert Darby, University of Maryland Maryland
Charles Albert Dean, B.A., Providence College, 1956 Massachusetts
John Jay Denson, Jr., B.S., University of Florida, 1956 Florida
Michael Vincent Doran, Jr., B.S., University of Miami, 1956 Virginia
Raymond Dzoba, Bowling Green State University New Jersey
Morton Mayer Ehudin, University of Maryland Maryland
Joseph Thomas Fay, B.A., Providence College, 1956 Rhode Island
Humbert Michael Fiskio, A.B., Oberlin College, 1955;
University of Connecticut, 1956 Connecticut
Henry Paul Fox, St. Michael's College New York
Irwood Fox, B.A., University of Virginia, 1956 Virginia
Joseph Giardina, University of Maryland Maryland
Harry Gruen, University of Miami Florida
Ernest Lee Harris, Jr., Southern Missionary College Florida
David William Heese, B.A., The Johns Hopkins University, 1953. . . .Maryland
Sanford Sonnv Hochman, University of Maryland Marvland
Edward Allen Hurdle, Jr., B.S, Loyola College, 1956 Maryland
Clemuel Mansey Johnson, B.A., The University of North Carolina, 1953
North Carolina
49 ►
University of Maryland
Nicholas Irving Jones, B.S., The Citadel, 1956 South Carolina
Norman Lewis Jones, Marshall College West Virginia
Alan Donald Jung, B.S., University of Maryland, 1952 Maryland
Don Samuel Killpack, B.S., University of Utah, 1951 Utah
Irwin Kolikoff, B.S., Florida Southern College, 1953 New Hampshire
Don Lee Koubek, A.B., West Virginia University, 1955 West Virginia
Robert Marvin Kriegsman, The University of North Carolina . . . North Carolina
Scot Sueki Kubota, A.B., Colorado State College, 1953;
A.M., 1954 Hawaii
Nicolas Lasijczuk, University of Nancy New York
Martin Albert Levin, University of Maryland Maryland
Marvin Paul Levin, University of Maryland Maryland
Harry Levy, University of Maryland Maryland
William Lee Lovern, Concord College West Virginia
Frederick Magaziner, B.S., University of Maryland, 1954 Maryland
Martin Magaziner, University of Maryland District of Columbia
Frank William Mastrola, Jr., B.A., Providence College, 1956. . . .Rhode Island
Martin Lee Mays, Woff ord College South Carolina
David Henry McLane, Marshall College West Virginia
John Stephen McLaughlin, West Virginia University Maryland
John Bennett Moore, Jr., Weber College Utah
Richard Franklin Murphy, West Virginia University West Virginia
Theodore Jacob Noffsinger, Jr., B.A., University of Maryland, 1956. .Maryland
Franklin Lewis Oliverio, B.S., West Virginia University, 1956. . .West Virginia
Billy Wendel Olsen, B.A., University of California, 1955 California
Bernard John Orlowski, Seton Hall University New Jersey
Philip Kibbee Parsons, West Virginia University West Virginia
Helmer Eugene Pearson, Upsala College New Jersey
Alfred John Phillips, University of Florida Florida
James Vincent Picone, B.S., College of the Holy Cross, 1956. ..Massachusetts
Robert Henry Prindle, B.A., St. Michael's College, 1956 New York
Anthony Joseph Regine, B.S., Tufts College, 1955 Rhode Island
Jude Philip Restivo, B.S., University of Maryland, 1956 Maryland
Ronald Lee Ripley, A.B., West Virginia University, 1955 West Virginia
Malcolm Louis Rosenbloum, Emory University Missouri
Georges Philippe Raynald Roy, A.B., St. Michael's College, 1956 Maine
William Joseph Rumberger, Mount Saint Mary's College Pennsylvania
Thomas Melvin Rutherford, West Virginia Wesleyan College . . . West Virginia
Frank John Salino, The University of Buffalo New York
Lawrence Francis Schaef er, St. Michael's College New York
Roger Clare Sears, University of Maryland Maryland
Howard Irwin Segal, University of Miami Florida
Edwin Barry Shiller, Emory University Florida
Joseph James Smith, Mount Saint Mary's College New York
Robert Carroll Smith, West Virginia University West Virginia
Alvin Jerome Snyder, B.S., University of Maryland, 1956 Maryland
< 50
School of Dentistry
David M. Solomon, B.S., Fordham University, 1956 New Jersey
Rudolph Clement Strambi, B.S., Fordham University, 1952 New Jersey
Wayne Eugene Stroud, University of Maryland Illinois
George Webster Struthers, Jr., B.S., Randolph-Macon College, 1952
West Virginia
Edward Ralph Thompson, Temple University New Jersey
Robert Speirs Thomson, B.A., Houghton College, 1956 New Jersey
Earle Alexander Tompkins, Jr., B.S., University of Massachusetts, 1955
Massachusetts
Gilbert Allen Vitek, Graceland College Maryland
Raymond Francis Waldron, A.B., Boston College, 1956 Massachusetts
Martin Truett Watson, B.S., Emory University, 1954 Georgia
Irwin Robert Weiner, University of Akron Ohio
Wayne Clark Wills, West Virginia University West Virginia
Charles Rosser Wilson, B.S., Wake Forest College, 1956 North Carolina
Dale Lee Wood, Western Maryland College Maryland
Louis Yarid, A.B., Columbia University, 1956 Massachusetts
Freshman Class
Paul Wilfred Achin, Providence College Massachusetts
Morris Antonelli, University of Maryland District of Columbia
Gilbert Samuel Berman, B.S., University of Maryland, 1957 Maryland
Cecil Samuel Boland, B.S., Newberry College, 1957 Maryland
Lester Malcolm Breen, Emory University Georgia
Jay Ronald Brenner, University of Miami Florida
Donald Acker Michael Brown, B.A., St. John's College, 1951 Maryland
Douglas Adams Bryans, B.S., Springfield College, 1957 Massachusetts
George Franklin Buchness, B.S., Loyola College, 1948; M.S., Catholic
University, 1954 .' Maryland
Richard Mario Carmosino, A.B., Boston University, 1957 Massachusetts
Thomas J. Cavanaugh, B.S., University of Maryland, 1957 Maryland
Lawrence Leo Clark, Mount Saint Mary's College New Jersey
James Richard Crouse, Shepherd College Maryland
Billy Hugh Darke, B.S., Western Kentucky State College, 1954 Kentucky
William Lawrence Doheny, Jr., University of Maryland Connecticut
Edward Cornelius Doherty, B.A., Boston College, 1957 Massachusetts
Marlin Duane Dunker, B.A., Walla Walla College, 1955 California
William Duane Fitzgerald, University of Massachusetts Massachusetts
Sheldon Donald Fliss, University of Maryland Maryland
Richard Arnold Foer, B.S., University of Maryland, 1957. . .District of Columbia
Joseph Edward Furtado, B.A., Providence College, 1954 Rhode Island
William Joseph Girotti, B.A., American International College, 1957
Massachusetts
Raymond Emil Goepfrich, B.S., Franklin and Marshall College, 1957
Pennsylvania
51 ►
University of Maryland
John George Goettee, Jr., B.A., Western Maryland College, 1957. ..Maryland
Melvin Goldenberg, B.A., Providence College, 1957 Rhode Island
Aaron Rufus Griffith, Jr., University of South Carolina South Carolina
Sheldon Gerald Gross, University of Vermont Massachusetts
Stanford Edgar Hamburger, B.A., University of Maryland, 1957. . . .Maryland
Arnold Hecht, University of Miami Florida
Ronald Wesley Higel, University of Florida Florida
William Paul Hoffman, Jr., Earlham College District of Columbia
Patrick Francis Iacovelli, Jr., B.S., Boston College, 1952 Massachusetts
Ronald Harold Israel, University of Maryland Maryland
Alvin Wesley Kagey, B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1957 Maryland
Sanford Katsumi Kamezawa, University of California Hawaii
Stanley Paul Kaminski, B.A., Seton Hall University, 1957 New Jersey
Douglas Kaplan, B.A., Alfred University, 1957 New Jersey
George Theodore Keary, Yale University Massachusetts
Michael Edward Kolakowski, Jr., B.S., University of Maryland, 1957
Maryland
Robert George Kovack, B.S., Albright College, 1957 New Jersey
Ralph Leonard Kroopnick, B.A., University of Connecticut, 1957. .Connecticut
William Herbert Lackey, Concord College West Virginia
Robert Maurice Lattanzi, Albertus Magnus College Connecticut
Jack Edward Liller, University of Richmond Maryland
Arnold Irvin Loew, University of Miami Florida
Sol Benjamin Love, Georgetown University District of Columbia
Keith Gerald Lown, A.B., Fresno State College, 1956 California
Edward Salters McCallum, Newberry College South Carolina
William Edward McLaughlin, Mount Saint Mary's College New York
Joseph Robert Marchesani, LaSalle College New Jersey
Richard Madison Marrone, B.S., University of Maryland, 1957 Maryland
Alan J. Martin, Ohio University Florida
Robert Cameron Mason, University of Maryland Maryland
Michael Charles Matzkin, B.A., Dartmouth College, 1957 Connecticut
Robert Francis Meier, Aiount Saint Mary's College New York
Marc Julian Meyers, B.A., Western Maryland College, 1957 Maryland
Ronald Britton Morley, B.A., Maryville College, 1957 New York
Clarence John Myatt, A.B., St. Michael's College, 1957 Massachusetts
Roy Mitsuaki Naito, B.A., University of Hawaii, 1956 Hawaii
Antone Travers Oliveira, Jr., B.S., Tufts College, 1957 Massachusetts
James Edward Palmer, University of Maryland Maryland
David Bertram Pere, University of Miami Florida
Albert Perlmutter, A.B., Boston University, 1957 Massachusetts
Garr Thomas Phelps, Xavier University Kentucky
Joseph Michael Pistoria, Seton Hall University New Jersey
Erwin Stuart Raffel, B.S., University of Maryland, 1956 Maryland
Malcolm Sidney Renbaum, B.S., Johns Hopkins University, 1956 . . . .Maryland
John Filmore Robinson, Loyola College Maryland
* 52
School of Dentistry
William Otis Rockefeller, University of Maryland New York
Theodore Almada Rosa, University of Maryland District of Columbia
Victor Angel Rosado, B.A., Polytechnic Institute of Puerto Rico, 1957
Puerto Rico
David Neuman Rudo, B.S., University of Maryland, 1957 Maryland
Peter Paul Ryiz, University of Maryland Connecticut
Richard Daniel Sachs, University of Miami Florida
Hershel Garvin Sawyer, A.B., Berea College, 1957 West Virginia
Fredric Barrie Sax, A. A., George Washington University, 1956 Maryland
Harold Mark Shavell, B.S., University of Illinois, 1957 Florida
Robert Stanley Siegel, University of Maryland Maryland
Melvin Jordan Slan, University of Maryland Maryland
Edgar Farrell Smith, B.S., Wake Forest College, 1952 North Carolina
Louis Edward Snyder, Jr., University of Maryland South Carolina
James Miller Steig, Georgia Institute of Technology Florida
Stanley Merrill S toller, University of Maryland Maryland
Arthur Hein Streeter, B.S., Washington College, 1957 Maryland
Joseph Ashley Sullivan, University of Miami Florida
Brett Taylor Summey, B.A., University of North Carolina, 1957
North Carolina
John Harvey Swann, B.S., University of Maryland, 1956 Maryland
Jerry Dale Taf t, University of Maryland Montana
Bill Edward Taylor, University of Oklahoma Oklahoma
Paul Irvin Teitelbaum, University of Maryland Maryland
Donald Mathews Tilghman, University of Maryland Maryland
George Bartholomew Towson, Washington College Maryland
Norton Allen Tucker, University of Maryland , Maryland
Nils Glick Wallen, B.A., Syracuse University, 1957 New Jersey
Frederic James Wasserman, B.S., University of Florida, 1957 Florida
Alfred Stewart Windeler, Jr., Johns Hopkins University New Jersey
William Herbert Witherspoon, West Virginia University Pennsylvania
Larry Emanuel Wynne, Emory University Florida
Stanley Leonard Zakarin, University of Florida Florida
John Francis Zulaski, B.A., American International College, 1957. . .Connecticut
53 ►
University of Maryland
DEANS OF DENTAL SCHOOLS IN BALTIMORE
BALTIMORE COLLEGE OF DENTAL SURGERY
(Founded 1840)
Chapin A. Harris 1840-1841
Thomas E. Bond 1841-1842
Washington R. Handy 1842-1853
Philip H. Austen 1853-1865
Ferdinand J. S. Gorgas 1865—1882
Richard B. Winder 1882-1894
M. Whilldin Foster 1894-1914
William G. Foster 1914-1923
MARYLAND DENTAL COLLEGE
1873-1878 (Merged with B. C. D. S.)
Richard B. Winder 1873-1878
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
(Founded 1882)
Ferdinand J. S. Gorgas 1882— 191 1
Timothy O. Heatwole 191 1—1923
BALTIMORE MEDICAL COLLEGE
1895-1913 (Merged with U. of Md.)
J. William Smith 1895-1901
William A. Montell 1901-1903
T. Edgar Orrison 1903-1904
J. William Smith 1904-1913
BALTIMORE COLLEGE OF DENTAL SURGERY
DENTAL SCHOOL
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
(B. C. D. S. Joined the U. of Md. 1923)
Timothy O. Heatwole 1923-1924
J. Ben Robinson 1924-1953
Myron S. Aisenberg (Acting) 1953
Myron S. Aisenberg 1954-present
* 54
School of Dentistry
INDEX
Academic Calendar 2
Admission Requirements 11
Admission with Advanced Standing 14
Alumni Association 38-39
Anatomy 22-23
Application Procedures 13
Arts and Sciences— Dental Program 11-13
Attendance Requirements 14
Biochemistry 23
Board of Regents 1
Curriculum, Arts— Dentistry 12
Curriculum, Plan of 20-21
Deans of the Baltimore Dental Schools 54
Definition of Residence and Non-Residence 17
Dental History and Literature 23-24
Dental Prosthesis
Removable Complete and Partial Prosthesis 24-25
Fixed Partial Prosthesis 25-26
Deportment 15
Description of Courses 22-35
Diagnosis 26
Equipment Requirements 15
Faculty Listing 3-8
Fees 16
Freshman Class 51-53
Gorgas Odontological Society 37
Grading and Promotion 14-15
Graduating Class (1956-57 Session) 41-43
Graduation Requirements 15-16
Histology 26-27
History of the School 9-10
Junior Class 46-49
Library 10
Matriculation and Enrollment 13
Medicine
General Medicine 27
Oral Medicine 28
Microbiology 28-29
Officers of Administration 3
Officers of Instruction 3-8
Omicron Kappa Upsilon 38
Operative Dentistry 29-30
Orthodontics 30
Pathology 30-31
55 ►
University of Maryland
INDEX (continued)
Pedodontics 3 1-32
Pharmacology 32
Physiology 33
Practice Administration 33-34
Promotion and Grading 14-15
Refunds 17
Registration 17
Requirements for Admission 11
Requirements for Graduation 15-16
Requirements for Matriculation and Enrollment 13
Roentgenology 34
Scholarship and Loan Funds 18-19
Senior Class 44-46
Senior Prize Awards 40
Sophomore Class 49-5 1
Summer Courses 36-37
Student Health Service 17-18
Surgery 34-35
Visual Aids 35-36
56
^f r
A I 'ulilicN
of tli«_- I
1959 1960
JANUARY 1959
JULY 1959
JANUARY 1960
JULY 1960
S M T W T F S
12 3
4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
S M T W T F S
12 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 31
S M T W T F S
1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
S M T W T F S
1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
31
FEBRUARY
AUGUST
FEBRUARY
AUGUST
S M T W T F S
12 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
S M T W T F S
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
S M T W T F S
12 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
S M T W T F S
12 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
28 29
28 29 30 31
30 31
MARCH
SEPTEMBER
MARCH
SEPTEMBER
S M T W T F S
12 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30 31
S M T W T F S
12 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30
S M T W T F S
12 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30 31
S M T W T F S
1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30
APRIL
OCTOBER
APRIL
OCTOBER
S M T W T F S
12 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30
S M T W T F S
12 3
4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
S M T W T F S
1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
S M T W T F S
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30 31
MAY
NOVEMBER
MAY
NOVEMBER
S M T W T F S
S M T W T F S
S M T W T F S
S M T W T F S
1 2
12 3 4 5 6 7
12 3 4 5 6 7
12 3 4 5
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
29 30
29 30 31
27 28 29 30
JUNE
DECEMBER
JUNE
DECEMBER
S M T W T F S
S M T W T F S
S M T W T F S
S M T W T F S
12 3 4 5 6
12 3 4 5
12 3 4
1 2 3
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
5 6 7 8 9 10 11
4 5 6 7 8 9 10
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
28 29 30
27 28 29 30 31
26 27 28 29 30
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
ONE HUNDRED AND NINETEENTH CATALOGUE
with
Announcements For
The 1959-1960 Session
BALTIMORE COLLEGE OF DENTAL SURGERY
DENTAL SCHOOL
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
BALTIMORE, MARYLAND
THE PROVISIONS of this publication are not to be regarded as an irrevocable con-
tract between the student and the University or Maryland. The University reserves
the right to change any provision or requirement at any time within the student's
term of residence. The University further reserves the right at any time, to ask a
student to withdraw when it considers such action to be in the best interests of the
University.
BOARD OF REGENTS
and
MARYLAND STATE BOARD OF AGRICULTURE
Term
Expires
Charles P. McCormick
Chairman 1966
McCormick and Company, 414 Light Street, Baltimore 2
Edward F. Holter
V ice-Chairman 1968
The National Grange, 744 Jackson Place, N.W., Washington 6
Harry H. Nuttle
Treasurer 1966
Denton
B. Herbert Brown
Secretary 1960
The Baltimore Institute, 12 West Madison Street, Baltimore 1
Louis L. Kaplan
Assistant Secretary 1961
5800 Park Heights Avenue, Baltimore 15
William C. Walsh 1968
Cumberland
Mrs. John L. Whitehurst 1968
4101 Greenway, Baltimore 18
Thomas W. Pangborn 1965
The Pangborn Corporation, Pangborn Blvd., Hagerstown
Enos S. Stockbridge 1960
10 Light Street, Baltimore 2
Thomas B. Symons 1963
Suburban Trust Company, 6950 Carroll Avenue, Takoma Park
C. Ewing Tuttle 1962
907 Latrobe Building, Charles and Read Streets, Baltimore 2
Members of the Board are appointed by the Governor of the State for terms of nine
years each, beginning the first Monday in June.
The President of the University of Maryland is, by law, Executive Officer of the
Board.
The State law provides that the Board of Regents of the University of Maryland
shall constitute the Maryland State Board of Agriculture.
University of Maryland
ACADEMIC CALENDAR
1959-1960 Session
First Semester
1959
September 21 Monday Orientation Program for Freshman Class
September 22 Tuesday Registration for Freshman Class
September 23 Wednesday . . . Registration for Sophomore Class
September 24 Thursday .... Registration for Junior and Senior Classes
September 25 Friday Instruction begins with first scheduled period
November 24 Tuesday Thanksgiving recess begins at close of last
scheduled period
November 30 Monday Instruction resumes with first scheduled period
December 18 Friday Christmas recess begins at close of last
scheduled period
1960
January 4 Monday Instruction resumes with first scheduled period
January 25 Monday,
and 26 Tuesday Second Semester Registration
February 3 Wednesday . . . First Semester ends at the close of last
scheduled period
Second Semester
February 4 Thursday .... Instruction begins with first scheduled period
February 22 Monday Washington's Birthday— holiday
April 14 Thursday Easter recess begins at close of last scheduled
period
April 19 Tuesday Instruction resumes with first scheduled period
May 30 Monday Memorial Day— holiday
June 1 Wednesday . . . Second Semester ends at close of last
scheduled period
June 4 Saturday Commencement
A student who registers after instruction begins must pay a late registration fee of
$5.00. No late registration will be approved after Saturday of the first week of in-
struction.
School of Dentistry
OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION
wilson homer elkins, President of the University
B.A., M.A., B.LITT., D.PHIL.
MYRON S. AISENBERG, Dean
D.D.S.
Katharine toomey, Administrative Assistant
LL.D.
c. watson algire, Director of Admissions and Registrations
B.A., M.S.
norma j. azlein, Registrar
B.A.
OFFICERS OF INSTRUCTION
1958-1959 SESSION
Emeritus
j. ben robinson, Dean Emeritus
D.D.S., D.SC.
Professors
myron s. aisenberg, Professor of Pathology
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1922.
Joseph calton BiDDix, jr., Professor of Oral Diagnosis
d.d.s. , University of Maryland, 1934.
Edward c. dobbs, Professor of Pharmacology and Therapeutics
d.d.s., University of" Maryland, 1929; b.s., 1952.
brice marden dorsey, Professor of Oral Surgery
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1927.
Gardner Patrick henry Foley, Professor of Dental Literature
b.a., Clark University, 1923; m.a., 1926.
grayson wilbur gaver, Professor of Dental Prosthesis
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1922.
william edward hahn, Professor of Anatomy
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1931; a.b., University of Rochester, 1938; M.S., 1939.
jose e. Medina, Professor of Operative Dentistry
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1948.
ernest b. nuttall, Professor of Fixed Partial Prosthesis
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1931.
Robert harold oster, Professor of Physiology
b.s., The Pennsylvania State University, 1923; m.s., 1926; ph.d., Harvard Uni-
versity, 1933.
3 ►
University of Maryland
kyrle w. preis, Professor of Orthodontics
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1929.
d. vincent provenza, Professor of Histology and Embryology
b.s., University o£ Maryland, 1939; M.S., 1941; ph.d., 1952.
donald E. shay, Professor of Microbiology
b.s., Lebanon Valley College, 1937; M.S., University of Maryland, 1938; ph.d., 1943
E. G. vanden bosche, Professor of Biochemistry
a.b., Lebanon Valley College, 1922; M.S., University of Maryland, 1924; ph.d., 1927.
Associate Professors
William Robert biddington, Associate Professor of Oral Medicine
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1948.
Joseph Patrick cappuccio, Associate Professor of Oral Surgery
b.s., University of Rhode Island, 1943; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1946.
Stanley h. dosh, Associate Professor of Pixed Partial Prosthesis
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1935.
harold golton, Associate Professor of Oral Diagnosis
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1925.
william lee graham, Associate Professor of Oral Diagnosis
b.s., Marietta College, 1948; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1953.
yam-hin louie, Associate Professor of Operative Dentistry
b.s., Lingnan University, Canton, China, 1938; d.d.s., Northwestern University,
1945; m.s.d., 1946.
george mclean, Associate Professor of Physical Diagnosis and Principles of
Medicine
m.d., University of Maryland, 1916.
peter mclean lu, Associate Professor of Pixed Partial Prosthesis
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1934.
Walter l. oggesen, Associate Professor of Fixed Partial Prosthesis
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1926.
burton Robert pollack, Associate Professor of Physiology
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1946.
wilbur owen ramsey, Associate Professor of Dental Prosthesis
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1943.
douglas john sanders, Associate Professor of Pedodontics
b.s., Northwestern University, 1946; d.d.s., 1948.
E. Roderick shipley, Associate Professor of Physiology
a.b., The Johns Hopkins University, 1938; m.d., University of Maryland, 1942.
guy paul Thompson, Associate Professor of Anatomy
a.b., West Virginia University, 1923; a.m., 1929.
School of Dentistry
l. edward warmer, Associate Professor of Dental Prosthesis
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1931.
tobias Weinberg, Associate Professor of Pathology
a.b., The Johns Hopkins University, 1930; m.d., 1933.
Assistant Professors
irving i. abramson, Assistant Professor of Oral Medicine
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1932.
alvin david aisenberg, Assistant Professor of Pathology
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1945.
hugh m. clement, jr., Assistant Professor of Operative Dentistry
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1944.
fred ehrlich, Assistant Professor of Pedodontics
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1947.
calvin Joseph gaver, Assistant Professor of Operative Dentistry
b.s., University of Maryland, 1950; d.d.s., 1954.
conrad l. inman, Assistant Professor of Anesthesiology
d.d.s., Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, 1915.
William kress, Assistant Professor of Orthodontics
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1936.
george w. piavis, Assistant Professor of Anatomy
a.b., Western Maryland College, 1948; m.ed., 1952; ph.d., Duke University, 1958.
Norton morris ross, Assistant Professor of Pharmacology
b.s., University of Connecticut, 1949; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1954.
daniel edward shehan, Assistant Professor of Orthodontics
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1922.
arthur g. siwinski, Assistant Professor of Oral Surgery
a.b., The Johns Hopkins University, 1927; m.d., University of Maryland, 1931.
d. robert swinehart, Assistant Professor of Orthodontics
a.e., Dartmouth College, 1933; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1937.
edmond g. vanden bosche, Assistant Professor of Tooth Morphology
b.s., The Pennsylvania State University, 1943; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1947.
david h. willer, Assistant Professor of Full Denture Prosthesis
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1933.
Special Lecturers
martin helrich, Professor of Anesthesiology (School of Medicine')
b.s., Dickinson College, 1946; m.d.. University of Pennsylvania, 1946.
richard lindeneerg, Lecturer in Neuroanatomy
m.d., University of Berlin, 1944.
ethelbert lovett, Lecturer in Ethics
d.d.s... Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, 1922.
University of Maryland
william j. o'donnell, Lecturer in jurisprudence
a.b., Loyola College, 1937; ll.e., University of Maryland, 1941.
harry m. robinson, jr., Professor of Dermatology {School of Medicme)
b.s., University of Maryland, 1931; m.d., 1935.
george herschel yeager, Professor of Clinical Surgery (School of Medicine)
b.s., West Virginia University, 1927; m.d., University of Maryland, 1929.
g. richard fravel, Lecturer in Principles of Medicine
m.d., University of Maryland, 1949.
Instructors
Robert l. bartlett, Instructor in Pedodontics
b.a., The Johns Hopkins University, 1953; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1957.
sterrett p. beaven, Instructor in Operative Dentistry
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1941.
Stanley s. brager, Instructor in Pharmacology and Therapeutics
b.s., University of Maryland, 1954; d.d.s., 1958.
samuel hollinger bryant, Instructor in Oral Diagnosis
a.b., Western Maryland College, 1928; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1932.
thomas c. cheng, Instructor in Histology and Embryology
a.b., Wayne State University, 1952; m.s., University of Virginia, 1956; ph.d., 1958.
thomas f. clement, Instructor in Oral Medicine
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1951.
jerome s. cullen, Instructor in Clinical Orthodontics
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1941.
jose h. diaz, Instructor in Operative Dentistry
b.s., University of Puerto Rico, 1941; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1950.
ralph jack Gordon, Instructor in Dental Prosthesis
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1933.
marvin m. graham, Instructor in Fixed Partial Prosthesis
a.b., Cornell University, 1938; a.m., 1939; d.d.s., University of Pennsylvania, 1943.
Walter granruth, jr., Instructor in Pathology
b.s., Loyola College, 1950; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1954.
m. eugene hinds, Instructor in Oral Surgery
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1952.
john m. hyson, Instructor in Oral Surgery
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1950.
melvin john jagielski, Instructor in Tooth Morphology
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1953.
School of Dentistry
ralph l. kercheval, Instructor in Pedodontics
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1956.
paul F. kiefman, Instructor in Roentgenology
b.s., American University, 1951; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1958.
Anthony j. klein, Instructor in Roentgenology
b.s., University of Cincinnati, 1954; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1958.
lester lebo, Instructor in Oral Diagnosis
b.s., University of Chicago, 1938; m.d., 1941.
charles brown Leonard, jr., Instructor in Biochemistry
b.a., Rutgers College of South Jersey, 1955; m.s., University of Maryland, 1957.
richard r. c. Leonard, Instructor in Public Health Dentistry
d.d.s., Indiana University, 1922; m.s.p.h., University of Michigan, 1944.
Herbert c levin, Instructor in Operative Dentistry
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1958.
charles e. loveman, Instructor in Anatomy
a.b., The Johns Hopkins University, 1935; d.d.s., Columbia University, 1939.
martin h. morris, Instructor in Biochemistry
b.s., Rutgers University, 1952; m.s., 1954.
william h. neilund, Instructor in Operative Dentistry
b.s., University of Maryland, 1951; d.d.s., 1958.
james p. norris, Instructor in Oral Medicine
b.s., University of Maryland, 1950; d.d.s., 1956.
frank n. ogden, Instructor in First Aid and in Charge of Medical Care of Stu-
dents
m.d., University of Maryland, 1917.
victor s. primrose, Instructor in Pull Denture Prosthesis
d.d.s., McGill University, 1918.
myron hillard sachs, Instructor in Anatomy
d.d.s., Columbia University, 1939.
aaron schaeffer, Instructor in Clinical Orthodontics
b.a., Western Maryland College, 1939; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1947; M.S.,
University of Illinois, 1948.
Leonard s. Schneider, Instructor in Oral Surgery
a.b., Johns Hopkins University, 1957; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1958.
leah m. p. staling, Instructor in Physiology
b.s., University of Maryland, 1944; m.s., 1948.
glenn d. Steele, Instructor in Vixed Partial Prosthesis
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1942.
University of Maryland
claude p. taylor, Director of Visual Education
earlb Harris watson, Instructor in Dental Materials and Dental Prosthesis
a.b. University of North Carolina, 1938; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1942.
louis weiss, Instructor in Oral Diagnosis
b.s., University of Maryland, 1959; d.d.s., 1958.
nelson a. wright, Instructor in Full Denture Prosthesis
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1955.
Graduate Assistants
peter l. johnson, Graduate Assistant in Oral Surgery
b.a., Hofstra College, 1953; d.d.s., Georgetown University, 1957.
john j. Jordan, Graduate Assistant in Histology and Embryology
b.s., University of Scranton, 1957.
William e. trail, Graduate Assistant in Microbiology
b.s., University of Maryland, 1958.
Library Staff
ida marian robinson, Librarian and Associate Professor of Library Science
a.b., Cornell University, 1924; b.s.l.s., Columbia University School of Library
Service, 1944.
Hilda E. moore, Associate Librarian and Assistant Professor of Library Science
a.b., Randolph-Macon Woman's College, 1936; a.b.l.s., Emory University Library
School, 1937.
Beatrice Marriott, Reference Librarian
a.b., University of Maryland, 1944.
edith m. coyle, Periodicals Librarian
a.b., University of North Carolina, 1937; a.b.l.s., University of North Carolina
School of Library Science, 1939; m.a., The Johns Hopkins University, 1945.
harriette w. shelton, Chief Cataloguer
b.a., The Pennsylvania State College, 1935; b.s.l.s., Columbia University School of
Library Sendee, 1937.
marjorie fluck, Cataloguer
b.s. in ed., Kutztown State Teachers College, 1952.
Rosalie c. carroll, Library Assistant
Elizabeth E. mccoach, Assistant to the Librarian
Patricia c. terzi, Assistant to the Cataloguer
THE SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY
History
THE BALTIMORE COLLEGE OF DENTAL SURGERY OCCUPIES AN IMPORTANT AND
interesting place in the history of dentistry. At the end of the regular ses-
sion— 1958-59— it completed its one hundred and nineteenth year of service to
dental education. The Baltimore College of Dental Surgery represents the first
effort in history to offer institutional dental education to those anticipating the
practice of dentistry.
The first lectures on dentistry in America were delivered by Dr. Horace
H. Hayden in the University of Maryland, School of Medicine, between the
years 1823-25. These lectures were interrupted in 1825 by internal dissensions
in the School of Medicine and were as a consequence discontinued. It was Dr.
Hayden's idea that dental education merited greater attention than had been
given it by medicine or could be given it by the preceptorial plan of dental
teaching then in vogue.
Dr. Horace H. Hayden began the practice of dentistry in Baltimore in 1800.
From that time he made a zealous attempt to lay the foundation for a scientific,
serviceable dental profession. In 1831 Dr. Chapin A. Harris came to Baltimore
to study under Hayden. Dr. Harris was a man of unusual ability and possessed
special qualifications to aid in establishing and promoting formal dental educa-
tion. Since Dr. Hayden's lectures had been interrupted at the University of
Maryland and there was an apparent unsurmountable difficulty confronting the
creation of dental departments in medical schools, an independent college was
decided upon. A charter was applied for and granted by the Maryland Legis-
lature February 1, 1840. The first Faculty meeting was held February 3, 1840,
at which time Dr. Horace H. Hayden was elected President and Dr. Chapin A.
Harris, Dean. The introductory lecture was delivered by Dr. Hayden on Novem-
ber 3, 1840, to the five students matriculating in the first class. Thus was
created as the foundation of the present dental profession the Baltimore College
of Dental Surgery, the first dental school in the world.
Hayden and Harris, the admitted founders of conventional dental education,
contributed, in addition to the factor of dental education, other opportunities for
professional growth and development. In 1839 the American Journal of Dental
Science was founded, with Chapin A. Harris as its editor. Dr. Harris continued
fully responsible for dentistry's initial venture into periodic dental literature to
the time of his death. The files of the old American journal of Dental Science
testify to the fine contributions made by Dr. Harris. In 1840 the American
Society of Dental Surgeons was founded, with Dr. Horace H. Hayden as its
President and Dr. Chapin A. Harris as its Corresponding Secretary. This was
the beginning of dental organization in America, and was the forerunner of the
American Dental Association, which now numbers approximately ninety-three
thousand in its present membership. The foregoing suggests the unusual in-
fluence Baltimore dentists and the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery have
exercised on professional ideals and policies.
University of Maryland
In 1873, the Maryland Dental College, an offspring of the Baltimore College
of Dental Surgery, was organized. It continued instruction until 1878, at which
time it was consolidated with the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery. A de-
partment of dentistry was organized at the University of Maryland in the year
1882, graduating a class each year from 1883 to 1923. This school was chartered
as a corporation and continued as a privately owned and directed institution until
1920, when it became a State institution. The Dental Department of the Balti-
more Medical College was established in 1895, continuing until 1913, when it
merged with the Dental Department of the University of Maryland.
The final combining of the dental educational interests of Baltimore was
effected June 15, 1923, by the amalgamation of the student bodies of the Balti-
more College of Dental Surgery and the University of Maryland, School of
Dentistry; the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery becoming a distinct depart-
ment of the University under State supervision and control. Thus we find in the
Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, Dental School, University of Maryland, a
merging of the various efforts at dental education in Maryland. From these
component elements have radiated developments of the art and science of dentis-
try until the strength of its alumni is second to none, in either number or degree
of service to the profession.
Library
This School is fortunate in having one of the better equipped and organized
libraries among the dental schools of the country. The library is located in the
main building and consists of a stack room, offices and a reading room accom-
modating ninety-six students. Over 16,000 books and bound journals on dentistry
and the collateral sciences, together with numerous pamphlets, reprints and un-
bound journals, are available for the student's use. More than 200 journals are
regularly received by the Library. An adequate staff promotes the growth of
the Library and assists the student body in the use of the Library's resources.
One of the most important factors of the dental student's education is to teach
him the value and the use of dental literature in his formal education and in
promoting his usefulness and value to the profession during practice. The Balti-
more College of Dental Surgery is ideally equipped to achieve this aim of dental
instruction.
Course of Instruction
The Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, Dental School, University of
Maryland offers a course in dentistry devoted to instruction in the medical
sciences, the dental sciences, and clinical practice. Instruction consists of didactic
lectures, laboratory instruction, demonstrations, conferences, quizzes and hos-
pital ward rounds. Topics are assigned for collateral reading to train the student
in the value and use of dental literature. The curriculum for the complete
course appears on pages 21 and 22 of this catalogue.
<+ 10
School of Dentistry
Requirements for Admission
Applicants for admission must present evidence of having completed success-
fully two academic years of work in an accredited college of arts and sciences
based upon the completion of a four-year high school course or the equivalent
in entrance examinations. The college course must include at least a year's
credit in English, in biology, in physics, in inorganic chemistry, and in organic
chemistry. All required science courses shall include both classroom and labor-
atory instruction. Although a minimum of 60 semester hours of credit, exclusive
of physical education and military science, is required, additional courses in the
humanities and the natural and social sciences are desirable. By ruling of the
Dean's Council, all admission requirements must be completed by June 30 previ-
ous to the desired date of admission.
In considering candidates for admission, the Board of Admissions will give
preference to those applicants who have high scholastic records in secondary
school and in college; who make satisfactory scores in the dental aptitude test;
who present favorable recommendations from their respective predental com-
mittee or from one instructor in each of the departments of biology, chemistry,
and physics; and who, in all other respects, give every promise of becoming suc-
cessful students and dentists of high standing. Applicants will not be admitted
with unabsolved conditions or unabsolved failures.
Combined Arts and Sciences-Dental Program
The University offers a combined arts and sciences-dental curriculum lead-
ing to the degrees of Bachelor of Science and Doctor of Dental Surgery. The
preprofessional part of this curriculum shall be taken in residence in the College
of Arts and Sciences at College Park, and the professional part in the School of
Dentistry in Baltimore.
Students who elect the combined program and who have completed the arts
and sciences phase of it may, upon the recommendation of the Dean of the
School of Dentistry, be granted the degree of Bachelor of Science by the College
of Arts and Sciences at the first summer commencement following the comple-
tion of the student's first year in the School of Dentistry. A student may enter
the arts and sciences-dental program at College Park with advanced standing
from an accredited college or university, but the last year of the preprofessional
training must be completed at College Park and the professional training must
be completed in the School of Dentistry of the University of Maryland.
11 ►
University of Maryland
ARTSD£NTISTRY CURRICULUM
t — Semester-
Freshman Year I U
Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3
Zool. 1— General Zoology 4
Zool. 2-The Animal Phyla 4
Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 4 4
Math. 10, 11— Algebra, Trigonometry, Analytic Geometry.... 3 3
Speech 7 . . 2
Physical Activities 1 1
A. S. 1, 2-Basic Air Force ROTC (Men) 2 2
Hw. 2, 4-Hygiene (Women) 2 2
Total 17 19
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and World or English
Literature 3 3
"Group I Elective 3
G. & P. 1— American Government . . 3
Chem. 35, 36, 37, 38-Organic Chemistry 4 4
H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3
'Modern Language 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
A. S. 3, 4-Basic Air Force ROTC (Men) 2 2
Total 17-19 17-19
Junior Year
Modern Language (continued) 3 3
Phys. 10, 1 1— Fundamentals of Physics 4 4
Approved Minor Courses 6 6
Electives 3 3
Total 16 16
Senior Year
The curriculum of the first year of the School of Dentistry of the University
of Maryland is accepted by the College of Arts and Sciences as the fourth year
(major sequence) of academic work toward the degree of Bachelor of Science.
"Group I Electives: Sociology 1, Philosophy 1, Psychology 1, Economics 37.
** Students planning to request admission to a Dental School with only two years
of predental training should take Physics 10-11.
"Fr. 6, 7 or Ger. 6, 7— (Intermediate Scientific French or German) recommended.
***■
< 12
School of Dentistry
If at the end of the junior year the student decides to postpone his entrance
to the School of Dentistry and to remain in the College of Arts and Sciences
and complete work for the Bachelor's degree, he may choose a major and minor
in any of the departments in which he has completed the necessary underclass
requirements. The general nature of the first three years of this curriculum and
the generous electives of the third year make possible for the student a wide
choice of departments in which he may specialize. In general the electives of
the third year will be chosen as for a major in some particular department.
Requirements for Matriculation and Enrollment
In the selection of students to begin the study of dentistry the School con-
siders particularly a candidate's proved ability in secondary education and his
successful completion of prescribed courses in predental collegiate training. The
requirements for admission and the academic regulations of the College of Arts
and Sciences, University of Maryland, are strictly adhered to by the School of
Dentistry.
A student is not regarded as having matriculated in the School of Dentistry
until such time as he shall have paid the matriculation fee of $10.00, and is not
enrolled until he shall have paid a deposit of $200.00. This deposit is intended
to insure registration in the class and is not returnable.
Application Procedures
Candidates seeking admission to the Dental School should first write to the
Office of the Dean requesting an application form. Upon the receipt and the
examination of this form by the Board of Admissions an application blank will be
sent to those candidates who merit consideration. Each applicant should fill out
the blank in its entirety and mail it promptly, together with the application fee
and photographs, to the Board of Admissions, Dental School, University of
Maryland, Baltimore 1, Maryland. The early filing of an application is urged.
Applications may be filed after June 1 of the year previous to the desired date
of admission and during the next nine months (to March 1). Applicants wishing
advice on any problem relating to their predental training or their application
should communicate with the Board of Admissions.
All applicants will be required to take the Dental Aptitude Test. This test
will be given at various testing centers throughout the United States, its pos-
sessions and Canada. Applicants will be notified by the Council on Dental Educa-
tion of the American Dental Association of the dates of the tests and the locations
of the testing centers.
Promising candidates will be required to appear before the Board of Ad-
missions for an interview. On the basis of all available information the best
possible applicants will be chosen for admission to the School.
A certificate of entrance will be issued to each successful applicant, which will
permit him to matriculate and to register in the class to which he has applied.
13 ►
University of Maryland
Admission with Advanced Standing
(a) Graduates in medicine or students in medicine who have completed two
or more years in a medical school, acceptable to standards in the School of
Medicine, University of Maryland, may be given advanced standing to the
Sophomore year provided the applicant shall complete under competent regu-
lar instruction the courses in dental technology regularly scheduled in the first
year.
(b) Applicants for transfer must (1) meet fully the requirements for
admission to the first year of the dental course; (2) be eligible for promotion to
the next higher class in the school from which he seeks to transfer; (3) show an
average grade of five per cent above the passing mark in the school where transfer
credits were earned; (4) show evidence of scholastic attainments, character and
personality; (5) present letter of honorable dismissal and recommendation from
the dean of the school from which he transfers.
(c) All applicants for transfer must present themselves in person for an
interview before qualifying certificate can be issued.
Attendance Requirements
In order to receive credit for a full session, each student must have entered
and be in attendance on the day the regular session opens, at which time lectures
to all classes begin, and remain until the close of the session, the dates for which
are announced in the calendar of the annual catalogue.
Regular attendance is demanded. A student whose attendance in any course
is unsatisfactory to the head of the department will be denied the privilege of
final examination in any and all such courses. A student with less than 85 per
cent attendance will not be promoted to the next succeeding year. However,
in certain unavoidable circumstances of absences, the Dean and the Council
may honor excuses exceeding the maximum permitted.
Grading and Promotion
The following symbols are used as marks for final grades: A (100-91),
B (90-84), C (83-77), and D (76-70), Passing; F (below 70), Failure; I, In-
complete. Progress grades in courses are indicated as "Satisfactory" and "Un-
satisfactory."
A Failure in any subject may be removed only by repeating the subject in full.
Students who have done work of acceptable quality in their completed assign-
ments but who, because of circumstances beyond their control, have been unable
to finish all assignments, will be given an Incomplete. A student shall not carry
an Incomplete into the next succeeding year. When he has completed the
requirements for the removal of an Incomplete, the student shall be given
the actual grade earned in the course.
< 14
School of Dentistry
Scholastic averages are computed on the basis of semester credits assigned to
each course and numerical values for gradues. The numerical values are A-4;
B-3; C-2; DT; F-0. The grade point average is the sum of the products of
semester credits and grade values, divided by the total number of semester credits.
Students who attain a grade point average of 1.5 in the Freshman year will
be promoted. At the end of the Sophomore year an overall grade point average
of 1.75 is required for promotion. A grade point average of 2.0 is required for
promotion to the Senior year and for graduation.
Students who fail to meet the minimum grade point averages required for
promotion and who fall into the following categories will be allowed proba-
tionary promotion:
1. Freshmen who attain a grade point average of 1.25-1.49.
2. Sophomores who attain an overall grade point average of 1.6-1.74.
3. Juniors who attain an overall grade point average of 1.85-1.99.
Probationary status will not be permitted for two successive years.
A student may absolve a total of eight credit hours of failure in an ac-
credited summer school provided he has the grade point average required for
promotion or graduation, excluding the failure or failures which he has incurred.
Equipment
A complete list of necessary instruments and materials for technic and clinic
courses is prescribed by the Dental School. Arrangements are made by the
Dental School in advance of formal enrollment for books, instruments and ma-
terials to be delivered to the students at the opening of school. Each student is
required to provide himself promptly with these prescribed necessities. A student
who does not meet this requirement will not be permitted to continue with his
class.
Deportment
The profession of dentistry demands, and the School of Dentistry requires,
of its students evidence of their good moral character. The conduct of the
student in relation to his work and fellow students will indicate his fitness to
be taken into the confidence of the community as a professional man. Integrity,
sobriety, temperate habits, truthfulness, respect for authority and associates and
honesty in the transaction of business affairs as a student will be considered as
evidence of good moral character necessary to the granting of a degree.
Requirements for Graduation
The degree of Doctor of Dental Surgery is conferred upon a candidate who
has met the following conditions:
15 ►
University of Maryland
1. A candidate must furnish documentary evidence that he has attained
the age of 21 years.
2. A candidate for graduation shall have attended the full scheduled course
of four academic years.
3. He will be required to show a grade point average of 2.0 for the full
course of study.
4. He shall have satisfied all technic and clinic requirements of the various
departments.
5. He shall have paid all indebtedness to the college prior to the beginning
of final examinations, and must have adjusted his financial obligations in the
community satisfactorily to those to whom he may be indebted.
Student Fees
Matriculation fee (required of all entering students) $ 10.00
Tuition (each year):
Non-resident student 675.00
Resident student 400.00
Student health service (each year) 20.00
Student Union fee 30.00
The Student Union Fee is payable by all students enrolled in
the Professional Schools on the Baltimore campus and is used to
pay interest on and amortize the cost of construction of the Union
Building.
Special Fee 10.00
The Special Fee is payable by all full-time students enrolled in
the Professional Schools on the Baltimore campus and is used to
finance equipment for the Union Building.
Laboratory breakage deposit:
Freshman year 10.00
Sophomore and Junior years 5.00
In addition to fees itemized in the above schedule, the following assess-
ments are made by the University:
Application fee (paid at time of filing formal application for admission) 7.50
Late registration fee 5.00
(All students are expected to complete their registration, including
payment of bills, on the regular registration days.) Those who do
not complete their registration during the prescribed days will be
charged a fee of $5.00.
Examinations taken out of class and re-examinations . . . 5.00
One certified transcript of record is issued free of charge.
Each additional copy is issued only upon payment of 1 .00
Summer Session students will pay a $6.00 Student Union Fee but will
not pay the Special Fee.
«« 16
School of Dentistry
Postgraduate Courses
Postgraduate courses may be offered to qualified dental graduates. These
courses are designed to provide opportunities for study in special fields on a
refresher level, and are arranged so that particular emphasis is placed on
clinical practices.
Graduate Student Fees
Matriculation Fee (for new students only, non-returnable) 10.00
Tuition Fee (per semester credit hour) 12.00
Tuition Fee for students carrying ten or more credit hours per
semester 120.00
Laboratory Fees where applicable are charged at the rate of $5.00
per semester hour of laboratory credit.
Student Union Fee
Students carrying ten or more credit hours per semester (per annum) ""30.00
Students carrying less than ten credit hours per semester (per
annum) *6.00
Special Fee
Students carrying ten or more credit hours per semester (per
annum) * 10.00
Graduation Fee
Master's Degree 10.00
Doctor's Degree (including hood and microfilming of thesis) 50.00
REFUNDS
According to the policy of the University no fees will be returned. In case
the student discontinues his course or fails to register after a place has been
reserved in a class, any fees paid will be credited to a subsequent course, but
are not transferable.
Registration
The registration of a student in any school or college of the University
shall be regarded as a registration in the University of Maryland, but when
such student transfers to a professional school of the University or from one
* Students who initially enroll for the second semester of the school year will be
assessed at the rate of one half of the rates shown above.
17 ►
University of Maryland
professional school to another, he must pay the usual matriculation fee required
by each professional school.
Each student is required to fill in a registration card for the office of the
Registrar, and make payment of one-half of the tuition fee in addition to all
other fees noted as payable before being admitted to classwork at the opening
of the session. The remainder of tuition and fees must be in the hands of the
Comptroller during registration period for the second half of the academic year.
Definition of Residence and Non-Residence
Students who are minors are considered to be resident students if at the
time of their registration their parents have been domiciled in this state for
at least one year.
The status of the residence of a student is determined at the time of his
first registration in the University, and may not thereafter be changed by him
unless, in the case of a minor, his parents move to and become legal residents
of the state by maintaining such residence for at least one full year. How-
ever, the right of the minor student to change from a non-resident to resident
status must be established by him prior to the registration period for any
semester.
Adult students are considered to be residents if at the time of their registra-
tion they have been domiciled in Maryland for at least one year provided such
residence has not been acquired while attending any school or college in Mary-
land or elsewhere. Time spent on active duty in the armed services while sta-
tioned in Maryland will not be considered as satisfying the one year period
referred to above except in those cases in which the adult was domiciled in
Maryland for at least one year prior to his entrance into the armed service and
was not enrolled in any school during that period.
The word domicile as used in this regulation shall mean the permanent
place of abode. For the purpose of this rule only one domicile may be claimed
as a permanent abode.
Student Health Service
The School undertakes to supply medical and surgical care for its students
through the Student Health Service. This care includes the daily services
rendered by a physician and a graduate nurse in a well-equipped clinic, conven-
iently located in the Dental School. Also consultations, surgical procedures and
hospitalization, judged to be necessary by the Service, are covered under liberal
limitations, depending on length of hospitalization and special expenses incurred.
Students who need medical attention are expected to report at the office
of the Student Health Service. Under circumstances requiring home treatment,
the students will be visited at their College residences.
M 18
School of Dentistry
It is not within the scope of the Service to provide medical care for con-
ditions antedating each annual registration in the University; nor is it the
function of this Service to treat chronic conditions contracted by students before
admission or to extend treatment to acute conditions developing in the period
between academic years or during authorized school vacations. The cost of
orthopedic applicances, the correction of visual defects, the services of special
nurses, and special medication must be paid for by the student. The School
does not accept responsibility for illness or accident occurring away from the
community, or for expenses incurred for hospitalization or medical services in
institutions other than the University Hospital, or, in any case, for medical
expense not authorized by the Student Health Service.
Every new student is required to undergo a complete physical examination,
which includes oral diagnosis. Any defects noted must be corrected within the
first school year. The passing of this examination is a requirement for the final
acceptance of any student.
Each matriculant must present, on the day of his enrollment, a statement
from his ophthalmologist regarding the condition of his eyes, and where defects
in vision exist he shall show evidence that corrections have been made.
If a student should enter the hospital during the academic year, the Service
will arrange for the payment of part or all of the hospital expenses, depending
on the length of stay and the special expenses incurred. This arrangement applies
only to students admitted through the office of the School physician.
Prospective students are advised to have any known physical defects corrected
before entering the School in order to prevent loss of time which later correction
might involve.
Scholarship and Loan Funds
A number of scholarship loans from various organizations and educational
foundations are available to students in the School of Dentistry. These loans
are offered on the basis of excellence in scholastic attainment and the need on
the part of students for assistance in completing their course in dentistry. It
has been the policy of the Faculty to recommend only students in the last two
years for such privileges.
The Henry Strong Educational Foundation
From this fund, established under the will of General Henry Strong of
Chicago, an annual allotment is made to the Baltimore College of Dental
Surgery, Dental School, University of Maryland, for scholarship loans available
for the use of young men and women students under the age of twenty-five.
Recommendations for the privileges of these loans are limited to students in the
Junior and Senior years. Only students who through stress of circumstances
19 ►
University of Maryland
require financial aid and who have demonstrated excellence in educational pro-
gress are considered in making nominations to the secretary of this fund.
The Edward S. Gaylord Educational Endowment Fund
Under a provision of the will of the late Dr. Edward S. Gaylord, of New
Haven, Connecticut, an amount approximating $16,000 was left to the Baltimore
College of Dental Surgery, Dental School, University of Maryland, the proceeds
of which are to be devoted to aiding worthy young men in securing dental
education.
The W. K. Kellogg Foundation
During World War II the Foundation recognized the burden that the
accelerated course imposed upon many dental students who under normal cir-
cumstances would earn money for their education by employment during the
summer vacation. The Foundation granted to this School a fund to provide
rotating loans to deserving dental students.
The Albert A. Harrington Fund
This fund was established in 1954 by the New Jersey Alumni Association
in memory of Dr. Albert A. Harrington, a member of the Class of 1910. The
fund is a source of valuable help in aiding students to solve their temporary
financial problems.
The E. Benton Taylor Scholarship
One of the finest scholarships in the field of dental education, the E.
Benton Taylor Scholarship was conceived and arranged by Mrs. Taylor and
wall be perpetuated by the Luther B. Benton Company of Baltimore. It was
put into operation in 1954 and will be awarded annually to a Maryland student
of each entering class, who will continue to receive its benefits during the four
years of his dental school course.
M 20
School of Dentistry
ill
3 H «
y CO
M «0 X ^t H
M iTHiH-^lO^r-ltONWlN
<N «T> 00 <* 00
N 00 O O "* ■* ^
i iNM«4ot^9SS t<
I N 00 -^ 00 00
« J
o eo it- ■x.to
s
c
"55
5 J
o
H
M
W J3
O
J ~ J
CTv
« *.
■
O
■
S .
G\
4» ■»->
z
2
N «0 I I 00 I fO
,_ .H i-c C4
s a a s -s
< < <
c .2
< a
— <s
OQ O
• -u -u -<j o W *J <B >*> O O
•~ .2 .2 iS 3 ftc«^J5 2 2
21 ►
University of Maryland
m u
H — a>
S * •£
W H E '
PS v
y CO
rtHHHNrlNHHHHtOH I r-l rH rH ■* €0 r-l W
xt i i i i i i ioo loooooccesoo i i i to
rt i i i i i i i-<* i tt «o tj< tji eo ■««< i i I co
<
H
O
H
B J
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I .
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
E J
GO JX U OO'* I <£> 00 «£> <D I I CO <D I I «D I O <
O
rH rHr-l I IMH I I r-t IHH
M
•J ~ J
E .
72 g ,_, IrH I r-l r-t CO r-l r-l rH r-l I rH i-H rH r-t CO
►J
SsSsj
rO^,
CO
^ O
rH^r^eO S
. d ."fl
airs is t3 cs
™ .8,2,2 J} ftt rt 5^3
QQ^^OOPhPhPh
rt-Q a!
hnm:
eoeoco ,
'•-t &'
bO OC,
o o o o
U u u v-
PL, Ph PL, Ph
C be bo
5> ™r7
O 3 S
Www
,^«-H ,3 ^N £ W *J £ ^ ,_ "^^ N
. . . .*- (rH • 6 .
E E E 5? • • r 6i3*6'6 r 6 fcrSrS-o
o c
o a
OS 03
£E
r< S
03 03
* J5
PhPh
m m C
OOJ
r< r- O
22
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
ANATOMY
Professor: hahn (head of department).
Associate Professor: Thompson.
Assistant Professors: edmond g. vanden bosche, and piavis.
DRS. JAGIELSKI, LINDENBERG, LOVEMAN, AND SACHS.
Anat. 111. Human Gross Anatomy. (8)
First year. This course consists of dissection and lectures, supplemented by frequent
conferences and practical demonstrations. The entire human body is dissected. The
subject is taught with the purpose of emphasizing the principles of the body structure,
the knowledge of which is derived from a study of its organs and tissues, and the
action of its parts. Arrangements can be made to accommodate qualified students
and dentists interested in research or in making special dissections or topographical
studies.
Anat. 112. Human Neuroanatomy. (2)
First year. Second semester. Prerequisite, Anatomy 111 or equivalent. Neuro-
anatomy is offered in the Freshman year following Gross Anatomy. The work con-
sists of a study of the whole brain and spinal cord by gross dissections and micro-
scopic methods. Correlation is made, whenever possible, with the student's work
in the histology and physiology of the central nervous system.
Anat. 113. Comparative Tooth Morphology. Q)
First year. Second semester. The course treats the evolutionary development of
dentition as a necessary factor in the study of human oral anatomy. It includes a
comparative study of the teeth of the animal kingdom, with a comparative study
of the number, position and form of the teeth.
Anat. 114. Tooth Morphology. (3)
First year. Second semester. This course is designed to teach the form and functions
and the relationships of the teeth, and includes a study of the nomenclature of sur-
faces, divisions and relations of the teeth. In the laboratory the student is trained
in the carving of the various teeth and in the dissection of extracted teeth through
their various dimensions.
The second part of the course includes a study of the supporting structures of
the teeth and of the relation of the teeth to these structures. The periods of begin-
ning calcificaion, eruption, complete calcification, and shedding of the deciduous
teeth; followed by the periods of beginning calcification, eruption, and complete
calcification of the permanent teeth, are studied and correlated with the growth in
size of the jaws and face.
For Graduates
Anat. 211. Human Gross Anatomy. (8)
Same as course 111 but with additional work on a more advanced level.
23 ►
University of Maryland
Anat. 212. Human Neuroanatomy. (2)
Same as course 112 but with additional instruction of a more advanced nature.
Anat. 214. The Anatomy of the Head and Neck. (3)
One conference and two laboratory periods per week for one semester.
Anat. 216. Research.
Credit determined by amount and quality of work performed.
BIOCHEMISTRY
Professor: vanden boschb (head of department).
MR. MORRIS AND MR. LEONARD.
Biochem. 111. Principles of Biochemistry. (6)
First year. Prerequisites inorganic and organic chemistry, with additional training
in quantitative and physical chemistry desirable. Two lectures and one laboratory
period throughout the year. The chemistry of living matter forms the basis of the
course. The detailed subject matter includes the chemistry of carbohydrates, fats,
proteins, enzymes, vitamins, and hormones. The processes of respiration, digestion,
metabolism, secretion and excretion are considered. Laboratory instruction in quali-
tative and quantitative blood and urine examination is included.
For Graduates
Biochem. 211. Advanced Biochemistry. (6)
Prerequisite Biochemistry 111. Two lectures, one conference and one laboratory
period throughout the year.
Biochem. 212. Research in Biochemistry.
Prerequisite Biochemistry 211.
DENTAL HISTORY AND LITERATURE
Professor: Foley (head of department).
Lit. 121. Oral and Written Communication. (2)
Second year. A formal course of lectures is given in the second year. Many aspects
of the instruction are given practical application in the third and fourth years.
The course has many purposes, all of them contributing to the training of the students
for effective participation in the extra-practice activities of the profession. Particular
attention is given to instruction in the functioning of the agencies of communication
in dentistry: the dental societies and the dental periodicals. The practical phases of
the course include a thorough study of the preparation and uses of oral and written
composition by the dental student and the dentist; the use of libraries; the com-
pilation of bibliographies; the collection, the organization, and the use of information;
the management of dental meetings; the oral presentation of papers; and professional
correspondence .
M 24
School of Dentistry
Lit. 141. Thesis. (2)
Fourth year.
Lit. 142. Dental History. (I)
Fourth year. Second semester. Lectures in Dental History describe the beginnings of the
art of dental practice among ancient civilizations, its advancement in relation to the de-
velopment of the so-called medical sciences in the early civilizations, its struggle through
the Middle Ages and, finally, its attainment of recognized professional status in modern
times. Special attention is given to the forces and stresses that have brought about
the evolutionary progress from a primitive dental art to a scientific health service
profession.
DENTAL PROSTHESIS
A. Removable Complete and Partial Prosthesis
Professor: g. w. gaver (head of department).
Associate Professors: oggesen, ramsey and warner.
DRS. GORDON, PRIMROSE, WATSON AND WRIGHT.
Pros. Ilia. Dental Materials. (4)
First year. This course is designed to provide the student with a scientific back-
ground in the nomenclature, composition, physical properties, practical application,
and proper manipulation of the important materials used in the practice of dentistry,
excluding drugs and medicinals.
The theoretical aspect of the course is presented in the form of lectures, demon-
strations, informal group discussions, and directed supplemental reading. From
the practical standpoint, the student manipulates and tests the various materials in
the laboratory, being guided by prepared project sheets. The student develops an
understanding of these factors: the importance of scientific testing of a material
before it is used by the profession at large; the realization that every material has
its limitations, which can be compensated for only by intelligent application and
manipulation; and an appreciation of the vast field of research open to those who
wish to improve the materials now available.
Pros. 112a. introduction to Complete Denture Prosthesis. (I)
First year. Second semester. This course is devoted to the manipulation of impression
compound and the procedures used in developing impressions of edentulous arches,
casts and bite plates. It embraces a series of lecture-demonstrations designed to give the
student a knowledge of the essential fundamentals in complete denture construc-
tion.
Pros. 121a. Complete Denture Prosthesis. (2)
Second year. This course is given by lecture-demonstrations on bite registration, tooth
arrangement, and final finish of complete dentures.
Pros. 131a. Basic Clinical Complete Denture Prosthesis. (5)
Third year. The course includes a study of the practical application in the clinic of
the fundamentals taught in the preceding years. Demonstrations of the various
25 ►
University of Maryland
technics of impression and bite taking are offered to provide the student with addi-
tional knowledge necessary for clinic work.
Pros, 133a. Introduction to Removable Partial Denture Prosthesis. (1)
Third year. Second semester. This lecture-demonstration course embraces all phases
of removable partial denture construction. Experiments and exercises are arranged
to give the student the fundamentals in designing, casting and finishing partial den-
tures.
Pros. 141a. Advanced Clinical Denture Prosthesis. (4)
Fourth year. This course consists of the clinical application of the fundamentals
taught in the previous years. Particular attention is given to a standard method of
denture construction to equip the student with a basic technic for use in private
practice.
B. Fixed Partial Prosthesis
Professor: nuttall (head of department).
Associate Professors: dosh, mc lean-lu and oggesen.
Assistant Professor: willer.
DRS. M. GRAHAM AND STEELE.
Pros. 122b. Principles of Fixed Partial Prosthesis. (6)
Second year. This lecture and laboratory course is designed to provide a background
of fundamental knowledge in fixed partial denture prosthesis. The interrelations
of the biological and mechanical aspects of dentistry are emphasized. The prin-
ciples involved and the procedures used in abutment preparations, the construction
of fundamental retainers and pontic sections, and the assemblage of fixed bridge
restorations are presented in detail and correlated with the requirements of occlusion.
In addition to these procedures, the technics include impressions, wax manipulation,
pattern construction, investing and casting.
Pros. 132b. Ceramic and Plastic Restorations. (2)
Third year. First semester. This course presents the uses of porcelain and methyl
methacrylate as restorative materials. Instruction is given in the procedures of
preparation, impressions, color selection, temporary protection and cementation. These
materials are employed in the construction of complete veneer crowns and dowel
crowns and in staining and glazing technics.
Pros. 134b. Basic Clinical Fixed Partial Prosthesis. (4)
Third year. This is a comprehensive course in the essential requirements for the
successful use of the fixed partial denture. Special consideration is given to funda-
mental factors in diagnosis, treatment planning and clinical procedures. The course
integrates biological factors, mechanical principles and esthetic requirements with
restorative treatment. Emphasis is placed on the physiological considerations as a
basis for fixed partial denture service.
Pros. 142b. Advanced Clinical Fixed Partial Prosthesis. (3)
Fourth year. This course provides clinical training and experience for the student.
The acquired background of knowledge is utilized in rendering treatment services for
< 26
School of Dentistry
patients. Experience is gained in assessing completely the dental problem, planning
a practical treatment consistent with the total dental needs and providing services
which satisfy the objectives of prevention, function and esthetics.
DIAGNOSIS
Professor: biddix (head of department).
Associate Professors: w. l. graham and golton.
DRS. BRYANT, LEBO AND WEISS.
Diag. 131. Principles of Oral Diagnosis and Treatment Planning. (2)
Third year. The fundamental principles and procedures in the diagnosis of oral
and related diseases are studied by intimate clinical observation and discussion of
interesting cases. The study of the oral cavity through an understanding of its
relation to other parts of the body is emphasized. By means of consultations with
other departments the procedures of a comprehensive diagnosis are developed and
applied in treatment planning.
Diag. 132. Seminar.
Third year. The objective of this course is to teach the student to correlate clinical,
roentgenologic and laboratory findings. Selected patients are presented by both
medical and dental teachers.
Diag. 141. Clinical Oral Diagnosis and Treatment Planning. (I)
Fourth year. This course is a continuation of Diagnosis 131 and 132.
HISTOLOGY
Professor: provenza (acting head of department).
DR. CHENG AND MR. JORDAN.
Hist. 111. Mammalian Histology and Embryology. (8)
First year. The course embraces the thorough study of the cells, tissues and organs
of the various systems of the human body. Although certain aspects of the dental
histology phase of the course are given strictly as special entities, many are in-
cluded in the instruction in general histology, since the two areas are so intimately
related when functional and clinical applications are considered. The instruction in
embryology is correlated with that in histology. It covers the fundamentals of de-
velopment of the human body, particular emphasis being given to the head and
facial regions, the oral cavity, and the teeth and their adnexa. Specific correlations
are also made with the other courses in the dental curriculum.
For Graduates
Hist. 212. Mammalian Histology and Embryology. (6)
This course is the same as Histology 111, except that it does not include the dental
phases of 111, but does include additional instruction and collateral reading of an
advanced nature.
27 ►
University of Maryland
Hist. 213. Mammalian Oral Histology and Embryology. (2)
Prerequisite, Histology 111 or 212, or an equivalent course. This course covers the
dental aspects of Histology 111, and includes additional instruction in the relations
of histologic structure and embryologic development of the teeth, their adnexa, and
the head and facial regions of the human body.
Hist. 214. Research in Histology.
Number of hours and credit by arrangement.
Hist. 215. Research in Embryology.
Number of hours and credit by arrangement.
MEDICINE
A. General Medicine
Associate Professor: mc lean.
DRS. FRAVEL, LEONARD AND OGDEN.
Med. 121a. First Aid.
Second year. Second semester. In this course the student is instructed in the basic
principles of first aid.
Med. 132a. Principles of Medicine. (2)
Third year. The course is taught by lectures, visual aids and x-ray demonstrations
of diseases of the cardiorespiratory, gastrointestinal, genitourinary and nervous sys-
tems.
Med. 141a. Physical Diagnosis. (I)
Fourth year. Second semester. Slides and clinical demonstrations are used to show
the methods of recognition of important objective signs as they relate to body dis-
turbances. The methods of taking blood pressure are also taught.
Me d. 142a. Principles of Medicine. (2)
Fourth year. Throughout the year the entire class is taken into the hospital for
medical clinics where the close application of medical and dental knowledge in
history taking, diagnosis, laboratory procedures and treatment is emphasized.
Me d. 143a. Preventive and Public Health Dentistry. (I)
Fourth year. Second semester. The objectives of this course are to emphasize those
measures other than remedial operations that will tend to minimize the occurrence
or the extension of oral disease, and to outline the status of dentistry in the field of
general public health. The relations of dentistry with other phases of public health
are discussed, as are the problems affecting the administration of dental health pro-
grams. Special effort is made to demonstrate methods and materials suitable for use
in dental health education programs.
Med. 144a. Clinical Conferences.
Fourth year. Throughout the year small groups of students are taken into the hos-
pital for medical ward rounds, demonstrations and discussions.
< 28
School of Dentistry
B. Oral Medicine
Associate Professor: biddington.
Assistant Professor: abramson.
DRS. T. F. CLEMENT AND NORRIS.
Med. 121b. Principles of Endodontics. CO
Second year. The lecture phase presents the fundamentals necessary for endodontic
procedures; the indications and contraindications for these procedures; the methods
used in performing the necessary steps to preserve the functions of the teeth and to
maintain the health of the individual. The laboratory phase is designed to teach the
student the materials, the instrumentation, and the techniques employed in endodontic
treatment.
Med. 122b. Introduction to Periodontics, CO
Second year. The lectures place special emphasis on the importance of oral hygiene
and its relation to the prevention of all dental disorders. The causes, results, and
treatment of unhygienic conditions of the oral cavity are fully considered. Demon-
strations are given in the prophylactic treatment of the mouth and in the accepted
-methods of tooth brushing to be used in home care. In the laboratory the student
learns on special manikins the use of the periodontal instruments. By progressive
exercises and drills he is taught the basic principles of good operating procedure and
the methods of thorough prophylactic treatment.
Med. 131b. Basic Clinical Endodontics. CO
Third year. During the Junior year, the student applies the fundamentals he has
learned by performing endodontic procedures on clinical cases.
Med. 132b. Basic Clinical Periodontics. CO
Third year. The lectures present the etiology, clinical symptoms, diagnosis, prognosis,
and methods of treatment of the various forms of periodontal disease, other diseases
of the oral cavity, and lesions of the lips, cheeks, and tongue. The recognition of
periodontal disease in its incipient forms and the importance of early treatment are
stressed. The lectures are well illustrated by color slides, moving pictures, and other
visual aids. The Junior student is required to apply the fundamentals he has learned
by performing periodontal procedures on a prescribed number of clinical cases.
Med. 141b. Advanced Clinical Endodontics. CO
Fourth year. During his Senior year the student performs the more advanced endodontic
procedures on clinical cases.
Med. 142b. Advanced Clinical Periodontics. CO
Fourth year. The Senior student performs the periodontal procedures on clinical
patients exhibiting the more advanced periodontal problems.
MICROBIOLOGY
Professor: shay Che ad of department).
MR. TRAIL
Microbiol. 121. Dental Microbiology and Immunology. (4)
Second year. First semester. The course embraces lectures, laboratory, demonstra-
29 ►
University of Maryland
tions, recitations, and group conferences, augmented by guided reading. Practical and
theoretical consideration is given to pathogenic bacteria, viruses, yeasts and molds.
Special attention is given to those organisms which cause lesions in and about the
oral cavity, particularly primary focal infections about the teeth, tonsils, etc., which
result in the establishment of secondary foci. Immunological and serological prin-
ciples are studied, with special consideration being given to hypersensitivity resulting
from the use of antibiotics, vaccines, antigens, and other therapeutic agents.
Laboratory teaching includes the methods of staining and the cultural charac-
teristics of microorganisms; their reaction to disinfectants, antiseptics, and germicides;
methods of sterilization and asepsis; animal inoculation; preparation of sera, vaccines,
and antitoxins; a study of antibiotics; and a demonstration of virus techniques. In all
phases of the course emphasis is placed on dental applications.
For Graduates
Microbiol 200, 201. Chemotherapy. (1-2)
Prerequisite Microbiology 121 or equivalent. One lecture a week. Offered in alter-
nate years. A study of the chemistry, toxicity, pharmacology and therapeutic value of
drugs employed in the treatment of disease.
Microbiol. 202, 203. Reagents and Media. (I, I)
One lecture a week. Offered in alternate years. A study of the methods of prep-
aration and use of bacteriological reagents and media.
Microbiol. 210. Special Problems in Microbiology.
Credit determined by amount and quality of work performed. Laboratory course.
Microbiol. 211. Public Health. (1-2)
Prerequisite Microbiology 121 or equivalent. Lectures and discussions on the or-
ganization and administration of state and municipal health departments and private
health agencies. The course also includes a study of laboratory methods.
Microbiol. 221. Research in Microbiology.
Credit determined by amount and quality of work performed.
OPERATIVE DENTISTRY
Professor: Medina (acting head of department).
Associate Professor: louie.
Assistant Professors: h. m. clement, c. gaver and edmond g. vanden bosche.
DRS. BEAVEN, DIAZ, LEVIN AND NEILUND.
Oyer. 121. Fundamentals of Operative Dentistry. (5)
Second year. The student is trained in the technical procedures of cavity prepara-
tion and the manipulation of the restorative materials employed in the treatment of
diseases and injuries of the tooth structure. These basic principles are applied on
composition teeth and extracted natural teeth. Instruction includes twenty-six lectures
and forty-eight three-hour laboratory periods.
M 30
School of Dentistry
Oper. 131. Basic Clinical Operative Dentistry. (4)
Third year. This course is a continuing development of the fundamentals taught in
Operative 121. The objective is to present the additional information which is
necessary for the management of practical cases. Instruction includes lectures,
demonstrations and clinical practice in which the student treats patients under the
individual guidance of staff members.
Oper. 141. Advanced Clinical Operative Dentistry. (6)
Fourth year. With the background provided by Operative 121 and 131, the student
is able to comprehend and apply the procedures for treating the more complicated
operative problems. The objectives of this course are to instruct the student in the
different procedures by which a comprehensive operative service can be rendered
and to acquaint him with as many unusual clinical cases as possible. Instruction
includes lectures, demonstrations, and clinical practice.
ORTHODONTICS
Professor: preis (head of department).
Assistant Professors: kress, shehan and swinehart.
DRS. CULLEN AND SCHAEFFER.
Ortho. 131. Principles of Orthodontics. (2)
Third year. The course consists of lectures supplemented by slides and motion pic-
tures. The subject matter includes the history of orthodontics and the study of
growth and development, evolution of human dental occlusion, forces of occlusion,
etiology of malocclusion, aberrations of the maxilla and mandible which affect occlu-
sion, and tissue changes incident to tooth movement.
Ortho. 141. Clinical Orthodontics. (I)
Fourth year. Students are assigned in small groups to the Clinic where patients are
given a thorough dental examination. Under the direction of an instructor each case
is diagnosed, methods of procedure are explained, and treatment planning is out-
lined. In the more simple cases therapy is undertaken by the students under the
supervision of an instructor. Students, therefore, have the opportunity of applying
clinically the knowledge which they received during their Junior year.
PATHOLOGY
Professor: M. s. aisenberg (head of department).
Associate Professor: Weinberg.
Assistant Professor: a. d. aisenberg.
DR. GRANRUTH.
Path. 121. General Pathology. (4)
Second year. Second semester. The general principles of disease processes and tissue
reactions, both gross and microscopic, are taught with the objectives of training the
student to recognize and be familiar with the abnormal and of creating a foundation
for further study in the allied sciences. Emphasis is placed upon those diseases in
the treatment of which medicodental relationships are to be encountered.
31 ►
University of Maryland
Path. 131. Oral Pathology. (3)
Third year. First semester. The course includes a study of the etiology and the
gross and microscopic manifestations of diseases of the teeth and their investing
structures: pathologic dentition, dental anomalies, periodontal diseases, calcific de-
posits, dental caries, pulpal diseases, dentoalveolar abscesses, oral manifestations of
systemic diseases, cysts of the jaws, and benign and malignant lesions in and about
the oral cavity.
Path. 141. Seminar.
Fourth year. This constitutes a part of the cancer teaching program sponsored by a
grant from the United States Public Health Service. It is conducted by visiting lec-
turers who are specialists in their respective fields.
For Graduates
Path. 211. Advanced Oral Pathology. (8)
Tw© lectures and two laboratory periods throughout the year. This course is pre-
sented with the objective of correlating a knowledge of histopathology with the
various aspects of clinical practice. Studies of surgical and biopsy specimens are
stressed.
Path. 212. Research.
Time and credit by arrangement. Research in areas of particular interest to the
student.
PEDODONTICS
Associate Professor: sanders.
Assistant Professor: ehrlich.
DRS. BARTLETT AND KERCHEVAL.
Ped. 121. Technics of Pedodontics. (I)
Second year. Second semester. This laboratory course in dentistry for children
consists of sixteen laboratory periods. Demonstrations and visual aids are utilized to
augment the teaching procedure. The work is performed on model teeth in primary
dentoforms and consists of exercises in cavity preparation in primary teeth for the
proper reception of different restorative materials, in the technic of restoring a frac-
tured young permanent anterior tooth, and in the construction of a basic type of
space maintainer.
Ped. 131. Clinical Pedodontics. (I)
Third year. The student is introduced to clinical dentistry for children. He utilizes
the technical procedures learned in the laboratory. Didactic instruction includes
sixteen lectures offered during the first semester. Emphasis is given to the manage-
ment of the child patient with necessary modifications for behavior problems. The
indications and contraindications for pulpal therapy are evaluated for the purpose
of rational tooth conservation. Oral hygiene, roentgenology, growth and develop-
ment, and caries susceptibility tests are taught. Training in preventive orthodontics
is given for true denture guidance and to allow the student to institute interceptive
or early remedial measures in incipient deformities.
«* 32
School of Dentistry
The Department endeavors to develop in the student a comprehensive interest
in guiding the child patient through the period of the mixed dentition. A separate
clinic, equipped with child-size chairs and supervised by the pedodontics staff, pro-
vides adequate opportunity for clinical applications of the methods taught in labora-
tory and lectures.
Ped. 141. Clinical Pedodontics. (J)
Fourth year. The student continues his clinical training throughout the year and is
assigned the more difficult cases.
PHARMACOLOGY
Professor: dobbs (head of department).
Assistant Professor: ross.
DR. BRAGER.
Pharmacol. 131. General Pharmacology and Therapeutics. (4)
Third year. The course is designed to provide a general survey of pharmacology,
affording the students the necessary knowledge for the practice of rational therapeutics.
The course is taught by lectures, laboratory and demonstrations. The first semester con-
sists of sixteen hours of didactic work including instruction in pharmaceutical chemis-
try, pharmacy, prescription writing, and the pharmacodynamics of the local-acting
drugs. The second semester consists of thirty-two hours of didactics and forty-eight
hours of laboratory instruction. The laboratory experiments are performed by stu-
dents on animals and are designed to demonstrate the direct effects of drugs on vital
tissues. The subject material consists of the pharmacodynamics of the systemic-
acting drugs and the anti-infective agents. In the therapeutics phase the students
are instructed in the use of drugs for the prevention, treatment, and correction of
general and oral diseases.
Pharmacol. 141. Oral Therapeutics. (I)
Fourth year. First semester. This course consists of sixteen hours of lectures and
demonstrations. It is designed to acquaint the students with the practical applica-
tions of pharmacology in the treatment of dental and oral diseases. Particular em-
phasis is given to the newer drugs and the more recent advances in therapeutics.
Patients from the dental clinics and the hospital are used for demonstrations whenever
possible. A correlation of theory with clinical practice is obtained by chairside in-
struction on patients in the dental clinic.
Pharmacol. 142. Nutritional Therapeutics. (I)
Fourth year. Second semester. This course consists of sixteen hours of lectures and
demonstrations devoted to the principles and practices of nutritional therapeutics.
The presentation includes a study of the dietary requirements of essential food sub-
stances in health and disease. The vitamin and mineral deficiency states with their
pathology and symptomatology are presented with suggestions for dietary and drug
therapy. Metabolic diseases are discussed, and their effects on the nutritional states
are considered. Students are taught to plan diets for patients with various nutritional
problems, such as those resulting from loss of teeth, the use of new appliances, dental
caries, stomatitis, cellulitis, osteomyelitis, and bone fractures. A project study is
made by each student which includes analyses of his basal metabolic requirement, his
total energy requirement, and his dietary intake in relation to his daily needs.
33 ►
University of Maryland
PHYSIOLOGY
Professor: oster (head of department).
Associate Professors: shipley and pollack.
MRS. STALING.
Physiol. 121. Principles of Physiology. (6)
Second year. A fundamental objective of this course is to achieve an integration of
basic scientific phenomena of function as they relate to the organism as a whole.
Lectures deal with the principal fields of physiology, including heart and circula-
tion, peripheral and central nervous functions, respiration, digestion, muscular ac-
tivity, hepatic and renal functions, water and electrolyte balance, special senses, gen-
eral and cellular metabolism, endocrines and reproduction. In the laboratory work
(first semester) the classic experiments on frog and turtle muscle and heart function
are followed by more advanced work on rabbits, cats, dogs and the students them-
selves. A special series of lectures is devoted to the application of basic physiologic
principles to human clinical problems.
For Graduates
Physiol. 211. Principles of Mammalian Physiology. (6)
Prerequisite permission from the department. Same as course 121 but with collateral
reading and additional instruction.
Physiol. 212. Advanced Physiology.
Hours and credit by arrangement. Lectures and seminars during the second semes-
ter.
Physiol. 213. Research.
Hours and credits by arrangement.
PRACTICE ADMINISTRATION
Professor: biddix.
DR. LOVETT AND MR. o'DONNELL.
Pract. Adm. 141. Principles of Administration. (I)
Fourth year. Second semester. The objective of this course is to prepare students to
assume the social, economic and professional responsibilities of dental practice. The
lectures embrace the selection of the office location^and office equipment, the basis
of determining fees, the methods of collecting accounts, the use of auxiliary personnel,
and the choice of various types of insurance and investments. A comprehensive
bookkeeping system for a dental office is explained.
Pract. Adm. 142. Ethics. (1)
Fourth year. First semester. The course includes lectures on general ethics and
its basic teachings, and an interpretation of the philosophical principles adopted by
the American Dental Association and embodied in its "Principles of Ethics."
< 34
School of Dentistry
Pract. Adm. 143. Jurisprudence. (I)
Fourth year. First semester. The objective of the course is to acquaint the dental
student with the fundamentals of law as they relate to the dentist and to his patients.
The sources of law, the types of courts and court procedures are explained; the
student is acquainted with the special statutory provisions pertaining to the regula-
tion of the practice of dentistry, as well as the dentist's responsibilities under the
criminal law. The respective rights and liabilities of both the dentist and his patients
are considered in lectures dealing with contracts and torts; practical illustrations of
these rights and liabilities are reviewed in the light of actual reported cases in the
courts.
ROENTGENOLOGY
Professor: biddix.
DRS. KIEFMAN AND KLEIN.
Roentgenol. 131. Principles of Dental Roentgenology. (2)
Third year. The lectures include a study of the physical principles involved in the
production of x-rays and a discussion of their properties and effects, the hazards of
roentgenography to both operator and patient, the technics of taking roentgenograms,
and the processing of the films. The conference periods deal with the roentgeno-
graphic study of the normal anatomic structures in health and the variations noted
under various pathologic conditions.
Roentgenol. 132. Introduction to Clinical Dental Roentgenology.
Third year. Second semester. The division of the class into small groups permits
individual supervision in the clinical application of the material presented in Roent-
genol. 131. Under guidance the student learns to correctly place, expose and process
the film and mount a full series of dental roentgenograms.
Roentgenol. 141. Clinical Dental Roentgenology. (I)
Fourth year. Under a system of rotating assignments students are placed in constant
association with the routine practical use of the roentgen ray. They are required to
master the fundamental scientific principles and to acquire technical skill in taking,
processing, and interpreting all types of intraoral and extraoral films.
SURGERY
Professors: dorsey (head of department), helrich, robtnson and yeager.
Associate Professor: cappuccio.
Assistant Professors: siwinski and inman.
DRS. HINDS, HYNSON AND SCHNEIDER.
Surg. 131. Anesthesiology. (2)
Third year. Local anesthesia is taught in both principle and practice. In lectures
and clinics all types of intraoral, extraoral, conduction and infiltration injections;
the anatomical relation of muscles and nerves; the theory of action of anesthetic
agents and their toxic manifestations are taught. Demonstrations are given in con-
duction and infiltration technics; students give injections under supervision of an
35 ►
University of Maryland
instructor. General anesthesia is taught in lectures and clinic demonstrations. The
action of the anesthetic agents, methods of administration, indications and contra-
indications, and the treatment of toxic manifestations are included. Demonstrations
are given in the preparation of the patient, the administration of all general anes-
thetics (inhalant, rectal, spinal, and intravenous), and the technics for oral opera-
tions. Clinics are held in the Department of Oral Surgery in the Dental School and
in the Hospital.
Surg. 132. Oral Surgery. (3)
Third year. The course consists of lectures on the principles of surgery, the classifica-
tion of teeth for extraction, and the pre- and postoperative treatment of ambulatory
patients. The student is assigned to the Department of Oral Surgery on a rotating
schedule and is required to produce local anesthesia and extract teeth under the
supervision of an instructor.
Surg. 141. Oral Surgery. (3)
Fourth year. This course consists of lectures, clinical assignments, and practical
demonstrations on the etiology, pathology, diagnosis and treatment of all classes of
tumors, infections, deformities, anomalies, impacted teeth, fractures and surgical
problems associated with the practice of dentistry. Hospital clinics, demonstrations
and ward rounds are given to familiarize the student with abnormal conditions inci-
dent to the field of his future operations and to train him thoroughly in the diagnosis
of benign and malignant tumors. Weekly seminars are held in the Hospital. Each
student prepares and presents an oral surgery case report according to the require-
ments of the American Board of Oral Surgery.
For Graduates
Surg. 201. Clinical Anesthesiology. (6)
Forty hours a week for thirteen weeks.
Surg. 220. General Dental Oral Surgery. (4)
Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week for one semester.
Surg. 221. Advanced Oral Surgery. (4)
Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week for one semester.
Swrg. 222. Research.
Time and credit by arrangement.
VISUAL AIDS IN TEACHING
MR. TAYLOR AND STAFF.
The Department of Visual Aids employs the latest photographic technics
and equipment for the production of both monochromatic and full-color still
and motion pictures. By cooperation with other departments new material is
developed for lectures, clinics, publications and exhibits.
< 36
School of Dentistry
Through photography the School retains for teaching purposes interesting
cases that appear in the clinics, preserves evidence of unusual pathological
cases, and records anatomical anomalies, facial disharmonies and malocclusions
of the teeth. In addition the student, through his contact with photographic
uses, becomes acquainted with the value of photography in clinical practice.
Students are advised as to the use of visual aids in the preparation of lectures
and theses, the arrangement and co-ordination of materials, and the organiza-
tion and maintenance of records and histories.
Various art media and the use of modern plastics supplement photography.
By the combination and correlation of these methods all departments are pro-
vided with an unlimited supply of valuable and often irreplaceable visual
aids.
SPECIAL COURSES
Summer Courses
As the need arises, summer courses may be offered in certain subjects in-
cluded in the regular curriculum. A charge of $12.00 for each semester hour
credit is made for these courses.
■o
The Gorgas Odontological Society
The Gorgas Odontological Society was organized in 1916 as an honorary
student dental society with scholarship as a basis for admission. The Society
was named after Dr. Ferdinand J. S. Gorgas, a pioneer in dental education, a
teacher of many years' experience, and during his life a great contributor to
dental literature. It was with the idea of perpetuating his name that the
Society adopted it.
To be eligible for membership a student must be in the first 30 per cent of
his class. The selection of this 30 per cent shall be based on the weighted
percentage average system as outlined in the school regulations. The meetings,
held once each month, are addressed by prominent dental and medical men, an
effort being made to obtain speakers not connected with the University. The
members have an opportunity, even while students, to hear men associated with
other educational institutions.
Omicron Kappa Upsilon
Phi Chapter of Omicron Kappa Upsilon, honorary dental society, was char-
tered at the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, Dental School, University of
Maryland during the session of 1928-29. Membership in the society is
awarded to a number not exceeding 12 per cent of the graduating class. This
37 ►
University of Maryland
honor is conferred upon students who through their professional course of
study creditably fulfill all obligations as students, and whose conduct, earnest-
ness, evidence of good character and high scholarship recommend them to
election.
The following graduates of the 1958 Class were elected to membership:
Enrique Rafael Capo
F. Lee Eggnatz
Robert William Haroth
Gerald Franklin Hoffman
Lawrence Paul Jacobs
Anthony Joseph Klein, Jr.
Walter Prudden Leonard
John Frank Lessig
Richard Warren Moss
John Sidney Rushton
Lawrence Donald Sarubin
Howard Stanton Spurrier
Marvin Howard Tawes, Jr.
Alumni Association
The first annual meeting of the Society of the Alumni of the Baltimore
College of Dental Surgery was held in Baltimore, March 1, 1849. This organi-
zation has continued in existence to the present, its name having been changed
to The National Alumni Association of the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery,
Dental School, University of Maryland.
The officers of the Alumni Association for 1958-59 are as follows:
President
Edwin G. Gail
3700 N. Charles Street
Baltimore 18, Maryland
President-Elect
Harry W. Dressel, Jr.
6340 Frederick Avenue
Baltimore 28, Maryland
Vice-President
Saul M. Gale
425 Clinton Place
Newark 8, New Jersey
Historian
Milton B. Asbell
25 Haddon Avenue
Camden 3, New Jersey
Secretary
Joseph P. Cappuccio
1010 St. Paul Street
Baltimore 2, Maryland
Treasurer
Howard Van Natta
Medical Arts Building
Baltimore 1, Maryland
Editor
Kyrle W. Preis
700 Cathedral Street
Baltimore 1, Maryland
^ 38
School of Dentistry
University Alumni Council Representatives
Edwin G. Gail, 1959 Eugene D. Lyon, 1960
Baltimore, Maryland Baltimore, Maryland
Samuel H. Bryant, 1961
Baltimore, Maryland
Executive Council
Irving Abramson, 1959 Calvin J. Gaver, 1960
Baltimore, Maryland Catonsville, Maryland
Philip L. Block, 1961 William B. Mehring, 1960
Baltimore, Maryland Silver Spring, Maryland
Melvin Hazen Colvin, 1961 Joseph M. Tighe, 1959
Washington, D. C. Baltimore, Maryland
Trustees Ex-Officio
Edwin G. Gail, President
Harry W. Dressel, Jr., President-Elect
Joseph P. Cappuccio, Secretary
Howard Van Natta, Treasurer
Myron S. Aisenberg, Dean
Elected Trustees
Lewis C. Toomey, 1959 Frank N. Carroll, 1959
Silver Spring, Maryland Wheeling, West Virginia
Lawrence W. Bimestefer, 1960 Edward C. Morin, 1960
Dundalk, Maryland Pawtucket, Rhode Island
James W. McCarl, 1961 William Paul Hoffman, 1961
Greenbelt, Maryland Washington, D. C.
SENIOR PRIZE AWARDS
The following prizes were awarded to members of the Senior Class for the
1957-58 Session:
The Alexander H. Pater son Memorial Medal
For Practical Set of Full Upper and Lower Dentures
HOWARD STANTON SPURRIER
Honorable Mention Stanley Earle Block
39 ►
University of Maryland
The Isaac H. Davis Memorial Medal
(Contributed by Dr. Leonard I. Davis)
For Cohesive Gold Filling
PAUL HARVEY HYLAND
Honorable Mention Lawrence Donald Sarubin
The Alumni Association Medal
For Thesis
LAWRENCE DONALD SARUBIN
and
HOWARD STANTON SPURRIER
Honorable Mention Harry Edward Brandau, Jr., David Allen Watson
The Harry E. Kelsey Award
(Contributed by former associates of Dr. Kelsey:
Drs. Anderson, Devlin, Hodges, Johnston and Preis)
For Professional Demeanor
JOHN SIDNEY RUSHTON
The Harry E. Latcham Memorial Medal
For Complete Oral Operative Restoration
JOHN FRANK LESSIG
Honorable Mention Howard Stanton Spurrier
The Edgar J. Jacques Memorial Award
For Meritorious Work in Practical Oral Surgery
RAYMOND DENNIS MENTON, JR.
The Herbert Friedherg Memorial Award
(Contributed by the New Jersey Alumni Chapter of the
National Alumni Association)
For Achievement hy a New Jersey Senior
IRWIN B. SCHWARTZ
The James P. McCormick Award
For Meritorious Work in the Treatment of Traumatic
Injuries of the Face and Jaws
. ROBERT MATHIS JOHNSON
The Alpha Omega Scholarship Award
For Proficiency in the Course of Study
HOWARD STANTON SPURRIER
** 40
School of Dentistry
Graduating Class
1957-1958 Session
Ralph Richard Asadourian, B.A., University of New Hampshire,
1954 New Hampshire
Ronald James Bauerle, B.A., Providence College, 1954 Connecticut
Carl Mitchell Baumann, University of Florida Florida
Philip Stanley Benzil, B.S., University of Miami, 1954 Florida
Thomas Henry Birney, B.A., University of Southern California, 1954
California
Stanley Earle Block, University of Maryland Maryland
Joseph Paul Bodo, Jr., B.S., University of Tampa, 1954 Florida
Stanley Saul Brager, B.S., University of Maryland, 1954 Maryland
Harry Edward Brandau, Jr., University of Maryland Maryland
Robert Sherman Brown, University of Pennsylvania New Jersey
John Paul Burton, West Virginia University West Virginia
Charles Wallis Buttner, University of Miami Florida
Enrique Rafael Capo, Haverf ord College Puerto Rico
Robert Ernest Chait, B.S., University of Miami Florida
Virgil Lewis Chambers, Marshall College West Virginia
George Elmore Collins, B.S., University of Maryland, 1956 Maryland
Martin Richard Crytzer, B.S., University of Maryland, 1954 Pennsylvania
Stanley Carl DelTufo, B.A., Rutgers University, 1954 New Jersey
William Clinton Denison, West Virginia University West Virginia
F. Lee Eggnatz, University of Florida Florida
Melvin Feiler, Upsala College New Jersey
Dayton Carroll Ford, Marshall College West Virginia
Jose Antonio Fuentes, University of Puerto Rico Puerto Rico
John W T illiam Gannon, Jr., A.B., West Virginia University, 1954. .West Virginia
Richard Chris Georgiades, Virginia Military Institute Florida
Robert Goren, B.S., University of Maryland, 1952 Maryland
Barbara Lorraine Greco, A.B., The Newark Colleges of Rutgers
University, 1954 New Jersey
Anton Grobani, B.S., University of Maryland, 1954 Maryland
Fernando Haddock, B.S., University of Puerto Rico, 1954 Puerto Rico
Robert William Haroth, University of Maryland Maryland
Barry Ronald Harris, University of Maryland Maryland
Richard McFern Hemphill, A.B., West Virginia University, 1954. .West Virginia
Gerald Franklin Hoffman, B.A., University of Connecticut, 1954. .Connecticut
Paul Harvey Hyland, University of Delaware Delaware
William Louis Hyman, University of Miami Florida
Allen Burton Itkin, University of Connecticut Connecticut
Lawrence Paul Jacobs, A.B., Temple University, 1954 Delaware
Alfred Howard Jansen, Jr., University of Maryland Maryland
Robert Mathis Johnson, B.A., The Johns Hopkins University, 1954. .Maryland
Paul Franklin Kiefman, B.S., The American University, 1951 Virginia
41 ►
University of Maryland
Robert Harmon McLloyd Killpack, B.A., University of Utah, 1954 Utah
Anthony Joseph Klein, Jr., B.S., University of Cincinnati, 1954. . . .New York
David Rodman Lecrone, University of Delaware Delaware
Walter Prudden Leonard, Emory University Florida
John Frank Lessig, B.S., University of Maryland, 1956 Maryland
Herbert Gary Levin, University of Maryland Maryland
Donald Palmer Lewis, Norwich University Massachusetts
Benedict Salvatore LiPira, B.S., University of Maryland, 1954 Maryland
Garrett Isaac Long, Jr., A.B., West Virginia University, 1954 Maryland
Luis Felipe Lucca, B.S., University of Puerto Rico, 1948 Puerto Rico
Albert Silveira Luiz, A.B., Boston University, 1952 Massachusetts
Lawf ord Earle Magruder, Jr., University of Maryland Maryland
Clyde Danforth Marlow, Emory University Florida
Carlos Rafael Matos, B.S., University of Puerto Rico Puerto Rico
Edward Robert McLaughlin, B.S., University of Massachusetts, 1954
Massachusetts
David Frederick Mehlisch, Graceland College Maryland
Raymond Dennis Menton, Jr., B.S., Loyola College, 1954- Maryland
Anthony Nicholas Micelotti, B.S., Boston College, 1952 Massachusetts
Paul Masashi Morita, University of Maryland New Jersey
Richard Warren Moss, Emory University Florida
James Edward Nadeau, American International College Massachusetts
William Harold Neilund, B.S., University of Maryland, 1951 Maryland
Philip Patrick Nolan, B.S., Loyola College, 1953 Maryland
Ralph Fields Norwood, Jr., Bethany College West Virginia
Guy Sullivan O'Brien, Jr., B.S., Furman University, 1954 South Carolina
Charles Irving Osman, B.S., University of Florida, 1954 Florida
Warren Andrew Parker, Mount Saint Mary's College New Jersey
Bienvenido Perez, Jr., B.S., University of Puerto Rico, 1954 New York
Joseph Marion Powell, Furman University South Carolina
Ralph Weyman Price, North Georgia College Virginia
Alan Shia Resnek, Tufts College Massachusetts
Henry Edward Richter, Jr., B.S., University of Maryland, 1954 Virginia
Peter Arthur Rubelman, Emory University Florida
John Sidney Rushton, University of Maryland Virginia
Robert Nicholas Santangelo, Purdue University New Jersey
Lawrence Donald Sarubin, B.S., University of Maryland, 1949 Maryland
James Augustus Schaefer, B.S., St. Michael's College, 1954 New York
Leonard Stanley Schneider, The Johns Hopkins University Maryland
Howard Schwartz, B.A., Rutgers University, 1954 New Jersey
Irwin Bernard Schwartz, The Newark Colleges of Rutgers University
New Jersey
David Howard Shamer, B.S., University of Maryland, 1951 Maryland
Charles Irvine Shelton, B.S., West Virginia University West Virginia
Cyril Stanton Sokale, B.A., The University of Connecticut, 1954. .Connecticut
Edward William Spinelli, Jr., A.B., Tufts College, 1954 Massachusetts
< 42
School of Dentistry
Howard Stanton Spurrier, University of Utah Utah
John Francis Spychalski, B.S., St. Bernardine of Siena College, 1952. . .New York
Ivan Lee Starr, A.B., Syracuse University, 1954 New Jersey
Ronald Martin Starr, University of Maryland Maryland
Elizabeth Lee Stewart, The Johns Hopkins University Maryland
Marvin Howard Tawes, Jr., B.S., University of Maryland, 1956 Maryland
Linn Shecut Tompkins, Jr., University of South Carolina South Carolina
Frank Trotto, Jr., A.B., West Virginia University, 1953 West Virginia
Donald Herbert Wadsworth, Emory University Florida
William James Washuta, University of Miami Florida
David Allen Watson, B.S., University of Maryland, 1956 Maryland
Louis Weiss, University of Maryland Maryland
William Alvin Wolf, A.B., Upsala College, 1951 Connecticut
Rodger August Zelles, B.S., Rutgers University, 1954 New Jersey
Honors
Summa Cum Laude
Howard Stanton Spurrier
Magna Cum Laude
Lawrence Donald Sarubin Anthony Joseph Klein, Jr.
Robert William Haroth Gerald Franklin Hoffman
Walter Prudden Leonard
Cum Laude
Lawrence Paul Jacobs John Frank Lessig
Richard Warren Moss Marvin Howard Tawes, Jr.
John Sidney Rushton F. Lee Eggnatz
Enrique Rafael Capo
Degree Conferred August 1, 1958
George Louis Plassnig, University of Maryland Maryland
Senior Class
Kenneth David Bass, B.A., University of Connecticut, 1953;
M.S., 1955 Connecticut
Robert Gene Beckelheimer, Concord College West Virginia
Frederick Blumenthal, University of Miami Florida
Leonard Francis Borges, B.S., Tufts College, 1951 Massachusetts
Martin David Breckstein, University of Florida Florida
Lawrence Austin Brehne, B.A., Rutgers University, 1951 New Jersey
43 ►
University of Maryland
Robert Francis Bristol, B.A., Providence College, 1955 Rhode Island
John C. L. Brown, Jr., B.S., The Pennsylvania State University, 1952
Pennsylvania
Bayard Allen Buchen, Emory University Florida
Robert Rolland Buckner, Washington Missionary College Georgia
Barbara Dorothea Bucko, B.A., Syracuse University Connecticut
Thomas Cali, B.S., University of Maryland, 1955 New Jersey
John Joseph Cartisano, Indiana University New York
Gary Herbert Cohen, University of Maryland Maryland
Robert Ted Conner, West Virginia University West Virginia
Juan Anibal Cuevas-Jimenez, B.S., University of Puerto Rico, 1953
Puerto Rico
Adolph Albert Cura, B.A., Boston College, 1955 Massachusetts
Peter Bernard DalPozzol, Colby College Connecticut
Allan Lee Danoff, University of Maryland, B.S., 1957 Maryland
Eugene Frederick deLonge, Newberry College South Carolina
Joseph Budding Dietz, Jr., Lehigh University Delaware
Frank Anthony Dolle, B.S., University of Maryland, 1948; M.S.,
1950; Ph.D., 1954 Maryland
William Frank Dombrowski, B.S., United States Naval Academy, 1950
Maryland
James Francis Dooley, B.S., United States Merchant Marine Academy,
1950; A.B., Rutgers University, 1951 New Jersey
William Edward Dowden, B.S., Niagara University, 1955 New York
Conrad Castenzio Ferlita, B.S., University of Miami Florida
Raymond Alan Flanders, Colgate University New York
John Morrison Foley, B.S., Loyola College, 1955 Maryland
James Arthur Fowler, Jr., University of Maryland, B.S., 1957 Maryland
Robert Donald Fraser, B.S., Niagara University, 1955 New York
Richard Lawrence Fraze, Tufts College Florida
Larry Joe Frick, The Clemson Agricultural College South Carolina
Thornwell Jacobs Frick, B.S., Davidson College, 1955 South Carolina
Orton Dittmar Frisbie, University of Florida Florida
Ivan Orlo Gardner, B.S., University of Pittsburgh, 1952 Maryland
Billy Wade Gaskill, West Virginia University Arkansas
Gorm Pultz Hansen, University of Maryland, B.S., 1957 Maryland
Frederick Lewis Hodous, University of Maryland Maryland
Francis Kurt Hugelmeyer, B.S., College of the Holy Cross, 1955. . . .New York
Eugene Farley Humphreys, Brigham Young University Idaho
James Paul Jabbour, B.S., Tufts College, 1950; Ed.M., 1951 Massachusetts
Calvin Charles Kay, University of Miami Florida
Edward Gerard Keen, St. Anselm's College Connecticut
Paul Lewis Keener, University of Maryland Maryland
Joseph Krall, B.S., University of Maryland, 1948 Maryland
Jacob Ian Krampf, University of Maryland, B.S., 1957 Maryland
Frank Walter Krause, B.A., University of Virginia, 1955 New Jersey
** 44
School sf Dentistry
Domenic Edward LaPorta, University of Maryland, B.S., 1957 Connecticut
Richard John Lauttman, B.S., Loyola College, 1953 Maryland
Robert Louis Lee, University of Maryland Maryland
Wallace George Lee, University of Maryland, B.S., 1953 Michigan
Lester Leonard Levin, University of Maryland Maryland
Robert Bernard Lewis, B.S., College of the Lloly Cross, 1954 Rhode Island
Leslie Herminio Lopez- Velez, B.S., University of Puerto Rico, 1955
Puerto Rico
Joseph Paul Lynch, B.S., Seton Hall University, 1953 New Jersey
Carlos A. Machuca-Padin, B.S., University of Puerto Rico, 1954. . . .Puerto Rico
Arnold Irwin Malhmood, LIniversity of Maryland, B.S., 1959 Maryland
Jose Manuel Martinez, B.S., University of Puerto Rico, 1955 Puerto Rico
John Kenneth McDonald, Louisiana State LIniversity and Agricultural
and Mechanical College Mississippi
Thomas James Meakem, Davis and Elkins College New Jersey
Thomas Eugene Miller, B.S., St. John's University, 1955 New Jersey
Bernard Lee Morgan, B.A., West Virginia University, 1955.... West Virginia
Fabian Morgan, B.S., Wake Forest College, 1954 North Carolina
John Worthington Myers, B.S., University of Maryland, 1957 Maryland
Elizabeth Haydee Noa, B.A., Nazareth College, 1954 Puerto Rico
William Barnard O'Connor, West Virginia University West Virginia
William Robert Owens, B.S., Davidson College, 1954 North Carolina
William Edward Parker, University of Maryland Maryland
Jeffry Chandler Pennington, The Citadel South Carolina
Charles Kenneth Peters, Jr., B.S., Loyola College, 1954 Maryland
Gregory Michael Petrakis, B.S., Trinity College, 1955 Connecticut
George Jackson Phillips, Jr., B.A., Amherst College, 1955 Maryland
Barry Pickus, B.A., Western Maryland College, 1955 Maryland
Donald Alan Pirie, B.S., University of Maryland, 1955 Maryland
Anthony Michael Policastro, B.A., Seton Hall University, 1955. . . .New Jersey
Joseph Eul Polino, B.A., Providence College, 1955 Connecticut
Alben R. Pollack, B.A., Alfred LIniversity, 1955 New York
Joel Pollack, B.S., The City College of New York, 1955 New York
Albert Edward Postal, University of Maryland District of Columbia
William Lewis Pralley, B.A., West Virginia LIniversity, 1955. ..West Virginia
John Viering Raese, West Virginia University West Virginia
William Paul Raimond, University of Maryland Maryland
Burton Alvin Raphael, B.S., University of Maryland Maryland
Harold Reuben Ribakow, University of Maryland Maryland
Chester James Richmond, Jr., Tufts College Connecticut
Matthew Angelo Rocco, B.A., Seton Hall University, 1955 New Jersey
Lawrence David Rogers, University of Maryland, B.S., 1957 Maryland
Everett Newton Roush, III, Marshall College West Virginia
Louis Joseph Ruland, Jr., B.A., The Johns Hopkins University, 1955
Maryland
Pvaymond Richard Sahley, Marshall College West Virginia
45 ►
University of Maryland
Charles Salerno, Upsala College New Jersey
Piichard Charles Saville, B.A., University of Maryland, 1955 Maryland
David Lee Schofield, University of Miami Florida
Jerome Schwartz, B.S., University of Maryland, 1949 Maryland
Piobert Bernard Silberstein, University of Florida Florida
Stanley Leonard Silver, B.S., University of Maryland, 1953
District of Columbia
Francis Vincent Simansky, B.S., Loyola College, 1955 Maryland
Orlando Louis Skaff, B.A., West Virginia University, 1955 West Virginia
Philip Smith, University of Vermont and State Agricultural College. .Vermont
Anthony Sollazzo, Rutgers University New Jersey
James Frederick Sproul, West Virginia University Ohio
John Joseph Stecher, B.S., Seton Hall University, 1952 New Jersey
Donald Dietrich Stegman, B.S., University of Maryland, 1952 Maryland
Daniel Joseph Sullivan, B.A., Providence College, 1955 Rhode Island
Charles Carroll Swoope, Jr., University of Florida New Jersey
Arthur Morton Tilles, University of Maryland Maryland
John Louis Varanelli, University of Connecticut Connecticut
Francis Anthony Veltre, B.S., University of Maryland, 1952;
M.S., 1954 Maryland
Jorge Vendrell, Tulane University of Louisiana Puerto Rico
James Ray Wampler, Richmond College, University of Richmond Virginia
Leonard Clifford Warner, Jr., Colby College Connecticut
Edgar Clair White, Marshall College Kentucky
Thomas Adams Wilson, B.A., Amherst College, 1955 Maryland
Herbert Sanford Yampolsky, B.S., University of Alabama, 1955. . . .New Jersey
junior Class
Joel Martin Adler, Emory University Mississippi
Earl Robert Alban, Jr., B.A., The Johns Hopkins University, 1954. . .Maryland
John Jacob Atchinson, Marshall College West Virginia
Edmund Donald Baron, Rutgers University New Jersey
Hulon Edward Beasley, University of Florida Maryland
John William Biehn, University of Maryland Maryland
Raymond Cline Bodley, West Virginia University West Virginia
William Francis Brady, Jr., B.S., Boston College, 1954; M.S.,
University of Massachusetts, 1956 Massachusetts
Frank Lee Bragg, West Virginia University West Virginia
James Peter Brown, B.A., American International College, 1956. .Massachusetts
Rolla Ray Burk, Jr., A.B., West Virginia University, 1951 West Virginia
Gene Edward Camp, West Virginia University West Virginia
Alfred Chesler, Furman University Ohio
Piobert Roy Chesney, Western Maryland College Maryland
Robert A. Cialone, B.S., University of Maryland, 1955 New Jersey
William John Cimikoski, A.B., University of Michigan, 1953. .. .Connecticut
< 46
School of Dentistry
Milton Chipman Clegg, B.A., University of Utah, 1956 Utah
Clyde Albert Coe, University of Maryland Maryland
Blanca Collazo, B.S., University of Puerto Rico, 1956 Puerto Rico
Frank Lateau Collins, West Virginia University West Virginia
Myron Harris Coulton, University of Florida Florida
Thomas Joseph Cronin, B.S., De Paul University, 1955 New Jersey
William Walter Cwiek, B.S., University of Maryland, 1953 Maryland
Charles Albert Darby, University of Maryland Maryland
Charles Albert Dean, B.A., Providence College, 1956 Massachusetts
John Jay Denson, Jr., B.S., University of Florida, 1956 Florida
Michael Vincent Doran, Jr., B.S., University of Miami, 1956 Virginia
Raymond Dzoba, Bowling Green State University New Jersey
Morton Mayer Ehudin, University of Maryland, B.S., 1957 Maryland
Joseph Thomas Fay, B.A., Providence College, 1956 Rhode Island
Humbert Michael Fiskio, A.B., Oberlin College, 1955; M.A.,
University of Connecticut, 1956 Connecticut
Henry Paul Fox, St. Michael's College New York
Irwood Fox, B.A., University of Virginia, 1956 Virginia
Joseph Giardina, University of Maryland, B.S., 1957 Maryland
Harry Gruen, University of Miami Florida
Ernest Lee Harris, Jr., Southern Missionary College Florida
David William Heese, B.A., The Johns Hopkins University, 1953. . . .Maryland
Sanford Sonny Hochman, University of Maryland, B.S., 1957 Maryland
Edward Allen Hurdle, Jr., B.S., Loyola College, 1956 Maryland
Clemuel Mansey Johnson, B.A., The University of North Carolina, 1953
North Carolina
Nicholas Irving Jones, B.S., The Citadel, 1956 South Carolina
Norman Lewis Jones, Marshall College West Virginia
Alan Donald Jung, B.S., University of Maryland, 1952 Maryland
Don Samuel Killpack, B.S., University of Utah, 1951 Utah
Irwin Kolikoff, B.S., Florida Southern College, 1953 New Hampshire
Don Lee Koubek, A.B., West Virginia University, 1955 West Virginia
Robert Marvin Kriegsman, A.B., The University of North Carolina
North Carolina
Scot Sueki Kubota, A.B., Colorado State College, 1953;
A.M., 1954 Hawaii
Nicolas Lasijczuk, D.S., University of Nancy New York
Martin Albert Levin, University of Maryland, B.S., 1957 Maryland
Marvin Paul Levin, University of Maryland, B.S., 1957 Maryland
Harry Levy, University of Maryland Maryland
William Lee Lovern, Concord College West Virginia
Frederick Magaziner, B.S., University of Maryland, 1954 Maryland
Martin Magaziner, University of Maryland District of Columbia
Frank William Mastrola, Jr., B.A., Providence College, 1956. . . .Rhode Island
Martin Lee Mays, B.S., Wofford College, 1957 South Carolina
David Henry McLane, A.B., Marshall College, 1957 West Virginia
47 >
University of Maryland
John Stephen McLaughlin, West Virginia University Maryland
John Bennett Moore, Jr., Weber College Utah
Richard Franklin Murphy, West Virginia University West Virginia
Theodore Jacob Noffsinger, Jr., B.A., University of Maryland, 1956. .Maryland
Franklin Lewis Oliverio, B.S., West Virginia University, 1956. . .West Virginia
Billy Wendel Olsen, B.A., University of California, 1955 California
Bernard John Orlowski, Seton Hall University New Jersey
Philip Kibbee Parsons, West Virginia University West Virginia
Helmer Eugene Pearson, Upsala College New Jersey
Alfred John Phillips, University of Florida Florida
James Vincent Picone, B.S., College of the Holy Cross, 1956. ..Massachusetts
Robert Henry Prindle, B.A., St. Michael's College, 1956 New York
Anthony Joseph Regine, B.S., Tufts College, 1955 Rhode Island
Jude Philip Restivo, B.S., University of Maryland, 1956 Maryland
Ronald Lee Ripley, A.B., West Virginia University, 1955 West Virginia
Malcolm Louis Rosenbloum, Emory University Missouri
Georges Philippe Raynald Roy, A.B., St. Michael's College, 1956 Maine
William Joseph Rumberger, Mount Saint Mary's College Pennsylvania
Thomas Melvin Rutherford, B.S., West Virginia Wesleyan College, 1956
West Virginia
Frank John Salino, The University of Buffalo New York
Lawrence Francis Schaefer, St. Michael's College New York
Roger Clare Sears, University of Maryland, B.S., 1958 Maryland
Howard Irwin Segal, University of Miami Florida
Edwin Barry Shiller, Emory University Florida
Joseph James Smith, Mount Saint Mary's College New York
Robert Carroll Smith, A.B., West Virginia University, 1956 West Virginia
Alvin Jerome Snyder, B.S., University of Maryland, 1956 Maryland
David M. Solomon, B.S., Fordham University, 1956 New Jersey
Piudolph Clement Strambi, B.S., Fordham University, 1952 New Jersey
Wayne Eugene Stroud, University of Maryland Illinois
George Webster Struthers, Jr., B.S., Randolph-Macon College, 1952
West Virginia
Edward Ralph Thompson, Temple University New Jersey
Robert Speirs Thomson, B.A., Houghton College, 1956 New Jersey
Earle Alexander Tompkins, Jr., B.S., University of Massachusetts, 1955
Massachusetts
Gilbert Allen Vitek, Graceland College Maryland
Raymond Francis Waldron, A.B., Boston College, 1956 Massachusetts
Martin Truett Watson, A.B., Emory University, 1954 Georgia
Irwin Robert Weiner, University of Akron Ohio
Wayne Clark Wills, West Virginia University West Virginia
Charles Rosser Wilson, B.S., Wake Forest College, 1956 North Carolina
Dale Lee Wood, Western Maryland College Maryland
Louis Yarid. A.B., Columbia University, 1956 Massachusetts
<3 48
School of Dentistry
Sophomore Class
Paul Wilfred Achin, Providence College Massachusetts
Morris Antonelli, University of Maryland, B.S., 1958 District of Columbia
Gilbert Samuel Berman, B.S., University of Maryland, 1957 Maryland
Cecil Samuel Boland, B.S., Newberry College, 1957 Maryland
Lester Malcolm Breen, Emory University Georgia
Jay Ronald Brenner, University of Miami Florida
Donald Acker Michael Brown, B.A., St. John's College, 1951 Maryland
Douglas Adams Bryans, B.S., Springfield College, i957 Massachusetts
George Franklin Buchness, B.S., Loyola College, 1948; M.S., Catholic
University, 1954 Maryland
Richard Mario Carmosino, A.B., Boston University, 1957 Massachusetts
Thomas J. Cavanaugh, B.S., University of Maryland, 1957 Maryland
Lawrence Leo Clark, Mount Saint Mary's College New Jersey
James Richard Crouse, Shepherd College Maryland
Billy Hugh Darke, B.S., Western Kentucky State College, 1954 Kentucky
William Lawrence Doheny, Jr., University of Maryland Connecticut
Edward Cornelius Dohertv, B.A., Boston College, 1957 Massachusetts
Marlin Duane Dunker, B.A., Walla Walla College, 1955 California
William Duane Fitzgerald, University of Massachusetts Massachusetts
Sheldon Donald Fliss, University of Maryland Maryland
Richard Arnold Foer. B.S., University of Maryland, 1957. . .District of Columbia
Joseph Edward Furtado, B.A., Providence College, 1954 Rhode Island
William Joseph Girotti, B.A., American International College, 1957
Massachusetts
Raymond Emil Goepfrich, B.S., Franklin and Marshall College, 1957
Pennsylvania
John George Goettee, Jr., B.A., Western Maryland College, 1957. . .Maryland
Melvin Goldenberg, B.A., Providence College, 1957 Rhode Island
Aaron Rufus Griffith, Jr., University of South Carolina South Carolina
Sheldon Gerald Gross, University of Vermont Massachusetts
Stanford Edgar Hamburger, B.A., University of Maryland, 1957. ... Maryland
Arnold Hecht, University of Miami Florida
Ronald Wesley Higel, University of Florida Florida
William Paul Hoffman, Jr., Earlham College District of Columbia
Patrick Francis Iacovelli, Jr., B.S., Boston College, 1952 Massachusetts
Ronald Harold Israel, University of Maryland, B.S., 1958 Maryland
Alvin Wesley Kagey, B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1957 Maryland
Sanford Katsumi Kamezawa, LIniversity of California Hawaii
Stanley Paul Kaminski, B.A., Seton Hall University, 1957 New Jersey
Douglas Kaplan, B.A., Alfred University, 1957 New Jersey
George Theodore Keary, Yale University Massachusetts
Michael Edward Kolakowski, Jr., B.S., University of Maryland, 1957
Maryland
Robert George Kovack, B.S., Albright College, 1957 New Jersey
49
University of Maryland
Ralph Leonard Kroopnick, B.A., University of Connecticut, 1957. .Connecticut
William Herbert Lackey, Concord College West Virginia
Robert Maurice Lattanzi, Albertus Magnus College Connecticut
Jack Edward Liller, University of Richmond Maryland
Arnold Irvin Loew, University of Miami Florida
Sol Benjamin Love, Georgetown University District of Columbia
Keith Gerald Lown, A.B., Fresno State College, 1956 California
Edward Salters McCallum, Newberry College South Carolina
William Edward McLaughlin, Mount Saint Mary's College New York
Joseph Robert Marchesani, LaSalle College New Jersey
Richard Madison Marrone, B.S., University of Maryland, 1957 Maryland
Alan J. Martin, Ohio University ■ Florida
Robert Cameron Mason, University of Maryland, B.S., 1958 Maryland
Michael Charles Matzkin, B.A., Dartmouth College, 1957 Connecticut
Robert Francis Meier, Mount Saint Mary's College New York
Marc Julian Meyers, B.A., Western Maryland College, 1957 Maryland
Ronald Britton Morley, B.A., Maryville College, 1957 New York
Clarence John Myatt, A.B., St. Michael's College, 1957 Massachusetts
Roy Mitsuaki Naito, B.A., University of Hawaii, 1956 Hawaii
Antone Travers Oliveira, Jr., B.S., Tufts College, 1957 Massachusetts
James Edward Palmer, University of Maryland Maryland
David Bertram Pere, University of Miami Florida
Albert Perlmutter, A.B., Boston University, 1957 Massachusetts
Garr Thomas Phelps, Xavier University Kentucky
Joseph Michael Pistoria, Seton Hall University New Jersey
Erwin Stuart Raffel, B.S., University of Maryland, 1956 Maryland
Malcolm Sidney Renbaum, B.S., Johns Hopkins University, 1956 . . . .Maryland
John Filmore Robinson, Loyola College Maryland
William Otis Rockefeller, University of Maryland New York
Theodore Almada Rosa, University of Maryland, B.S., 1958
District of Columbia
Victor Angel Rosado, B.A., Polytechnic Institute of Puerto Rico, 1957
Puerto Rico
David Neuman Rudo, B.S., University of Maryland, 1957 Maryland
Peter Paul Ryiz, University of Maryland, B.S., 1958 Connecticut
Richard Daniel Sachs, University of Miami Florida
Hershel Garvin Sawyer, A.B., Berea College, 1957 West Virginia
Harold Mark Shavell, B.S., University of Illinois, 1957 Florida
Robert Stanley Siegel, University of Maryland, B.S., 1958 Maryland
Frank Joseph Sinnreich, Jr., B.S., University of Maryland, 1951 Maryland
Melvin Jordan Slan, University of Maryland Maryland
Louis Edward Snyder, Jr., University of Maryland .South Carolina
James Miller Steig, Georgia Institute of Technology Florida
Stanley Merrill Stoller, University of Maryland, B.S., 1958 Maryland
Arthur Hein Streeter, B.S., Washington College, 1957 Maryland
Joseph Ashley Sullivan, University of Miami Florida
^ 50
School of Dentistry
Brett Taylor Summey, B.A., University of North Carolina, 1957
North Carolina
John Harvey Swann, B.S., University of Maryland, 1956 Maryland
Jerry Dale Taf t, University of Maryland Montana
Bill Edward Taylor, University of Oklahoma Oklahoma
Paul Irvin Teitelbaum, University of Maryland, B.S., 1958 Maryland
Donald Mathews Tilghman, University of Maryland, B.S., 1958 Maryland
George Bartholomew Towson, Washington College Maryland
Norton Allen Tucker, University of Maryland, B.S., 1958 Maryland
Nils Glick Wallen, B.A., Syracuse University, 1957 New Jersey
Frederic James Wasserman, B.S., University of Florida, 1957 Florida
Alfred Stewart Windeler, Jr., Johns Hopkins University New Jersey
William Herbert Witherspoon, West Virginia University Pennsylvania
Larry Emanuel Wynne, Emory University Florida
Stanley Leonard Zakarin, University of Florida Florida
John Francis Zulaski, B.A., American International College, 1957. . .Connecticut
Freshman Class
Frederick Bradshaw Abbott, Southeast Missouri State College Maryland
Tulio Fulvio Albertini, University of Maryland Maryland
James Emil Andrews, B.S., Wake Forest College, 1958 North Carolina
Robert Apfel, B.A., University of Miami, 1958 Florida
Marvin Bennet Apter, University of Maryland Maryland
Joseph Herman Axelrod, University of Maryland Maryland
Michael Alan Balenson, B.S., University of Maryland, 1958 Maryland
Donald Harry Barnes, College of the Pacific California
Howard Benjamin Berman, Emory University Florida
Samuel Blum, University of Maryland District of Columbia
Gabriel Herman Blumenthal, University of Miami Florida
William John Bowen, B.S., University of Maryland, 1957 Maryland
Roger Lee Brown, University of Maryland Pennsylvania
Peter John Buchetto, Jr., University of Connecticut Connecticut
Barry Stanley Buchman, University of Maryland Maryland
Paul William Bushman, B.A., The Johns Hopkins University, 1958. . .Maryland
Robert Moore Charlton, University of Maryland Maryland
Jerome Milton Chertkoff, B.A., The Johns Hopkins University, 1958. .Maryland
George Gary Clendenin, B.S., University of Maryland, 1958 Maryland
Hillard Wilf Cohen, University of Maryland Maryland
David Constantinos, B.A., American International College, 1957. .Massachusetts
William Howard Dickson, B.S., University of Maryland, 1958 Maryland
Albert William Doetzer, B.S., Loyola College, 1958 Maryland
Irvin I. Donick, University of Maryland Maryland
Richard Farish Downes, Jr., B.S., University of Maryland, 1953 Maryland
John Theodore Drescher, B.A., University of Connecticut, 1958. . . .Connecticut
Alvin Engel, University of Maryland Maryland
51 ►
University of Maryland
Bernard David Feinberg, College of Charleston South Carolina
Henry Anthony Fischer, B.S., University of Florida, 1958 Florida
James Scott Foulke, B.S., University of Maryland, 1956 Maryland
Neil Arthur Friedman, University of Southern California California
Richard Saul Friedman, A.B., Rutgers University, 1957 New Jersey
Thomas Brent Gable, Franklin and Marshall College Pennsylvania
Charles Augustus Gallagher, University of Maryland Maryland
Lawrence Allan Gallerani, B.A., American International College, 1958
Massachusetts
Ronald Irvin Glaeser, B.A., Western Maryland College, 1958 Maryland
Milton Josef Glatzer, A.B., Rutgers College, 1958 .New Jersey
Harold Israel Glazer, University of Maryland Maryland
Milton Perry Glazer, University of Maryland Maryland
*Stuart Howard Goldfine, University of Maryland Maryland
Marshall Robert Goldman, University of Maryland Maryland
George Joseph Goodreau, Jr., A.B., St. Anselm's College, 1953. .New Hampshire
Robert Gordon, A.B., Boston University, 1958 Massachusetts
Larry Earl Grace, B.S., Concord College, 1956 West Virginia
Robert Duane Hackney, The State College of Washington Washington
Lawrence Frank Halpert, B.A., The Johns Hopkins University, 1958. .Maryland
Laurence Eugene Johns, Shepherd College Maryland
James Paul Johnson, B.S., Mount Saint Mary's College, 1958 Pennsylvania
Laddie Lynn Jones, B.S., Presbyterian College, 1958 South Carolina
David Brainard Kirby, Jr., B.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1958. .Pennsylvania
Martin Kline, Emory University Florida
Richard Thomas Koritzer, The Johns Hopkins University Maryland
Robert Alan Kramer, Lafayette College New Jersey
Elmer Lee, University of California California
Daniel Levy, Emory University Georgia
Donald Eugene Lilley, Southern Missionary College Maryland
Berton Abner Lowell, University of Miami Florida
Kenneth George Magee, B.S., University of Maryland New Jersey
Sidney Samuel Markowitz, University of Maryland Maryland
Joseph David Mechanick, University of Maryland Maryland
Stephen Mark Millison, University of Maryland Maryland
Stephen Hollingshead Mills, University of Florida Florid?
Alan Tatsuo Miyamoto, B.A., Simpson College, 1958 Hawaii
Kermit Lee Norton, Fresno State College California
Harvey Sheldon Pallen, University of Florida Florida
Robert Parker, University of Maryland Maryland
John Albert Patterson, B.S., Davidson College, 1958 North Carolina
Allan Buckner Pertnoy, B.S., University of Maryland, 1958 Maryland
Gerald Alan Pinsky, University of Miami Florida
Albert Louis Pizzi, B.S., Springfield College, 1958 Massachusetts
* Attended part session
<J 52
School of Dentistry
Allan Posner, B.A., University of Maryland, 1958 Maryland
Leo Rabago, Jr., Fresno State College California
Sylvan Rankin, University of Maryland Maryland
Robert Victor Rapisarda, B.S., Springfield College, 1957 Massachusetts
Paul Francis Regan, B.A., Boston College, 1958 Massachusetts
Donald Arthur Romeo, A.B., St. Anselm's College, 1956 Massachusetts
Lee Howard Roper, University of Maryland New Hampshire
Ralph Leon Rosnow, B.S., University of Maryland, 1957;
A.M., The George Washington University, 1958 Maryland
Jack Arnold Roth, West Virginia University Maryland
Howard Leslie Rothschild, University of Maryland Maryland
David Rubin, University of Miami Florida
Sheldon Allen Rudie, B.S., University of Maryland, 1958 Maryland
Howard Frederick Rudo, B.A., University of Maryland, 1958 Maryland
Joseph Anthony Salvo, Jr., B.S., Tufts College, 1958 Massachusetts
Earle Milton Schulz, Jr., University of Maryland Maryland
Howard Erwin Schunick, University of Maryland Maryland
Frank Lewis Schwartz, University of Maryland Maryland
Allen Hirch Simmons, A.B., Fresno State College, 1955 California
Reed Campbell Snow, University of Utah Utah
Theodore Sheldon Sobkov, B.A., University of Maryland, 1958 Maryland
Irvin Murray Sopher, B.S., University of Maryland, 1958 Maryland
Kenneth Bernard Stern, University of Maryland Maryland
Dennis Martin Sullivan, University of Georgia South Carolina
John Thomson, III, Houghton College New Jersey
Norman Michael Trabulsy, B.S., University of Miami, 1957 Florida
Alan Jay Trager, B.S., University of Maryland, 1958 Maryland
Lamar Gordon Warren, Jr., University of Florida Florida
Robert William Warson, B.S., Loyola College, 1958 Maryland
Warren George Watrel, B.S., Syracuse University, 1957; M.S., 1958
New Jersey
Roger Allan Webster, University of Oregon California
Jerome Jacob Weinstein, B.S., University of Maryland, 1958 Maryland
John Charles Wilhelm, A.B., Western Maryland College, 1953 Maryland
Rex Patrick Wood, B.S., The State College of Washington, 1958. . .Washington
David Ansel Young, Whittier College California
53
University of Maryland
DEANS OF DENTAL SCHOOLS IN BALTIMORE
BALTIMORE COLLEGE OF DENTAL SURGERY
(Founded 1840)
Chapin A. Harris 1840-1841
Thomas E. Bond 1841-1842
Washington R. Handy 1842-1853
Philip H. Austen 1853-1865
Ferdinand J. S. Gorgas 1865—1882
Richard B. Winder .' 1882-1894
M. Whilldin Foster 1894-1914
William G. Foster 1914-1923
MARYLAND DENTAL COLLEGE
1873-1878 (Merged with B. C. D. S.)
Richard B. Winder 1873-1878
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
(Founded 1882)
Ferdinand J. S. Gorgas 1882—191 1
Timothy O. Heatwole 191 1 — 1923
BALTIMORE MEDICAL COLLEGE
1895-1913 (Merged with U. of Md.)
J. William Smith 1895-1901
William A. Montell 1901-1903
j. Edgar Orrison 1903-1904
J. William Smith 1904-1913
BALTIMORE COLLEGE OF DENTAL SURGERY
DENTAL SCHOOL
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
(B. C. D. S. Joined the U. of Md. 1923)
Timothy O. Heatwole 1923-1924
J. Ben Robinson 1924-1953
Myron S. Aisenberg (Acting) 1953
Myron S. Aisenberg 1954— present
^ 54
School of Dentistry
INDEX
Academic Calendar 2
Admission Requirements 11
Admission with Advanced Standing 14
Alumni Association 38-39
Anatomy 23-24
Application Procedures 13
Arts and Sciences— Dental Program 11-13
Attendance Requirements 14
Biochemistry 24
Board of Regents 1
Curriculum, Arts— Dentistry 12
Curriculum, Plan of 21-22
Deans of the Baltimore Dental Schools 54
Definition of Residence and Non-Residence 18
Dental History and Literature 24-25
Dental Prosthesis
Removable Complete and Partial Prosthesis 25-26
Fixed Partial Prosthesis 26-27
Deportment 15
Description of Courses 23-37
Diagnosis 27
Equipment Requirements 15
Faculty Listing 3-8
Fees, Graduate 17
Fees, Student 16
Freshman Class 51-53
Gorgas Odontological Society 37
Grading and Promotion 14-15
Graduating Class (1957-58 Session) 41-43
Graduation Requirements 15-16
Histology 27-28
History of the School 9-10
Index 55-56
Junior Class 46-48
Library 10
Matriculation and Enrollment 13
Medicine
General Medicine 28
Oral Medicine 29
Microbiology 29-30
Officers of Administration 3
Officers of Instruction 3-8
Omicron Kappa Upsilon 37-38
Operative Dentistry 30-3 1
55 ►
University of Maryland
INDEX QcontinuecT)
Orthodontics 31
Pathology 31-32
Pedodontics 32-33
Pharmacology 33
Physiology 34
Postgraduate Courses 17
Practice Administration 34-35
Promotion and Grading 14-15
Refunds 17
Registration 17
Requirements for Admission 11
Requirements for Graduation 15-16
Requirements for Matriculation and Enrollment 13
Roentgenology 35
Scholarship and Loan Funds 19-20
Senior Class 43-46
Senior Prize Awards 39-40
Sophomore Class 49-5 1
Summer Courses 37
Student Health Service 18-19
Surgery 35-36
Visual Aids 36-37
56
1Q60
No. 13
>f I
eit B<e
1960-1961
V OF
196C
1961
JANUARY I960
JULY 1966
JANUARY 1M1
JULY 1961
S M T W T
F
s
S
M T W T F
S
S
M T W T
F S
S
M T W T F S
1
2
1
2
1
2 8 4 6
6 7
1
3 4 5 6 7
8
9
3
4 5 6 7 8
9
8
9 10 11 12
18 14
I
3 4 5 6 7 8
10 11 12 IS 14
15
16
10
11 12 13 14 15
16
15
16 17 18 19
20 21
9
10 11 12 13 14 15
17 18 19 20 21
22
23
17
18 19 20 21 22
23
22
23 24 25 26
27 28
16
17 18 19 20 21 22
24 25 26 27 28
29
30
24
25 26 27 28 29
30
29 80 81
23
24 25 26 27 28 29
31
31
30
31
FEBRUARY
AUGUST
FEBRUARY
AUGUST
S M T W T
F
s
S
M T W T F
S
S
M T W T
F S
S
M T W T F S
12 3 4
5
6
12 3 4 5
6
1 8
8 4
12 8 4 6
7 8 9 10 11
12
13
7
8 9 10 11 12
18
5
6 7 8 9
10 11
6
7 8 9 10 11 12
14 15 16 17 18
19
20
14
15 16 17 18 19
20
12
13 14 15 16
17 18
13
14 15 16 17 18 19
21 22 23 24 25
26
27
21
22 23 24 25 26
27
19
20 21 22 23
24 26
20
21 22 23 24 25 26
28 29
28
29 30 31
26
27 28
27
28 29 30 31
MARCH
SEPTEMBER
MARCH
SEPTEMBER
S M T W T
F
S
S
M T W T F
s
s
M T W T
F S
S
M T W T F S
12 3
4
6
1 2
8
1 3
8 4
1 2
6 7 8 9 10
11
12
4
5 6 7 8 9
10
5
6 7 8 9
10 11
3
4 5 6 7 8 9
13 14 15 16 17
18
19
11
12 18 14 15 16
17
12
18 14 16 16
17 18
10
11 12 13 14 15 16
20 21 22 23 24
25
26
18
19 20 21 22 23
24
19
20 21 22 28
24 26
17
18 19 20 21 22 28
27 28 29 30 31
25
26 27 28 29 80
26
27 28 29 80
81
24
26 26 27 28 29 80
APRIL
OCTOBER
APRIL
OCTOBER
S M T W T
F
S
s
M T W T F
s
S
M T W T
F S
S
M T W T F S
1
2
1
1
1
2 3 4 6 6 7
3 4 5 6 7
8
9
2
8 4 5 6 7
8
2
3 4 5 6
7 8
8
9 10 11 12 IS 14
10 11 12 18 14
15
16
9
10 11 12 18 14
15
9
10 11 12 18
14 15
15
16 17 18 19 20 21
17 18 19 20 21
22
28
16
17 18 19 20 21
22
16
17 18 19 20
21 22
22
23 24 25 26 27 28
24 25 26 27 28
29
30
23
24 25 26 27 28 29
23
24 25 26 27
28 29
29
30 81
30
81
30
MAY
NOVEMBER
MAY
NOVEMBER
S M T W T
F
S
S
M T W T F
S
S
M T W T
F S
S
M T W T F S
12 3 4 5
6
7
12 3 4
5
12 3 4
6 6
13 8 4
8 9 10 11 12
13
14
6
7 8 9 10 11
12
7
8 9 10 11
12 13
5
6 7 8 9 10 11
15 16 17 18 19
20
21
13
14 15 16 17 18
19
14
15 16 17 18
19 20
12
13 14 15 16 17 18
22 23 24 25 26
27
28
20
21 22 23 24 25
26
21
22 23 24 25
26 27
19
20 21 22 23 24 25
29 30 31
27
28 29 80
28
29 30 31
26
27 28 29 30
JUNE
DECEMBER
JUNE
DECEMBER
S M T W T
F
S
S
M T W T F
S
S
M T W T
F S
S
M T W T F S
1 3
3
4
1 2
3
1
2 8
1 2
5 6 7 8 9
10
11
4
6 6 7 8 9
10
4
5 6 7 8
9 10
3
4 6 6 7 8 9
12 13 14 15 16
17
18
11
12 13 14 16 16
17
11
12 18 14 15
16 17
10
11 12 IS 14 15 16
19 20 21 22 23
24
25
18
19 20 21 22 23
24
18
19 20 21 22
28 24
17
18 19 20 21 22 28
26 27 28 29 30
25
26 27 28 29 80
81
25
26 27 28 29
30
24
31
25 26 27 28 29 80
ONE HUNDRED AND TWENTIETH CATALOGUE
with
Announcements For
The 1960-1961 Session
BALTIMORE COLLEGE OF DENTAL SURGERY
DENTAL SCHOOL
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
BALTIMORE, MARYLAND
THE PROVISIONS of this publication are not to be regarded as an irrevocable con-
tract between the student and the University of Maryland. The University reserves
the right to change any provision or requirement at any time within the student's
term of residence. The University further reserves the right at any time, to ask a
student to withdraw when it considers such action to be in the best interests of the
University.
'"*
s BOARD OF REGENTS
and
MARYLAND STATE BOARD OF AGRICULTURE
Term
Expires
Charles P. McCormick
Chairman 1966
McCormick and Company, 414 Light Street, Baltimore 2
Edward F. Holter
Vice-Chairman 1968
The National Grange, 1616 H Street, N.W., Washington 6
B. Herbert Brown
Secretary 1967
The Baltimore Institute, 10 West Chase Street, Baltimore 1
Harry H. Nuttle
Treasurer 1966
Denton
Louis L. Kaplan
Assistant Secretary 1961
5800 Park Heights Avenue, Baltimore 15
C. Ewlng Tuttle
Assistant Treasurer 1962
907 Latrobe Building, Charles and Read Streets, Baltimore 2
Richard W. Case 1967
Commercial Credit Building, 300 St. Paul Place, Baltimore 2
Thomas W. Pangborn 1965
The Pangborn Corporation, Pangborn Blvd., Hagerstown
Thomas B. Symons 1963
Suburban Trust Company, 6950 Carroll Avenue, Takoma Park
William C. Walsh 1968
Liberty Trust Building, Cumberland
Mrs. John L. Whitehurst 1967
4101 Greenway, Baltimore 18
Members of the Board were appointed by the Governor of the State for terms of
nine years each, beginning the first Monday in June.
Members of the Board appointed to serve after June 1, 1960 are limited to two con-
secutive seven-year terms.
The President of the University of Maryland is by law, Executive Officer of the
Board.
The State law provides that the Board of Regents of the University of Maryland
shall constitute the Maryland State Board of Agriculture.
University of Maryland
ACADEMIC CALENDAR
1960-1961 Session
First Semester
1960
September 19 Monday Orientation Program for Freshman Class
September 20 Tuesday Registration for Freshman Class
September 21 Wednesday . . Registration for Sophomore Class
September 22 Thursday .... Registration for Junior and Senior Classes
September 23 Friday Instruction begins with first scheduled period
November 22 Tuesday Thanksgiving recess begins at close of last
scheduled period
November 28 Monday Instruction resumes with first scheduled period
December 21 Wednesday . . Christmas recess begins at close of last
scheduled period
1961
January 3 Tuesday Instruction resumes with first scheduled period
January 20 Friday Inauguration Day— holiday
January 30 Monday,
and 31 Tuesday Second Semester Registration
February 3 Friday First Semester ends at the close of last
scheduled period
Second Semester
February 6 Monday Instruction begins with first scheduled period
February 22 Wednesday . . Washington's Birthday— holiday
March 30 Thursday .... Easter recess begins at close of last scheduled
period
April 4 Tuesday Instruction resumes with first scheduled period
May 30 Tuesday Memorial Day— holiday
June 7 Wednesday . . Second Semester ends at close of last
scheduled period
June 10 Saturday Commencement
A student who registers after instruction begins must pay a late registration fee of
$5.00. No late registration will be approved after Friday of the first week of instruction.
M 2
School of Dentistry
OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION
wilson homer elkins, President of the University
B.A., M.A., B.LITT., D.PHIL.
MYRON S. AISENBERG, Dean
D.D.S.
Katharine toomey, Administrative Assistant
LL.D.
G. watson algire, Director of Admissions and Registrations
B.A., M.S.
norma j. azlein, Registrar
OFFICERS OF INSTRUCTION
1959-1960 SESSION
Emeritus
j. ben robinson, Dean Emeritus
D.D.S., d.sc.
Professors
myron s. aisenberg, Professor of Pathology
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1922.
Joseph calton biddix, jr., Professor of Oral Diagnosis
d.d.s. , University of Maryland, 1934.
Edward c. dobbs, Professor of Pharmacology and Therapeutics
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1929; b.s., 1952.
erice marden dorsey, Professor of Oral Surgery
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1927.
Gardner Patrick henry Foley, Professor of Dental Literature
b.a., Clark University, 1923; m.a., 1926.
Grayson wilbur gaver, Professor of Dental Prosthesis
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1922.
William edward hahn, Professor of Anatomy
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1931; a.b., University of Rochester, 1938; m.s., 1939.
jose e. medina, Professor of Operative Dentistry
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1948.
Ernest b. nuttall, Professor of Vixed Partial Prosthesis
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1931.
3 ►
University of Maryland
*robert harold oster, Professor of Physiology
b.s., The Pennsylvania State University, 1923; m.s., 1926; ph.d., Harvard Uni-
versity, 1933.
kyrle- w. preis, Professor of Orthodontics
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1929.
d. Vincent provenza, Professor of Histology and Embryology
b.s., University of Maryland, 1939; m.s., 1941; ph.d., 1952.
wilbur owen ramsey, Professor of Dental Prosthesis
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1943.
donald E. shay, Professor of Microbiology
B.s., Lebanon Valley College, 1937; m.s., University of Maryland, 1938; ph.d., 1943
E. g. vanden bosche, Professor of Biochemistry
a.b., Lebanon Valley College, 1922; m.s., University of Maryland, 1924; ph.d., 1927.
Associate Professors
Joseph Patrick cappuccio, Associate Professor of Oral Surgery
b.s., University of Rhode Island, 1943; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1946.
Stanley h. dosh, Associate Professor of Fixed Partial Prosthesis
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1935.
alvin f. Gardner, Associate Professor of Pathology
a.a., University of Florida, 1940; d.d.s., Emory University, 1943; m.s., University of
Illinois, 1957; Ph.D., Georgetown University, 1959.
harold golton, Associate Professor of Oral Diagnosis
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1925.
yam-hin louie, Associate Professor of Operative Dentistry
b.s., Lingnan University, Canton, China, 1938; d.d.s., Northwestern University,
1945; m.s.d., 1946.
george mclean, Associate Professor of Physical Diagnosis and Principles of
Medicine
m.d., University of Maryland, 1916.
peter mclean lu, Associate Professor of Fixed Partial Prosthesis
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1934.
Walter l. oggesen, Associate Professor of Fixed Partial Prosthesis
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1926.
burton Robert pollack, Associate Professor of Physiology
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1946.
* Deceased January 2, 1960.
M 4
School of Dentistry
douglas john sanders, Associate Professor of Pedodontics
b.s., Northwestern University, 1946; d.d.s., 1948.
E. Roderick Shipley, Associate Professor of Physiology
a.b., The Johns Hopkins University, 1938; m.d., University of Maryland, 1942.
guy paul Thompson, Associate Professor of Anatomy
a.b., West Virginia University, 1923; a.m., 1929.
l. edward warner, Associate Professor of Dental Prosthesis
d.d.s. , University of Maryland, 1931.
tobias Weinberg, Associate Professor of Pathology
a.b., The Johns Hopkins University, 1930: m.d., 1933.
Assistant Professors
irving i. abramson, Assistant Professor of Oral Medicine
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1932.
alvin david aisenberg, Assistant Professor of Pathology
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1945.
hugh m. clement, jr., Assistant Professor of Operative Dentistry
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1944.
fred ehrlich, Assistant Professor of Pedodontics
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1947.
Calvin Joseph gaver, Assistant Professor of Operative Dentistry
b.s., University of Maryland, 1950; d.d.s., 1954.
conrad l. inman, Assistant Professor of Anesthesiology
d.d.s., Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, 1915.
william kress, Assistant Professor of Orthodontics
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1936.
george w. piavis, Assistant Professor of Anatomy
a.b., Western Maryland College, 1948; m.ed., 1952; ph.d., Duke University, 1958.
Norton morris ross, Assistant Professor of Pharmacology
b.s., University of Connecticut, 1949; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1954.
daniel edward shehan, Assistant Professor of Orthodontics
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1922.
Arthur g. siwinski, Assistant Professor of Oral Surgery
a.b., The Johns Hopkins University, 1927; m.d., University of Maryland, 1931.
d. Robert swinehart, Assistant Professor of Orthodontics
a.b., Dartmouth College, 1933; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1937.
edmond g. vanden bosche, Assistant Professor of Tooth Morphology
b.s., The Pennsylvania State University, 1943; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1947.
University of Maryland
david h. willer, Assistant Professor of Full Denture Prosthesis
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1933.
Special Lecturers
c. richard fravel, Lecturer in Principles of Medicine
m.d., University of Maryland, 1949.
martin helrich, Professor of Anesthesiology (School of Medicine')
e.s., Dickinson College, 1946; m.d., University of Pennsylvania, 1946.
richard lindenberg, Lecturer in Neuroanatomy
m.d., University of Berlin, 1944.
ethelbert lovett, Lecturer in Ethics
d.d.s. , Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, 1922.
William j. o'donnell, Lecturer in jurisprudence
a.b., Loyola College, 1937; ll.b., University of Maryland, 1941.
harry m. robinson, jr., Professor of Dermatology (School of Medicine)
b.s., University of Maryland, 1931; m.d., 1935.
george herschel yeager, Professor of Clinical Surgery (School of Medicine)
b.s., West Virginia University, 1927; m.d., University of Maryland, 1929.
Instructors
sterrett p. beaven, Instructor in Operative Dentistry
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1941.
earl F. becker, Instructor in Microbiology
b.s., Muhlenberg College, 1951; M.S., George Washington University, 1957.
henry j. bianco, Instructor in Operative Dentistry
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1956.
samuel hollinger bryant, Instructor in Oral Diagnosis
a.b., Western Maryland College, 1928; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1932.
thomas F. clement, Instructor in Oral Medicine
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1951.
jerome s. cullen, Instructor in Clinical Orthodontics
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1941.
jose h. diaz, Instructor in Operative Dentistry
b.s., University of Puerto Rico, 1941; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1950.
frank A. dolle, Instructor in Pharmacology and Therapeutics
b.s., University of Maryland, 1948; M.S., 1950; ph.d., 1954; d.d.s., 1959.
conrad c. ferlita, Instructor in Pedodontics
b.s., University of Miami, 1956; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1959.
School of Dentistry
john m. foley, Instructor in Oral Medicine
b.s., Loyola College, 1955; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1959.
ralph jack Gordon, Instructor in Dental Prosthesis
d.d.s. , University of Maryland, 1933.
marvin m. graham, Instructor in Fixed Partial Prosthesis
a.b., Cornell University, 1938; a.m., 1939; d.d.s., University of Pennsylvania, 1943.
Walter granruth, jr., Instructor in Pathology
b.s., Loyola College, 1950; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1954.
Robert l. heldrich, Instructor in Oral Diagnosis
a.b., Gettysburg College, 1951; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1955.
richard m. hemphill, Instructor in Oral Surgery
a.b., West Virginia University, 1954; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1958.
melvin john jagielski, Instructor in Tooth Morphology
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1953.
peter l. johnson, Instructor in Oral Surgery
b.a., Hofstra College, 1953; d.d.s., Georgetown University, 1957.
francis j. kihn, Instructor in Pedodontics
b.s., Loyola College, 1952; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1956.
anthony j. klein, Instructor in Roentgenology
b.s., University of Cincinnati, 1954; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1958.
lester lebo, Instructor in Oral Diagnosis
b.s., University of Chicago, 1938; m.d., 1941.
charles brown Leonard, jr., Instructor in Biochemistry
b.a., Rutgers College of South Jersey, 1955; m.s., University of Maryland, 1957.
richard r. c Leonard, Instructor in Public Health Dentistry
d.d.s., Indiana University, 1922; m.s.p.h., University of Michigan, 1944.
Herbert g. levin, Instructor in Operative Dentistry
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1958.
charles e. loveman, Instructor in Anatomy
a.b., The Johns Hopkins University, 1935; d.d.s., Columbia University, 1939.
martin h. morris, Instructor in Biochemistry
b.s., Rutgers University, 1952; m.s., 1954.
james p. norris, Instructor in Oral Medicine
b.s., University of Maryland, 1950; d.d.s., 1956.
frank n. ogden, Instructor in First Aid and in Charge of Medical Care of Stu-
dents
m.d., University of Maryland, 1917.
victor s. primrose, Instructor in Full Denture Prosthesis
d.d.s., McGill University, 1918.
myron hillard sachs, Instructor in Anatomy
d.d.s., Columbia University, 1939.
7 ►
University of Maryland
Joseph h. seipp, Instructor in Histology aud Embryology
a.b., Loyola College, 1951; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1955; M.S., University of
Pittsburgh, 1957.
philip smith, Instructor in Roentgenology
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1959.
leah m. p. staling, Instructor in Physiology
b.s., University of Maryland, 1944; M.S., 1948.
glenn d. Steele, Instructor in Fixed Partial Prosthesis
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1942.
claude p. taylor, Director of Visual Education
Francis a. veltre, Instructor in Operative Dentistry
b.s., University of Maryland, 1952; M.S., 1954; d.d.s., 1959.
earle Harris watson, Instructor in Dental Materials and Dental Prosthesis
a.b. University of North Carolina, 1938; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1942.
nelson a. wright, Instructor in Pull Denture Prosthesis
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1955.
george d. yent, jr., Instructor in Oral Diagnosis
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1956.
Graduate Assistants
john j. Jordan, Graduate Assistant in Histology and Embryology
b.s., University of Scranton, 1957.
Library Staff
IDA marian robinson, Librarian and Associate Professor of Library Science
a.b., Cornell University, 1924; b.s.l.s., Columbia University School of Library
Service, 1944.
Hilda e. moore, Associate Librarian and Assistant Professor of Library Science
a.b., Randolph-Macon Woman's College, 1936; a.b.l.s., Emory University Library
School, 1937.
Beatrice marriott, Reference Librarian
a.b., University of Maryland, 1944.
edith m. coyle, Periodicals Librarian
a.b., University of North Carolina, 1937; a.b.l.s., University of North Carolina
School of Library Science, 1939; m.a., The Johns Hopkins University, 1945.
Eleanor m. mitten, Chief Cataloguer
b.s., Cornell University, 1942; b.s.l.s., Syracuse University, 1949.
marjorie vilk, Cataloguer
b.s., Kutztown State Teachers College, 1952.
marie martin, Library Assistant
Jacqueline b. clem, Assistant to the Librarian
betty b. linkous, Assistant to the Cataloguer
<* 8
THE SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY
Historv
THE BALTIMORE COLLEGE OF DENTAL SURGERY OCCUPIES AN IMPORTANT AND
interesting place in the history of dentistry. At the end of the regular ses-
sion— 1959-60— it completed its one hundred and twentieth year of service to
dental education. The Baltimore College of Dental Surgery represents the first
effort in history to offer institutional dental education to those anticipating the
practice of dentistry.
The first lectures on dentistry in America were delivered by Dr. Horace
H. Hayden in the University of Maryland, School of Medicine, between the
years 1823-25. These lectures were interrupted in 1825 by internal dissensions
in the School of Medicine and were as a consequence discontinued. It was Dr.
Hayden's idea that dental education merited greater attention than had been
given it by medicine or could be given it by the preceptorial plan of dental
teaching then in vogue.
Dr. Horace H. Hayden began the practice of dentistry in Baltimore in 1800.
From that time he made a zealous attempt to lay the foundation for a scientific,
serviceable dental profession. In 1831 Dr. Chapin A. Harris came to Baltimore
to study under Hayden. Dr. Harris was a man of unusual ability and possessed
special qualifications to aid in establishing and promoting formal dental educa-
tion. Since Dr. Hayden's lectures had been interrupted at the University of
Maryland and there was an apparent unsurmountable difficulty confronting the
creation of dental departments in medical schools, an independent college was
decided upon. A charter was applied for and granted by the Maryland Legis-
lature February 1, 1840. The first Faculty meeting was held February 3, 1840,
at which time Dr. Horace H. Hayden was elected President and Dr. Chapin A.
Harris, Dean. The introductory lecture was delivered by Dr. Hayden on Novem-
ber 3, 1840, to the five students matriculating in the first class. Thus was
created as the foundation of the present dental profession the Baltimore College
of Dental Surgery, the first dental school in the world.
Hayden and Harris, the admitted founders of conventional dental education,
contributed, in addition to the factor of dental education, other opportunities for
professional growth and development. In 1839 the American Journal of Dental
Science was founded, with Chapin A. Harris as its editor. Dr. Harris continued
fully responsible for dentistry's initial venture into periodic dental literature to
the time of his death. The files of the old American Journal of Dental Science
testify to the fine contributions made by Dr. Harris. In 1840 the American
Society of Dental Surgeons was founded, with Dr. Horace H. Hayden as its
President and Dr. Chapin A. Harris as its Corresponding Secretary. This was
the beginning of dental organization in America, and was the forerunner of the
American Dental Association, which now numbers approximately ninety-three
thousand in its present membership. The foregoing suggests the unusual in-
fluence Baltimore dentists and the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery have
exercised on professional ideals and policies.
9 ►
University of Maryland
In 1873, the Maryland Dental College, an offspring of the Baltimore College
of Dental Surgery, was organized. It continued instruction until 1878, at which
time it was consolidated with the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery. A de-
partment of dentistry was organized at the University of Maryland in the year
1882, graduating a class each year from 1883 to 1923. This school was chartered
as a corporation and continued as a privately owned and directed institution until
1920, when it became a State institution. The Dental Department of the Balti-
more Medical College was established in 1895, continuing until 1913, when it
merged with the Dental Department of the University of Maryland.
The final combining of the dental educational interests of Baltimore was
effected June 15, 1923, by the amalgamation of the student bodies of the Balti-
more College of Dental Surgery and the University of Maryland, School of
Dentistry; the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery becoming a distinct depart-
ment of the University under State supervision and control. Thus we find in the
Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, Dental School, University of Maryland, a
merging of the various efforts at dental education in Maryland. From these
component elements have radiated developments of the art and science of dentis-
try until the strength of its alumni is second to none, in either number or degree
of service to the profession.
Library
This School is fortunate in having one of the better equipped and organized
libraries among the dental schools of the country. The dental collection is part
of the Health Sciences Library, which includes also pharmacy, medicine and
nursing, with about 86,000 bound volumes and over 1600 current subscriptions
to scientific periodicals. A new air-conditioned, four-story library building at
111 South Greene, across the street from the Dental School, provides ample
space for books and readers. A well-qualified staff of professionally trained and
certified librarians promotes the services of the library and assists the student
body in the use of library resources. One of the most important factors of the
dental student's education is to teach him the value and the use of dental
literature in his formal education and in promoting his usefulness and value to
the profession during practice. The Baltimore College of Dental Surgery is
ideally equipped to achieve this aim of dental instruction.
Course of Instruction
The Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, Dental School, University of
Maryland offers a course in dentistry devoted to instruction in the medical
sciences, the dental sciences, and clinical practice. Instruction consists of didactic
lectures, laboratory instruction, demonstrations, conferences, quizzes and hos-
pital ward rounds. Topics are assigned for collateral reading to train the student
in the value and use of dental literature. The curriculum for the complete
course appears on pages 22 and 23 of this catalogue.
<+ 10
School of Dentistry
Requirements for Admission
Applicants for admission must present evidence of having completed success-
fully two academic years of work in an accredited college of arts and sciences
based upon the completion of a four-year high school course or the equivalent
in entrance examinations. The college course must include at least a year's
credit in English, in biology, in physics, in inorganic chemistry, and in organic
chemistry. All required science courses shall include both classroom and labor-
atory instruction. Although a minimum of 60 semester hours of credit, exclusive
of physical education and military science, is required, additional courses in the
humanities and the natural and social sciences are desirable. By ruling of the
Dean's Council, all admission requirements must be completed by June 30 previ-
ous to the desired date of admission.
In considering candidates for admission, the Board of Admissions will give
preference to those applicants who have high scholastic records in secondary
school and in college; who make satisfactory scores in the dental aptitude test;
who present favorable recommendations from their respective predental com-
mittee or from one instructor in each of the departments of biology, chemistry,
and physics; and who, in all other respects, give every promise of becoming suc-
cessful students and dentists of high standing. Applicants will not be admitted
with unabsolved conditions or unabsolved failures.
Combined Arts and Sciences-Dental Program
The University offers a combined arts and sciences-dental curriculum lead-
ing to the degrees of Bachelor of Science and Doctor of Dental Surgery. The
preprofessional part of this curriculum shall be taken in residence in the College
of Arts and Sciences at College Park, and the professional part in the School of
Dentistry in Baltimore.
Students who elect the combined program and who have completed the arts
and sciences phase of it may, upon the recommendation of the Dean of the
School of Dentistry, be granted the degree of Bachelor of Science by the College
of Arts and Sciences at the first summer commencement following the comple-
tion of the student's first year in the School of Dentistry. A student may enter
the arts and sciences-dental program at College Park with advanced standing
from an accredited college or university, but the last year of the preprofessional
training must be completed at College Park and the professional training must
be completed in the School of Dentistry of the University of Maryland.
11
University of Maryland
ARTS-DENTISTRY CURRICULUM
r-Semester—s
"Freshman Year 1 11
Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3
Zool. 1— General Zoology 4
Zool. 2— The Animal Phyla . . 4
Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 4 4
Math. 10, 11— Algebra, Trigonometry, Analytic Geometry.... 3 3
Speech 7 . . 2
Physical Activities 1 1
A. 'S. 1, 2-Basic Air Force ROTC (Men) 2 2
Hea. 2, 4-Hygiene (Women) 2 2
Total 17 19
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and World or English
Literature 3 3
*Group I Elective 3
G. & P. 1— American Government . . 3
Chem. 35, 36, 37, 38-Organic Chemistry 4 4
**H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3
* * *Modern Language 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
A. S. 3, 4-Basic Air Force ROTC (Men) 2 2
Total 17-19 17-19
Junior Year
Modern Language (continued) 3 3
Phys. 10, 1 1— Fundamentals of Physics 4 4
Approved Minor Courses 6 6
Electives 3 3
Total 16 16
Senior Year
The curriculum of the first year of the School of Dentistry of the University
of Maryland is accepted by the College of Arts and Sciences as the fourth year
(major sequence) of academic work toward the degree of Bachelor of Science.
*Group I Electives: Sociology 1, Philosophy 1, Psychology 1, Economics 37.
** Students planning to request admission to a Dental School with only two years
of predental training should take Physics 10-11.
***Fr. 6 7 or Ger. 6, 7 (Intermediate Scientific French or German) recommended.
12
School of Dentistry
If at the end of the junior year the student decides to postpone his entrance
to the School of Dentistry and to remain in the College of Arts and Sciences
and complete work for the Bachelor's degree, he may choose a major and minor
in any of the departments in which he has completed the necessary underclass
requirements. The general nature of the first three years of this curriculum and
the generous electives of the third year make possible for the student a wide
choice of departments in which he may specialize. In general the electives ot
the third year will be chosen as for a major in some particular department.
Requirements for Matriculation and Enrollment
In the selection of students to begin the study of dentistry the School con-
siders particularly a candidate's proved ability in secondary education and his
successful completion of prescribed courses in predental collegiate training. The
requirements for admission and the academic regulations of the College of Arts
and Sciences, University of Maryland, are strictly adhered to by the School of
Dentistry.
A student is not regarded as having matriculated in the School of Dentistry
until such time as he shall have paid the matriculation fee of $10.00, and is not
enrolled until he shall have paid a deposit of $200.00. This deposit is intended
to insure registration in the class and is not returnable.
Application Procedures
Candidates seeking admission to the Dental School should write to the Office
of the Dean requesting an application form. Each applicant should fill out
the blank in its entirety and mail it promptly, together with the application fee
and photographs, to the Board of Admissions, Dental School, University of
Maryland, Baltimore 1, Maryland. The Board of Admissions will acknowledge
promptly the receipt of the application. If this acknowledgment is not received
within ten days, the applicant should contact the Board immediately. The
early filing of an application is urged. Applications may be filed after June 1
of the year previous to the desired date of admission and during the next nine
months (to March 1). Applicants wishing advice on any problem relating to
their predental training or their application should communicate with the Board
of Admissions.
All applicants will be required to take the Dental Aptitude Test. This test
will be given at various testing centers throughout the United States, its pos-
sessions and Canada. Applicants will be notified by the Council on Dental Educa-
tion of the American Dental Association of the dates of the tests and the locations
of the testing centers.
Promising candidates will be required to appear before the Board of Ad-
missions for an interview. On the basis of all available information the best
possible applicants will be chosen for admission to the School.
A certificate of entrance will be issued to each successful applicant, which will
permit him to matriculate and to register in the class to which he has applied.
13 ►
University of Maryland
Admission with Advanced Standing
(a) Graduates in medicine or students in medicine who have completed two
or more years in a medical school, acceptable to standards in the School of
Medicine, University of Maryland, may be given advanced standing to the
Sophomore year provided the applicant shall complete under competent regu-
lar instruction the courses in dental technology regularly scheduled in the first
year.
(b) Applicants for transfer must (1) meet fully the requirements for
admission to the first year of the dental course; (2) be eligible for promotion to
the next higher class in the school from which he seeks to transfer; (3) show an
average grade of five per cent above the passing mark in the school where transfer
credits were earned; (4) show evidence of scholastic attainments, character and
personality; (5) present letter of honorable dismissal and recommendation from
the dean of the school from which he transfers.
(c) All applicants for transfer must present themselves in person for an
interview before qualifying certificate can be issued.
Attendance Requirements
In order to receive credit for a full session, each student must have entered
and be in attendance on the day the regular session opens, at which time lectures
to all classes begin, and remain until the close of the session, the dates for which
are announced in the calendar of the annual catalogue.
Regular attendance is demanded. A student whose attendance in any course
is unsatisfactory to the head of the department will be denied the privilege of
final examination in any and all such courses. A student with less than 85 per
cent attendance will not be promoted to the next succeeding year. However,
in certain unavoidable circumstances of absences, the Dean and the Council
may honor excuses exceeding the maximum permitted.
Grading and Promotion
The following symbols are used as marks for final grades: A (100-91),
B (90-84), C (83-77), and D (76-70), Passing; F (below 70), Failure; I, In-
complete. Progress grades in courses are indicated as "Satisfactory" and "Un-
satisfactory."
A Failure in any subject may be removed only by repeating the subject in full.
Students who have done work of acceptable quality in their completed assign-
ments but who, because of circumstances beyond their control, have been unable
to finish all assignments, will be given an Incomplete. A student shall not carry
an Incomplete into the next succeeding year. When he has completed the
requirements for the removal of an Incomplete, the student shall be given
the actual grade earned in the course.
< 14
School of Dentistry
Scholastic averages are computed on the basis of semester credits assigned to
each course and numerical values for grades. The numerical values are A-4;
B-3; C-2; D-l; F-0. The grade point average is the sum of the products of
semester credits and grade values, divided by the total number of semester credits.
Students who attain a grade point average of 1.5 in the Freshman year will
be promoted. At the end of the Sophomore year an overall grade point average
of 1.75 is required for promotion. A grade point average of 2.0 is required for
promotion to the Senior year and for graduation.
Students who fail to meet the minimum grade point averages required for
promotion and who fall into the following categories will be allowed proba-
tionary promotion:
1. Freshmen who attain a grade point average of 1.25-1.49.
2. Sophomores who attain an overall grade point average of 1.6-1.74.
3. Juniors who attain an overall grade point average of 1.85-1.99.
Probationary status will not be permitted for two successive years.
A student may absolve a total of eight credit hours of failure in an ac-
credited summer school provided he has the grade point average required for
promotion or graduation, excluding the failure or failures which he has incurred.
Equipment
A complete list of necessary instruments and materials for technic and clinic
courses is prescribed by the Dental School. Arrangements are made by the
Dental School in advance of formal enrollment for books, instruments and ma-
terials to be delivered to the students at the opening of school. Each student is
required to provide himself promptly with these prescribed necessities. A student
who does not meet this requirement will not be permitted to continue with his
class.
Deportment
The profession of dentistry demands, and the School of Dentistry requires,
of its students evidence of their good moral character. The conduct of the
student in relation to his work and fellow students will indicate his fitness to
be taken into the confidence of the community as a professional man. Integrity,
sobriety, temperate habits, truthfulness, respect for authority and associates and
honesty in the transaction of business affairs as a student will be considered as
evidence of good moral character necessary to the granting of a degree.
Requirements for Graduation
The degree of Doctor of Dental Surgery is conferred upon a candidate who
has met the following conditions:
1. A candidate must furnish documentary evidence that he has attained
the age of 21 years.
2. A candidate for graduation shall have attended the full scheduled course
of four academic years.
15 ►
University of Maryland
3. He will be required to show a grade point average of 2.0 for the full
course of study.
4. He shall have satisfied all technic and clinic requirements of the various
departments.
5. He shall have paid all indebtedness to the college prior to the beginning
of final examinations, and must have adjusted his financial obligations in the
community satisfactorily to those to whom he may be indebted.
Student Fees
Matriculation fee (required of all entering students) $ 10.00
Tuition (each year):
Non-resident student 750.00
Resident student 400.00
Student health service (each year) 20.00
Student Union fee 30.00
The Student Union fee is payable by all students enrolled in
the Professional Schools on the Baltimore campus and is used to
pay interest on and amortize the cost of construction of the Union
Building.
Special fee 10.00
The Special fee is payable by all full-time students enrolled in
the Professional Schools on the Baltimore campus and is used to
finance equipment for the Union Building.
Student Activities fee 12.50
For the purpose of administering various student activities, the
Student Senate, after approval by the separate classes and the
Faculty Council, voted a fee of $12.50 to be paid at the time of registration.
Laboratory breakage deposit:
Freshman year 10.00
Sophomore and Junior years 5.00
In addition to fees itemized in the above schedule, the following assess-
ments are made by the University:
Application fee (paid at time of filing formal application for admission) 7.50
Late registration fee 5.00
(All students are expected to complete their registration, including
payment of bills, on the regular registration days.) Those who do
not complete their registration during the prescribed days will be
charged a fee of $5.00.
Examinations taken out of class and re-examinations 5.00
One certified transcript of record is issued free of charge.
Each additional copy is issued only upon payment of 1.00
Summer Session students will pay a $6.00 Student Union Fee but will
not pay the Special Fee.
< 16
School of Dentistry
Postgraduate Courses
Postgraduate courses may be offered to qualified dental graduates. These
courses are designed to provide opportunities for study in special fields on a
refresher level, and are arranged so that particular emphasis is placed on
clinical practices.
Graduate Student Fees
Matriculation Fee (for new students only, non-returnable) 10.00
Tuition Fee (per semester credit hour) 12.00
Tuition Fee for students carrying ten or more credit hours per
semester 120.00
Laboratory Fees where applicable are charged at the rate of $5.00
per semester hour of laboratory credit.
Student Union Fee
Students carrying ten or more credit hours per semester (per annum) *30.00
Students carrying less than ten credit hours per semester (per
annum) *6.00
Special Fee
Students carrying ten or more credit hours per semester (per
annum) *10.00
Graduation Fee
Master's Degree 10.00
Doctor's Degree (including hood and microfilming of thesis) 50.00
REFUNDS
According to the policy of the University no fees will be returned. In case
the student discontinues his course or fails to register after a place has been
reserved in a class, any fees paid will be credited to a subsequent course, but
are not transferable.
Registration
The registration of a student in any school or college of the University
shall be regarded as a registration in the University of Maryland, but when
such student transfers to a professional school of the University or from one
professional school to another, he must pay the usual matriculation fee required
by each professional school.
* Students who initially enroll for the second semester of the school year will be
assessed at the rate of one half of the rates shown above.
17 ►
University of Maryland
Each student is required to fill in a registration card for the office of the
Registrar, and make payment of one-half of the tuition fee in addition to all
other fees noted as payable before being admitted to classwork at the opening
of the session. The remainder of tuition and fees must be in the hands of the
Comptroller during registration period for the second half of the academic year.
Definition of Residence and Non-Residence
Students who are minors are considered to be resident students if at the
time of their registration their parents have been domiciled in this state for
at least one year.
The status of the residence of a student is determined at the time of his
first registration in the University, and may not thereafter be changed by him
unless, in the case of a minor, his parents move to and become legal residents
of the state by maintaining such residence for at least one full year. How-
ever, the right of the minor student to change from a non-resident to resident
status must be established by him prior to the registration period for any
semester.
Adult students are considered to be residents if at the time of their registra-
tion they have been domiciled in Maryland for at least one year provided such
residence has not been acquired while attending any school or college in Mary-
land or elsewhere. Time spent on active duty in the armed services while sta-
tioned in Maryland will not be considered as satisfying the one year period
referred to above except in those cases in which the adult was domiciled in
Maryland for at least one year prior to his entrance into the armed service and
was not enrolled in any school during that period.
The word domicile as used in this regulation shall mean the permanent
place of abode. For the purpose of this rule only one domicile may be claimed
as a permanent abode.
Student Health Service
The School undertakes to supply medical and surgical care for its students
through the Student Health Service. This care includes the daily services
rendered by a physician and a graduate nurse in a well-equipped clinic, conven-
iently located in the Dental School. Also consultations, surgical procedures and
hospitalization, judged to be necessary by the Service, are covered under liberal
limitations, depending on length of hospitalization and special expenses incurred.
Students who need medical attention are expected to report at the office
of the Student Health Service. Under circumstances requiring home treatment,
the students will be visited at their College residences.
It is not within the scope of the Service to provide medical care for con-
ditions antedating each annual registration in the University; nor is it the
^ 18
School of Dentistry
function of this Service to treat chronic conditions contracted by students before
admission or to extend treatment to acute conditions developing in the period
between academic years or during authorized school vacations. The cost of
orthopedic applicances, the correction of visual defects, the services of special
nurses, and special medication must be paid for by the student. The School
does not accept responsibility for illness or accident occurring away from the
community, or for expenses incurred for hospitalization or medical services in
institutions other than the University Hospital, or, in any case, for medical
expense not authorized by the Student Health Service.
Every new student is required to undergo a complete physical examination,
which includes oral diagnosis. Any defects noted must be corrected within the
first school year. The passing of this examination is a requirement for the final
acceptance of any student.
Each matriculant must present, on the day of his enrollment, a statement
from his ophthalmologist regarding the condition of his eyes, and where defects
in vision exist he shall show evidence that corrections have been made.
If a student should enter the hospital during the academic year, the Service
will arrange for the payment of part or all of the hospital expenses, depending
on the length of stay and the special expenses incurred. This arrangement applies
only to students admitted through the office of the School physician.
Prospective students are advised to have any known physical defects corrected
before entering the School in order to prevent loss of time which later correction
might involve.
Scholarship and Loan Funds
A number of scholarship loans from various organizations and educational
foundations are available to students in the School of Dentistry. These loans
are offered on the basis of excellence in scholastic attainment and the need on
the part of students for assistance in completing their course in dentistry. It
has been the policy of the Faculty to recommend only students in the last two
years for such privileges.
The Edward S. Gaylord Educational Endowment Fund
Under a provision of the will of the late Dr. Edward S. Gaylord, of New
Haven, Connecticut, an amount approximating $16,000 was left to the Baltimore
College of Dental Surgery, Dental School, University of Maryland, the proceeds
of which are to be devoted to aiding worthy young men in securing dental
education.
The W. K. Kellogg Foundation
During World War II the Foundation recognized the burden that the
accelerated course imposed upon many dental students who under normal cir-
19 ►
University of Maryland
cumstances would earn money for their education by employment during the
summer vacation. The Foundation granted to this School a fund to provide
rotating loans to deserving dental students.
The Albert A. Harrington Fund
This fund was established in 1954 by the New Jersey Alumni Association
in memory of Dr. Albert A. Harrington, a member of the Class of 1910. The
fund is a source of valuable help in aiding students to solve their temporary
financial problems.
The E. Benton Taylor Scholarship
One of the finest scholarships in the field of dental education, the E.
Benton Taylor Scholarship was conceived and arranged by Mrs. Taylor and
will be perpetuated by the Luther B. Benton Company of Baltimore. It was
put into operation in 1954 and will be awarded annually to a Maryland student
of each entering class, who will continue to receive its benefits during the four
years of his dental school course.
GENERAL INFORMATION FOR THE BALTIMORE UNION
PROFESSIONAL INSTITUTIONS
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
The Baltimore Union for students of the Professional Schools is located
adjacent to the Professional Schools at 621 West Lombard Street. Accommoda-
tions for 195 men are provided in a five-story semi-air-conditioned building
which also contains a cafeteria, fountain lounge, meeting rooms, laundry facili-
ties, game room, bookstore, barber shop and lounges on each floor. Double
rooms are available. The rental agreement is made for rooms only; meals are
served cafeteria style on a cash basis. The contract for accommodations covers
the academic year.
ACADEMIC YEAR
The Rates are:
$150.00 per semester per double room
$ 60.00 per six weeks' summer session per double room
Other:
$45.00 per month
Three single rooms are available. They will be assigned on the basis of
length of residence in The Baltimore Union.
What the Rate covers:
The rate shown above is per person and includes the following:
^ 20
School of Dentistry
Room furnishings, bed and cover, mattress, chest of drawers, closet,
book shelves, desk, medicine cabinet, desk chair and desk lamp.
Maid service will include cleaning of room twice per week and replace-
ment of change of linen once each week.
Telephone service is available through the Chesapeake & Potomac Tele-
phone Company. Cost of the telephone is not included in the room rate.
Information can be obtained from the Manager's Office.
Mail semce is also provided.
The resident provides blankets, towels, pillow and linens. Towels and linens
must be rented through the designated Commercial Rental Service.
A small amount of luggage space is available. Storage of anything other than
luggage will not be available.
TRANSIENTS
The Rates are:
$ 4.00 per day
$24.00 per week
What the Rate covers:
The services will include one bath and one face towel, one face cloth, soap
.and change of linen daily (once per week if weekly guest).
HOW TO APPLY FOR A ROOM ASSIGNMENT
Write for application form to
MANAGER'S OFFICE
The Baltimore Union
621 West Lombard Street
Baltimore 1, Maryland
21
University of Maryland
co
hi
s 1
j
s
oo
IN
»-4 CO
to
00
■* iH
%*
E
u
on
JO
«*
«5
1 M
<£>
00
■«* CO
d
o
eo
1 C-
CD
(M
1« ■*>
J
e^
H
H
j
<!
H
O
H
.
n « o o ■* f >*
IS HHHUIDN
•2 ° «°
<* <e eo
M
i eo <0 oo i -*
D
CO
J
M
D
c
o
5
"53
O
ec
u
CO
M
ai
w
D
l-H
vO
o
u
tL.
o
O
vO
ON
z
rt
<
-1
Oh
rt N M f « « O
,H ^ ,_, ,_, _ _| r-l N £h
C S fi S .3 •» E E
™ ,-, CJ _!
H ■- H H N
2 ^
• -O "C T3 y <t>
ss
ft SB
O ft.
ft ft, ft, ft
22
School of Dentistry
Sal
I H 1
U QQ
HrtHNHNHHi
H(CH IHHrKWHM
i i us i i ito no ioic to i leeiso i «,
I Id I I IN IN IdN 100 I llfiMSetOO a
•0 i-trl S
«<
H
O
H
u -*00 INWUNMUKINtO INUNM
S cm ico n«»h^wh icoiHCoeo
-J
<a«000 I INN IN l«0"# IN l«0W<#<e |N • <~
^H I tr*€* 111 IHN ICO IHrlN ICQ 2
I I I I I I I I I00(
I I I I I I I I l"»-
;:::::::;:::: I i ! i : i ii i
b ^
o
B
M
o „ *
J J
too i iNte in i«ooo i«o i i ico i i«c I o
I ihh ih Iri ih I i I l li-l I 8
^ .d .-£ . . .tl .
B |M
a a s 2 s o b & £ &, o< £ £ £ g £ <»
i -.O rtX d
2 2 ^ * - n •* 2 2 S S "
B E B ^"-n-cf-p-c ii-5-6 S « 8 S'l £
• •J c ~n g
~E £
i « «' f u
23
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
ANATOMY
Professor: hahn (head of department).
Associate Professor: Thompson.
Assistant Professors: edmond g. vanden bosche, and piavis.
DRS. JAGIELSKI, LINDENBERG, LOVEMAN, AND SACHS.
Anat. 111. Human Gross Anatomy. (8)
First year. This course consists o£ dissection and lectures, supplemented by frequent
conferences and practical demonstrations. The entire human body is dissected. The
subject is taught with the purpose of emphasizing the principles of the body structure,
the knowledge of which is derived from a study of its organs and tissues, and the
action of its parts. Arrangements can be made to accommodate qualified students
and dentists interested in research or in making special dissections or topographical
studies.
Anat. 112. Human Neuroanatomy. (2)
First year. Second semester. Prerequisite, Anatomy 111 or equivalent. Neuro-
anatomy is offered in the Freshman year following Gross Anatomy. The work con-
sists of a study of the whole brain and spinal cord by gross dissections and micro-
scopic methods. Correlation is made, whenever possible, with the student's work
in the histology and physiology of the central nervous system.
Anat. 113. Comparative Tooth Morphology. (I)
First year. Second semester. The course treats the evolutionary development of
dentition as a necessary factor in the study of human oral anatomy. It includes a
comparative study of the teeth of the animal kingdom, with a comparative study
of the number, position and form of the teeth.
Anat. 114. Tooth Morphology. (3)
First year. Second semester. This course is designed to teach the form and functions
and the relationships of the teeth, and includes a study of the nomenclature of sur-
faces, divisions and relations of the teeth. In the laboratory the student is trained
in the carving of the various teeth and in the dissection of extracted teeth through
their various dimensions.
The second part of the course includes a study of the supporting structures of
the teeth and of the relation of the teeth to these structures. The periods of begin-
ning calcificaion, eruption, complete calcification, and shedding of the deciduous
teeth; followed by the periods of beginning calcification, eruption, and complete
calcification of the permanent teeth, are studied and correlated with the growth in
size of the jaws and face.
For Graduates
Anat. 211. Human Gross Anatomy. (8)
Same as course 111 but with additional work on a more advanced level.
^ 24
School of Dentistry
Anat. 212. Human Neuroanatomy. (2)
Same as course 112 but with additional instruction of a more advanced nature.
Anat. 214. The Anatomy of the Head, and Neck. (3)
One conference and two laboratory periods per week for one semester.
Anat. 216. Research.
Credit determined by amount and quality of work performed.
BIOCHEMISTRY
Professor: vanden bosche (head of department).
MR. MORRIS AND MR. LEONARD.
Biochem. 111. Principles of Biochemistry. (6)
First year. Prerequisites inorganic and organic chemistry, with additional training
in quantitative and physical chemistry desirable. Two lectures and one laboratory
period throughout the year. The chemistry of living matter forms the basis of the
course. The detailed subject matter includes the chemistry of carbohydrates, fats,
proteins, enzymes, vitamins, and hormones. The processes of respiration, digestion,
metabolism, secretion and excretion are considered. Laboratory instruction in quali-
tative and quantitative blood and urine examination is included.
For Graduates
Biochem. 211. Advanced Biochemistry. (6)
Prerequisite Biochemistry 111. Two lectures, one conference and one laboratory
period throughout the year.
Biochem. 212. Research in Biochemistry.
Prerequisite Biochemistry 211.
DENTAL HISTORY AND LITERATURE
Professor: Foley
Lit. 121. Oral and Written Communication. (2)
Second year. A formal course of lectures is given in the second year. Many aspects
of the instruction are given practical application in the third and fourth years.
The course has many purposes, all of them contributing to the training of the students
for effective participation in the extra-practice activities of the profession. Particular
attention is given to instruction in the functioning of the agencies of communication
in dentistry: the dental societies and the dental periodicals. The practical phases of
the course include a thorough study of the preparation and uses of oral and written
composition by the dental student and the dentist; the use of libraries; the com-
pilation of bibliographies; the collection, the organization, and the use of information;
the management of dental meetings; the oral presentation of papers; and professional
correspondence.
25 ►
University of Maryland
Lit. 141. Thesis. (2)
Fourth year.
Lit. 142. Dental History. (I)
Fourth year. Second semester. Lectures in Dental History describe the beginnings of the
art of dental practice among ancient civilizations, its advancement in relation to the de-
velopment of the so-called medical sciences in the early civilizations, its struggle through
the Middle Ages and, finally, its attainment of recognized professional status in modern
times. Special attention is given to the forces and stresses that have brought about
the evolutionary progress from a primitive dental art to a scientific health service
profession.
DENTAL PROSTHESIS
A. Removable Complete and Partial Prosthesis
Professors: g. w. gaver (head of department) and ramsey.
Associate Professors: oggesen and warner.
DRS. GORDON, PRIMROSE, WATSON AND WRIGHT.
Pros. 11 la. Dental Materials. (4)
First year. This course is designed to provide the student with a scientific back-
ground in the nomenclature, composition, physical properties, practical application,
and proper manipulation of the important materials used in the practice of dentistry,
excluding drugs and medicinals.
The theoretical aspect of the course is presented in the form of lectures, demon-
strations, informal group discussions, and directed supplemental reading. From
the practical standpoint, the student manipulates and tests the various materials in
the laboratory, being guided by prepared project sheets. The student develops an
understanding of these factors: the importance of scientific testing of a material
before it is used by the profession at large; the realization that every material has
its limitations, which can be compensated for only by intelligent application and
manipulation; and an appreciation of the vast field of research open to those who
wish to improve the materials now available.
Pros. 112a. Introduction to Complete Denture Prosthesis. (I)
First year. Second semester. This course is devoted to the manipulation of impression
compound and the procedures used in developing impressions of edentulous arches,
casts and bite plates. It embraces a series of lecture-demonstrations designed to give the
student a knowledge of the essential fundamentals in complete denture construc-
tion.
Pros. 121a. Complete Denture Prosthesis. (2)
Second year. This course is given by lecture-demonstrations on bite registration, tooth
arrangement, and final finish of complete dentures.
Pros. 131a. Basic Clinical Complete Denture Prosthesis. (5)
Third year. The course includes a study of the practical application in the clinic of
the fundamentals taught in the preceding years. Demonstrations of the various
< 26
School of Dentistry
technics of impression and bite taking are offered to provide the student with addi-
tional knowledge necessary for clinic work.
Pros. 133a. Introduction to Removable Partial Denture Prosthesis. (2)
Third year. Second semester. This lecture-demonstration course embraces all phases
or removable partial denture construction. Experiments and exercises are arranged
to give the student the fundamentals in designing, casting and finishing partial den-
tures.
Pros. 141a. Advanced Clinical Denture Prosthesis. (4)
Fourth year. This course consists of the clinical application of the fundamentals
taught in the previous years. Particular attention is given to a standard method of
denture construction to equip the student with a basic technic for use in private
practice.
B. Fixed Partial Prosthesis
Professor: nuttall (head of department).
Associate Professors: dosh, mc lean-lu and oggesen.
Assistant Professor: willer.
DRS. M. GRAHAM AND STEELE.
Pros. 122b. Principles of Fixed Partial Prosthesis. (6)
Second year. This lecture and laboratory course is designed to provide a background
of fundamental knowledge in fixed partial denture prosthesis. The interrelations
of the biological and mechanical aspects of dentistry are emphasized. The prin-
ciples involved and the procedures used in abutment preparations, the construction
of fundamental retainers and pontic sections, and the assemblage of fixed bridge
restorations are presented in detail and correlated with the requirements of occlusion.
In addition to these procedures, the technics include impressions, wax manipulation,
pattern construction, investing and casting.
Pros. 132b. Ceramic and Plastic Pxestorations. (2)
Third year. First semester. This course presents the uses of porcelain and methyl
methacrylate as restorative materials. Instruction is given in the procedures of
preparation, impressions, color selection, temporary protection and cementation. These
materials are employed in the construction of complete veneer crowns and dowel
crowns and in staining and glazing technics.
Pros. 134b. Basic Clinical Fixed Partial Prosthesis. (4)
Third year. This is a comprehensive course in the essential requirements for the
successful use of the fixed partial denture. Special consideration is given to funda-
mental factors in diagnosis, treatment planning and clinical procedures. The course
integrates biological factors, mechanical principles and esthetic requirements with
restorative treatment. Emphasis is placed on the physiological considerations as a
basis for fixed partial denture service.
Pros. 142b. Advanced Clinical Fixed Partial Prosthesis. (3)
Fourth year. This course provides clinical training and experience for the student.
The acquired background of knowledge is utilized in rendering treatment services for
27 ►
University of Maryland
patients. Experience is gained in assessing completely the dental problem, planning
a practical treatment consistent with the total dental needs and providing services
which satisfy the objectives of prevention, function and esthetics.
DIAGNOSIS
Professor: biddix (head of department).
Associate Professor: golton.
DRS. BRYANT, HELDRICH, LEBO AND YENT.
Diag. 131. Principles of Oral Diagnosis and Treatment Planning. (2)
Third year. The fundamental principles and procedures in the diagnosis of oral
and related diseases are studied by intimate clinical observation and discussion of
interesting cases. The study of the oral cavity through an understanding of its
relation to other parts of the body is emphasized. By means of consultations with
other departments the procedures of a comprehensive diagnosis are developed and
applied in treatment planning.
Diag. 132. Seminar.
Third year. The objective of this course is to teach the student to correlate clinical,
roentgenologic and laboratory findings. Selected patients are presented by both
medical and dental teachers.
Diag. 141. Clinical Oral Diagnosis and Treatment Planning. (I)
fourth year. This course is a continuation of Diagnosis 131 and 132.
HISTOLOGY
Professor: provenza (acting head of department).
MR. JORDAN AND DR. SEIPP.
Hist. 111. Mammalian Histology and Embryology. (8)
First year. The course embraces the thorough study of the cells, tissues and organs
of the various systems of the human body. Although certain aspects of the dental
histology phase of the course are given strictly as special entities, many are in-
cluded in the instruction in general histology, since the two areas are so intimately
related when functional and clinical applications are considered. The instruction in
embryolooy is correlated with that in histology. It covers the fundamentals of de-
velopment of the human body, particular emphasis being given to the head and
facial regions, the oral cavity, and the teeth and their adnexa. Specific correlations
are also made with the other courses in the dental curriculum.
For Graduates
Hist. 212. Mammalian Histology and Embryology. (6)
This course is the same as Histology 111, except that it does not include the dental
phases of 111, but does include additional instruction and collateral reading of an
advanced nature.
■< 28
School of Dentistry
Hist. 213. Mammalian Oral Histology and Embryology. (2)
Prerequisite, Histology 111 or 212, or an equivalent course. This course covers the
dental aspects of Histology 111, and includes additional instruction in the relations
of histologic structure and embryologic development of the teeth, their adnexa, and
the head and facial regions of the human body.
Hist. 214. Research in Histology.
Number of hours and credit by arrangement.
Hist. 215. Research in Embryology.
Number of hours and credit by arrangement.
MEDICINE
A. General Medicine
Associate Professor: mc lean.
DRS. FRAVEL, LEONARD AND OGDEN.
Med. 121a. First Aid.
Second year. Second semester. In this course the student is instructed in the basic
principles of first aid.
Med. 132a. Principles of Medicine. (2)
Third year. The course is taught by lectures, visual aids and x-ray demonstrations
of diseases of the cardio-respiratory, gastro-intestinal, genitourinary and nervous
systems.
Med. 141a. Physical Diagnosis. (I)
Fourth year. First semester. Slides and clinical demonstrations are used to show the
methods of recognition of important objective signs as they relate to body disturb-
ances. The methods of taking blood pressure and its significance, also the recognition
and treatment of medical emergencies, are taught.
Med. 142a. Principles of Medicine. (2)
Fourth year. Throughout the year the entire class is taken into the hospital for medical
clinics where the close application of medical and dental knowledge in history taking,
diagnosis, laboratory procedures and treatment is emphasized.
Med. 143a. Preventive and Public Health Dentistry. (I)
Fourth year. Second semester. The objectives of this course are to emphasize those
measures other than remedial operations that will tend to minimize the occurrence or
the extension of oral disease, and to outline the status of dentistry in the field of gen-
eral public health. The relations of dentistry with other phases of public health are
discussed, as are the problems affecting the administration of dental health programs.
Special effort is made to demonstrate methods and materials suitable for use in dental
health education programs.
Med. 144a. Clinical Conferences.
Fourth year. Throughout the year small groups of students are taken into the hospital
for medical ward rounds, demonstrations and discussions.
29 ►
University of Maryland
B. Oral Medicine
Assistant Professor: abramson.
DRS. T. F. CLEMENT, J. P. NORMS AND J. M. FOLEY.
Med. 121b. Principles of Endodontics. (I)
Second year. The lecture phase presents the fundamentals necessary for endodontic
procedures; the indications and contraindications for these procedures; the methods
used in performing the necessary steps to preserve the functions of the teeth and to
maintain the health of the individual. The laboratory phase is designed to teach the
student the materials, the instrumentation, and the techniques employed in endodontic
treatment.
Med. 122b. Introduction to Periodontics. (I)
Second year. The lectures place special emphasis on the importance of oral hygiene
and its relation to the prevention of all dental disorders. The causes, results, and
treatment of unhygienic conditions of the oral cavity are fully considered. Demon-
strations are given in the prophylactic treatment of the mouth and in the accepted
methods of tooth brushing to be used in home care. In the laboratory the student
learns on special manikins the use of the periodontal instruments. By progressive
exercises and drills he is taught the basic principles of good operating procedure and
the methods of thorough prophylactic treatment.
Med. 131b. Basic Clinical Endodontics. (I)
Third year. During the Junior year, the student applies the fundamentals he has
learned by performing endodontic procedures on clinical cases.
Med. 132b. Basic Clinical Periodontics. (I)
Third year. The lectures present the etiology, clinical symptoms, diagnosis, prognosis,
and methods of treatment of the various forms of periodontal disease, other diseases
of the oral cavity, and lesions of the lips, cheeks, and tongue. The recognition of
periodontal disease in its incipient forms and the importance of early treatment are
stressed. The lectures are well illustrated by color slides, moving pictures, and other
visual aids. The Junior student is required to apply the fundamentals he has learned
by performing periodontal procedures on a prescribed number of clinical cases.
Med. 141b. Advanced Clinical Endodontics. (I)
Fourth year. During his Senior year the student performs the more advanced endodontic
procedures on clinical cases.
Med. 142b. Advanced Clinical Periodontics. (I)
Fourth year. The Senior student performs the periodontal procedures on clinical
patients exhibiting the more advanced periodontal problems.
MICROBIOLOGY
Professor: shay (head of department).
MR. BECKER.
Microbiol. 121. Dental Microbiology and Immunology. (4)
Second year. First semester. The course embraces lectures, laboratory, demonstra-
^ 30
School of Dentistry
tions, recitations, and group conferences, augmented by guided reading. Practical and
theoretical consideration is given to pathogenic bacteria, viruses, yeasts and molds.
Special attention is given to those organisms which cause lesions in and about the
oral cavity, particularly primary focal infections about the teeth, tonsils, etc., which
result in the establishment of secondary foci. Immunological and serological prin-
ciples are studied, with special consideration being given to hypersensitivity resulting
from the use of antibiotics, vaccines, antigens, and other therapeutic agents.
Laboratory teaching includes the methods of staining and the cultural charac-
teristics of microorganisms; their reaction to disinfectants, antiseptics, and germicides;
methods of sterilization and asepsis; animal inoculation; preparation of sera, vaccines,
and antitoxins; a study of antibiotics; and a demonstration of virus techniques. In all
phases of the course emphasis is placed on dental applications.
For Graduates
Microbiol 200, 201. Chemotherapy. (J -2)
Prerequisite Microbiology 121 or equivalent. One lecture a week. Offered in alter-
nate years. A study of the chemistry, toxicity, pharmacology and therapeutic value of
drugs employed in the treatment of disease.
Microbiol. 202, 203. Reagents and Media. (I, J)
One lecture a week. Offered in alternate years. A study of the methods of prep-
aration and use of bacteriological reagents and media.
Microbiol. 210. Special Problems in Microbiology.
Credit determined by amount and quality of work performed. Laboratory course.
Microbiol. 211. Public Health. (1-2)
Prerequisite Microbiology 121 or equivalent. Lectures and discussions on the or-
ganization and administration of state and municipal health departments and private
health agencies. The course also includes a study of laboratory methods.
Microhol. 339. Research in Microbiology.
Credit determined by amount and quality of work performed.
OPERATIVE DENTISTRY
Professor: Medina (acting head of department).
Associate Professor: louie.
Assistant Professors: h. m. clement, c. gaver and edmond g. vanden bosche.
DRS. BEAVEN, BIANCO, DIAZ, LEVIN AND VELTRE.
Oper. 121. Fundamentals of Operative Dentistry. (5)
Second year. The student is trained in the technical procedures of cavity prepara-
tion and the manipulation of the restorative materials employed in the treatment of
diseases and injuries of the tooth structure. These basic principles are applied on
composition teeth and extracted natural teeth. Instruction includes twenty-six lectures
and forty-eight three-hour laboratory periods.
31 ►
University of Maryland
Oper. 131. Basic Clinical Operative Dentistry. (4)
Third year. This course is a continuing development of the fundamentals taught in
Operative 121. The objective is to present the additional information which is
necessary for the management of practical cases. Instruction includes lectures,
demonstrations and clinical practice in which the student treats patients under the
individual guidance of staff members.
Oper. 141. Advanced Clinical Operative Dentistry. (6)
Fourth year. With the background provided by Operative 121 and 131, the student
is able to comprehend and apply the procedures for treating the more complicated
operative problems. The objectives of this course are to instruct the student in the
different procedures by which a comprehensive operative service can be rendered
and to acquaint him with as many unusual clinical cases as possible. Instruction
includes lectures, demonstrations, and clinical practice.
ORTHODONTICS
Professor: preis (head of department).
Assistant Professors: kress, shehan and swinehart.
DR. CULLEN.
Ortho. 131. Principles of Orthodontics. (2)
Third year. The course consists of lectures supplemented by slides and motion pic-
tures. The subject matter includes the history of orthodontics and the study of
growth and development, evolution of human dental occlusion, forces of occlusion,
etiology of malocclusion, aberrations of the maxilla and mandible which affect occlu-
sion, and tissue changes incident to tooth movement.
Ortho. 141. Clinical Orthodontics. (I)
Fourth year. Students are assigned in small groups to the Clinic where patients are
given a thorough dental examination. Under the direction of an instructor each case
is diagnosed, methods of procedure are explained, and treatment planning is out-
lined. In the more simple cases therapy is undertaken by the students under the
supervision of an instructor. Students, therefore, have the opportunity of applying
clinically the knowledge which they received during their Junior year.
PATHOLOGY
Professor: m. s. aisenberg (head of department).
Associate Professors: Gardner and Weinberg.
Assistant Professor: a. d. aisenberg.
DR. GRANRUTH.
Path. 121. General Pathology. (4)
Second year. Second semester. The general principles of disease processes and tissue
reactions, both gross and microscopic, are taught with the objectives of training the
student to recognize and be familiar with the abnormal and of creating a foundation
for further study in the allied sciences. Emphasis is placed upon those diseases in
the treatment of which medicodental relationships are to be encountered.
^ 32
School of Dentistry
Path. 131. Oral Pathology. (3)
Third year. First semester. The course includes a study o£ the etiology and the
gross and microscopic manifestations of diseases of the teeth and their investing
structures: pathologic dentition, dental anomalies, periodontal diseases, calcific de-
posits, dental caries, pulpal diseases, dentoalveolar abscesses, oral manifestations of
svstemic diseases, cysts of the jaws, and benign and malignant lesions in and about
the oral cavity.
Path. 141. Seminar.
Fourth year. This constitutes a part of the cancer teaching program sponsored by a
grant from the United States Public Health Service. It is conducted by visiting lec-
turers who are specialists in their respective fields.
For Graduates
Path. 211. Advanced Oral Pathology. (8)
Two lectures and two laboratory periods throughout the year. This course is pre-
sented* with the objective of correlating a knowledge of histopathology with the
various aspects of clinical practice. Studies of surgical and biopsy specimens are
stressed.
Path. 212. Research.
Time and credit by arrangement. Research in areas of particular interest to the
student.
PEDODONTICS
Associate Professor: sanders.
Assistant Professor: ehrlich.
DRS. FERLITA AND KIHN.
Ped. 121. Technics of Pedodontics. (I)
Second year. Second semester. This laboratory course in dentistry for children
consists of sixteen laboratory periods. Demonstrations and visual aids are utilized to
augment the teaching procedure. The work is performed on model teeth in primary
dentoforms and consists of exercises in cavity preparation in primary teeth for the
proper reception of different restorative materials, in the technic of restoring a frac-
tured young permanent anterior tooth, and in the construction of a basic type of
space maintainer.
Ped. 131. Clinical Pedodontics. (I)
Third year. The student is introduced to clinical dentistry for children. He utilizes
the technical procedures learned in the laboratory. Didactic instruction includes
sixteen lectures offered during the first semester. Emphasis is given to the manage-
ment of the child patient with necessary modifications for behavior problems. The
indications and contraindications for pulpal therapy are evaluated for the purpose
of rational tooth conservation. Oral hygiene, roentgenology, growth and develop-
ment, and caries susceptibility tests are taught. Training in preventive orthodontics
is given for true denture guidance and to allow the student to institute interceptive
or early remedial measures in incipient deformities.
33 ►
University of Maryland
The Department endeavors to develop in the student a comprehensive interest
in guiding the child patient through the period of the mixed dentition. A separate
clinic, equipped with child-size chairs and supervised by the pedodontics staff, pro-
vides adequate opportunity for clinical applications of the methods taught in labora-
tory and lectures.
Ped. 141. Clinical Pedodontics. (J)
Fourth year. The student continues his clinical training throughout the year and is
assigned the more difficult cases.
PHARMACOLOGY
Professor: dobbs (head of department)
Assistant Professor: ross.
DR. DOLLE.
Pharmacol. 131. General Pharmacology and Therapeutics. (4)
Third year. The course is designed to provide a general survey of pharmacology,
affording the students the necessary knowledge for the practice of rational therapeutics.
The course is taught by lectures, laboratory and demonstrations. The first semester
consists of sixteen hours of didactic work including instruction in the sites and modes
of drug action, prescription writing, and the pharmacodynamics and therapeutics
of the local-acting drugs. The second semester consists of thirty-two hours of didactics
and forty-eight hours of laboratory instruction. The laboratory experiments are per-
formed by students on animals and are designed to demonstrate the direct effects of
drugs on vital tissues. The subject material consists of the pharmacodynamics of the
systemic-acting drugs and the anti-infective agents. In the therapeutics phase the
students are instructed in the use of drugs for the prevention, treatment, and correction
of general and oral diseases.
Pharmacol. 141. Oral Therapeutics. (I)
Fourth year. First semester. This course consists of sixteen hours of lectures and
demonstrations. It is designed to acquaint the students with the practical applications
of pharmacology in the treatment of dental and oral diseases. Particular emphasis is
given to the newer drugs and the more recent advances in therapeutics. Patients from
the dental clinics and the hospital are used for demonstrations whenever possible.
A correlation of theory with clinical practice is obtained by chairside instruction on
patients in the dental clinic.
Pharmacol. 142. Nutritional Therapeutics. (I)
Fourth year. First semester. This course consists of sixteen hours of lectures and
demonstrations devoted to the principles and practices of nutritional therapeutics. The
presentation includes a study of the dietary requirements of essential food substances
in health and disease. The vitamin and mineral deficiency states with their pathology
and symptomatology are presented with suggestions for dietary and drug therapy.
Metabolic diseases are discussed, and their effects on the nutritional states are con-
sidered. Students are taught to plan diets for patients with various nutritional prob-
lems, such as those resulting from loss of teeth, the use of new dental appliances,
dental caries, stomatitis, cellulitis, osteomyelitis, and bone fractures. A project study
is made by each student which includes analyses of his basal metabolic requirement,
his total energy requirement, and his dietary intake in relation to his daily needs.
^ 34
School of Dentistry
PHYSIOLOGY
Professor: oster (head of department).
Associate Professors: shipley and pollack.
MRS. STALING.
Physiol. 121. Principles of Physiology. (6)
Second year. A fundamental objective of this course is to achieve an integration of
basic scientific phenomena of function as they relate to the organism as a whole.
Lectures deal with the principal fields of physiology, including heart and circula-
tion, peripheral and central nervous functions, respiration, digestion, muscular ac-
tivity, hepatic and renal functions, water and electrolyte balance, special senses, gen-
eral and cellular metabolism, endocrines and reproduction. In the laboratory work
(first semester) the classic experiments on frog and turtle muscle and heart function
are followed by more advanced work on rabbits, cats, dogs and the students them-
selves. A special series of lectures is devoted to the application of basic physiologic
principles to human clinical problems.
For Graduates
Physiol. 211. Principles of Mammalian Physiology. (6)
Prerequisite permission from the department. Same as course 121 but with collateral
reading and additional instruction.
Physiol. 212. Advanced Physiology.
Hours and credit by arrangement. Lectures and seminars during the second semes-
ter.
Physiol. 223. Research.
Hours and credits by arrangement.
PRACTICE ADMINISTRATION
Professor: biddix.
DR. LOVETT AND MR. o'dONNELL.
Pract. Adm. 141. Principles of Administration. (I)
Fourth year. Second semester. The objective of this course is to prepare students to
assume the social, economic and professional responsibilities of dental practice. The
lectures embrace the selection of the office location and office equipment, the basis
of determining fees, the methods of collecting accounts, the use of auxiliary personnel,
and the choice of various types of insurance and investments. A comprehensive
bookkeeping system for a dental office is explained.
Pract. Adm. 142. Ethics. (I)
Fourth year. First semester. The course includes lectures on general ethics and
its basic teachings, and an interpretation of the philosophical principles adopted by
the American Dental Association and embodied in its "Principles of Ethics."
35 ►
University of Maryland
Pract. Adm. 143. Jurisprudence. (I)
Fourth year. First semester. The objective o£ the course is to acquaint the dental
student with the fundamentals of law as they relate to the dentist and to his patients.
The sources of law, the types of courts and court procedures are explained; the
student is acquainted with the special statutory provisions pertaining to the regula-
tion of the practice of dentistry, as well as the dentist's responsibilities under the
criminal law. The respective rights and liabilities of both the dentist and his patients
are considered in lectures dealing with contracts and torts; practical illustrations of
these rights and liabilities are reviewed in the light of actual reported cases in the
courts.
ROENTGENOLOGY
Professor: biddix.
DRS. KLEIN AND SMITH.
Roentgenol. 131. Principles of Dental Roentgenology. (2)
Third year. The lectures include a study of the physical principles involved in the
production of x-rays and a discussion of their properties and effects, the hazards of
roentgenography to both operator and patient, the technics of taking roentgenograms,
and the processing of the films. The conference periods deal with the roentgeno-
graphic study of the normal anatomic structures in health and the variations noted
under various pathologic conditions.
Roentgenol. 132. Introduction to Clinical Dental Roentgenology.
Third year. Second semester. The division of the class into small groups permits
individual* supervision in the clinical application of the material presented in Roent-
genol. 131. Under guidance the student learns to correctly place, expose and process
the film and mount a full series of dental roentgenograms.
Roentgenol. 141. Clinical Dental Roentgenology. Q)
Fourth year. Under a system of rotating assignments students are placed in constant
association with the routine practical use of the roentgen ray. They are required to
master the fundamental scientific principles and to acquire technical skill in taking,
processing, and interpreting all types of intraoral and extraoral films.
SURGERY
Professors: dorsey (head of department), helrich, robinson and yeager.
Associate Professor: cappuccio.
Assistant Professors: siwinski and inman.
DRS. HEMPHILL AND JOHNSON.
Surg. 131. Anesthesiology. (2)
Third year. Local anesthesia is taught in both principle and practice. In lectures
and clinics all types of intraoral, extraoral, conduction and infiltration injections;
the anatomical relation of muscles and nerves; the theory of action of anesthetic
agents and their toxic manifestations are taught. Demonstrations are given in con-
duction and infiltration technics; students give injections under supervision of an
M 36
School of Dentistry
instructor. General anesthesia is taught in lectures and clinic demonstrations. The
action of the anesthetic agents, methods of administration, indications and contra-
indications, and the treatment of toxic manifestations are included. Demonstrations
are given in the preparation of the patient, the administration of all general anes-
thetics (inhalant, rectal, spinal, and intravenous), and the technics for oral opera-
tions. Clinics are held in the Department of Oral Surgery in the Dental School and
in the Hospital.
Surg. 132. Oral Surgery. (3)
Third year. The course consists of lectures on the principles of surgery, the classifica-
tion of teeth for extraction, and the pre- and postoperative treatment of ambulatory
patients. The student is assigned to the Department of Oral Surgery on a rotating
schedule and is required to produce local anesthesia and extract teeth under the
supervision of an instructor.
Surg. 141. Oral Surgery. (3)
Fourth year. This course consists of lectures, clinical assignments, and practical
demonstrations on the etiology, pathology, diagnosis and treatment of all classes of
tumors, infections, deformities, anomalies, impacted teeth, fractures and surgical
problems associated with the practice of dentistry. Hospital clinics, demonstrations
and ward rounds are given to familiarize the student with abnormal conditions inci-
dent to the field of his future operations and to train him thoroughly in the diagnosis
of benign and malignant tumors. Weekly seminars are held in the Hospital.
For Graduates
Surg. 201. Clinical Anesthesiology. (6)
Forty hours a week for thirteen weeks.
Surg. 220. General Dental Oral Surgery. (4)
Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week for one semester.
Surg. 221. Advanced Oral Surgery. (4)
Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week for one semester.
Surg. 222. Research.
Time and credit by arrangement.
VISUAL AIDS IN TEACHING
MR. TAYLOR AND STAFF.
The Department of Visual Aids employs the latest photographic technics
and equipment for the production of both monochromatic and full-color still
and motion pictures. By cooperation with other departments new material is
developed for lectures, clinics, publications and exhibits.
Through photography the School retains for teaching purposes interesting
cases that appear in the clinics, preserves evidence of unusual pathological
cases, and records anatomical anomalies, facial disharmonies and malocclusions
37 ►
University of Maryland
of the teeth. In addition the student, through his contact with photographic
uses, becomes acquainted with the value of photography in clinical practice.
Students are advised as to the use of visual aids in the preparation of lectures
and theses, the arrangement and co-ordination of materials, and the organiza-
tion and maintenance of records and histories.
Various art media and the use of modern plastics supplement photography.
By the combination and correlation of these methods all departments are pro-
vided with an unlimited supply of valuable and often irreplaceable visual
aids.
A closed circuit television system is used to enable large groups to visualize
clinical and laboratory procedures. Close-up pictures of the various operations
are made possible for comfortable viewing in lecture hall and laboratory.
SPECIAL COURSES
Summer Courses
As the need arises, summer courses may be offered in certain subjects in-
cluded in the regular curriculum. A charge of $12.00 for each semester hour
credit is made for these courses.
The Gorgas Odontological Society
The Gorgas Odontological Society was organized in 1916 as an honorary
student dental society with scholarship as a basis for admission. The Society
was named after Dr. Ferdinand J. S. Gorgas, a pioneer in dental education, a
teacher of many years' experience, and during his life a great contributor to
dental literature. It was with the idea of perpetuating his name that the
Society adopted it.
To be eligible for membership a student must be in the first 30 per cent of
his class. The selection of this 30 per cent shall be based on the weighted
percentage average system as outlined in the school regulations. The meetings,
held once each month, are addressed by prominent dental and medical men, an
effort being made to obtain speakers not connected with the University. The
members have an opportunity, even while students, to hear men associated with
other educational institutions.
Omicron Kayfa Ufsilon
Phi Chapter of Omicron Kappa Upsilon, honorary dental society, was char-
tered at the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, Dental School, University of
Maryland during the session of 1928-29. Membership in the society is
awarded to a number not exceeding 12 per cent of the graduating class. This
* 38
School of Dentistry
honor is conferred upon students who through their professional course of
study creditably fulfill all obligations as students, and whose conduct, earnest-
ness, evidence of good character and high scholarship recommend them to
election.
The following graduates of the 1959 Class were elected to membership:
Kenneth David Bass
Barbara Dorothea Bucko
Frank Anthony Dolle
Frank Walter Krause
John Viering Raese
Matthew Angelo Rocco
Louis Joseph Ruland, Jr.
Jerome Schwartz
Robert Bernard Silberstein
Charles Carroll Swoope, Jr.
Francis Anthony Veltre
Jorge Vendrell
Gorm von Pultz-Hansen
Alumni Association
The first annual meeting of the Society of the Alumni of the Baltimore
College of Dental Surgery was held in Baltimore, March 1, 1849. This organi-
zation has continued in existence to the present, its name having been changed
to The National Alumni Association of the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery,
Dental School, University of Maryland.
The officers of the Alumni Association for 1959-60 are as follows:
President
Harry W. Dressel, Jr.
6340 Frederick Avenue
Baltimore 28, Maryland
First Vice-President
William F. Decesare
216 Broadway
Providence, Rhode Island
Past President
Ex-Officio
Edwin G. Gail
3700 N. Charles Street
Baltimore 18, Maryland
Treasurer
Howard Van Natta
Medical Arts Building
Baltimore 1, Maryland
President Elect
Daniel F. Lynch
1678 Primrose Road
Washington 12, D. C.
Second Vice-President
James E. John
804 Medical Arts Building
Roanoke, Virginia
Secretary
Joseph P. Cappuccio
1010 St. Paul Street
Baltimore 2, Maryland
Editor
Kyrle W. Preis
700 Cathedral Street
Baltimore 1, Maryland
Historian-Librarian
Milton B. Asbell
25 Haddon Avenue
Camden 3, New Jersey
39
University of Maryland
University Alumni Council Representatives
Eugene D. Lyon, 1960 Samuel H. Bryant, 1961
Baltimore, Maryland Baltimore, Maryland
Harry Levin, 1962
Baltimore, Maryland
Executive Council
Harry W. F. Dressel Kyrle W. Preis
Baltimore, Maryland Baltimore, Maryland
Howard Van Natta Edwin G. Gail
Baltimore, Maryland Baltimore, Maryland
Joseph P. Cappuccio William F. Decesare
Baltimore, Maryland Providence, Rhode Island
Daniel F. Lynch James E. John
Washington, D. C. Roanoke, Virginia
Milton B. Asbell
Camden, New Jersey
ELECTED MEMBERS
Executive Council
Calvin J. Gaver Melvin Hazen Colvin
Baltimore, Maryland Washington, D. C
William B. Mehring L. Lynn Emmart
Silver Spring, Maryland Baltimore, Maryland
Philip L. Block Philip J. Norris
Baltimore, Maryland Baltimore, Maryland
ENDOWMENT FUND
TRUSTEES EX-OFE1C10
Harry W. F. Dressel, Jr., President
Daniel F. Lynch, President-Elect
Joseph P. Cappuccio, Secretary
Howard Van Natta, Treasurer
Myron S. Aisenberg, Dean
ELECTED TRUSTEES
Lawrence W. Bimestefer, 1960 Edward C. Morin, 1960
Baltimore, Maryland Pawtucket, Rhode Island
James W. McCarl, 1961 William Paul Hoffman, 1961
Greenbelt, Maryland Washington, D. C.
Ashur G. Chavoor, 1962 Arthur I. Bell, 1962
Washington, D. C. Baltimore, Maryland
M 40
School of Dentistry
SENIOR PRIZE AWARDS
The following prizes were awarded to members of the Senior Class for the
1958-59 Session:
The Alexander H. Pater soft Memorial Medal
For Practical Set of Fidl Upper and Lower Dentures
FRANK WALTER KRAUSE
Honorable Mention Edgar C. White
The Isaac H. Davis Memorial Medal
(Contributed by Dr. Leonard I. Davis)
For Cohesive Gold Filling
FRANK WALTER KRAUSE
Honorable Mention Ivan Orlo Gardner
The Alumni Association Medal
For Thesis
CHARLES CARROLL SWOOPE, JR.
Honorable Mention Kenneth David Bass and Ivan Orlo Gardner
The Harry E. Kelsey Award
(Contributed by former associates of Dr. Kelsey:
Drs. Anderson, Devlin, Hodges, Johnston and Preis)
For Professional Demeanor
FRANK ANTHONY DOLLE
The Harry E. Latcham Memorial Medal
For Complete Oral Operative Restoration
JEFFRY CHANDLER PENNINGTON
Honorable Mention Richard Lawrence Fraze
The Edgar J. Jacques Memorial Award
For Meritorious Work in Practical Oral Surgery
CHESTER JAMES RICHMOND, JR.
The Herbert Friedherg Memorial Award
(Contributed by the New Jersey Alumni Chapter of the
National Alumni Association)
For Achievement by a New Jersey Sefiior
CHARLES CARROLL SWOOPE, JR.
The Sigma Epsilon Delta Memorial Medal
For Highest Average in Basic Sciences
CHARLES CARROLL SWOOPE, JR.
41 ►
University of Maryland
Graduating Class
1958-1959 Session
Kenneth David Bass, B.A., University of Connecticut, 1953;
M.S., 1955 Connecticut
Robert Gene Beckelheimer, Concord College West Virginia
Frederick Blumenthal, University of Miami Florida
Martin David Breckstein, University of Florida Florida
Lawrence Austin Brehne, B.A., Rutgers University, 1951 New Jersey
Robert Francis Bristol, B.A., Providence College, 1955 Rhode Island
Bayard Allen Buchen, Emory University Florida
Robert Rolland Buckner, Washington Missionary College Georgia
Barbara Dorothea Bucko, B.A., Syracuse University Connecticut
Thomas Cali, B.S., University of Maryland, 1955 New Jersey
John Joseph Cartisano, Indiana University New York
Gary Herbert Cohen, University of Maryland Maryland
Robert Ted Conner, West Virginia University West Virginia
Juan Anibal Cuevas-Jimenez, B.S., University of Puerto Rico, 1953
Puerto Rico
Adolph Albert Cura, B.A., Boston College, 1955 Massachusetts
Peter Bernard DalPozzol, Colby College Connecticut
Allan Lee Danoff, University of Maryland, B.S., 1957 Maryland
Eugene Frederick deLonge, Newberry College South Carolina
Joseph Budding Dietz, Jr., Lehigh University Delaware
Frank Anthonv Dolle, B.S., University of Maryland, 1948; M.S.,
1950; Ph.D., 1954 Maryland
William Frank Dombrowski, B.S., United States Naval Academy, 1950
Maryland
James Francis Dooley, B.S., United States Merchant Marine Academy,
1950; A.B., Rutgers University, 1951 New Jersey
William Edward Dowden, B.S., Niagara University, 1955 New York
Conrad Castenzio Ferlita, B.S., University of Miami Florida
Raymond Alan Flanders, Colgate University New York
John Morrison Foley, B.S., Loyola College, 1955 Maryland
James Arthur Fowler, Jr., University of Maryland, B.S., 1957 Maryland
Robert Donald Fraser, B.S., Niagara University, 1955 New York
Richard Lawrence Fraze, Tufts College Florida
Larry Joe Frick, The Clemson Agricultural College South Carolina
Thornwell Jacobs Frick, B.S., Davidson College, 1955 South Carolina
Orton Dittmar Frisbie, University of Florida Florida
Ivan Orlo Gardner, B.S., University of Pittsburgh, 1952 Maryland
Billy Wade Gaskill, West Virginia University Arkansas
Frederick Lewis Hodous, University of Maryland Maryland
Francis Kurt Hugelmeyer, B.S., College of the Holy Cross, 1955. . . .New York
Eugene Farley Humphreys, Brigham Young University Idaho
James Paul Jabbour, B.S., Tufts College, 1950; Ed.M., 1951 Massachusetts
^ 42
School of Dentistry
Calvin Charles Kay, University of Miami Florida
Edward Gerard Keen, St. Anselm's College Connecticut
Paul Lewis Keener, University of Maryland Maryland
Joseph Krall, B.S., University of Maryland, 1948 Maryland
Jacob Ian Krampf, University of Maryland, B.S., 1957 Maryland
Frank Walter Krause, B.A., University of Virginia, 1955 New Jersey
Domenic Edward LaPorta, University of Maryland, B.S., 1957 Connecticut
Robert Louis Lee, University of Maryland Maryland
Wallace George Lee, University of Maryland, B.S., 1953 Michigan
Lester Leonard Levin, University of Maryland Maryland
Leslie Herminio Lopez-Velez, B.S., University of Puerto Rico, 1955
Puerto Rico
Joseph Paul Lynch, B.S., Seton Hall University, 1953 New Jersey
Carlos A. Machuca-Padin, B.S., University of Puerto Rico, 1954. . . .Puerto Rico
Arnold Irwin Malhmood, University of Maryland, B.S., 1959 Maryland
Jose Manuel Martinez, B.S., University of Puerto Rico, 1955 Puerto Rico
John Kenneth McDonald, Louisiana State University and Agricultural
and Mechanical College Mississippi
Thomas James Meakem, Jr., Davis and Elkins College New Jersey
Thomas Eugene Miller, B.S., St. John's University, 1955 New Jersey
Bernard Lee Morgan, B.A., West Virginia University, 1955.... West Virginia
Fabian Morgan, B.S., Wake Forest College, 1954 North Carolina
John Worthington Myers, B.S., University of Maryland, 1957 Maryland
Elizabeth Haydee Noa, B.A., Nazareth College, 1954 Puerto Rico
William Barnard O'Connor, West Virginia University West Virginia
William Robert Owens, B.S., Davidson College, 1954 North Carolina
JefTry Chandler Pennington, The Citadel . South Carolina
Charles Kenneth Peters, Jr., B.S., Loyola College, 1954 Maryland
Gregory Michael Petrakis, B.S., Trinity College, 1955 Connecticut
George Jackson Phillips, Jr., B.A., Amherst College, 1955 Maryland
Barry Pickus, B.A., Western Maryland College, 1955 Maryland
Donald Alan Pirie, B.S., University of Maryland, 1955 Maryland
Anthony Michael Policastro, B.A., Seton Hall University, 1955. . . .New Jersey
Joseph Eul Polino, B.A., Providence College, 1955 Connecticut
Alben R. Pollack, B.A., Alfred University, 1955 New York
Joel Pollack, B.S., The City College of New York, 1955 New York
Albert Edward Postal, University of Maryland District of Columbia
William Lewis Pralley, B.A., West Virginia University, 1955... West Virginia
John Viering Raese, West Virginia University West Virginia
William Paul Raimond, University of Maryland Maryland
Burton Alvin Raphael, B.S., University of Maryland, 1957 Maryland
Harold Reuben Ribakow, University of Maryland Maryland
Chester James Richmond, Jr., Tufts College Connecticut
Matthew Angelo Rocco, B.A., Seton Hall University, 1955 New Jersey
Lawrence David Rogers, University of Maryland, B.S., 1957 Maryland
Everett Newton Roush, III, Marshall College West Virginia
43 ►
University of Maryland
Louis Joseph Ruland, Jr., B.A., The Johns Hopkins University, 1955
Maryland
Raymond Richard Sahley, Marshall College West Virginia
Charles Salerno, Upsala College New Jersey
Richard Charles Saville, B.A., University of Maryland, 1955 Maryland
David Lee Schofield, University of Miami Florida
Jerome Schwartz, B.S., University of Maryland, 1949 Maryland
Robert Bernard Silberstein, University of Florida Florida
Stanley Leonard Silver, B.S., University of Maryland, 1953
District of Columbia
Francis Vincent Simansky, B.S., Loyola College, 1955 Maryland
Orlando Louis Skaff, B.A., West Virginia University, 1955 West Virginia
Philip Smith, University of Vermont and State Agricultural College. .Vermont
Anthony Sollazzo, Rutgers University New Jersey
James Frederick Sproul, West Virginia University Ohio
John Joseph Stecher, B.S., Seton Hall University, 1952 New Jersey
Donald Dietrich Stegman, B.S., University of Maryland, 1952 Maryland
Daniel Joseph Sullivan, B.A., Providence College, 1955 Rhode Island
Charles Carroll Swoope, Jr., University of Florida New Jersey
Arthur Morton Tilles, University of Maryland Maryland
John Louis Varanelli, University of Connecticut Connecticut
Francis Anthony Veltre, B.S., University of Maryland, 1952;
M.S., 1954 .Maryland
Jorge Vendrell, Tulane University of Louisiana Puerto Rico
Gorm von Pultz-Hansen, B.S., University of Maryland, 1957 Maryland
Leonard Clifford Warner, Jr., Colby College Connecticut
Edgar Clair White, Marshall College Kentucky
Thomas Adams Wilson, B.A., Amherst College, 1955 Maryland
Herbert Sanford Yampolsky, B.S., University of Alabama, 1955. . . .New Jersey
Honors
University Gold Medal for Scholarship, Summa Cum Laude
Awarded to
Charles Carroll Swoope, Jr.
Certificates of Honor, Magna Cum Laude
Awarded to
Frank Anthony Dolle Gorm von Pultz-Hansen
Barbara Dorothea Bucko Matthew Angelo Rocco
Jerome Schwartz
Cum Laude
Kenneth David Bass Frank Walter Krause
Robert Bernard Silberstein John Viering Raese
Jorge Vendrell Francis Anthony Veltre
Louis Joseph Ruland, Jr.
M 44
School of Dentistry
REGISTER OF STUDENTS
1959-1960 Session
Senior Class
Joel Martin Adler, Emory University Mississippi
Earl Robert Alban, Jr., B.A., The Johns Hopkins University, 1954. . .Maryland
John Jacob Atchinson, Marshall College West Virginia
Edmund Donald Baron, Rutgers University New Jersey
Hulon Edward Beasley, University of Florida Maryland
John William Biehn, University of Maryland Maryland
Raymond Cline Bodley, West Virginia University West Virginia
William Francis Brady, Jr., B.S., Boston College, 1954; M.S.,
University of Massachusetts, 1956 Massachusetts
Frank Lee Bragg, West Virginia University West Virginia
James Peter Brown, B.A., American International College, 1956. .Massachusetts
Rolla Ray Burk, Jr., A.B., West Virginia University, 1951 West Virginia
Gene Edward Camp, West Virginia University West Virginia
Alfred Chesler, Furman University Ohio
Robert Roy Chesney, Western Maryland College Maryland
Robert A. Cialone, B.S., University of Maryland, 1955 New Jersey
William John Cimikoski, A.B., University of Michigan, 1953 ... .Connecticut
Milton Chipman Clegg, B.A., University of Utah, 1956 Utah
Clyde Albert Coe, University of Maryland Maryland
Blanca Collazo, B.S., University of Puerto Rico, 1956 Puerto Rico
Frank Lateau Collins, West Virginia University West Virginia
Myron Harris Coulton, University of Florida Florida
Thomas Joseph Cronin, B.S., De Paul University, 1955 New Jersey
William Walter Cwiek, B.S., University of Maryland, 1953 Maryland
Charles Albert Darby, University of Maryland Maryland
Charles Albert Dean, B.A., Providence College, 1956 Massachusetts
John Jay Denson, Jr., B.S., University of Florida, 1956 Florida
Michael Vincent Doran, Jr., B.S., University of Miami, 1956 Virginia
Raymond Dzoba, Bowling Green State University New Jersey
Morton Mayer Ehudin, University of Maryland, B.S., 1957 Maryland
Joseph Thomas Fav, B.A., Providence College, 1956 Rhode Island
Humbert Michael Fiskio, A.B., Oberlin College, 1955; M.A.,
University of Connecticut, 1956 Connecticut
Henry Paul Fox, St. Michael's College New York
Irwood Fox, B.A., University of Virginia, 1956 Virginia
Joseph Giardina, University of Maryland, B.S., 1957 Maryland
Harry Gruen, University of Miami Florida
Ernest Lee Harris, Jr., Southern Missionary College Florida
David William Heese, B.A., The Johns Hopkins University, 1953. . . .Maryland
Sanford Sonny Hochman, University of Maryland, B.S., 1957 Maryland
Edward Allen Hurdle, Jr., B.S., Loyola College, 1956 Maryland
45 ►
University of Maryland
Clemuel Mansey Johnson, B.A., The University of North Carolina, 1953
North Carolina
Nicholas Irving Jones, B.S., The Citadel, 1956 South Carolina
Norman Lewis Jones, Marshall College West Virginia
Alan Donald Jung, B.S., University of Maryland, 1952 Maryland
Don Samuel Killpack, B.S., University of Utah, 1951 Utah
Irwin KolikofF, B.S., Florida Southern College, 1953 New Hampshire
Don Lee Koubek, A.B., West Virginia University, 1955 West Virginia
Robert Marvin Kriegsman, A.B., The University of North Carolina, 1957
North Carolina
Scot Sueki Kubota, A.B., Colorado State College, 1953;
A.M., 1954 Hawaii
Nicolas Lasijczuk, Ch.D., University of Nancy New York
Richard John Lauttman, B.S., Loyola College, 1953 Maryland
Martin Albert Levin, University of Maryland, B.S., 1957 Maryland
Marvin Paul Levin, University of Maryland, B.S., 1957 Maryland
Harry Levy, University of Maryland Maryland
William Lee Lovern, Concord College West Virginia
Frederick Magaziner, B.S., University of Maryland, 1954 Maryland
Martin Magaziner, University of Maryland District of Columbia
Frank William Mastrola, Jr., B.A., Providence College, 1956. . . .Rhode Island
Martin Lee Mays, B.S., Wofford College, 1957 South Carolina
David Henry McLane, A.B., Marshall College, 1957 West Virginia
John Stephen McLaughlin, West Virginia University Maryland
John Bennett Moore, Jr., Weber College Utah
Richard Franklin Murphy, West Virginia University West Virginia
Theodore Jacob Noffsinger, Jr., B.A., University of Maryland, 1956. .Maryland
Franklin Lewis Oliverio, B.S., W T est Virginia LIniversity, 1956. . .West Virginia
Billy Wendel Olsen, B.A., University of California, 1955 California
Bernard John Orlowski, Seton Hall University New Jersey
Philip Kibbee Parsons, West Virginia University West Virginia
Helmer Eugene Pearson, Upsala College New Jersey
Alfred John Phillips, University of Florida Florida
lames Vincent Picone, B.S., College of the Holy Cross, 1956. . .Massachusetts
Robert Henry Prindle, B.A., St. Michael's College, 1956 New York
Anthony Joseph Regine, B.S., Tufts College, 1955 Rhode Island
Jude Philip Restivo, B.S., University of Maryland, 1956 Maryland
Ronald Lee Ripley, A.B., West Virginia University, 1955 West Virginia
Malcolm Louis Rosenbloum, Emory University Missouri
Georges Philippe Raynald Roy, A.B., St. Michael's College, 1956 Maine
William Joseph Rumberger, Mount Saint Mary's College Pennsylvania
Thomas Melvin Rutherford, B.S., West Virginia Wesleyan College, 1956
West Virginia
Frank John Salino, The University of Buffalo New York
Lawrence Francis Schaefer, St. Michael's College New York.
Roger Clare Sears, University of Maryland, B.S., 1958 Maryland
< 46
School of Dentistry
Howard Irwin Segal, University of Miami Florida
Edwin Barry Shiller, Emory University Florida
Joseph James Smith, Mount Saint Mary's College New York
Robert Carroll Smith, A.B., West Virginia University, 1956 West Virginia
Alvin Jerome Snyder, B.S., University of Maryland, 1956 Maryland
David M. Solomon, B.S., Fordham University, 1956 New Jersey
Rudolph Clement Strambi, B.S., Fordham University, 1952 New Jersey
Wayne Eugene Stroud, University of Maryland Illinois
George Webster Struthers, Jr., B.S., Randolph-Macon College, 1952
West Virginia
Edward Ralph Thompson, Temple University New Jersey
Robert Speirs Thomson, B.A., Houghton College, 1956 New Jersey
Earle Alexander Tompkins, Jr., B.S., University of Massachusetts, 1955
Massachusetts
Gilbert Allen Vitek, Graceland College Maryland
Raymond Francis Waldron, A.B., Boston College, 1956 Massachusetts
Martin Truett Watson, A.B., Emory University, 1954 Georgia
Irwin Robert Weiner, University of Akron Ohio
Wayne Clark Wills, West Virginia University West Virginia
Charles Rosser Wilson, B.S., Wake Forest College, 1956 North Carolina
Dale Lee Wood, Western Maryland College Maryland
Louis Yarid. A.B.. Columbia University. 1956 Massachusetts
junior Class
Paul Wilfred Achin, Providence College . . > Massachusetts
Morris Antonelli, University of Maryland, B.S., 1958 District of Columbia
Gilbert Samuel Berman, B.S., University of Maryland, 1957 Maryland
Cecil Samuel Boland, B.S., Newberry College, 1957 Maryland
Lester Malcolm Breen, Emory University Georgia
Donald Acker Michael Brown, B.A., St. John's College, 1951 Maryland
Douglas Adams Bryans, B.S., Springfield College, 1957 Massachusetts
George Franklin Buchness, B.S., Loyola College, 1948; M.S., Catholic
University, 1954 Maryland
Richard Mario Carmosino, A.B., Boston University, 1957 Massachusetts
Thomas J. Cavanaugh, B.S., University of Maryland, 1957 Maryland
Lawrence Leo Clark, Mount Saint Mary's College New Jersey
James Richard Crouse, Shepherd College Maryland
Billy Hugh Darke, B.S., Western Kentucky State College, 1954 Kentucky
William Lawrence Doheny, Jr., University of Maryland Connecticut
Edward Cornelius Doherty, B.A., Boston College, 1957 Massachusetts
Maxim Duane Dunker, B.A., Walla Walla College, 1955 California
William Duane Fitzgerald, University of Massachusetts Massachusetts
Sheldon Donald Fliss, B.S., University of Maryland, 1959 Maryland
Richard Arnold Foer, B.S., University of Maryland, 1957. . .District of Columbia
Joseph Edward Furtado, B.A., Providence College, 1954 Rhode Island
47 ►
University of Maryland
William Joseph Girotti, B.A., American International College, 1957
Massachusetts
Raymond Emil Goepfrich, B.S., Franklin and Marshall College, 1957
Pennsylvania
John George Goettee, Jr., B.A., Western Maryland College, 1957. . .Maryland
Melvin Goldenberg, B.A., Providence College, 1957 Rhode Island
Aaron Rufus Griffith, Jr., University of South Carolina South Carolina
Sheldon Gerald Gross, University of Vermont Massachusetts
Stanford Edgar Hamburger, B.A., University of Maryland, 1957. .. .Maryland
Arnold Hecht, University of Miami Florida
Ronald Wesley Higel, University of Florida Florida
William Paul Hoffman, Jr., Earlham College District of Columbia
Patrick Francis Iacovelli, Jr., B.S., Boston College, 1952 Massachusetts
Ronald Harold Israel, University of Maryland, B.S., 1958 Maryland
Alvin Wesley Kagey, B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1957 Maryland
Sanford Katsumi Kamezawa, University of California Hawaii
Stanley Paul Kaminski, B.A., Seton Hall University, 1957 New Jersey
Douglas Kaplan, B.A., Alfred University, 1957 New Jersey
George Theodore Keary, B.S., University of Maryland, 1958. . . .Massachusetts
Michael Edward Kolakowski, Jr., B.S., University of Maryland, 1957
Maryland
Robert George Kovack, B.S., Albright College, 1957 New Jersey
Ralph Leonard Kroopnick, B.A., University of Connecticut, 1957. .Connecticut
Robert Maurice Lattanzi, Albertus Magnus College Connecticut
Jack Edward Liller, University of Richmond Maryland
Arnold Irvin Loew, University of Miami Florida
Sol Benjamin Love, Georgetown University District of Columbia
*Keith Gerald Lown, A.B., Fresno State College, 1956 California
Edward Salters McCallum, Newberry College South Carolina
William Edward McLaughlin, Mount Saint Mary's College New York
Joseph Robert Marchesani, LaSalle College New Jersey
Richard Madison Marrone, B.S., University of Maryland, 1957 Maryland
Alan J. Martin, Ohio University Florida
Robert Cameron Mason, University of Maryland, B.S., 1958 Maryland
Michael Charles Matzkin, B.A., Dartmouth College, 1957 Connecticut
Robert Francis Meier, Mount Saint Mary's College New York
Marc Julian Meyers, B.A., Western Maryland College, 1957 Maryland
Ronald Britton Morley, B.A., Maryville College, 1957 New York
Clarence John Myatt, A.B., St. Michael's College, 1957 Massachusetts
Roy Mitsuaki Naito, B.A., University of Hawaii, 1956 Hawaii
Antone Travers Oliveira, Jr., B.S., Tufts College, 1957 Massachusetts
James Edward Palmer, University of Maryland Maryland
David Bertram Pere, University of Miami Florida
Albert Perlmutter, A.B., Boston University, 1957 Massachusetts
Died February 25, 1960.
48
School of Dentistry
Garr Thomas Phelps, Xavier University Kentucky
Joseph Michael Pistoria, Seton Hall University New Jersey
iirwin Stuart Raffel, B.S., University of Maryland, 1956 Maryland
Malcolm Sidney Renbaum, B.S., Johns Hopkins University, 1956 . . . .Maryland
John Filmore Robinson, Loyola College Maryland
William Otis Rockefeller, University of Maryland New York
Theodore Almada Rosa, University of Maryland, B.S., 1958
District of Columbia
Victor Angel Rosado, B.A., Polytechnic Institute of Puerto Rico, 1957
Puerto Rico
David Neuman Rudo, B.S., University of Maryland, 1957 Maryland
Peter Paul Ryiz, University of Maryland, B.S., 1958 Connecticut
Richard Daniel Sachs, University of Miami Florida
Hershel Garvin Sawyer, A.B., Berea College, 1957 West Virginia
Robert Stanley Siegel, University of Maryland, B.S., 1958 Maryland
Frank Joseph Sinnreich, Jr., B.S., University of Maryland, 1951 Maryland
Melvin Jordan Slan, University of Maryland Maryland
Louis Edward Snyder, Jr., University of Maryland, B.S., 1959. .South Carolina
James Miller Steig, Georgia Institute of Technology Florida
Stanley Merrill Stoller, University of Maryland, B.S., 1958 Maryland
Arthur Hein Streeter, B.S., Washington College, 1957 Maryland
Joseph Ashley Sullivan, University of Miami Florida
Brett Taylor Summey, B.A., University of North Carolina, 1957
North Carolina
John Harvey Swann, B.S., University of Maryland, 1956 Maryland
Jerry Dale Taf t, University of Maryland Montana
Bill Edward Taylor, University of Oklahoma Oklahoma
Paul Irvin Teitelbaum, University of Maryland, B.S., 1958 Maryland
Donald Mathews Tilghman, University of Maryland, B.S., 1958 Maryland
George Bartholomew Towson, Washington College Maryland
Norton Allen Tucker, University of Maryland, B.S., 1958 Maryland
Nils Glick Wallen, B.A., Syracuse University, 1957 New Jersey
Frederic James Wasserman, B.S., University of Florida, 1957 Florida
Alfred Stewart Windeler, Jr., Johns Hopkins University New Jersey
William Herbert Witherspoon, West Virginia University Pennsylvania
Larry Emanuel Wynne, Emory University Florida
Stanlev Leonard Zakarin, University of Florida Florida
John Francis Zulaski, B.A., American International College, 1957. . .Connecticut
Sophomore Class
Frederick Bradshaw Abbott, Southeast Missouri State College Maryland
Tulio Fulvio Albertini, B.S., University of Maryland, 1959 Maryland
James Emil Andrews, B.S., Wake Forest College, 1958 North Carolina
Robert Apfel, B.A., University of Miami, 1958 Florida
Marvin Bennet Apter, B.S., University of Maryland, 1959 Maryland
49 ►
University of Maryland
Joseph erman Axelrod, B.S., University of Maryland, 1959 Maryland
Michael Alan Balenson, B.S., University of Maryland, 1958 Maryland
Donald Harry Barnes, College of the Pacific California
Howard Benjamin Berman, Emory University Florida
Samuel Blum, University of Maryland, B.S., 1959 District of Columbia
William John Bowen, B.S., University of Maryland, 1957; M.S., 1959
Maryland
Roger Lee Brown, University of Maryland Pennsylvania
Peter John Buchetto, Jr., University of Connecticut Connecticut
Barry Stanley Buchman, B.S., University of Maryland, 1959 Maryland
Paul William Bushman, B.A., The Johns Hopkins University, 1958. . .Maryland
Robert Moore Charlton, B.S., University of Maryland, 1960 Maryland
Jerome Milton Chertkoff, B.A., The Johns Hopkins University, 1958. .Maryland
George Gary Clendenin, B.S., University of Maryland, 1958 Maryland
David Constantinos, B.A., American International College, 1957. .Massachusetts
William Howard Dickson, B.S., University of Maryland, 1958 Maryland
Albert William Doetzer, B.S., Loyola College, 1958 Maryland
Richard Farish Downes, Jr., B.S., University of Maryland, 1953 Maryland
John Theodore Drescher, B.A., University of Connecticut, 1958. . . .Connecticut
Alvin Engel, University of Maryland Maryland
Henry Anthony Fischer, B.S., University of Florida, 1958 Florida
James Scott Foulke, B.S., University of Maryland, 1956 Maryland
Neil Arthur Friedman, University of Southern California California
Richard Saul Friedman, A.B., Rutgers University, 1957 New Jersey
Thomas Brent Gable, Franklin and Marshall College Pennsylvania
Charles Augustus Gallagher, B.S., University of Maryland, 1959. .. .Maryland
Lawrence Allan Gallerani, B.A., American International College, 1958
Massachusetts
Ronald Irvin Glaeser, B.A., Western Maryland College, 1958 Maryland
Milton Josef Glatzer, A.B., Rutgers College, 1958 New Jersey
Marshall Robert Goldman, B.S., University of Maryland, 1960. .. .Maryland
George Joseph Goodreau, Jr., A.B., St. Anselm's College, 1953. .New Hampshire
Robert Gordon, A.B., Boston University, 1958 Massachusetts
Larry Earl Grace, B.S., Concord College, 1956 West Virginia
Robert Duane Hackney, The State College of Washington Washington
Lawrence Frank Halpert, B.A., The Johns Hopkins University, 1958. .Maryland
Laurence Eugene Johns, Shepherd College Maryland
James Paul Johnson, B.S., Mount Saint Mary's College, 1958 Pennsylvania
Laddie Lynn Jones, B.S., Presbyterian College, 1958 South Carolina
David Brainard Kirby, Jr., B.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1958. .Pennsylvania
Martin Kline, Emory University Florida
Pxichard Thomas Koritzer, The Johns Hopkins University Maryland
Robert Alan Kramer, Lafayette College New Jersey
Daniel Levy, Emory University Georgia
Donald Eugene Lilley, Southern Missionary College Maryland
Berton Abner Lowell, University of Miami Florida
-< 50
School of Dentistry
Sidney Samuel Markowitz, B.S., University of Maryland, 1959 Maryland
Joseph David Mechanick, University of Maryland Maryland
Stephen Mark Millison, University of Maryland Maryland
Stephen Hollingshead Mills, University of Florida Florida
Alan Tatsuo Miyamoto, B.A., Simpson College, 1958 Hawaii
Kermit Lee Norton, Fresno State College California
Harvey Sheldon Fallen, University of Florida Florida
Robert Parker, B.S., University of Maryland, 1959 Maryland
*John Albert Patterson, B.S., Davidson College, 1958 North Carolina
Allan Buckner Pertnoy, B.S., University of Maryland, 1958 Maryland
Gerald Alan Pinsky, University of Miami Florida
Albert Louis Pizzi, B.S., Springfield College, 1958 Massachusetts
Leo Rabago, Jr., Fresno State College California
Sylvan Rankin, B.S., University of Maryland, 1960 Maryland
Paul Francis Regan, B.A., Boston College, 1958 Massachusetts
Donald Arthur Romeo, A.B., St. Anselm's College, 1956 Massachusetts
Lee Howard Roper, B.S., University of Maryland, 1960 New Hampshire
Jack Arnold Roth, West Virginia University Maryland
Howard Leslie Rothschild, University of Maryland Maryland
David Rubin, University of Miami Florida
Howard Frederick Rudo, B.A., University of Maryland, 1958 Maryland
Joseph Anthony Salvo, Jr., B.S., Tufts College, 1958 Massachusetts
Earle Milton Schulz, Jr., B.S., University of Maryland, 1960 Maryland
Howard Erwin Schunick, University of Maryland Maryland
Frank Lewis Schwartz, B.S., University of Maryland, 1959 Maryland
Allen Hirch Simmons, A.B., Fresno State College, 1955 California
Reed Campbell Snow, University of Utah Utah
Theodore Sheldon Sobkov, B.A., University of Maryland, 1958 Maryland
Irvin Murray Sopher, B.S., University of Maryland, 1958 Maryland
Dennis Martin Sullivan, University of Georgia South Carolina
John Thomson, III, Houghton College New Jersey
Norman Michael Trabulsy, B.S., University of Miami, 1957 Florida
Alan Jay Trager, B.S., University of Maryland, 1958 Maryland
Lamar Gordon Warren, Jr., University of Florida Florida
Robert William Warson, B.S., Loyola College, 1958 Maryland
Roger Allan Webster, University of Oregon California
Jerome Jacob Weinstein, B.S., University of Maryland, 1958 Maryland
John Charles Wilhelm, A.B., Western Maryland College, 1953 Maryland
Rex Patrick Wood, B.S., The State College of Washington, 1958. . .Washington
David Ansel Young, Whittier College California
Freshman Class
Richard Paul Beimler, A.B., Gettysburg College, 1955 New York
Frank Melcon Benneyan, A.B., Fresno State College, 1959 California
* Attended part session
51
University of Maryland
John David Bimestefer, A.B., Duke University, 1959 Maryland
David Wayne Bishop, Newberry College South Carolina
Leonard Donald Blumson, B.S., University of Miami, 1957 Maryland
Richard Allen Bochkor, A.B., St. Michael's College, 1954. .. .Massachusetts
Robert Jack Burt, B.A., Johns Hopkins University, 1959 Maryland
Carl Michael Caplan, B.S., University of Maryland, 1959 Maryland
James McCormick Carew, B.A., St. Anselm's College, 1959. .New Hampshire
Ronald Albert Carter, A.B., Fresno State College, 1958 California
Earl LeRoy Chambers, Jr., B.S., University of Maryland, 1958 ... .Maryland
Dale Richard Collins, University of Pittsburgh Pennsylvania
Frank Costabile, B.S., University of Maryland, 1959 New Jersey
* Leonard Hilyard Cutler, University of Delaware Delaware
Thomas Michael Darrigan, B.S., University of Maryland, 1959.... New York
Renato Patrick DeSantis, A.B., Loyola College, 1958 Maryland
Glenn Boyd Dickerson, University of South Carolina South Carolina
Gene Watkins Eng, B.A., Emory University, 1959 Florida
William Bernard Finagin, B.S., University of Maryland, 1959
District of Columbia
Michael Alan Fine, A.B., Catawba College, 1959 New York
Robert Pacy Fleishman, Loyola College Maryland
Stanley Berle Foxman, B.A., University of Maryland, 1958 Maryland
Leon Friedman, B.A., Lehigh University, 1959 New Jersey
Franklin F. Frush, B.S., University of Maryland, 1958 Maryland
Richard Anthony Gallagher, B.S., University of Maryland, 1959. .. .Maryland
Francis Xavier Geczik, B.S., Iona College, 1959 New York
Peter Lewis Goldstone, A.B., Harvard College, 1959 New York
Leroy Goren, University of Maryland Maryland
Herbert Gottlieb, B.S., University of Maryland, 1959 Maryland
Mark Lee Govrin, University of Maryland New Jersey
William Herbert Griswold, B.S., University of Maryland, 1958. . . .New Jersey
John Estyle Hanson, B.S., Shepherd College, 1959 Maryland
Wilberto Francisco Hernandez- Vales, B.S., University of Puerto Rico, 1959
Puerto Rico
Stanley Elliott Hyatt, B.S., University of Maryland, 1958 Maryland
Carl Winston Irwin, B.S., University of Maryland, 1959 Maryland
Ralph William Jacobson, Emory University Florida
William Carl Jennette, Jr., B.S., Wake Forest College, 1959 Maryland
Dean Clvde Johnson, University of Utah Utah
Robert Allen Katz, B.S., Boston College, 1959 Massachusetts
Clayton Edward King, B.A., Providence College, 1959 Massachusetts
Donald Raymond King, University of Florida Florida
Earl Ephraim Klioze, B.S., University of Maryland, 1959 Maryland
Herbert Mark Koenigsberg, University of Maryland Maryland
Stanley Louis Kolker, University of Maryland Maryland
* Attended part session.
< 52
School of Dentistry
George Andrew Kraft, B.S., University of Maryland, 1959 Pennsylvania
George Krupinsky, Jr., B.A., University of Maryland, 1959 Maryland
Paul Max Ladd, University of Miami Florida
Richard Joseph Landino, B.A., Providence College, 1959 Connecticut
Stuart Theodore Landsman, B.S., Queens College, 1959 New York
Delia Ruth Looper, B.A., Longwood College, 1959 Virginia
Lorin George Maser, University of Maryland District of Columbia
Martin Bruce Millkon, B.A., University of Maryland, 1959 Maryland
Harry Charles Mullins, Concord College West Virginia
Martin Neil Narun, B.A., Johns Hopkins University, 1958 Maryland
* Richard Stephen Nemes, American University Pennsylvania
Jerome William Newman, B.A., The Citadel, 1959 Florida
David Bennett Nuckols, B.A., University of Tennessee, 1949 Kentucky
George William Oatis, Jr., University of Maryland Connecticut
Samuel Oshry, B.S., University of Maryland, 1959 Maryland
John Charles Pentzer, B.S., University of Maryland, 1955 Maryland
Stanford Elliott Picker, B.A., University of California, 1958; M.A., 1959
California
Robert Theobald Probst, II, Iowa State College, B.S., 1950; M.S., 1952
Connecticut
George Michael Quinlan, Jr., B.A., American International College, 1957
Massachusetts
John Robert Rasczewski, Bucknell University Maryland
Richard Mann Reddish, University of Maryland Maryland
Martin Stewart Reeber, University of Florida Florida
Francis Richard Richo, B.A., Providence College, 1959 Connecticut
Edward Richard Rose, B.A., Johns Hopkins University, 1959 Maryland
Ivan Alan Rosengarden, B.A., University of Maryland, 1959 Maryland
Paul Rubinstein, University of Maryland Maryland
Nicolaus Sakiewicz, B.S., Columbia University, 1959 New Jersey
Robert Alan Samuel, University of Florida Florida
Fred Maurice Scholnick, University of Maryland Maryland
Paul Wesley Shaffer, West Virginia University Maryland
Donald Siegendorf , University of Miami Florida
Howard Ronald Siegler, University of Miami New York
Junius Thomas Soliday, Davis and Elkins College West Virginia
Edward David Spire, University of Maryland Maryland
John Walter Staubach, B.S., Franklin and Marshall College, 1959. . .Maryland
* Kenneth Bernard Stern, University of Maryland Maryland
George Cyril Strong, Los Angeles City College California
Eberhard Wolfgang Tinter, Iona College Germany
Thomas John Toman, University of Maryland Maryland
Peter Anthony Tomasello, B.A., Johns Hopkins University, 1959. .New Jersey
Henry John Van Hassel, B.A., Maryville College, 1954 New Jersey
'Attended part session.
53
University of Maryland
Lorenzo Stephan Vazzana, B.S., University of Maryland, 1959 . . Maryland
Kenneth Harold Webster, State College of Washington Washington
Francis William Welch, B.S., Springfield College, 1958 Massachusetts
Paul Xavier Welch, American International College Massachusetts
George Carl White, West Virginia University West Virginia
Joseph Michael Wiesenbaugh, Jr., Mount Saint Mary's College .... Pennsylvania
Harvey Ray Wildman, B.S., Mount Saint Mary's College, 1959. .Connecticut
Herbert Alan Wolford, D.V.M., Michigan State College, 1952 Pennsylvania
Sheldon Joel Wollman, Johns Hopkins University Maryland
Gary Lee Womer, B.S., University of Maryland, 1958 Maryland
Maurice Richard Woodard, B.S., American University, 1952 Maryland
Donald Russell Yent, University of Maryland Maryland
*« 54
School of Dentistry
DEANS OF DENTAL SCHOOLS IN BALTIMORE
BALTIMORE COLLEGE OF DENTAL SURGERY
(Founded 1840)
Chapin A. Harris 1840-1841
Thomas E. Bond 1841-1842
Washington R. Handy 1842-1853
Philip H. Austen 1853-1865
Ferdinand J. S. Gorgas 1865—1882
Richard B. Winder 1882-1894
M. Whilldin Foster 1894-1914
William G. Foster 1914-1923
MARYLAND DENTAL COLLEGE
1873-1878 (Merged with B. C. D. S.)
Richard B. Winder 1873-1878
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
(Founded 1882)
Ferdinand J. S. Gorgas 1882-191 1
Timothy O. Heatwole 1911-1923
BALTIMORE MEDICAL COLLEGE
1895-1913 (Merged with U. of Md.)
J. William Smith 1895-1901
William A. Montell 1901—1903
T. Edgar Orrison 1903—1904
J. William Smith 1904-1913
BALTIMORE COLLEGE OF DENTAL SURGERY
DENTAL SCHOOL
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
(B. C. D. S. Joined the U. of Md. 1923)
Timothy O. Heatwole 1923—1924
J. Ben Robinson 1924-1953
Myron S. Aisenberg (Acting) 1953
Myron S. Aisenberg 1954— present
55 ►
University of Maryland
INDEX
Academic Calendar 2
Admission Requirements 11
Admission with Advanced
Standing 14
Alumni Association 39-40
Anatomy 24-25
Application Procedures 13
Arts and Sciences-
Dental Program 11-13
Attendance Requirements 14
Baltimore Union 20-2 1
Biochemistry 25
Board of Regents 1
Cafeteria 20
Curriculum, Plan of 22-23
Deans of the Baltimore
Dental Schools 55
Definition of Residence and
Non-Residence 18
Dental History and Literature. .25-26
Dental Prosthesis
Removable Complete and
Partial Prosthesis 26-27
Fixed Partial Prosthesis 27-28
Deportment 15
Description of Courses 24-38
Diagnosis 28
Dormitory Accommodations .... 20-2 1
Equipment Requirements 15
Faculty Listing 3-8
Fees, Graduate 17
Fees, Student 16
Freshman Class 5 1-54
Gorgas Odontological Society. . . 38
Graduating Class (1958-59 Ses-
sion) 42-44
Graduation Requirements 15-16
Histology 28-29
History of the School 9-10
Index 56
Junior Class 47-49
Library 10
Matriculation and Enrollment. . 13
Medicine
General Medicine 29
Oral Medicine 30
Microbiology 30-3 1
Officers of Administration 3
Officers of Instruction 3-8
Omicron Kappa Upsilon 38-39
Operative Dentistry 31-32
Orthodontics 32
Pathology 32-33
Pedodontics 33-34
Pharmacology 34
Physiology 35
Postgraduate Courses 17
Practice Administration 35-36
Promotion and Grading 14-15
Refunds 17
Registration 17-18
Requirements for Admission ... 11
Requirements for Graduation ..15-16
Requirements for Matriculation
and Enrollment 13
Roentgenology 36
Scholarship and Loan Funds. . . 19-20
Senior Class 45-47
Senior Prize Awards 41
Sophomore Class 49-5 1
Summer Courses 38
Student Health Service 18-19
Surgery 36-37
Visual Aids 37-38
56
Catalog of
School of Dentistry
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
T*k ¥ T ¥ ¥ ¥—1 Tt X "V T
The provisions of this publication are not to he regarded
as an irrevocable contract between the student and the
University of Maryland. The University reserves the
right to change any provision or requirement at any time
within the student's term of residence. The University
further reserves the right at any time, to ask a student
to withdraw when it considers such action to be in the
best interests of the University.
ONE HUNDRED AND TWENTY FIRST CATALOGUE
with
Announcements For
The 1961-1962 Session
BALTIMORE COLLEGE OF DENTAL SURGERY
DENTAL SCHOOL
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
BALTIMORE, MARYLAND
THE PROVISIONS of this publication are not to be regarded as an irrevocable con-
tract between the student and the University of Maryland. The University reserves
the right to change any provision or requirement at any time within the student's
term of residence. The University further reserves the right at any time, to ask a
student to withdraw when it considers such action to be in the best interests of the
University.
BOARD OF REGENTS
and
MARYLAND STATE BOARD OF AGRICULTURE
Term
Expires
Charles P. McCormick
Chairman 1966
McCormick and Company, 414 Light Street, Baltimore 2
Edward F. Holter
Vice-Chairman 1968
Farmers Home Administration, U. S. D. A.. Appraisers Stores' Building,
10? South Gay Street, Baltimore, Maryland
B. Herbert Brown
Secretary 1967
The Baltimore Instinite, 10 West Chase Street, Baltimore 1
Harry H. Nuttle
Treasurer 1966
Denton
Louis L. Kaplan
Assistant Secretary 1964
5800 Park Heights Avenue, Baltimore 15
C. EWTNG TUTTLE
Assistant Treasurer 1962
907 Latrobe Building, Charles and Read Streets, Baltimore 2
Richard W. Case 1967
Commercial Credit Building, Baltimore
Thomas W. Pangborn 1965
The Pangborn Corporation, Pangborn Blvd., Hagerstown
Thomas B. Symons 1963
Suburban Trust Company, 6950 Carroll Avenue, Takoma Park
William C. Walsh 1968
Liberty Trust Building, Cumberland
Mrs. John L. Whitehurst 1967
4101 Green way, Baltimore 18
Members of the Board are appointed by the Governor of the State for terms of
seven years each, beginning the first Monday in June. Members may serve only two
consecutive terms.
The President of the University of Maryland is, by law, Executive Officer of the
Board.
The State law provides that the Board of Regents of the University of Maryland
shall constitute the Maryland State Board of Agriculture.
University of Maryland
ACADEMIC CALENDAR
1961-1962 Session
First Semester
1961
September 18 .... Monday .... Orientation Program for Freshman Class
September 19 ... .Tuesday . Registration for Freshman Class
September 20 .... Wednesday . . Registration for Sophomore Class
September 21 ... .Thursday . . Registration for Junior and Senior Classes
September 22 .... Friday Instruction begins with first scheduled period
November 21 Tuesday . .Thanksgiving recess begins at close of last
scheduled period
November 27 .... Monday .... Instruction resumes with first scheduled
period
December 20 Wednesday . . Christmas recess begins at close of last sched-
uled period
1962
January 3 Wednesday . . Instruction resumes with first scheduled
period
January 29 and 30. Monday
Tuesday .... Second Semester Registration
February 2 Friday First Semester ends at the close of last
scheduled period
Second Semester
February 5 Monday .... Instruction begins with first scheduled period
February 22 Thursday . . . Washington's Birthday— Holiday
April 19 Thursday . . . Easter recess begins at close of last scheduled
period
April 24 Tuesday .... Instruction resumes with first scheduled pe-
riod
May 30 Wednesday . . Memorial Day— Holiday
June 7 Thursday . . . Second Semester ends at close of last sched-
uled period
June 9 Saturday .... Commencement
A student who registers after instruction begins must pay a late registration fee of
$5.00. No late registration will be approved after Friday of the first week of instruction.
<* 2
School of Dentistry
OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION
wilson homer elkins, President of the University
B.A., M.A., B.LITT., D.PHIL.
MYRON S. AISENBERG, Dean
D.D.S.
Katharine toomey, Administrative Assistant
LL.D.
G. watson algire, Director of Admissions and Registrations
B.A., M.S.
norma j. azlein, Registrar
B.A.
OFFICERS OF INSTRUCTION
1960-1961 SESSION
Emeritus
J. BEN ROBINSON, Demi EviflitllS
D.D.S., D.SC.
Professors
myron s. aisenberg, Professor of Pathology
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1922.
Joseph calton biddix, jr., Professor of Oral Diagnosis
d.d.s. , University of Maryland, 1934.
edward c. dobbs, Professor of Pharmacology and Therapeutics
d.d.s. , University of .Maryland, 1929; b.s., 1952.
brice marden dorsey, Professor of Oral Surgery
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1927.
Gardner Patrick henry Foley, Professor of Dental Literature
b.a., Clark University, 1923; m.a., 1926.
grayson wilbur gaver, Professor of Dental Prosthesis
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1922.
William edward hahn, Professor of Anatomy
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1931; a.b., University of Rochester, 1938; m.s. 1939.
jose e. Medina, Professor of Operative Dentistry
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1948.
ernest b. nuttall, Professor of Fixed Partial Prosthesis
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1931.
University of Maryland
kyrle w. preis, Professor of Orthodontics
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1929.
d. vincent provenza, Professor of Histology and Embryology
b.s., University of Maryland, 1939; M.S., 1941; ph.d., 1952.
wilbur owen ramsey, Professor of Dental Prosthesis
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1943.
donald e. shay, Professor of Microbiology
b.s., Lebanon Valley College, 1937; M.S., University of Maryland, 1938; ph.d., 1943.
e. g. vanden bosche, Professor of Biochemistry
a.b., Lebanon Valley College, 1922; m.s., University of Maryland, 1924; ph.d., 1927.
john irving white, Professor of Physiology
b.a., University of Illinois, 1939; ph.d., Rutgers University, 1950.
Associate Professors
irving i. abramson, Associate Professor of Oral Medicine
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1932.
Joseph Patrick cappuccio, Associate Professor of Oral Surgery
b.s., University of Rhode Island, 1943; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1946.
Stanley h. dosh, Associate Professor of Fixed Partial Prosthesis
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1935.
ALvrN f. Gardner, Associate Professor of Pathology
a.a., University of Florida, 1940; d.d.s., Emory University, 1943; m.s., University
of Illinois, 1957; ph.d., Georgetown University, 1959.
harold golton, Associate Professor of Oral Diagnosis
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1925.
yam-hin louie, Associate Professor of Operative Dentistry
b.s., Lingnan University, Canton, China, 1938; d.d.s., Northwestern University,
1945; m.s.d, 1946.
george mc lean, Associate Professor of Physical Diagnosis and Principles of
Medicine
m.d., University of Maryland, 1916.
peter mc lean lu, Associate Professor of Fixed Partial Prosthesis
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1934.
Walter l. oggesen, Associate Professor of Fixed Partial Prosthesis
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1926.
burton robert pollack, Associate Professor of Physiology
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1946.
douglas john sanders, Associate Professor of Pedodontics
b.s., Northwestern University, 1946; d.d.s., 1948.
School of Dentistry
e. Roderick Shipley, Associate Professor of Physiology
a.b., The Johns Hopkins University, 1938; m.d., University of Maryland, 1942.
guy paul Thompson, Associate Professor of Anatomy
a.b., West Virginia University, 1923; a.m., 1929.
l. edward warner, Associate Professor of Dental Prosthesis
d.d.s., University of Maryland. 1931.
Assistant Professors
alvin david aisenberg, Assistant Professor of Pathology
d.d.s. , University of Maryland, 1945.
samuel hollinger bryant, Assistant Professor of Oral Diagnosis
a.b., Western Maryland College, 1928; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1932.
hugh m. clement, jr., Assistant Professor of Operative Dentistry
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1944.
jerome s. cullen, Assistant Professor of Orthodontics
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1941.
fred ehrlich, Assistant Professor of Pedodontics
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1947.
calvtn Joseph gaver, Assistant Professor of Operative Dentistry
b.s., University of Maryland, 1950; d.d.s., 1954.
marvtn m. graham, Assistant Professor of Fixed Partial Prosthesis
a.b., Cornell University, 1938; a.m., 1939; d.d.s., University of Pennsylvania, 1943.
conrad l. inman, Assistant Professor of Anesthesiology
d.d.s., Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, 1915.
william kress, Assistant Professor of Orthodontics
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1936.
james p. norris, Assistant Professor in Oral Medicine
b.s., University of Man land, 1950; d.d.s., 1956.
george w. piavis, Assistant Professor of Anatomy
a.b., Western Maryland College, 1948; m.ed., 1952; ph.d., Duke University, 1958.
Norton morris ross, Assistant Professor of Pharmacology
b.s., University of Connecticut, 1949; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1954.
daniel edward shehan, Assistant Professor of Orthodontics
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1922.
Arthur g. si win ski, Assistant Professor of Oral Surgery
a.b., The Johns Hopkins University, 1927; m.d., University of Maryland, 1931.
d. Robert swinehart, Assistant Professor of Orthodontics
a.b., Dartmouth College, 1933; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1937.
University of Maryland
edmond g. vanden bosche, Assistant Professor of Tooth Morphology
b.s., The Pennsylvania State University, 1943; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1947.
david h. willer, Assistant Professor of Full Denture Prosthesis
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1933.
Special Lecturers
c. Richard fravel, Lecturer in Principles of Medicine
m.d., University of Maryland, 1949.
martin helrich, Professor of Anesthesiology (School of Medicine')
b.s., Dickinson College, 1946; m.d., University of Pennsylvania, 1946.
richard lindenberg, Lecturer in Neuroanatomy
m.d., University of Berlin, 1944.
ethelbert lovett, Lecturer in Ethics
d.d.s., Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, 1922.
William j. o'donnell, Lecturer in jurisprudence
a.b., Loyola College, 1937; ll.b., University of Maryland, 1941.
harry m. robinson, jr., Professor of Dermatology (School of Medicine*)
b.s., University of Maryland, 1931; m.d., 1935.
george herschel yeager, Professor of Clinical Surgery (School of Medicine)
b.s., West Virginia University, 1927; m.d., University of Maryland, 1929.
Instructors
sterrett p. beaven, Instructor in Operative Dentistry
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1941.
earl F. becker, Instructor in Microbiology
b.s., Muhlenberg College, 1951; M.S., George Washington University, 1957.
henry j. bianco, Instructor in Operative Dentistry
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1956.
jerome d. buxbaum, Instructor in Physiology
b.sc, University of Maryland, 1951; d.d.s., 1955.
thomas f. clement, Instructor in Oral Medicine
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1951.
charles a. darby, Instructor in Roentgenology
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1960.
paul a. deems, Instructor in Orthodontics
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1928.
jose h. diaz, Instructor in Operative Dentistry
b.s., University of Puerto Rico, 1941; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1950.
frank a. dolle, Instructor in Pharmacology and Therapeutics
b.s., University of Maryland, 1948; m.s., 1950; ph.d., 1954; d.d.s., 1959.
School of Dentistry
conrad c. ferlita, Instructor in Pedodontics
b.s., University of Miami, 1956; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1959.
John m. Foley, Instructor in Histology and Embryology
b.s., Loyola College, 1955; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1959.
Joseph j. giardina, Instructor in Pedodontics
b.s., University of Maryland, 1957; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1960.
ralph jack Gordon, Instructor in Dental Prosthesis
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1933.
Walter granruth, jr., Instructor in Pathology
b.s., Loyola College, 1950; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1954.
Robert l. heldrich, Instructor in Oral Diagnosis
a.b., Gettysburg College, 1951; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1955.
richard m. hemphill, Instructor in Oral Surgery
a.b., West Virginia University, 1954; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1958.
melvtn john jAGiELSKi, Instructor in Tooth Morphology
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1953.
peter l. johnson, Instructor in Oral Surgery
b.a., Hofstra College, 1953; d.d.s., Georgetown University, 1957.
francis j. kihn, Instructor in Pedodontics
b.s., Loyola College, 1952; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1956.
anthony j. klein, Instructor in Roentgenology
b.s., University of Cincinnati, 1954; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1958.
lester lebo, Instructor in Oral Diagnosis
b.s., University of Chicago, 1938; m.d., 1941.
charles brown Leonard, jr., Instructor in Biochemistry
b.a., Rutgers College of South Jersey, 1955; M.S., University of Maryland, 1957.
richard r. c. Leonard, Instructor in Public Health Dentistry
d.d.s., Indiana University, 1922; m.s.p.h., University of Michigan, 1944.
charles e. love man, Instructor in Anatomy
a.b., The Johns Hopkins University, 1935; d.d.s., Columbia University, 1939.
john s. mclaughldx, Instructor in Oral Medicine
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1960.
martin h. morris, Instructor in Biochemistry
b.s., Rutgers University, 1952; m.s., 1954.
Theodore j. noffsinger, jr., Instructor in Operative Dentistry
a.b., University of Maryland, 1956; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1960.
Christopher j. o'connell, jr., Instructor in Oral Surgery
b.s., Holy Cross College, 1952; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1956.
University of Maryland
frank n. ogden, Instructor in First Aid and in Charge of Medical Care of
Students
m.d., University of Maryland, 1917.
victor s. primrose, Instructor in Full Denture Prosthesis
d.d.s., McGill University, 1918.
myron hillard sachs, Instructor in Anatomy
d.d.s., Columbia University, 1939.
Joseph h. seipp, Instructor in Histology and Embryology
a.b., Loyola College, 1951; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1955; M.S., University
of Pittsburgh, 1957.
philip smith, Instructor in Oral Diagnosis
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1959.
leah m. p. staling, Instructor in Physiology
b.s., University of Maryland, 1944; m.s., 1948.
glenn d. Steele, Instructor in Fixed Partial Prosthesis
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1942.
claude p. taylor, Director of Visual Education
Francis a. veltre, Instructor in Operative Dentistry
b.s., University of Maryland, 1952; m.s., 1954; d.d.s., 1959.
earle Harris watson, Instructor in Dental Materials and Dental Prosthesis
a.b., University of North Carolina, 1938; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1942.
nelson A. wright, Instructor in Full Denture Prosthesis
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1955.
george d. yent, jr., Instructor in Full Denture Prosthesis
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1956.
Library Staff
eda marian robinson, Librarian and Associate Professor of Library Science
a.b., Cornell University, 1924; b.s.l.s., Columbia University School of Library
Service, 1944.
hilda e. moore, Associate Librarian and Assistant Professor of Library Science
a.b., Randolph-Macon Woman's College, 1936; a.b.l.s., Emory University Library
School, 1937.
sarah l. atkins, Cataloging Assistant
marie m. chaffman, Assistant Circulation Librarian
Jacqueline b. clem, Secretary to the Librarian
Edith m. coyle, Head, Serials Department
a.b., University of North Carolina, 1937; a.b.l.s., University of North Carolina
School of Library Science, 1939; m.a., The Johns Hopkins University, 1945.
School of Dentistry
ruth E. hanna, Assistayit Acquisitions Librarian
a.b., Hanover College, 1939; m.s.l.s., Catholic University of America, 1961.
simone c. hurst, Head, Circulation Department
Florence r. kirk, Reference Librarian
betty b. linkous, Cataloging Assistant
hans-guenther r. listfeldt, Assistant Serials Librarian
b.s., Loyola College, 1956; m.s.l.s., Catholic University of America, 1961.
Beatrice marriott, Reference Librarian
a.b., University of Maryland, 1944.
eleanor m. mitten, Head, Catalog Department
b.s., Cornell University, 1942; b.s.l.s., Syracuse University, 1949.
elwood sterling, Library Clerk
marjorie f. vilk, Cataloger
b.s., Kutztown State Teachers College, 1952.
CATHERINE M. WHEATLEY, Serials Assistant
THE SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY
History
THE BALTIMORE COLLEGE OF DENTAL SURGERY OCCUPIES AN IMPORTANT AND
interesting place in the history of dentistry. At the end of the regular ses-
sion— 1960-61— it completed its one hundred and twenty-first year of service to
dental education. The Baltimore College of Dental Surgery represents the first
effort in history to offer institutional dental education to those anticipating the
practice of dentistry.
The first lectures on dentistry in America were delivered by Dr. Horace
H. Hayden in the University of Maryland, School of Medicine, between the
years 1823-25. These lectures were interrupted in 1825 by internal dissensions
in the School of Medicine and were as a consequence discontinued. It was Dr.
Hayden's idea that dental education merited greater attention than had been
given it by medicine or could be given it by the preceptorial plan of dental
teaching then in vogue.
Dr. Horace H. Hayden began the practice of dentistry in Baltimore in 1800.
From that time he made a zealous attempt to lay the foundation for a scientific,
serviceable dental profession. In 1831 Dr. Chapin A. Harris came to Baltimore
to study under Hayden. Dr. Harris was a man of unusual ability and possessed
special qualifications to aid in establishing and promoting formal dental educa-
tion. Since Dr. Hayden's lectures had been interrupted at the University of
Maryland and there was an apparent unsurmountable difficulty confronting the
creation of dental departments in medical schools, an independent college was
decided upon. A charter was applied for and granted by the Maryland Legis-
lature February 1, 1840. The first Faculty meeting was held February 3, 1840,
at which time Dr. Horace H. Hayden was elected President and Dr. Chapin A.
Harris, Dean. The introductory lecture was delivered by Dr. Hayden on No-
vember 3, 1840, to the five students matriculating in the first class. Thus was
created as the foundation of the present dental profession the Baltimore College
of Dental Surgery, the first dental school in the world.
Hayden and Harris, the admitted founders of conventional dental education,
contributed, in addition to the factor of dental education, other opportunities for
professional growth and development. In 1839 the American journal of Dental
Science was founded, with Chapin A. Harris as its editor. Dr. Harris continued
fully responsible for dentistry's initial venture into periodic dental literature to
the time of his death. The files of the old American Journal of Dental Science
testify to the fine contributions made by Dr. Harris. In 1840 the American
Society of Dental Surgeons was founded, with Dr. Horace H. Hayden as its
President and Dr. Chapin A. Harris as its Corresponding Secretary. This was
the beginning of dental organization in America, and was the forerunner of the
American Dental Association, which now numbers approximately ninety-three
thousand in its present membership. The foregoing suggests the unusual in-
fluence Baltimore dentists and the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery have
exercised on professional ideals and policies.
10
School of Dentistry
In 1873, the Maryland Dental College, an offspring of the Baltimore Col-
lege of Dental Surgery, was organized. It continued instruction until 1878, at
which time it was consolidated with the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery.
A department of dentistry was organized at the University of Maryland in the
year 1882, graduating a class each year from 1883 to 1923. This school was
chartered as a corporation and continued as a privately owned and directed insti-
tution until 1920, when it became a State institution. The Dental Department
of the Baltimore Medical College was established in 1895, continuing until 1913,
when it merged with the Dental Department of the University of Maryland.
The final combining of the dental educational interests of Baltimore was
effected June 15, 1923, by the amalgamation of the student bodies of the Balti-
more College of Dental Surgery and the University of Maryland, School of Den-
tistry; the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery becoming a distinct department
of the University under State supervision and control. Thus we find in the
Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, Dental School, University of Maryland, a
merging of the various efforts at dental education in Maryland. From these
component elements have radiated developments of the art and science of den-
tistry until the strength of its alumni is second to none, in either number or
degree of service to the profession.
Library
This School is fortunate in having one of the better equipped and organized
libraries among the dental schools of the country. The dental collection is part
of the Health Sciences Library, which includes also pharmacy, medicine and
nursing, with about 90,000 bound volumes and over 1600 current subscriptions
to scientific periodicals. A new air-conditioned, four-story library building at
111 South Greene, across the street from the Dental School, provides ample
space for books and readers. A well-qualified staff of professionally trained and
certified librarians promotes the services of the library and assists the student
body in the use of library resources. One of the most important factors of the
dental student's education is to teach him the value and the use of dental litera-
ture in his formal education and in promoting his usefulness and value to the
profession during practice. The Baltimore College of Dental Surgery is ideally
equipped to achieve this aim of dental instruction.
Course of Instruction
The Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, Dental School, University of
Maryland offers a course in dentistry devoted to instruction in the medical
sciences, the dental sciences, and clinical practice. Instruction consists of di-
dactic lectures, laboratory instruction, demonstrations, conferences, quizzes and
hospital ward rounds. Topics are assigned for collateral reading to train the stu-
dent in the value and use of dental literature. The curriculum for the complete
course appears on pages 23 and 24 of this catalogue.
11
University of Maryland
Requirements for Admission
Applicants for admission must present evidence of having completed success-
fully two academic years of work in an accredited college of arts and sciences
based upon the completion of a four-year high school course or the equivalent
in entrance examinations. The college course must include at least a year's
credit in English, in hiology, in -physics, in inorganic chemistry, and in organic
chemistry. All required science courses shall include both classroom and labor-
atory instruction. Although a minimum of 60 semester hours of credit, exclusive
of physical education and military science, is required, additional courses in the
humanities and the natural and social sciences are desirable. By ruling of the
Dean's Council, all admission requirements must be completed by June 30 previ-
ous to the desired date of admission.
In considering candidates for admission, the Board of Admissions will give
preference to those applicants who have high scholastic records in secondary
school and in college; who make satisfactory scores in the dental aptitude test;
who present favorable recommendations from their respective predental com-
mittee or from one instructor in each of the departments of biology, chemistry,
and physics; and who, in all other respects, give every promise of becoming suc-
cessful students and dentists of high standing. Applicants will not be admitted
with unabsolved conditions or unabsolved failures.
Combined Arts and Sciences-Dental Program
The University offers a combined arts and sciences-dental curriculum lead-
ing to the degrees of Bachelor of Science and Doctor of Dental Surgery. The
preprofessional part of this curriculum shall be taken in residence in the College
of Arts and Sciences at College Park, and the professional part in the School of
Dentistry in Baltimore.
Students who elect the combined program and who have completed the arts
and sciences phase of it may, upon the recommendation of the Dean of the
School of Dentistry, be granted the degree of Bachelor of Science by the College
of Arts and Sciences at the first summer commencement following the comple-
tion of the student's first year in the School of Dentistry. A student may enter
the arts and sciences-dental program at College Park with advanced standing
from an accredited college or university, but the last year of the preprofessional
training must be completed at College Park and the professional training must
be completed in the School of Dentistry of the University of Maryland.
< 12
School of Dentistry
ARTS-DENTISTRY CURRICULUM
Freshman Year
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature
Zool. 1 — General Zoology
Zool. 2— The Animal Phyla
Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry .
Math. 10, 11 — Algebra, Trigonometry, Analytic Geometry
Speech 7
Physical Activities
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force ROTC (Men)
Hea. 2, A — Hygiene (Women)
—Semester- ->
1 11
Total
3
4
4
3
1
2
2
17
4
4
3
2
1
2
2
19
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6 — Composition and World or English
Literature
*Group I Elective
G. & P. 1 — American Government
Chem. 35, 36, 37, 38 — Organic Chemistry
**H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization
***Modem Language
Physical Activities
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force ROTC (Men)
Total
Junior Year
Modern Language (continued)
Phys. 10, 11 — Fundamentals of Physics
Approved Minor Courses
Electives
3
3
3
3
4
4
3
3
3
3
1
1
2
2
17-19
17-19
3
3
4
4
6
6
3
3
Total
16
16
Senior Year
The curriculum of the first year of the School of Dentistry of the University
of Maryland is accepted by the College of Arts and Sciences as the fourth year
(major sequence) of academic work toward the degree of Bachelor of Science.
*Group I Electives: Sociology 1, Philosophy 1, Psychology 1, Economics 37.
**Students planning to request admission to a Dental School with only two years
of predental training should take Physics 10-11.
***Fr. 6, 7 or Ger. 6, 7 (Intermediate Scientific French or German) recommended.
13 ►
University of Maryland
If at the end of the junior year the student decides to postpone his entrance
to the School of Dentistry and to remain in the College of Arts and Sciences
and complete work for the Bachelor's degree, he may choose a major and minor
in any of the departments in which he has completed the necessary underclass
requirements. The general nature of the first three years of this curriculum and
the generous electives of the third year make possible for the student a wide
choice of departments in which he may specialize. In general the electives of
the third year will be chosen as for a major in some particular department.
Requirements for Matriculation and Enrollment
In the selection of students to begin the study of dentistry the School con-
siders particularly a candidate's proved ability in secondary education and his
successful completion of prescribed courses in predental collegiate training. The
requirements for admission and the academic regulations of the College of Arts
and Sciences, University of Maryland, are strictly adhered to by the School of
Dentistry.
A student is not regarded as having matriculated in the School of Dentistry
until such time as he shall have paid the matriculation fee of $10.00, and is not
enrolled until he shall have paid a deposit of $200.00. This deposit is intended
to insure registration in the class and is not returnable.
Application Procedures
Candidates seeking admission to the Dental School should write to the Office
of the Dean requesting an application form. Each applicant should fill out
the blank in its entirety and mail it promptly, together with the application fee
and photographs, to the Board of Admissions, Dental School, University of
Maryland, Baltimore 1, Maryland. The Board of Admissions will acknowledge
promptly the receipt of the application. If this acknowledgment is not received
within ten days, the applicant should contact the Board immediately. The
early filing of an application is urged. Applications may be filed after June 1
of the year previous to the desired date of admission and during the next nine
months (to March 1). Applicants wishing advice on any problem relating to
their predental training or their application should communicate with the Board
of Admissions.
All applicants will be required to take the Dental Aptitude Test. This test
will be given at various testing centers throughout the United States, its pos-
sessions and Canada. Applicants will be notified by the Council on Dental Edu-
cation of the American Dental Association of the dates of the tests and the loca-
tions of the testing centers.
Promising candidates will be required to appear before the Board of Ad-
missions for an interview. On the basis of all available information the best
possible applicants will be chosen for admission to the School.
A certificate of entrance will be issued to each successful applicant, which
will permit him to matriculate and to register in the class to which he has applied.
^ 14
School of Dentistry
Admission with Advanced Standing
(a) Graduates in medicine or students in medicine who have completed two
or more years in a medical school, acceptable to standards in the School of
Medicine, University of Maryland, may be given advanced standing to the
Sophomore year provided the applicant shall complete under competent regular
instruction the courses in dental technology regularly scheduled in the first year.
(b) Applicants for transfer must (1) meet fully the requirements for ad-
mission to the first year of the dental course; (2) be eligible for promotion to
the next higher class in the school from which he seeks to transfer; (3) have
no grades below C in the school where transfer credits were earned; (4) show
evidence of scholastic attainments, character and personality; (5) present letter
of honorable dismissal and recommendation from the dean of the school from
which he transfers.
(c) All applicants for transfer must present themselves in person for an
interview before qualifying certificate can be issued.
Attendance Requirements
In order to receive credit for a full session, each student must have entered
and be in attendance on the day the regular session opens, at which time lectures
to all classes begin, and remain until the close of the session, the dates for which
are announced in the calendar of the annual catalogue.
Regular attendance is demanded. A student whose attendance in any
course is unsatisfactory to the head of the department will be denied the privi-
lege of final examination in any and all such courses. A student with less than
85 per cent attendance will not be promoted to the next succeeding year. How-
ever, in certain unavoidable circumstances of absences, the Dean and the Coun-
cil may honor excuses exceeding the maximum permitted.
Grading and Promotion
The following symbols are used as marks for final grades: A (100-91),
B (90-84), C (83-77), and D (76-70), Passing; F (below 70), Failure; I, In-
complete. Progress grades in courses are indicated as "Satisfactory" and "Un-
satisfactory."
A Failure in any subject may be removed only by repeating the subject in
full. Students who have done work of acceptable quality in their completed as-
signments but who, because of circumstances beyond their control, have been
unable to finish all assignments, will be given an Incomplete. A student shall
not carry an Incomplete into the next succeeding year. When he has completed
the requirements for the removal of an Incomplete, the student shall be given
the actual grade earned in the course.
Scholastic averages are computed on the basis of semester credits assigned to
each course and numerical values for grades. The numerical values are A-4;
B-3; C-2; D-l; F-0. The grade point average is the sum of the products of
semester credits and grade values, divided by the total number of semester credits.
15 ►
University of Maryland
Students who attain a grade point average of 1.5 in the Freshman year will
be promoted. At the end of the Sophomore year an overall grade point average
of 1.75 is required for promotion. A grade point average of 2.0 is required for
promotion to the Senior year and for graduation.
Students who fail to meet the minimum grade point averages required for
promotion and who fall into the following categories will be allowed probationary
promotion :
1. Freshmen who attain a grade point average of 1.25-1.49.
2. Sophomores who attain an overall grade point average of 1.6-1.74.
3. Juniors who attain an overall grade point average of 1.85-1.99.
Probationary status will not be permitted for two successive years.
A student may absolve a total of eight credit hours of failure in an ac-
credited summer school provided he has the grade point average required for
promotion or graduation, excluding the failure or failures which he has incurred.
Equipment
A complete list of necessary instruments and materials for technic and clinic
courses is prescribed by the Dental School. Arrangements are made by the
Dental School in advance of formal enrollment for books, instruments and ma-
terials to be delivered to the students at the opening of school. Each student is
required to provide himself promptly with these prescribed necessities. A stu-
dent who does not meet this requirement will not be permitted to continue with
his class.
Deportment
The profession of dentistry demands, and the School of Dentistry requires,
of its students evidence of their good moral character. The conduct of the
student in relation to his work and fellow students will indicate his fitness to
be taken into the confidence of the community as a professional man. Integrity,
sobriety, temperate habits, truthfulness, respect for authority and associates and
honesty in the transaction of business affairs as a student will be considered as
evidence of good moral character necessary to the granting of a degree.
Requirements for Graduation
The degree of Doctor of Dental Surgery is conferred upon a candidate who
has met the following conditions:
1. A candidate must furnish documentary evidence that he has attained
the age of 21 years.
2. A candidate for graduation shall have attended the full scheduled
course of four academic years.
3. He will be required to show a grade point average of 2.0 for the full
course of study.
+ 16
School of Dentistry
4. He shall have satisfied all technic and clinic requirements of the various
departments.
5. He shall have paid all indebtedness to the college prior to the beginning
of final examinations, and must have adjusted his financial obligations in the
community satisfactorily to those to whom he may be indebted.
Student Fees
Matriculation fee (required of all entering students) $ 10.00
Tuition (each year):
Non-resident student 750.00
Resident student 400.00
Student health service (each year) 20.00
Student Union fee 30.00
The Student Union fee is payable by all students enrolled in
the Professional Schools on die Baltimore campus and is used to
pay interest on and amortize the cost of construction of the Union
Building.
Special fee 10.00
The Special fee is payable by all full-time students enrolled in
the Professional Schools on the Baltimore campus and is used to
finance equipment for the Union Building.
Student Activities fee 12.50
For the purpose of administering various student activities, the
Student Senate, after approval by the separate classes and the
Faculty Council, voted a fee of $12.50 to be paid at the time of
registration.
Laboratory breakage deposit:
Freshman year 10.00
Sophomore and Junior years 5.00
In addition to fees itemized in the above schedule, the following assess-
ments are made by the University:
Application fee (paid at time of filing formal application for admission) 7.50
Late registration fee 5.00
(All students are expected to complete their registration, including
payment of bills, on the regular registration days.) Those who do
not complete their registration during the prescribed days will be
charged a fee of $5.00.
Examinations taken out of class and re-examinations 5.00
One certified transcript of record is issued free of charge.
*Each additional copy is issued only upon payment of 1.00
Summer Session students will pay a $6.00 Student Union Fee but will
not pay the Special Fee.
*When more than one copy is requested at the same time, $1.00 is charged
for the first copy and fifty cents for each additional copy.
17 ►
University of Maryland
Postgraduate Courses
Postgraduate courses may be offered to qualified dental graduates. These
courses are designed to provide opportunities for study in special fields on a
refresher level, and are arranged so that particular emphasis is placed on clini-
cal practices.
Graduate Student Fees
Matriculation Fee (for new students only, non-returnable) .... 10.00
Tuition Fee (per semester credit hour) 12.00
Tuition Fee for students carrying ten or more credit hours per
semester 120.00
Laboratory Fees where applicable are charged at the rate of $5.00
per semester hour of laboratory credit.
Student Union Fee
Students carrying ten or more credit hours per semester (per
annum) *30.00
Students carrying less than ten credit hours per semester (per
annum) *6.00
Special Fee
Students carrying ten or more credit hours per semester (per
annum) * 10.00
Graduation Fee
Master's Degree 10.00
Doctor's Degree (including hood and microfilming of thesis) . . . 50.00
REFUNDS
According to the policy of the University no fees will be returned. In case
the student discontinues his course or fails to register after a place has been
reserved in a class, any fees paid will be credited to a subsequent course, but
are not transferable.
Registration
The registration of a student in any school or college of the University
shall be regarded as a registration in the University of Maryland, but when
such student transfers to a professional school of the University or from one
professional school to another, he must pay the usual matriculation fee required
by each professional school.
* Students who initially enroll for the second semester of the school year will be
assessed at the rate of one half of the rates shown above.
^ 18
School of Dentistry
Each student is required to fill in a registration card for the office of the
Registrar, and make payment of one-half of the tuition fee in addition to all
other fees noted as payable before being admitted to classwork at the opening
of the session. The remainder of tuition and fees must be in the hands of the
Comptroller during registration period for the second half of the academic year.
Definition of Residence and Non-Residence
Students who are minors are considered to be resident students if at the
time of their registration their parents have been domiciled in this state for
at least one year.
The status of the residence of a student is determined at the time of his
first registration in the University, and may not thereafter be changed by him
unless, in the case of a minor, his parents move to and become legal residents
of the state by maintaining such residence for at least one full year. How-
ever, the right of the minor student to change from a non-resident to resident
status must be established by him prior to the registration period for any semes-
ter.
Adult students are considered to be residents if at the time of their regis-
tration they have been domiciled in Maryland for at least one year provided such
residence has not been acquired while attending any school or college in Mary-
land or elsewhere. Time spent on active duty in the armed services while sta-
tioned in Maryland will not be considered as satisfying the one year period
referred to above except in those cases in which the adult was domiciled in
Maryland for at least one year prior to his entrance into the armed service and
was not enrolled in any school during that period.
The word domicile as used in this regulation shall mean the permanent
place of abode. For the purpose of this rule only one domicile may be claimed
as a permanent abode.
Student Health Service
The School undertakes to supply medical and surgical care for its students
through the Student Health Service. This care includes the daily services
rendered by a physician and a graduate nurse in a well-equipped clinic, conven-
iently located in the Dental School. Also consultations, surgical procedures and
hospitalization, judged to be necessary by the Service, are covered under liberal
limitations, depending on length of hospitalization and special expenses incurred.
Students who need medical attention are expected to report at the office
of the Student Health Service. Under circumstances requiring home treatment,
the students will be visited at their College residences.
It is not within the scope of the Service to provide medical care for con-
ditions antedating each annual registration in the University; rior is it the
function of this Service to treat chronic conditions contracted by students before
admission or to extend treatment to acute conditions developing in the period
between academic years or during authorized school vacations. The cost of
19 ►
University of Maryland
orthopedic appliances, the correction of visual defects, the services of special
nurses, and special medication must be paid for by the student. The School
does not accept responsibility for illness or accident occurring away from the
community, or for expenses incurred for hospitalization or medical services in
institutions other than the University Hospital, or, in any case, for medical
expense not authorized by the Student Health Service.
Every new student is required to undergo a complete physical examination,
which includes oral diagnosis. Any defects noted must be corrected within the
first school year. The passing of this examination is a requirement for the final
acceptance of any student.
Each matriculant must present, on the day of his enrollment, a statement
from his ophthalmologist regarding the condition of his eyes, and where defects
in vision exist he shall show evidence that corrections have been made.
If a student should enter the hospital during the academic year, the Serv-
ice will arrange for the payment of part or all of the hospital expenses, depending
on the length of stay and the special expenses incurred. This arrangement ap-
plies only to students admitted through the office of the School physician.
Prospective students are advised to have any known physical defects cor-
rected before entering the School in order to prevent loss of rime which later
correction might involve.
Scholarship and Loan Funds
A number of scholarship loans from various organizations and educational
foundations are available to students in the School of Dentistry. These loans
are offered on the basis of excellence in scholastic attainment and the need o»
the part of students for assistance in completing their course in dentistry. It
has been the policy of the Faculty to recommend only students in the last two
years for such privileges.
The Edward S. Gaylord Educational Endowment Fund
Under a provision of the will of the late Dr. Edward S. Gaylord, of New
Haven, Connecticut, an amount approximating $16,000 was left to the Balti-
more College of Dental Surgery, Dental School, University of Maryland, the
proceeds of which are to be devoted to aiding worthy young men in securing
dental education.
The. W. K. Kellogg Foundation
During World War II the Foundation recognized the burden that the ac-
celerated course imposed upon many dental students who under normal cir-
cumstances would earn money for their education by employment during the
summer vacation. The Foundation granted to this School a fund to provide
rotating loans to deserving dental students.
^ 20
School of Dentistry
The Albert A. Harrington Fund
This fund was established in 1954 by the New Jersey Alumni Association
in memory of Dr. Albert A. Harrington, a member of the Class of 1910. The
fund is a source of valuable help in aiding students to solve their temporary
financial problems.
The E. Benton Taylor Scholarship
One of the finest scholarships in the field of dental education, the E. Ben-
ton Taylor Scholarship was conceived and arranged by Mrs. Taylor and will be
perpetuated by the Luther B. Benton Company of Baltimore. It was put into
operation in 1954 and will be awarded annually to a Maryland student of each
entering class, who will continue to receive its benefits during the four years
of his dental school course.
The Student Senate-Alumni Fund
This fund, created in 1960, was established for the purpose of aiding any
student of the School who may be in need of an emergency loan.
GENERAL INFORMATION FOR THE BALTIMORE UNION
PROFESSIONAL INSTITUTIONS
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
The Baltimore Union for students of the Professional Schools is located
adjacent to the Professional Schools at 621 West Lombard Street. Accommoda-
tions for 195 men are provided in a five-story semi-air-conditioned building
which also contains a cafeteria, fountain lounge, meeting rooms, laundry facul-
ties, game room, bookstore, barber shop and lounges on each floor. Double
rooms are available. The rental agreement is made for rooms only; meals are
served cafeteria style on a cash basis. The contract for accommodations covers
the academic year.
ACADEMIC YEAR
The Rates are:
$150.00 per semester per double room
$ 60.00 per six weeks' summer session per double room
Other:
$45.00 per month
Three single rooms are available. They will be assigned on the basis of
length of residence in The Baltimore Union.
What the Rate covers:
The rate shown above is per person and includes the following:
Room furnishings, bed and cover, mattress, chest of drawers, closet, book
shelves, desk, medicine cabinet, desk chair and desk lamp.
21 ►
University of Maryland
Maid service will include cleaning of room twice per week and replace-
ment of change of linen once each week.
Telephone service is available through the Chesapeake & Potomac Tele-
phone Company. Cost of the telephone is not included in the room rate.
Information can be obtained from the Manager's Office.
Mail service is also provided.
The resident provides blankets, towels, pillow and linens. Towels and
linens must be rented through the designated Commercial Rental Service.
A small amount of luggage space is available. Storage of anything other
than luggage will not be available.
TRANSIENTS
The Rates are:
$ 4.00 per day
$24.00 per week
What the Rate covers:
The services will include one bath and one face towel, one face cloth, soap
and change of linen daily (once per week if weekly guest).
HOW TO APPLY FOR A ROOM ASSIGNMENT
Write for application form to
MANAGER'S OFFICE
The Baltimore Union
621 West Lombard Street
Baltimore 1, Maryland
22
School of Dentistry
Tfl U
* ~ Z
5 5 £
00 IN t-t O 00 CO rr
1" m ^ H C f4 55
H
O
to 00 M * CO
OS CN t- Tf *#
t*t*<CO-<*CO00<»CNCN I t .
CNCNOS-^OS't'^OOS
*k CM 00 <£> CN -* «0 i*
"-* IO H h t- O Him
• •<*•<* -oo«ooo • 3H «p I m
• CM CM. • i* OS ■* -M* w
D
J
D
t-i
o
U
(/>
en
D
C4
U
ON
Ui
_L,
O
ON
2 a
P QQ
O
N rl rl M M H
S j
2 : : : : *
H CI CO r-i
E rH rH r-l rH
«j +j «J ^
« a c i
a s a 2
< < < M
a> o o
— - -
o b cu
03 .O XJ . tH tH
,-H tH CM — J\| CN
N CM IN O rt H
H H ri o
T-i <* XS
tH CN
. CN CM
3-0-3
a « i
« +- 3 i> O O
C ■ ii b & Oi Pu
23
University of Maryland
sd
3 w
u
*S»o 'CO -xr-i • 'CD •© • •©© "♦ |«
jjjCO "* "-"QO • •-* -00 • -©N -U5 rH
tH «
■*S 1C •©© •© • •©©«©,.
• M -CM .rlN -00 • -K-.cC^oolCJ
<
H
O _
^tjTW 'C* ©C*e*©X(N© .N©CM<N
0> CM 00 •COCOMCOCOrH'^eOrH • CO rH CO CO
eoox • •No -cm -to-* -cm • ©«•«*» -cm i^r
«H > -rHCO -TH ._Cm -CO -t-itHCS CO K
M
•oox -x •
CdmUMrf •©»©© • -CM© • -© •©© I ■*
o
a
w
U .o
O *
. -X • -MX -©X
• xx • ne ci -«x -e • ■ x • © ( c
• -r-lr-i -r-( -r* -v-i rl CM
^©■* • :£> •o© c ' 1 ©©
• ,-4 rH CO ri rH
5^
©© •©©©«© I CM
© •«©<£© •© 1 "*
CO
co co co
CM CM CO '
COCO,-)
m tH OCO
^CO OrH
SSS)
2c<
;co§
T-i W
. a
i • h
i >a od
-£« —
TOlSS
c
22
Cm pu eu cu tf t» x
05 • • • • ;
E • •• •
e :::::•:::: r": :::':**: :^ ■:
H r*CM • ••* •
OJ • •<*■<* • •'-i • "T
r~) • • • • r-lT-t • • • w
£. • H • o
i. I*Z*liIT»-i rHrHMKleO-rK'-'i* O CHN Jj, *•
ess ^ .Tj-dd-cc fe*a« s s § s s £
«^Qr3,jgSSSSOO^pLlrWe-r^PUtfOD
24
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
ANATOMY
Professor: hahn (hjsad of department).
Associate Professor: Thompson.
Assistant Professors: edmond g. vanden bosche, and piavis.
DRS. JAGIELSKI, LDNDENBERG, LOVEMAN, AND SACHS.
Anat. 111. Human Gtoss Anatomy. (5-3)
First year. This course consists of dissection and lectures, supplemented by frequent
conferences and practical demonstrations. The entire human body is dissected. The
subject is taught with the purpose of emphasizing the principles of the body structure,
the knowledge of which is derived from a study of its organs and tissues, and the
action of its parts. Arrangements can be made to accommodate qualified students
and dentists interested in research or in making special dissections or topographical
studies.
Anat. 112. Human Neuroanatomy. (2)
First year. Second semester. Prerequisite, Anatomy 111 or equivalent. Neuro-
anatomy is offered in the Freshman year following Gross Anatomy. The work con-
sists of a study of the whole brain and spinal cord by gross dissections and micro-
scopic methods. Correlation is made, whenever possible, with the student's work
in the histology and physiology of the central nervous system.
Anat. 113. Comparative Tooth Morphology. (1)
First year. Second semester. The course treats the evolutionary development of
dentition as a necessary factor in the study of human oral anatomy. It includes a
comparative study of the teeth of the animal kingdom, with a comparative study
of the number, position and form of the teeth.
For Graduates
Anat. 211. Human Gross Anatomy. (5-3)
Same as course 1 1 1 but with additional work on a more advanced level.
Anat. 212. Human Neuroanatomy. (2)
Same as course 112 but with additional instruction of a more advanced nature.
Anat. 214. The Anatomy of the Head and Neck. (3)
One conference and two laboratory periods per week for one semester.
Anat. 216. Research.
Credit determined by amount and quality of work performed.
BIOCHEMISTRY
Professor: vanden bosche (head of department).
MR. MORRIS AND MR. LEONARD.
Biochem. 111. Principles of Biochemistry. (6)
First year. Prerequisites inorganic and organic chemistry, with additional training
in quantitative and physical chemistry desirable. Two lectures and one laboratory
25 ►
University of Maryland
period throughout the year, with one conference period per week during the first
eight weeks of Semester I. The chemistry of living matter forms the basis of the
course. The detailed subject matter includes the chemistry of carbohydrates, fats,
proteins, enzymes, vitamins, and hormones. The processes of respiration, digestion,
metabolism, secretion and excretion are considered. Laboratory instruction in qualitative
blood and urine examination is included.
For Graduates
Biochem. 211. Advanced Biochemistry. (6)
Prerequisite Biochemistry 111. Two lectures, one conference and one laboratory
period throughout the year.
Biochem. 212. Research in Biochemistry.
Prerequisite Biochemistry 211.
DENTAL HISTORY AND LITERATURE
Professor: Foley.
Lit. 121 Oral and Written Communication. (2)
Second year. A formal course of lectures is given in the second year. Many aspects
of the instruction are given practical application in the third and fourth years.
The course has many purposes, all of them contributing to the training of the students
for effective participation in the extra-practice activities of the profession. Particular
attention is given to instruction in the functioning of the agencies of communication
in dentistry: the dental societies and the dental periodicals. The practical phases of
the course include a thorough study of the preparation and uses of oral and written
composition by the dental student and the dentist; the use of libraries; the com-
pilation of bibliographies; the collection, the organization, and the use of information;
the management of dental meetings; the oral presentation of papers, and professional
correspondence.
Lit. 141. Thesis. (2)
Fourth year.
Lit. 142. Dental History. (1)
Fourth year. Second semester. Lectures in Dental History describe the beginnings of the
art of dental practice among ancient civilizations, its advancement in relation to the de-
velopment of the so-called medical sciences in the early civilizations, its struggle through
the Middle Ages and, finally, its attainment of recognized professional status in modem
times. Special attention is given to the forces and stresses that have brought about
the evolutionary progress from a primitive dental art to a scientific health service
profession.
DENTAL PROSTHESIS
A. Removable Complete and Partial Prosthesis
Professors: g. w. gaver (head of department) and ramsey.
Associate Professors: oggesen and warner.
DRS. GORDON, PRIMROSE, WATSON, WRIGHT AND YENT.
26
School of Dentistry
Pros. 11 la. Dental Materials. (4)
First year. This course is designed to provide the student with a scientific back-
ground in the nomenclature, composition, physical properties, practical application,
and proper manipulation of the important materials used in the practice of dentistry,
excluding drugs and medicinals.
The theoretical aspect of the course is presented in the form of lectures, demon-
strations, informal group discussions, and directed supplemental reading. From
the practical standpoint, the student manipulates and tests the various materials in
the laboratory, being guided by prepared project sheets. The student develops an
understanding of these factors : the importance of scientific testing of a material
before it is used by the profession at large; the realization that every material has
its limitations, which can be compensated for only by intelligent application and
manipulation; and an appreciation of the vast field of research open to those who
wish to improve the materials now available.
Pros. 112a. Introduction to Complete Denture Prosthesis. (1)
First year. Second semester. This course is devoted to the manipulation of impression
compound and the procedures used in developing impressions of edentulous arches,
casts and bite plates. It embraces a series of lecture-demonstrations designed to give the
student a knowledge of the essential fundamentals in complete denture construc-
tion.
Pros. 121a. Complete Denture Prosthesis. (2)
Second year. This course is given by lecture-demonstrations on bite registration, tooth
arrangement, and final finish of complete dentures.
Pros. 131a. Basic Clinical Complete Denture Prosthesis. (5)
Third year. The course includes a study of the practical application in the clinic of
the fundamentals taught in the preceding years. Demonstrations of the various
technics of impression and bite taking are offered to provide the student with addi-
tional knowledge necessary for clinic work.
Pros. 133a. Introduction to Removable Partial Denture Prosthesis. CO
Third year. Second semester. This lecture-demonstration course embraces all phases
of removable partial denture construction. Experiments and exercises are arranged
to give the student the fundamentals in designing, casting and finishing partial den-
tures.
Pros. 141a. Advanced Clinical Denture Prosthesis. (4)
Fourth year. This course consists of the clinical application of the fundamentals
taught in the previous years. Particular attention is given to a standard method of
denture construction to equip the student with a basic technic for use in private
practice.
B. Fixed Partial Prosthesis
Professor: nuttall (head of department).
Associate Professors: dosh, mc lean-lu and oggesen.
Assistant Professors: graham and willer.
DR. STEELE.
Pros. 122b. Principles of Fixed Partial Prosthesis. (6)
Second year. This lecture and laboratory course is designed to provide a background
of fundamental knowledge in fixed partial denture prosthesis. The interrelations
27 ►
University of Maryland
of the biological and mechanical aspects of dentistry are emphasized. The prin-
ciples involved and the procedures used in abutment preparations, the construction
of fundamental retainers and pontic sections, and the assemblage of fixed bridge
restorations are presented in detail and correlated with the requirements of occlusion.
In addition to these procedures, the technics include impressions, wax manipulation,
pattern construction, investing and casting.
Pros. 132b. Ceramic and Plastic Restorations. (2)
Third year. First semester. This course presents the uses of porcelain and methyl
methacrylate as restorative materials. Instruction is given in the procedures of
preparation, impressions, color selection, temporary protection and cementation. These
materials are employed in the construction of complete veneer crowns and dowel
crowns and in staining and glazing technics.
Pros. 134b. Basic Clinical Fixed Partial Prosthesis. (4)
Third year. This is a comprehensive course in the essential requirements for the
successful use of the fixed partial denture. Special consideration is given to funda-
mental factors in diagnosis, treatment planning and clinical procedures. The course
integrates biological factors, mechanical principles and esthetic requirements with
restorative treatment. Emphasis is placed on the physiological considerations as a
basis for fixed partial denture service.
Pros. 142b. Advanced Clinical Fixed Partial Prosthesis. (3)
Fourth year. This course provides clinical training and experience for the student.
The acquired background of knowledge is utilized in rendering treatment services for
patients. Experience is gained in assessing completely the dental problem, planning
a practical treatment consistent with the total dental needs and providing services
which satisfy the objectives of prevention, function and esthetics.
DIAGNOSIS
Professor: biddix (head of department).
Associate Professor: golton.
Assistant Professor: bryant.
DRS. HELDRICH, LEBO AND SMITH.
Diag. 131. Principles of Oral Diagnosis and Treatment Planning. (2)
Third year. The fundamental principles and procedures in the diagnosis of oral
and related diseases are studied by intimate clinical observation and discussion of
interesting cases. The study of the oral cavity through an understanding of its
relation to other parts of the body is emphasized. By means of consultations with
other departments the procedures of a comprehensive diagnosis are developed and
applied in treatment planning.
Diag. 132. Seminar.
Third year. The objective of this course is to teach the student to correlate clinical,
roentgenologic and laboratory findings. Selected patients are presented by both
medical and dental teachers.
Diag. 141. Clinical Oral Diagnosis and Treatment Planning. (1)
Fourth year. This course is a continuation of Diagnosis 131 and 132.
28
School of Dentistry
HISTOLOGY
Professor: provenza (acting head of department).
DRS. J. M. FOLEY AND SEIPP.
Hist. III. Mammalian Histology and Embryology. (8)
First year. The course embraces the thorough study of the cells, tissues and organs
of the various systems of the human body. Although certain aspects of the dental
histology phase of the course are given strictly as special entities, many are in-
cluded in the instruction in general histology, since the two areas are so intimately
related when functional and clinical applications are considered. The instruction in
embryology is correlated with that in histology. It covers the fundamentals of de-
velopment of the human body, particular emphasis being given to the head and
facial regions, the oral cavity, and the teeth and their adnexa. Specific correlations
are also made with the other courses in the dental curriculum.
For Graduates
Hist. 212. Mammalian Histology and Embryology. (4-2)
This course is the same as Histology 111, except that it does not include the dental
phases of 111, but does include additional instruction and collateral reading of an
advanced nature.
Hist. 223. Mammalian Oral Histology and Embryology. (2)
Prerequisite, Histology 111 or 212, or an equivalent course. This course covers the
dental aspects of Histology 111, and includes additional instruction in the relations
of histologic structure and embryologic development of the teeth, their adnexa, and
the head and facial regions of the human body.
Hist. 399. Research.
Number of hours and credit by arrangement.
MEDICINE
A. General Medicine
Associate Professor: mc lean.
DRS. FRAVEL, LEONARD AND OGDEN.
Med. 12 la. First Aid.
Second year. Second semester. In this course the student is instructed in the basic
principles of first aid.
Med. 132a. Principles of Medicine. (2)
Third year. The course is taught by lectures, visual aids and x-ray demonstrations
of diseases of the cardio-respiratory, gastro-intestinal, genitourinary and nerrous
systems.
Med. 14 la. Physical Diagnosis. (1)
Fourth year. First semester. Slides and clinical demonstrations are used to show the
methods of recognition of important objective signs as they relate to body disturb-
ances. The methods of taking blood pressure and its significance, also the recognition
and treatment of medical emergencies, are taught.
29 ►
University of Maryland
Med. 142a. Principles of Medicine. (2) 4
Fourth year. Throughout the year the entire class is taken into the hospital for medical
clinics where the close application of medical and dental knowledge in history taking,
diagnosis, laboratory procedures and treatment is emphasized.
Med. 143a. Preventive and Public Health Dentistry. (1)
Fourth year. Second semester. The objectives of this course are to emphasize those
measures other than remedial operations that will tend to minimize the occurrence or
the extension of oral disease, and to outline the status of dentistry in the field of gen-
eral public health. The relations of dentistry with other phases of public health are
discussed, as are the problems affecting the administration of dental health programs.
Special effort is made to demonstrate methods and materials suitable for use in dental
health education programs.
Med. 144a. Clinical Conferences.
Fourth year. Throughout the year small groups of students are taken into the hospital
for medical ward rounds, demonstrations and discussions.
B. Oral Medicine
Associate Professor: abramson.
Assistant Professor: norms.
DRS. T. F. CLEMENT AND MC LAUGHLIN.
Med. 121b. Principles of Endodontics. (1)
Second year. The lecture phase presents the fundamentals necessary for endodontic
procedures; the indications and contraindications for these procedures; the methods
use4 in performing the necessary steps to preserve the functions of the teeth and to
maintain the health of the individual. The laboratory phase is designed to teach the
student the materials, the instrumentation, and the techniques employed in endodontic
treatment.
Med. 122b. Introduction to Periodontics. (1)
Second year. The lectures place special emphasis on the importance of oral hygiene
and its relation to the prevention of all dental disorders. The causes, results, and
treatment of unhygienic conditions of the oral cavity are fully considered. Demon-
strations are given in the prophylactic treatment of the mouth and in the accepted
methods of tooth brushing to be used in home care. In the laboratory the student
learns on special manikins the use of the periodontal instruments. By progressive
exercises and drills he is taught the basic principles of good operating procedure and
the methods of thorough prophylactic treatment.
Med. 131b. Basic Clinical Endodontics. (1)
Third year. During the Junior year, the student applies the fundamentals he has
learned by performing endodontic procedures on clinical cases.
Med. 132b. Basic Clinical Periodontics. (1)
Third year. The lectures present the etiology, clinical symptoms, diagnosis, prognosis,
and methods of treatment of the various forms of periodontal disease, other diseases
of the oral cavity, and lesions of the lips, cheeks, and tongue. The recognition of
periodontal disease in its incipient forms and the importance of early treatment are
stressed. The lectures are well illustrated by color slides, moving pictures, and other
visual aids. The Junior student is required to apply the fundamentals he has learned
by performing periodontal procedures on a prescribed number of clinical cases.
<+ 30
School of Dentistry
Med. 14 lb. Advanced Clinical Endodontics. (1)
Fourth year. During his Senior year the student performs the more advanced endodontic
procedures on clinical cases.
Med. 142b. Advanced Clinical Periodontics. (1)
Fourth year. The Senior student performs the periodontal procedures on clinical
patients exhibiting the more advanced periodontal problems.
MICROBIOLOGY
Professor: shay (head of department).
MR. BECKER.
Microbiol. 121. Dental Microbiology and Immunology. (4)
Second year. First semester. The course embraces lectures, laboratory, demonstra-
tions, recitations, and group conferences, augmented by guided reading. Practical and
theoretical consideration is given to pathogenic bacteria, viruses, yeasts and molds.
Special attention is given to those organisms which cause lesions in and about the
oral cavity, particularly primary focal infections about the teeth, tonsils, etc., which
result in the establishment of secondary foci. Immunological and serological prin-
ciples are studied, with special consideration being given to hypersensitivity resulting
from the use of antibiotics, vaccines, antigens, and other therapeutic agents.
Laboratory teaching includes the methods of staining and the cultural charac-
teristics of microorganisms; their reaction to disinfectants, antiseptics, and germicides;
methods of sterilization and asepsis; animal inoculation; preparation of sera, vaccines,
and antitoxins; a study of antibiotics; and a demonstration of virus techniques. In all
phases of the course emphasis is placed on dental applications.
For Graduates
Microbiol. 200, 201. Chemotherapy. (1-2)
Prerequisite Microbiology 121 or equivalent. One lecture a week. Offered in alter-
nate years. A study of the chemistry, toxicity, pharmacology and therapeutic value of
drugs employed in the treatment of disease.
Microbiol. 202, 203. Reagents and Media. (1, 1)
One lecture a week. Offered in alternate years. A study of the methods of prep-
aration and use of bacteriological reagents and media.
Microbiol. 210. Special Problems in Microbiology.
Credit determined by amount and quality of work performed. Laboratory course.
Microbiol. 211. Public Health. (1-2)
Prerequisite Microbiology 121 or equivalent. Lectures and discussions on the or-
ganization and administration of state and municipal health departments and private
health agencies. The course also includes a study of laboratory methods.
Microbol. 339. Research in Microbiology.
Credit determined by amount and quality of work performed.
31
University of Maryland
OPERATIVE DENTISTRY
Professor : meduma (acting head of department).
Associate Professor: louie.
Assistant Professors: h. m. clement, c. gaver and edmond g. vanden boschb.
DRS. BEAVEN, BIANCO, DIAZ, NOFFSINGER AND VELTRE.
Offer. 111. Tooth Morphology. (3)
First year. Second semester. This course is designed to teach the form and functions
and the relationships of the teeth, and includes a study of the nomenclature of sur-
faces, divisions and relations of the teeth. In the laboratory the student is trained
in the carving of the various teeth and in die dissection of extracted teeth through
their various dimensions.
The second part of the course includes a study of the supporting structures of
the teeth and of the relation of the teeth to these structures. The periods of begin-
ning calcification, eruption, complete calcification, and shedding of the deciduous
teeth; followed by the periods of beginning calcification, eruption, and complete
calcification of the permanent teeth, are studied and correlated with the growth in
size of the jaws and face.
Oper. 121. Fundamentals of Operative Dentistry. (5)
Second year. The student is trained in the technical procedures of cavity prepara-
tion and the manipulation of the restorative materials employed in the treatment of
diseases and injuries of the tooth structure. These basic principles are applied on
composition teeth and extracted natural teeth. Instruction includes twenty-six lectures
and forty-eight three-hour laboratory periods.
Oper. 131. Basic Clinical Operative Dentistry. (4)
Third year. This course is a continuing development of the fundamentals taught in
Operative 121. The objective is to present the additional information which is
necessary for the management of practical cases. Instruction includes lectures,
demonstrations and clinical practice in which the student treats patients under the
individual guidance of staff members.
Oper. 141. Advanced Clinical Operative Dentistry. (6)
Fourth year. With the background provided by Operative 121 and 131, the student
is able to comprehend and apply the procedures for treating the more complicated
operative problems. The objectives of this course are to instruct the student in the
different procedures by which a comprehensive operative service can be rendered
and to acquaint him with as many unusual clinical cases as possible. Instruction
includes lectures, demonstrations, and clinical practice.
ORTHODONTICS
Professor: preis (head of department)
Assistant Professors: cullen, kress, shehan and swinehart.
DR. DEEMS.
Ortho. 131. Principles of Orthodontics. (2)
Third year. The course consists of lectures supplemented by slides and motion pic-
tures. The subject matter includes the history of orthodontics and the study of
growth and development, evolution of human dental occlusion, forces of occlusion,
etiology of malocclusion, aberrations of the maxilla and mandible which affect occlu-
sion, and tissue changes incident to tooth movement.
** 32
School of Dentistry
Ortho. 141. Clinical Orthodontics. (1)
Fourth year. Students are assigned in small groups to the Clinic where patients are
given a thorough dental examination. Under the direction of an instructor each case
is diagnosed, methods of procedure are explained, and treatment planning is out-
lined. In the more simple cases therapy is undertaken by the students under the
supervision of an instructor. Students, therefore, have the opportunity of applying
clinically the knowledge which they received during their Junior year.
PATHOLOGY
Professor: m. s. aisenberg (head of department).
Associate Professor: Gardner.
Assistant Professor: a. d. aisenberg.
DR. GRANRUTH.
Path. 121. General Pathology. (4)
Second year. Second semester. The general principles of disease processes and tissue
reactions, both gross and microscopic, are taught with the objectives of training the
student to recognize and be familiar with the abnormal and of creating a foundation
for further study in the allied sciences. Emphasis is placed upon those diseases in
the treatment of which medicodental relationships are to be encountered.
Path. 131. Oral Pathology. (3)
Third year. First semester. The course includes a study of the etiology and the
gross and microscopic manifestations of diseases of the teeth and their investing
structures: pathologic dentition, dental anomalies, periodontal diseases, calcific de-
posits, dental caries, pulpal diseases, dentoalveolar abscesses, oral manifestations of
systemic diseases, cysts of the jaws, and benign and malignant lesions in and' about
the oral cavity.
Path. 141. Seminar.
Fourth year. This constitutes a part of the cancer teaching program sponsored by a
grant from the United States Public Health Service. It is conducted by visiting lec-
turers who are specialists in their respective fields.
For Graduates
Path. 211. Advanced Oral Pathology. (8)
Two lectures and two laboratory periods throughout the year. This course is pre-
sented with the objective of correlating a knowledge of histopathology with the
various aspects of clinical practice. Studies of surgical and biopsy specimens are
stressed.
Path. 212. Research.
Time and credit by arrangement. Research in areas of particular interest to the
student.
PEDODONTICS
Associate Professor: sanders.
Assistant Professor: ehrlich.
DRS. FERLITA, GIARDINA AND KIHN.
Ped. 121. Technics of Pedodontics. (1)
Second year. Second semester. This laboratory course in dentistry for children consists
33 ►
University of Maryland
of eight lectures and sixteen laboratory periods. Demonstrations and visual aids are
utilized to augment the teaching procedure. The work is performed on model teeth
in primary dentoforms and consists of exercises in cavity preparation in primary
teeth for the proper reception of different restorative materials, in the technic of
restoring a fractured young permanent anterior tooth, and in the construction of a
basic type of space maintainer.
Ped. 131. Clinical Pedodontics. (1)
Third year. The student is introduced to clinical dentistry for children. He utilizes the
technical procedures learned in the laboratory. Didactic instruction includes sixteen
lectures offered during the first semester. Emphasis is given to the management of the
child patient with necessary modifications for behavior problems. The indications and
contraindications for pulpal therapy are evaluated for the purpose of rational tooth
conservation. Oral hygiene, roentgenology, growth and development, and caries sus-
ceptibility tests are taught. Training in preventive orthodontics is given for true
denture guidance and to allow the student to institute interceptive or early remedial
measures in incipient deformities.
The Department endeavors to develop in the student a comprehensive interest
in guiding the child patient through the period of the mixed dentition. A separate
clinic, equipped with child-size chairs and supervised by the pedodontics staff, provides
adequate opportunity for clinical applications of the methods taught in laboratory
and lectures.
Ped. 141. Clinical Pedodontics. (1)
Fourth year. The student continues his clinical training throughout the year and
is assigned the more difficult cases. In addition, the senior student is assigned to a
public health clinic which consists of individual, completely equipped operating rooms
giving the student experience in the management and treatment of the child patient.
PHARMACOLOGY
Professor: dobbs (head of department)
Assistant Professor: ross.
DR. DOLLE.
Pharmacol. 131. General Pharmacology and Therapeutics. (4)
Third year. The course is designed to provide a general survey of pharmacology,
affording the students the necessary knowledge for the practice of rational therapeutics.
The course is taught by lectures, laboratory and demonstrations. The first semester
consists of sixteen hours of didactic work including instruction in the sites and modes
of drug action, prescription writing, and the pharmacodynamics and therapeutics
of the local-acting drugs. The second semester consists of thirty-two hours of didactics
and forty-eight hours of laboratory instruction. The laboratory experiments are per-
formed on students and on animals and are designed to demonstrate the direct effects
of drugs on vital tissues. The subject material consists of the pharmacodynamics of the
systemic-acting drugs and the anti-infective agents. In the therapeutics phase the
students are instructed in the use of drugs for the prevention, treatment, and correction
of general and oral diseases.
Pharmacol. 141. Oral Therapeutics. (1)
Fourth year. First semester. This course consists of sixteen hours of lectures and
demonstrations. It is designed to acquaint the students with the practical applications
of pharmacology in the treatment of dental and oral diseases. Particular emphasis is
+ 34
School of Dentistry
given to the newer drugs and the more recent advances in therapeutics. Patients from
the dental clinics and the hospital are used for demonstrations whenever possible.
A correlation of theory with clinical practice is obtained by chairside instruction on
patients in the dental clinic.
Pharmacol. 142. Nutritional Therapeutics. (1)
Fourth year. First semester. This course consists of sixteen hours of lectures and
demonstrations devoted to the principles and practices of nutritional therapeutics. The
presentation includes a study of the dietary requirements of essential food substances
in health and disease. The vitamin and mineral deficiency states with their pathology
and symptomatology are presented with suggestions for dietary and drug therapy.
Metabolic diseases are discussed, and their effects on the nutritional states are con-
sidered. Students are taught to plan diets for patients with various nutritional prob-
lems, such as those resulting from loss of teeth, the use of new dental appliances,
dental caries, stomatitis, cellulitis, osteomyelitis, and bone fractures. A project study
is made by each student which includes analyses of his basal metabolic requirement,
his total energy requirement, and his dietary intake in relation to his daily needs.
PHYSIOLOGY
Professor: white (head of department).
Associate Professors: shipley and pollack.
DR. BUXBAUM AND MRS. STALING.
Physiol. 121. Principles of Physiology. (6)
Second year. A fundamental objective of this course is to achieve an integration of
basic scientific phenomena of function as they relate to the organism as a whole.
Lectures deal with the principal fields of physiology, including heart and circula-
tion, peripheral and central nervous functions, respiration, digestion, muscular ac-
tivity, hepatic and renal functions, water and electrolyte balance, special senses, gen-
eral and cellular metabolism, endocrines and reproduction. In the laboratory work
(first semester) the classic experiments on frog and turtle muscle and heart function
are followed by more advanced work on rabbits, cats, dogs and the students them-
selves. A special series of lectures is devoted to the application of basic physiologic
principles to human clinical problems.
For Graduates
Physiol. 211. Principles of Mammalian Physiology, (6)
Prerequisite permission from the department. Same as course 121 but with collateral
reading and additional instruction.
Physiol. 212. Advanced Physiology.
Hours and credit by arrangement. Lectures and seminars during the second semes-
ter.
Physiol. 213. Research.
Hours and credits by arrangement.
PRACTICE ADMINISTRATION
Professor: bdodix.
DR. LOVETT AND MR. o'DONNELL.
35 ►
University of Maryland
Pract. Adm. 141. Principles of Administration. (1)
Fourth year. Second semester. The objective of this course is to prepare students
assume the social, economic and professional responsibilities of dental practice. The
lectures embrace the selection of the office location and office equipment, the basis
of determining fees, the methods of collecting accounts, the use of auxiliary personnel,
and the choice of various types of insurance and investments. A comprehensive
bookkeeping system for a dental office is explained.
Pract. Adm. 142. Ethics. (1)
Fourth year. First semester. The course includes lectures on general ethics and
its basic teachings, and an interpretation of the philosophical principles adopted by
the American Dental Association and embodied in its "Principles of Ethics."
Pract. Adm. 143. Jurisprudence. (1)
Fourth year. First semester. The objective of the course is to acquaint the dental
student with the fundamentals of law as they relate to the dentist and to his patients.
The sources of law, and types of courts and court procedures are explained; the
student is acquainted with the special statutory provisions pertaining to the regula-
tion of the practice of dentistry, as well as the dentist's responsibilities under the
criminal law. The respective rights and liabilities of both the dentist and his patients
are considered in lectures dealing with contracts and torts; practical illustrations of
these rights and liabilities are reviewed in the light of actual reported cases in the
courts.
ROENTGENOLOGY
Professor: biddix.
DRS. DARBY AND KLEIN.
Roentgenol. 131. Principles of Dental Roentgenology. (2)
Third year. The lectures include a study of the physical principles involved in the
production of x-rays and a discussion of their properties and effects, the hazards of
roentgenography to both operator and patient, the technics of taking roentgenograms,
and the processing of the films. The conference periods deal with the roentgeno-
graphic study of the normal anatomic structures in health and the variations noted
under various pathologic conditions.
Roentgenol. 132. Introduction to Clinical Dental Roentgenology.
Third year. Second semester. The division of the class into small groups permits
individual supervision in the clinical application of the material presented in Roent-
genol. 131. Under guidance the student learns to correctly place, expose and process
the film and mount a full series of dental roentgenograms.
Roentgenol. 141. Clinical Dental Roentgenology. (1)
Fourth year. Under a system of rotating assignments students are placed in constant
association with the routine practical use of the roentgen ray. They are required to
master the fundamental scientific principles and to acquire technical skill in taking,
processing, and interpreting all types of intraoral and extraoral films.
SURGERY
Professors: dorsey (head of department), helrich, robdnson and yeager.
Associate Professor: cappuccio.
Assistant Professors: siwtnski and inman.
DRS. HEMPHILL, JOHNSON AND O'CONNELL.
* 36
School of Dentistry
Surg. 131. Anesthesiology. (2)
Third year. Local anesthesia is taught in both principle and practice. In lectures
and clinics all types of intraoral, extraoral, conduction and infiltration injections;
the anatomical relation of muscles and nerves; the theory of action of anesthetic
agents and their toxic manifestations are taught. Demonstrations are given in con-
duction and infiltration technics; students give injections under the supervision of an
instructor. General anesthesia - is taught in lectures and clinic demonstrations. The
action of the anesthetic agents, methods of administration, indications and contra-
indications, and the treatment of toxic manifestations are included. Demonstrations
are given in the preparation of the patient, the administration of all general anes-
thetics (inhalant, rectal, spinal, and intravenous), and the technics for oral opera-
tions. Clinics are held in the Department of Oral Surgery in the Dental School and
in the Hospital.
Surg. J 32. Oral Surgery. (3)
Third year. The course consists of lectures on the principles of surgery, the classifica-
tion of teeth for extraction, and the pre- and postoperative treatment of ambulatory
patients. The student is assigned to the Department of Oral Surgery on a rotating
schedule and is required to produce local anesthesia and extract teeth under the
supervision of an instructor.
Surg. 141. Oral Surgery. (3)
Fourth year. This course consists of lectures, clinical assignments, and practical
demonstrations on the etiology, pathology, diagnosis and treatment of all classes of
tumors, infections, deformities, anomalies, impacted teeth, fractures and surgical
problems associated with the practice of dentistry. Hospital clinics, demonstrations
and ward rounds are given to familiarize the student with abnormal conditions inci-
dent to the field of his future operations and to train him thoroughly in the diagnosis
of benign and malignant tumors. Weekly seminars are held in the Hospital.
Tot Graduates
Surg. 201. Clinical Anesthesiology. (6)
Forty hours a week for thirteen weeks.
Surg. 220. General Dental Oral Surgery. (4)
Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week for one semester.
Surg. 221. Advanced Oral Surgery. (4)
Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week for one semester.
Surg. 222. Research.
Time and credit by arrangement.
VISUAL AIDS IN TEACHING
MR. TAYLOR AND STAFF.
The Department of Visual Aids employs the latest photographic technics
and equipment for the production of both monochromatic and full-color still
and motion pictures. By cooperation with other departments new material is
developed for lectures, clinics, publications and exhibits.
37 ►
University of Maryland
Through photography the School retains for teaching purposes interesting
cases that appear in the clinics, preserves evidence of unusual pathological
cases, and records anatomical anomalies, facial disharmonies and malocclusions
of the teeth. In addition the student, through his contact with photographic
uses, becomes acquainted with the value of photography in clinical practice.
Students are advised as to the use of visual aids in the preparation of lectures
and theses, the arrangement and co-ordination of materials, and the organiza-
tion and maintenance of records and histories.
Various art media and the use of modern plastics supplement photography.
By the combination and correlation of these methods all departments are pro-
vided with an unlimited supply of valuable and often irreplaceable visual
aids.
A closed circuit television system is used to enable large groups to visualize
clinical and laboratory procedures. Close-up pictures of the various operations
are made possible for comfortable viewing in lecture hall and laboratory.
SPECIAL COURSES
Summer Courses
As the need arises, summer courses may be offered in certain subjects in-
cluded in the regular curriculum. A charge of $12.00 for each semester hour
credit is made for these courses.
The Gorgas Odontological Society
The Gorgas Odontological Society was organized in 1916 as an honorary
student dental society with scholarship as a basis for admission. The Society
was named after Dr. Ferdinand J. S. Gorgas, a pioneer in dental education, a
teacher of many years' experience, and during his life a great contributor to
dental literature. It was with the idea of perpetuating his name that the
Society adopted it.
To be eligible for membership a student must be in the first 30 per cent of
his class. The selection of this 30 per cent shall be based on the weighted
percentage average system as outlined in the school regulations. The meetings,
held once each month, are addressed by prominent dental and medical men, an
effort being made to obtain speakers not connected with the University. The
members have an opportunity, even while students, to hear men associated with
other educational institutions.
Omicron Kappa Upsilon
Phi Chapter of Omicron Kappa Upsilon, honorary dental society, was char-
tered at the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, Dental School, University of
Maryland during the session of 1928-29. Membership in the society is
<* 38
School of Dentistry
awarded to a number not exceeding 12 per cent of the graduating class. This
honor is conferred upon students who through their professional course of
study creditably fulfill all obligations as students, and whose conduct, earnest-
ness, evidence of good character and high scholarship recommend them to
election.
The following graduates of the 1960 Class were elected to membership:
Joel Martin Adler Bernard John Orlowski
Hulon Edward Beasley Helmer Eugene Pearson
Rolla Ray Burk, Jr. James Vincent Picone
Robert A. Cialone Malcolm Louis Rosenbloum
John J. Denson, Jr. David M. Solomon
David William Heese Wayne Eugene Stroud
Alumni Association
The first annual meeting of the Society of the Alumni of the Baltimore
College of Dental Surgery was held in Baltimore, March 1, 1849. This organi-
zation has continued in existence to the present, its name having been changed
to The Alumni Association of the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, Dental
School, University of Maryland.
The officers to the Alumni Association for 1960-61 are as follows:
President President Elect
Daniel F. Lynch Joseph P. Cappuccio
1401 16th Street, N. W. 1010 St. Paul Street
Washington 6, D. C. Baltimore 2, Maryland
First Vice President Second Vice President
E. Milburn Colvin, Jr. Charles B. Ledbetter
1726 21st Street, N. W. Byron Building (Cameron Village)
Washington 9, D. C. Raleigh, North Carolina
Past President (Ex-Officio') Secretary
Harry W. F. Dressel, Jr. Calvin J. Gaver
6340 Frederick Avenue 1427 Kirkwood Road
Baltimore 28, Maryland Baltimore 7, Maryland
Treasurer Editor
Howard Van Natta Kyrle W. Preis
Medical Arts Building 700 Cathedral Street
Baltimore 1, Maryland Baltimore 1, Maryland
Historian-Librarian
Milton B. Asbell
25 Haddon Avenue
Camden 3, New Jersey
39 ►
University of Maryland
University Alumni Council Representatives
Samuel H. Bryant, 1961 Harry Levin, 1962
Baltimore, Maryland Baltimore, Maryland
Edward D. Stone, 1963
Baltimore, Maryland
EXECUTIVE COUNCIL
Daniel F. Lynch Kyrle W. Preis
Washington, D. C. Baltimore, Maryland
Howard Van Natta Harry W. Dressel, Jr.
Baltimore, Maryland Baltimore, Maryland
Calvin J. Gaver E. Milburn Col vent, Jr.
Baltimore, Maryland Washington, D. C.
Joseph P. Cappuccio Charles B. Ledbetter
Baltimore, Maryland Raleigh, North Carolina
Milton B. Asbell
Camden, New Jersey
ELECTED MEMBERS
Executive Council
Philip L. Block J. Philip Norris
Baltimore, Maryland Baltimore, Maryland
Melvin Hazen Colvin Eugene A. Leatherman
Washington, D. C. Randallstown, Maryland
L. Lynn Emmart Benjamin A. Williamowsky
Baltimore, Maryland Silver Spring, Maryland
ENDOWMENT FUND
TRUSTEES EX-OFFICIO
Daniel F. Lunch, President
Joseph P. Cappuccio, President Elect
Calvin J. Gaver, Secretary
Howard Van Natta, Treasurer
Myron S. Aisenberg, Dean
ELECTED TRUSTEES
W. Paul Hoffman, 1961 James W. McCarl, 1961
Washington, D. C. Greenbelt, Maryland
Arthur I. Bell, 1962 Ashur G. Chavoor, 1962
Baltimore, Maryland Washington, D. C.
Peter T. Kanelos, 1963 Jesse Tracer
Providence, Rhode Island Baltimore, Maryland
^ 40
School of Dentistry
SENIOR PRIZE AWARDS
The following prizes were awarded to members of the Senior Class for the
1959-60 Session:
The Alexander H. Paterson Memorial Medal
For Practical Set of full Upper and Lower Dentures
CHARLES ALBERT DARBY
Honorable Mention
Edgar C. White
The Isaac H. Davis Memorial Medal
(Contributed by Dr. Leonard I. Davis)
for Cohesive Gold Filling
EDWIN BARRY SHILLER
Honorable Mention Gene Edward Camp
The Alumni Association Medal
For Thesis
JAMES VINCENT PICONE
The Harry E. Kelsey Award
(Contributed by former associates of Dr. Kelsey:
Drs. Anderson, Devlin, Hodges, Johnston and Preis)
For Professional Demeanor
FRANK LEE BRAGG
The Harry E. Latcham Memorial Medal
For Complete Oral Operative Restoration
WAYNE EUGENE STROUD
Honorable Mention Joel Martin Adler
The Edgar J. ]acques Memorial Award
For Meritorious Work in Practical Oral Surgery
FRANK LEE BRAGG
The Herbert Friedherg Memorial Award
(Contributed by the New Jersey Alumni Chapter of the
National Alumni Association)
For Achievement hy a New Jersey Senior
DAVID M. SOLOMON
The Katharine Toomey Plaque
(Contributed by Dr. and Mrs. Lewis C. Toomey)
For Devotion to the School and to the Profession
THEODORE JACOB NOFFSINGER, JR.
The Timothy O. Heatwole Chair
To the Senior Who Has Best Exemplified the Qualities
of Ethical Standards, Kindnesses and Humanitarianism
HULON EDWARD BEASLEY
41 ►
University of Maryland
The Alpha Omega Scholarship Plaque
For Proficiency in the Course of Study
JOHN J. DENSON, JR.
The Sigma Epsilon Delta Memorial Medal
For Highest Average in Basic Sciences
JOHN J. DENSON, JR.
Honors
University Gold Medal for Scholarship, Summa Cum Laude
Awarded to
John J. Denson, Jr.
Certificates of Honor, Magna Cum Laude
Awarded to
David M. Solomon Rolla Ray Burk, Jr.
Hulon Edward Beasley Helmer Eugene Pearson
Robert A. Cialone
Cum Laude
Joel Martin Adler James Vincent Picone
David William Heese Malcolm Louis Rosenbloum
Bernard John Orlowski Wayne Eugene Stroud
Degree Conferred August 1, 1960
John William Biehn, University of Maryland Maryland
Alfred Chesler, Furman University West Virginia
Milton Chipman Clegg, B.A., University of Utah, 1956 Utah
Raymond Dzoba, Bowling Green State University New Jersey
Irwin KolikofT, B.S., Florida Southern College, 1953 New Hampshire
Richard Franklin Murphy, West Virginia University West Virginia
Raymond Francis Waldron, A.B., Boston College, 1956 Massachusetts
42
School of Dentistry
Graduating Class
1959-1960 Session
Joel Martin Aciler, Emory University Mississippi
John Jacob Atchison, Marshall College West Virginia
Edmund Donald Baron, Rutgers University New Jersey
Hulon Edward Beasley, University of Florida Maryland
Raymond Cline Bodley, West Virginia University West Virginia
William Francis Brady, Jr., B.S.^ Boston College, 1954; M.S.,
University of Massachusetts, 1956 Massachusetts
Frank Lee Bragg, West Virginia University West Virginia
James Peter Brown, B.A., American International College, 1956. Massachusetts
Rolla Ray Burk, Jr., A.B., West Virginia University, 1951 West Virginia
Gene Edward Camp, West Virginia University West Virginia
Robert Roy Chesney, Western Maryland College Maryland
Robert A. Cialone, B.S., University of Maryland, 1955 New Jersey
William John Cimikoski, A.B., University of Michigan, 1953 Connecticut
Clyde Albert Coe, University of Maryland Maryland
Blanca Collazo, B.S., University of Puerto Rico, 1956 Puerto Rico
Frank Lateau Collins, West Virginia University West Virginia
Myron Harris Coulton, University of Florida Florida
Thomas Joseph Cronin, B.S., De Paul University, 1955 New Jersey
William Walter Cwiek, B.S., University of Maryland, 1953 Maryland
Charles Albert Darby, University of Maryland Maryland
Charles Albert Dean, B.A., Providence College, 1956 Massachusetts
John Jay Denson, Jr., B.S., University of Florida, 1956 Florida
Michael Vincent Doran, Jr., B.S., University of Miami, 1956 Virginia
Morton Mayer Ehudin, B.S., University of Maryland, 1957 Maryland
Joseph Thomas Fay, B.A., Providence College, 1956 Rhode Island
Humbert Michael Fiskio, A.B., Oberlin College, 1955; M.A.,
University of Connecticut, 1956 Connecticut
Henry Paul Fox, St. Michael's College New York
Irwood Fox, B.A., University of Virginia, 1956 Virginia
Joseph Giardina, B.S., University of Maryland, 1957 Maryland
Harry Gruen, University of Miami Florida
Ernest Lee Harris, Jr., Southern Missionary College Florida
David William Heese, B.A., The Johns Hopkins University, 1953. . . Maryland
Sanford Sonny Hochman, B.S., University of Maryland, 1957 Maryland
Clemuel Mansey Johnson, B.A., The University of North Carolina, 1953
North Carolina
Nicholas Irving Jones, B.S., The Citadel, 1956 South Carolina
Norman Lewis Jones, Marshall College West Virginia
Alan Donald Jung, B.S., University of Maryland, 1952 Maryland
Don Samuel Killpack, B.S., University of Utah, 1951 Utah
Don Lee Koubek, A.B., West Virginia University, 1955 West Virginia
Robert Marvin Kriegsman, A.B., The University of North Carolina, 1957
North Carolina
43 ►
University of Maryland
Scot Sueki Kubota, A.B., Colorado State College, 1953;
A.M., 1954 Hawaii
Nicholas Lasijczuk, Ch.D., University of Nancy New York
Richard John Lauttman, B.S., Loyola College, 1953 Maryland
Martin Albert Levin, B.S., University of Maryland, 1957 Maryland
Marvin Paul Levin, B.S., University of Maryland, 1957 Maryland
Harry Levy, University of Maryland Maryland
William Lee Lovem, Concord College West Virginia
Frederick Magaziner, B.S., University of Maryland, 1954 Maryland
Martin Magaziner, University of Maryland District of Columbia
Frank William Mastrola, Jr., B.A., Providence College, 1956 . Rhode Island
Martin Lee Mays, B.S., Wofford College, 1957 South Carolina
David Henry McLane,. A.B., Marshall College, 1957 West Virginia
John Stephen McLaughlin, West Virginia University Maryland
John Bennett Moore, Jr., Weber College Utah
Theodore Jacob Noffsinger, Jr., B.A., University of Maryland, 1956 Maryland
Franklin Lewis Oliverio, B.S., West Virginia University, 1956 . West Virginia
Billy Wendel Olsen, B.A., University of California, 1955 California
Bernard John Orlowski, Seton Hall University New Jersey
Philip Kibbee Parsons, West Virginia University West Virginia
Helmer Eugene Pearson, Upsala College New Jersey
Alfred John Phillips, University of Florida Florida
James Vincent Picone, B.S., College of the Holy Cross, 1956 Massachusetts
Robert Henry Prindle, B.A., St. Michael's College, 1956 New York
Anthony Joseph Regine, B.S., Tufts College, 1955 Rhode Island
Jude Philip Restivo, B.S., University of Maryland, 1956 Maryland
Ronald Lee Ripley, A.B., West Virginia University, 1955 West Virginia
Malcolm Louis Rosenbloum, Emory University Missouri
Georges Philippe Raynald Roy, A.B., St. Michael's College, 1956 Maine
William Joseph Rumberger, Mount Saint Mary's College Pennsylvania
Thomas Melvin Rutherford, B.S., West Virginia Wesleyan College, 1956
West Virginia
Frank John Salino, The University of Buffalo New York
Lawrence Francis Schaefer, St. Michael's College New York
Roger Clare Sears, B.S., University of Maryland, 1958 Maryland
Howard Irwin Segal, University of Miami Florida
Edwin Barry Shiller, Emory University Florida
Joseph James Smith, Mount Saint Mary's College New York
Robert Carroll Smith, A.B., West Virginia University, 1956 West Virginia
Alvin Jerome Snyder, B.S., University of Maryland, 1956 Maryland
David M. Solomon, B.S., Fordham University, 1956 New Jersey
Rudolph Clement Strambi, B.S., Fordham University, 1952 New Jersey
Wayne Eugene Stroud, University of Maryland Illinois
George Webster Struthers, Jr., B.S., Randolph-Macon College, 1952
West Virginia
Edward Ralph Thompson, Temple University New Jersey
Robert Speirs Thomson, B.A., Houghton College, 1956 New Jersey
Earle Alexander Tompkins, Jr., B.S., University of Massachusetts, 1955
Massachusetts
<< 44
School of Dentistry
Gilbert Allen Vitek, Graceland College Maryland
Martin Truett Watson, A.B., Emory University, 1954 Georgia
Irwin Robert Weiner, University of Akron Ohio
Wayne Clark Wills, West Virginia University West Virginia
Charles Rosser Wilson, B.S., Wake Forest College, 1956 North Carolina
Dale Lee Wood, Western Maryland College Maryland
Louis Yarid, A.B., Columbia University, 1956 Massachusetts
REGISTER OF STUDENTS
1960-1961 Session
Senior Class
Paul Wilfred Achin, Providence College Massachusetts
Earl Robert Alban, Jr., B.A., The Johns Hopkins University, 1954. . . Maryland
Morris Antonelli, B.S., University of Maryland, 1958 District of Columbia
Gilbert Samuel Berman, B.S., University of Maryland, 1957 Maryland
Cecil Samuel Boland, B.S., Newberry College, 1957 Maryland
Lester Malcolm Breen, Emory University Georgia
Donald Acker Michael Brown, B.A., St. John's College 1951 Maryland
Douglas Adams Bryans, B.S., Springfield College, 1957 Massachusetts
George Franklin Buchness, B.S., Loyola College, 1948; M.S., Catholic
University, 1954 Maryland
Richard Mario Carmosino, A.B., Boston University, 1957 Massachusetts
Thomas J. Cavanaugh, B.S., University of Maryland, 1957 Maryland
Lawrence Leo Clark, Mount Saint Mary's College New Jersey
James Richard Crouse, Shepherd College Maryland
Billy Hugh Darke, B.S., Western Kentucky State College, 1954 Kentucky
William Lawrence Doheny, Jr., University of Maryland Connecticut
Edward Cornelius Doherty, B.A., Boston College, 1957 Massachusetts
Marlin Duane Dunker, B.A., Walla Walla College, 1955 California
William Duane Fitzgerald, University of Massachusetts Massachusetts
Sheldon Donald Fliss, B.S., University of Maryland, 1959 Maryland
Richard Arnold Foer, B.S., University of Maryland, 1957. District of Columbia
Joseph Edward Furtado, B.A., Providence College, 1954 Rhode Island
William Joseph Girotti, B.A., American International College, 1957
Massachusetts
Raymond Emil Goepfrich, B.S., Franklin and Marshall College, 1957
Pennsylvania
John George Goettee, Jr., B.A., Western Maryland College, 1957. . . Maryland
Melvin Goldenberg, B.A., Providence College, 1957 Rhode Island
Aaron Rufus Griffith, Jr., University of South Carolina South Carolina
Sheldon Gerald Gross, University of Vermont Massachusetts
Stanford Edgar Hamburger, B.A., University of Maryland, 1957 . . Maryland
Arnold Hecht, University of Miami Florida
Ronald Wesley Higel, University of Florida Florida
William Paul Hoffman, Jr., Earlham College District of Columbia
45 ►
University of Maryland
Edward Allen Hurdle, Jr., B.S., Loyola College, 1956 Maryland
Patrick Francis Iacovelli, Jr., B.S., Boston College, 1952 Massachusetts
Ronald Harold Israel, B.S., University of Maryland, 1958 Maryland
Alvin Wesley Kagey, B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1957 Maryland
Sanford Katsumi Kamezawa, University of California Hawaii
Stanley Paul Kaminski, B.A., Seton Hall University, 1957 New Jersey
Douglas Kaplan, B.A., Alfred University, 1957 New Jersey
George Theodore Keary, B.S., University of Maryland, 1958. . . Massachusetts
Michael Edward Kolakowski, Jr., B.S., University of Maryland, 1957
Maryland
Robert George Kovack, B.S., Albright College, 1957 New Jersey
Ralph Leonard Kroopnick, B.A., University of Connecticut, 1957. .Connecticut
Robert Maurice Lattanzi, Albertus Magnus College Connecticut
Jack Edward Liller, University of Richmond Maryland
Arnold Irvin Loew, University of Miami Florida
Sol Benjamin Love, Georgetown University District of Columbia
Edward Salters McCallum, Newberry College South Carolina
William Edward McLaughlin, Mount Saint Mary's College New York
Joseph Robert Marchesani, LaSalle College New Jersey
Richard Madison Marrone, B.S., University of Maryland, 1957 Maryland
Alan J. Martin, Ohio University Florida
Robert Cameron Mason, B.S., University of Maryland, 1958 Maryland
Michael Charles Matzkin, B.A., Dartmouth College, 1957 Connecticut
Robert Francis Meier, Mount Saint Mary's College New York
Marc Julian Meyers, B.A., Western Maryland College, 1957 Maryland
Ronald Britton Morley, B.A., Maryville College, 1957 New York
Clarence John Myatt, A.B., St. Michael's College, 1957 Massachusetts
Roy Mitsuaki Naito, B.A., University of Hawaii, 1956 Hawaii
Antone Travers Oliveria, Jr., B.S., Tufts College, 1957 Massachusetts
James Edward Palmer, University of Maryland Maryland
David Bertram Pere, University of Miami Florida
Albert Perlmutter, A.B., Boston University, 1957 Massachusetts
Garr Thomas Phelps, Xavier University Kentucky
Joseph Michael Pistoria, Seton Hall University New Jersey
Erwin Stuart Raffel, B.S., University of Maryland, 1956 Maryland
Malcolm Sidney Renbaum, B.S., Johns Hopkins University, 1956. . . Maryland
John Filmore Robinson, Loyola College Maryland
William Otis Rockefeller, B.S., University of Maryland, 1961 New York
Theodore Almada Rosa, B.S., University of Maryland, 1958
District of Columbia
Victor Angel Rosado, B.A., Polytechnic Institute of Puerto Rico, 1957
Puerto Rico
David Neuman Rudo, B.S., University of Maryland, 1957 Maryland
Peter Paul Ryiz, B.S., University of Maryland, 1958 Connecticut
Richard Daniel Sachs, University of Miami Florida
Hershel Garvin Sawyer, A.B., Berea College, 1957 West Virginia
Robert Stanley Siegel, B.S., University of Maryland, 1958 Maryland
Frank Joseph Sinnreich, Jr., B.S., University of Maryland, 1951 . Maryland
46
School of Dentistry
Melvin Jordan Slan, B.S., University of Maryland, 1960 Maryland
Louis Edward Snyder, Jr., B.S., University of Maryland, 1959. South Carolina
James Miller Steig, Georgia Institute of Technology Florida
Stanley Merrill Stoller, B.S., University of Maryland, 1958 Maryland
Arthur Hein Streeter, B.S., Washington College, 1957 Maryland
Joseph Ashley Sullivan, University of Miami Florida
Brett Taylor Summey, B.A., University of North Carolina, 1957
North Carolina
John Harvey Swann, B.S., University of Maryland, 1956 Maryland
Jerry Dale Taft, B.S., University of Maryland, 1961 Montana
Bill Edward Taylor, University of Oklahoma Oklahoma
Paul Irvin Teitelbaum, B.S., University of Maryland, 1958 Maryland
Donald Mathews Tilghman, B.S., University of Maryland, 1958. . . Maryland
George Bartholomew Towson, Washington College Maryland
Norton Allen Tucker, B.S., University of Maryland, 1958 Maryland
Nils Glick Wallen, B.A., Syracuse University, 1957 New Jersey
Frederic James Wasserman, B.E., University of Florida, 1957 Florida
Alfred Stewart Windeler, Jr., Johns Hopkins University New Jersey
William Herbert Witherspoon, West Virginia University Pennsylvania
Larry Emanuel Wynne, Emory University Florida
Stanley Leonard Zakarin, University of Florida Florida
John Francis Zulaski, B.A., American International College, 1957. Connecticut
Junior Class
Frederick Bradshaw Abbott, Southeast Missouri State College Maryland
Tulio Fulvio Albertini, B.S., University of Maryland, 1959 Maryland
James Emil Andrews, B.S., Wake Forest College, 1958 North Carolina
Robert Apfel, B.A., University of Miami, 1958 Florida
Marvin Bennet Apter, B.S., University of Maryland, 1959 Maryland
Joseph Herman Axelrod, B.S., University of Maryland, 1959 Maryland
Michael Alan Balenson, B.S., University of Maryland, 1958 Maryland
Donald Harry Barnes, College of the Pacific California
Howard Benjamin Berman, Emory University Florida
Samuel Blum, B.S., University of Maryland, 1959 District of Columbia
William John Bowen, B.S., University of Maryland, 1957; M.S., 1959
Maryland
Roger Lee Brown, University of Maryland Pennsylvania
Peter John Buchetto, Jr., University of Connecticut Connecticut
Barry Stanley Buchman, B.S., University of Maryland, 1959 Maryland
Paul William Bushman, B.A., The Johns Hopkins University, 1958 Maryland
Robert Moore Charlton, B.S., University of Maryland, 1960 Maryland
George Gary Clendenin, B.S., University of Maryland, 1958 Maryland
David Constantinos, B.A., American International College, 1957. Massachusetts
William Howard Dickson, B.S., University of Maryland, 1958 Maryland
Albert William Doetzer, B.S., Loyola College, 1958 Maryland
Richard Farish Downes, Jr., B.S., University of Maryland, 1953 Maryland
John Theodore Drescher, B.A., University of Connecticut, 1958 Connecticut
47 ►
University of Maryland
Alvin Engel, University of Maryland Maryland
Henry Anthony Fischer, B.S., University of Florida, 1958 Florida
James Scott Foulke. B.S., University of Maryland, 1956 Maryland
Neil Arthur Friedman, University of Southern California California
Richard Saul Friedman,. A.B., Rutgers University, 1957 New Jersey
Thomas Brent Gable, Franklin and Marshall College Pennsylvania
Charles Augustus Gallagher, B.S., University of Maryland, 1959. . . Maryland
Lawrence Allan Gallerani, B.A., American International College, 1958
Massachusetts
Ronald Irvin Glaeser, B.A., Western Maryland College, 1958 Maryland
Milton Josef Glatzer, A.B., Rutgers College, 1958 New Jersey
Marshall Robert Goldman, B.S., University of Maryland, 1960. . . Maryland
George Joseph Goodreau, Jr., A.B., St. Anselm's College, 1953. New Hampshire
Robert Gordon, A.B., Boston University, 1958 Massachusetts
Larry Earl Grace, B.S., Concord College, 1956 West Virginia
Robert Duane Hackney, B.S., The State College of Washington, 1959
Washington
Lawrence Frank Halpert, B.A., The Johns Hopkins University, 1958 Maryland
Laurence Eugene Johns, Shepherd College Maryland
James Paul Johnson, B.S., Mount Saint Mary's College, 1958 Pennsylvania
Laddie Lynn Jones, B.S., Presbyterian College, 1958 South Carolina
David Brainard Kirby, Jr., B.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1958 Pennsylvania
Martin Kline, Emory University Florida
Richard Thomas Koritzer, The Johns Hopkins University Maryland
Robert Alan Kramer, Lafayette College New Jersey
Daniel Levy, Emory University Georgia
Donald Eugene Lilley, Southern Missionary College Maryland
Berton Abner Lowell, University of Miami Florida
Sidney Samuel Markowitz, B.S., University of Maryland, 1959 Maryland
Joseph David Mechanick, University of Maryland Maryland
Stephen Mark Millison, University of Maryland Maryland
Stephen Hollingshead Mills, University of Florida Florida
Alan Tatsuo Miyamoto, B.A., Simpson College, 1958 Hawaii
Kermit Lee Norton, Fresno State College California
Harvey Sheldon Pallen, University of Florida Florida
Robert Parker, B.S., University of Maryland, 1959 Maryland
Allan Buckner Pertnoy, B.S., University of Maryland, 1958 Maryland
Gerald Alan Pinsky, University of Miami Florida
Albert Louis Pizzi, B.S., Springfield College, 1958 Massachusetts
Leo Rabago, Jr., Fresno State College California
Sylvan Rankin, B.S., University of Maryland, 1960 Maryland
Paul Francis Regan, B.A., Boston College, 1958 Massachusetts
Donald Arthur Romeo, A.B., St. Anselm's College, 1956 Massachusetts
Lee Howard Roper, B.S., University of Maryland, 1960 New Hampshire
Jack Arnold Roth, West Virginia University Maryland
Howard Leslie Rothschild, University of Maryland Maryland
David Rubin, University of Miami Florida
Howard Frederick Rudo, B.A., University of Maryland, 1958 Maryland
48
School of Dentistry
Joseph Anthony Salvo, Jr., B.S., Tufts College, 1958 Massachusetts
Earle Milton Schulz, Jr., B.S., University of Maryland, 1960 Maryland
Howard Erwin Schunick. University of Maryland Maryland
Frank Lewis Schwartz, B.S., University of Maryland, 1959 Maryland
Allen Hirch Simmons, A.B., Fresno State College, 1955 California
Reed Campbell Snow, University of Utah Utah
Theodore Sheldon Sobkov, B.A., University of Maryland, 1958 Maryland
Irvin Murray Sopher, B.S., University of Maryland, 1958 Maryland
Dennis Martin Sullivan, B.A., Belmont Abbey College, 1960 South Carolina
John Thomson, III, B.S, Houghton College, 1960 New Jersey
Alan Jay Trager, B.S., University of Maryland, 1958 Maryland
Lamar Gordon Warren, Jr., University of Florida Florida
Robert William Warson, B.S., Loyola College, 1958 Maryland
Jerome Jacob Weinstein, B.S., University of Maryland, 1958 Maryland
John Charles Wilhelm, A.B., Western Maryland College, 1953 Maryland
Rex Patrick Wood, B.S., The State College of Washington, 1958 . Washington
David Ansel Young, Whittier College California
Sofhomore Class
Richard Paul Beimler, A.B., Gettysburg College, 1955 New York
Frank Melcon Benneyan, A.B., Fresno State College, 1959 California
John David Bimestefer, A.B., Duke University, 1959 Maryland
David Wayne Bishop, Newberry College South Carolina
Leonard Donald Blumson, B.S., University of Miami, 1957 Maryland
Robert Jack Burt, B.A., Johns Hopkins University, 1959 Maryland
Carl Michael Caplan, B.S., University of Maryland, 1959 Maryland
James McCormick Carew, B.A., St. Anselm's College, 1959. New Hampshire
Ronald Albert Carter, A.B., Fresno State College, 1958 California
Earl LeRoy Chambers, Jr., B.S., University of Maryland, 1958 . . Maryland
Dale Richard Collins, University of Pittsburgh Pennsylvania
Frank Costabile, B.S., University of Maryland, 1959 New Jersey
Thomas Michael Darrigan, B.S., University of Maryland, 1959. . . New York
Renato Patrick DeSantis, A.B., Loyola College, 1958 Maryland
Gene Watkins Eng, B.A., Emory University, 1959 Florida
William Bernard Finagin, B.S., University of Maryland, 1959 Maryland
Michael Alan Fine, A.B., Catawba College, 1959 New York
Robert Pacy Fleishman, Loyola College Maryland
Stanley Berle Foxman, B.A., University of Maryland, 1958 Maryland
Leon Friedman, B.A., Lehigh University, 1959 New Jersey
Franklin F. Frush, B.A., University of Maryland, 1958 Maryland
Richard Anthony Gallagher, B.S., University of Maryland, 1959 . Maryland
Francis Xavier Geczik, B.S., Iona College, 1959 New York
Peter Lewis Goldstone, A.B., Harvard College, 1959 New York
Leroy Goren, University of Maryland Maryland
Herbert Gottlieb, B.S., University of Maryland, 1959 Maryland
Mark Lee Govrin, University of Maryland New Jersey
William Herbert Griswold, B.S., University of Maryland, 1958 New Jersey
49 ►
University of Maryland
John Estyle Hanson, B.S., Shepherd College, 1959 Maryland
Wilberto Francisco Hernandez- Vales, B.S., University of Puerto Rico, 1959
Puerto Rico
Stanley Elliott Hyatt, B.S., University of Maryland, 1958 Maryland
Carl Winston Irwin, B.S., University of Maryland, 1959 Maryland
Ralph William Jacobson, Emory University Florida
William Carl Jennette, Jr., B.S., Wake Forest College, 1959 Maryland
Dean Clyde Johnson, University of Utah Utah
Robert Allen Katz, B.S., Boston College, 1959 Massachusetts
Clayton Edward King, B.A., Providence College, 1959 Massachusetts
Donald Raymond King, University of Florida Florida
Earl Ephraim Klioze, B.S., University of Maryland, 1959 Maryland
Herbert Mark Koenigsberg, B.S., University of Maryland, 1959 Maryland
Stanley Louis Kolker, University of Maryland Maryland
George Andrew Kraft, B.S., University of Maryland, 1959 Pennsylvania
George Krupinsky, Jr., B.A., University of Maryland, 1959 Maryland
Paul Max Ladd, University of Miami Florida
Richard Joseph Landino, B.A., Providence College, 1959 Connecticut
Stuart Theodore Landsman, B.S., Queens College, 1959 New York
Delia Ruth Looper, B.A., Longwood College, 1959 Virginia
Lorin George Maser, University of Maryland District of Columbia
Martin Bruce Millison, B.A., University of Maryland, 1959 Maryland
Harry Charles Mullins, Concord College West Virginia
Martin Neil Narun, B.A., Johns Hopkins University, 1958 Maryland
Jerome William Newman, B.A., The Citadel, 1959 Florida
David Bennett Nuckols, B.A., University of Tennessee, 1949 Kentucky
George William Oatis, Jr., University of Maryland Connecticut
Samuel Oshry, B.S., University of Maryland, 1959 Maryland
John Charles Pentzer, B.S., University of Maryland, 1955 Maryland
Stanford Elliott Picker, B.A., University of California, 1958; M.A., 1959
California
Robert Theobald Probst, II, B.S., Iowa State College, 1950; M.S., 1952
Connecticut
George Michael Quinlan, Jr., B.A., American International College, 1957
Massachusetts
John Robert Rasczewski, Bucknell University Maryland
Richard Mann Reddish, B.S., University of Maryland, 1960 Maryland
Martin Stewart Reeber, University of Florida Florida
Francis Richard Richo, B.A., Providence College, 1959 Connecticut
Edward Richard Rose, B.A., Johns Hopkins University, 1959 Maryland
Ivan Alan Rosengarden, B.A., University of Maryland, 1959 Maryland
Paul Rubinstein, University of Maryland Maryland
Nicolaus Sakiewicz, B.S., Columbia University, 1959 New Jersey
Robert Alan Samuel, University of Florida Florida
Fred Maurice Scholnick, B.S., University of Maryland, 1960 Maryland
Paul Wesley Shaffer, West Virginia University Maryland
Donald Siegendorf, University of Miami Florida
Howard Ronald Siegler, University of Miami New York
50
School of Dentistry
Junius Thomas Soliday, Davis and Elkins College West Virginia
Edward David Spire, B.S., University of Maryland, 1959 Maryland
John Walter Staubach, B.S., Franklin and Marshall College, 1959. . Maryland
George Cyril Strong, Los Angeles City College California
Ebcrhard Wolfgang Tinter, Iona College Germany
Thomas John Toman, University of Maryland Maryland
Norman Michael Trabulsy, B.S., University of Miami, 1957 Florida
Henry John Van Hassel, B.A., Maryville College, 1954 New Jersey
Lorenzo Stephan Vazzana, B.S., University of Maryland, 1959 Maryland
Kenneth Harold Webster, B.S., State College of Washington, 1960. Washington
Francis William Welch, B.S., Springfield College, 1958 Massachusetts
Paul Xavier Welch, American International College Massachusetts
George Carl White, West Virginia University West Virginia
Joseph Michael Wiesenbaugh, Jr., Mount Saint Mary's College .... Pennsylvania
Harvey Ray Wildman, B.S., Mount Saint Mary's College, 1959. Connecticut
Herbert Alan Wolford, D.V.M., Michigan State College, 1952. . . .Pennsylvania
Sheldon Joel Wollman, Johns Hopkins University Maryland
Gary Lee Womer, B.S., University of Maryland, 1958 Maryland
Maurice Richard Woodard, B.S., American University, 1952 Maryland
Donald Russell Yent, University of Maryland Maryland
Freshman Class
Charles Bernard Abelson, University of Maryland Maryland
Fred Norton Ansel, University of Maryland Maryland
Angelo Angelino Baccala, B.S., University of Maryland, 1953 Maryland
Paul Vincent Beauvais, B.S., St. Francis College, 1960 Massachusetts
Lucien Ernest Benoit, Providence College Rhode Island
Bernard Harry Blaustein, B.S., University of Maryland, 1960 Maryland
Donald Lee Bloum, B.A., Washington Missionary College, 1956. . . Maryland
William Langton Brice, University of Maryland Maryland
Albert Edward Carlotti, Jr., B.S., University of Rhode Island, 1960. Rhode island
Edgar Harold Chambers, B.S., University of Miami, 1960 Florida
Martin Leo Chaput, B.A., Merrimack College, 1960 Massachusetts
Stephen Robert Cognata, University of California California
William Clise Colwell, Washington State University Washington
Joseph Louis Corey, A.B., West Virginia University, 1960. . . West Virginia
Ronald Dalinsky, University of Maryland Maryland
Charles Edward Doll, Jr., B.S., Saint Bonaventure University, 1960 New York
Robert Lore Early, B.A., Ohio Wesleyan University, 1960 Maryland
Edward Robert Emerson, Washington College Maryland
Barry Elliott Feldman, University of Maryland Maryland
Richard John Fennelly, Mount Saint Mary's College Pennsylvania
Burton Morton Finifter, B.A., University of Maryland, 1960 Maryland
Robert Paul Fogarty, University of Utah Utah
Clark Neamand Foulke, B.S., University of Maryland, 1957 Maryland
Lawrence Fox, B.A., University of Maryland, 1960 Maryland
Francis Leon Fraser, A.B., Carroll College, 1955 Maryland
51 ►
University of Maryland
John Michael Freiler, B.S., Moravian College, 1960 New Jersey
Richard Anthony Gaudio, A.B., Providence College, 1959 Connecticut
John Charles Gigliotti, B.S., University of Maryland, 1960. Maryland
Gary Kenneth Gold, B.S., University of Maryland, 1960 Maryland
Ira Norman Goldbach, University of Miami Florida
Rodney Frank Golden, University of Maryland Maryland
Constantinos Xenophon Govedaros, University of Maryland Maryland
Edward George Grace, Jr., B.S., Mount Saint Mary's College, 1960 New York
Marian Carter Greear, Jr., University of Florida Florida
Stephen Michael Grussmark, University of Florida Florida
Dennis Wright Guard, University of Maryland Maryland
Thomas Kenneth, Guglielmo, Jr., B.S., Mount Saint Mary's College, 1960
New Jersey
John Patrick Hackett, Bucknell University New Jersey
Paul Ronald Hall, B.S., University of Maryland, 1960 . Maryland
Joseph Gold Handelman, B.S., University of Maryland, 1960 Maryland
Alan Howard Hart, University of Maryland Maryland
Frederick Guy Herrick, B.S., Bates College, 1960 New Jersey
Jeffrey Alan Herrman, University of Miami Florida
Robert William Hilkene, Fairleigh Dickinson University New Jersey
Lawrence Edwards Himelfarb, B.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1960. Maryland
Joseph Hinich, Jr., Utah State University Utah
Maxwell Patrick Hogan, Niagara University New York
Charles Edward Hunt, B.A., Western Maryland College, 1958 Maryland
John Roedel Jaeger, Jr., B.S., Dickinson College, 1960 Maryland
Ron James Jonas, Washington State University Washington
John Joseph Jordan, B.S., University of Scranton, 1957 Pennsylvania
Clifford Harold Jue, University of California California
Richard Bennett Kirk, B.S., Baldwin-Wallace College, 1959 New Jersey
Albert Hiram Klair, Jr., Washington College Maryland
Neil Woodrow Lamb, B.S., University of Maryland, 1960 Maryland
Jeffrey Allen Legum, B.A., University of Maryland, 1960 Maryland
Harold Bernard Levine, University of Miami Florida
Malcolm Lawrence Mclnnis, Providence College Massachusetts
Donald Lee Maloof, University of Maryland Maryland
Franklin Eugene May, B.S., Loyola College, 1956 Maryland
Ian Bertram Miller, University of Maryland Maryland
Walter Merrill Miller, B.A., University of Maryland, 1960 Maryland
David Lawrence Mincey, A.B., University of North Carolina, 1960
North Carolina
Richard Stephen Nemes, Montgomery Junior College Maryland
Robert Preston Nitzell, The Johns Hopkins University Maryland
Wayne Lance O'Roark, B.S., University of Maryland, 1960 Maryland
Albert Louis Ousborne, Jr., University of Maryland Maryland
Robert Pete Padousis, University of Maryland Maryland
Joseph O. Pampalone, B.A., Hunter College, 1960 New York
Charles Bernard Parr, Jr., Loyola College Maryland
John Fairfax Patterson, B.S., University of Maryland, 1960 Maryland
52
School of Dentistry
Lance David Petersen, Montgomery Junior College Maryland
Stanley Martin Plies, University of Maryland Maryland
Ernest Alfred Ponce, San Bernardino Valley College California
Norman Henry Proulx, B.A., Saint Anselm's College, 1960. . . .New Hampshire
Philip Howard Pushkin, B.A., University of Maryland, 1960 Maryland
Irving Jacob Raksin, B.S., University of Maryland, 1960 Maryland
Albert Richard Raye, B.S., Washington College, 1960 Maryland
Norman Robert Ressin, University of Maryland Maryland
Charles Milton Rosenberg, B.A., Emory University, 1960 Georgia
John Nicholas Russo, Jr., B.S., Mount Saint Mary's College, 1960. . . .Delaware
John Winthrop Sargent, B.S., University of Florida, 1960 New Jersey
John Reno Savoia, B.S., Springfield College, 1960 Massachusetts
James Lawrence Schatz, B.S., Loyola College, 1960 Maryland
Thomas Anthony Simes, B.S., University of Cincinnati, 1957 Ohio
Harvey Frank Simon, University of Maryland Maryland
Douglas Graham Spink, Jr., B.A., Seton Hall University, 1960. Massachusetts
V'ictor Elliott Spiro, A.B., Boston University, 1959 Massachusetts
Albert Haywood Swain, B.S., University of Maryland, 1960 New Jersey
Herbert Barry Taragin, University of Maryland Maryland
Jerome Bernard Taragin, Georgetown University District of Columbia
Clinton Dee Taylor, University of Utah Utah
Mervin Armel Todd, A.B., Duke University, 1960 New Jersey
Charles Edward Toomey, III B.S., Washington and Lee University, 1959
Maryland
Warren Kenneth Veith, B.A., Ohio State University, 1960 New Jersey
Thomas Francis Walsh, B.S., Mount Saint Mary's College, 1960. . . New York
Ronald Stanley Wershba, B.S., Long Island University, 1960 New York
David L. White, Jr., A.B., University of California, 1960 California
Theodore Toms Wycall, B.S., Florida Southern College, 1960 New Jersey
John Paroy Youngman, Saint Petersburg Junior College Florida
53
University of Maryland
DEANS OF DENTAL SCHOOLS IN BALTIMORE
BALTIMORE COLLEGE OF DENTAL SURGERY
(Founded 1840)
Chapin A. Harris 1840-1841
Thomas E. Bond 1841-1842
Washington R. Handy 1842-1853
Philip H. Austen 1853-1865
Ferdinand J. S. Gorgas 1865-1882
Richard B. Winder 1882-1894
M. Whilldin Foster 1894-1914
William G. Foster 1914-1923
MARYLAND DENTAL COLLEGE
1873-1878 (Merged with B. C. D. S.)
Richard B. Winder 1873-1878
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
(Founded 1882)
Ferdinand J. S. Gorgas 1882-191 1
Timothy O. Heatwole 191 1 — 1923
BALTIMORE MEDICAL COLLEGE
1895-1913 (Merged with U. of Md.)
J. William Smith 1895-1901
William A. Montell 1901-1903
J. Edgar Orrison 1903-1904
J. William Smith 1904-1913
BALTIMORE COLLEGE OF DENTAL SURGERY
DENTAL SCHOOL
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
(B. C. D. S. Joined the U. of Md. 1923)
Timothy O. Heatwole 1923-1924
J. Ben Robinson 1924-1953
Myron S. Aisenberg (Acting) 1953
Myron S. Aisenberg 1954— present
54
University of Maryland
INDEX
Academic Calendar 2
Admission Requirements 12
Admission with Advanced
Standing 15
Alumni Association 39-40
Anatomy 25
Application Procedures 14
Arts and Sciences-
Dental Program 12-14
Attendance Requirements 15
Baltimore Union 21-22
Biochemistry 25-26
Board of Regents 1
Cafeteria 21
Curriculum, Plan of 23-24
Deans of the Baltimore
Dental Schools 54
Definition of Residence and
Non-Residence 19
Dental History and Literature 26
Dental Prosthesis
Removable Complete and
Partial Prosthesis 26-27
Fixed Partial Prosthesis 27-28
Deportment 16
Description of Courses 25-38
Diagnosis 28
Dormitory Accommodations 21-22
Equipment Requirements 16
Faculty Listing 3-9
Fees, Graduate 18
Fees, Student 17
Freshman Class 51-53
Gorgas Odontological Society . 38
Graduating Class (1959-60)
Session 43-45
Graduation Requirements 16-17
Histology
History of the School
Index
Junior Class
Library
Matriculation and Enrollment
Medicine
General Medicine
Oral Medicine
Microbiology
Officers of Administration
Officers of Instruction
Omicron Kappa Upsilon
Operative Dentistry
Orthodontics
Pathology
Pedodontics
Pharmacology
Physiology
Postgraduate Courses
Practice Administration
Promotion and Grading
Refunds
Registration
Requirements for Admission
Requirements for Graduation .
Requirements for Matriculation
and Enrollment
Roentgenology
Scholarship and Loan Funds
Senior Class
Senior Prize Awards
Sophomore Class
Summer Courses
Student Health Service
Surgery
Visual Aids
29
10-11
55
47-49
11
14
29-30
30-31
31
3
3-9
38-39
32
32-33
33
33-34
34-35
35
18
35-36
15-16
18
18-19
12
16-17
14
36
20-21
45-47
41-42
49-51
38
19-20
36-37
37-38
55
* -*c-i ; -
THE
UNIVERSITY of MARYLAND
School of Dentistry
m
1962-1963
The provisions of this 'publication are not to he regarded
as an irrevocable contract between the student and the
University of Maryland. The University reserves the
right to change any provision or requirement at any time
within the student's term of residence. The University
further reserves the right at any time, to ask a student
to withdraw when it considers such action to be in the
best interests of the University.
ONE HUNDRED AND TWENTY-SECOND CATALOGUE
with
Announcements For
The 1962-1963 Session
BALTIMORE COLLEGE OF DENTAL SURGERY
DENTAL SCHOOL
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
BALTIMORE, MARYLAND
THE PROVISIONS of this publication are not to be regarded as an irrevocable con-
tract between the student and the University of Maryland. The University reserves
the right to change any provision or requirement at any time within the student's
term of residence. The University further reserves the right at any time, to ask a
student to withdraw when it considers such action to be in the best interests of the
University.
BOARD OF REGENTS
and
MARYLAND STATE BOARD OF AGRICULTURE
Charles P. McCormick
Chairman 1966
McCormick and Company, 414 Light Street, Baltimore 2
Edward F. Holter
Vice-ChaiTman 1968
Farmers Home Administration, U. S. D. A., Appraisers Stores'
Building, 103 South Gay Street, Baltimore, Maryland
B. Herbert Brown
Secretary 1967
The Baltimore Institute, 10 West Chase Street, Baltimore 1
Harry H. Nuttle
Treasurer 1966
Denton
Louis L. Kaplan
Assistant Secretary 1964
5800 Park Heights Avenue, Baltimore 15
C. Ewing Tuttle
Assistant Treasurer 1962
907 Latrobe Building Charles and Read Streets, Baltimore 2
Richard W. Case 1967
Cmmercial Credit Building, Baltimore
Thomas W. Pangborn 1965
The Pangborn Corporation, Pangborn Blvd., Hagerstown
Thomas B. Symons 1963
Suburban Trust Company, 6950 Carroll Avenue, Takoma Park
Willlam C. Walsh 1963
Liberty Trust Building, Cumberland
Mrs. John L. Whitehurst 1967
4101 Greenway, Baltimore 18
Members of the Board are appointed by the Governor of the State for terms of
seven years each, beginning the first Monday in June. Members may serve only two
consecutive terms.
The President of the University of Maryland is, by law, Executive Officer of the
Board.
The State law provides that the Board of Regents of the University of Maryland
shall constitute the Maryland State Board of Agriculture.
University of Maryland
ACADEMIC CALENDAR
1962-1963 Session
First Semester
1962
September 17 Monday Orientation Program for Freshman Class
September 18 Tuesday Registration for Freshman Class
September 19 Wednesday Registration for Sophomore Class
September 20 Thursday Registration for Junior and Senior Classes
September 21 Friday Instruction begins with first scheduled
period
November 20 Tuesday Thanksgiving recess begins at close of last
scheduled period
November 26 Monday Instruction resumes with first scheduled
period
December 19 Wednesday __ Christmas recess begins at close of last
scheduled period
1963
January 2 Wednesday Instruction resumes with first scheduled
period
January 28 Monday,
and 29 Tuesday Second Semester Registration
February 1 Friday First Semester ends at the close of last
scheduled period
Second Semester
February 4 Monday Instruction begins with first scheduled
period
February 22 Friday Washington's Birthday — Holiday
April 11 Thursday Easter recess begins at close of last sched-
uled period
April 16 Tuesday Instruction resumes with first scheduled
period
May 30 Thursday Memorial Day — Holiday
June 6 Thursday Second Semester ends at close of last sched-
uled period
June 8 Saturday Commencement
2
School of Dentistry
OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION
wilson homer elkins, President of the University
B.A., M.A., B.LITT., D.PHIL.
MYRON S. AISENBERG, Dean
D.D.S.
c. watson algire, Director of Admissions and Registration
B.A., M.S.
james p. hill, Registrar
OFFICERS OF INSTRUCTION
1961-1962 SESSION
Emeritus
j. ben robinson, Dean Emeritus
D.D.S., D.SC.
Professors
myron s. aisenberg, Professor of Pathology
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1922.
Joseph calton BDDDix, jr., Professor of Oral Diagnosis
d.d.s. , University of Maryland, 1934.
edward c. dobbs, Professor of Pharmacology and Therapeutics
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1929; B.s., 1952.
brice marden dorsey, Professor of Oral Surgery
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1927.
Gardner Patrick henry foley, Professor of Dental Literature
b.a., Clark University, 1923; m.a., 1926.
Grayson wilbur caver, Professor of Dental Prosthesis
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1922.
William edward hahn, Professor of Anatomy
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1931; a.b., University of Rochester, 1958; M.S., 1939.
jose e. Medina, Professor of Operative Dentistry
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1948.
ernest b. nuttall, Professor of Fixed Partial Prosthesis
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1931.
kyrle w. preis, Professor of Orthodontics
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1929.
University of Maryland
D. Vincent provenza, Professor of Histology and Embryology
b.s., University of Maryland, 1939; M.S., 1941; ph.d., 1952.
wilbur owen Ramsey, Professor of Dental Prosthesis
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1943.
donald e. shay, Professor of Microbiology
b.s., Lebanon Valley College, 1937; M.S., University of Maryland, 1938; PH.D., 1943.
e. g. vanden bosche, Professor of Biochemistry
A.B., Lebanon Valley College, 1922; M.S., University of Maryland, 1924; PH.D., 1927.
john irving white, Professor of Physiology
b.a., University of Illinois, 1939; PH.D., Rutgers University, 1950.
Associate Professors
irving I. abramson, Associate Professor of Oral Medicine
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1932.
Joseph Patrick cappuccio, Associate Professor of Oral Surgery
b.s., University of Rhode Island, 1943; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1946.
Stanley h. dosh, Associate Professor of Fixed Partial Prosthesis
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1935.
alvin f. Gardner, Associate Professor of Pathology
a.a., University of Florida, 1940; d.d.s., Emory University, 1943; M.S., University of Il-
linois, 1957; ph.d., Georgetown University, 1959.
calvin Joseph gaver, Associate Professor of Operative Dentistry
b.s., University of Maryland, 1950; d.d.s., 1954.
yam-hin louie, Associate Professor of Operative Dentistry
b.s., Lingnan University, Canton, China, 1938; d.d.s., Northwestern University, 1945;
m.s.d., 1946.
george mc lean, Associate Professor of Physical Diagnosis and Principles of Medicine
M.D., University of Maryland, 1916.
peter mc lean-lu, Associate Professor of Fixed Partial Prosthesis
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1934.
Walter L. oggesen, Associate Professor of Fixed Partial Prosthesis
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1926.
george w. piavis, Associate Professor of Anatomy
a.b., Western Maryland College, 1948; m.ed., 1952; ph.d., Duke University, 1958.
burton Robert pollack, Associate Professor of Physiology
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1946.
douglas john Sanders, Associate Professor of Pedodontics
b.s., Northwestern University, 1946; d.d.s., 1948.
E. Roderick shipley, Associate Professor of Physiology
A.B., The Johns Hopkins University, 1938; M.D., University of Maryland, 1942.
4
School of Dentistry
L. edward warner, Associate Professor of Dental Prosthesis
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1931.
Assistant Professors
alvin david aisenberg, Assistant Professor of Pathology
d.d.s,, University of Maryland, 1945.
samuel hollinger bryant, Assistant Professor of Oral Diagnosis
a.b., Western Maryland College, 1928; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1932.
huch m. clement, jr., Assistant Professor of Operative Dentistry
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1944.
jerome s. cullen, Assistant Professor of Orthodontics
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1941.
jose h. diaz, Assistant Professor of Operative Dentistry
b.s., University of Puerto Rico, 1941; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1950.
frank a. dolle, Assistant Professor of Pharmacology and Therapeutics
b.s., University of Maryland, 1948; M.S., 1950; PH.D., 1954; d.d.s., 1959
fred ehrlich, Assistant Professor of Pedodontics
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1947.
Marvin M. graham, Assistant Professor of Fixed Partial Prosthesis
a.b., Cornell University, 1938; a.m., 1939; d.d.s., University of Pennsylvania, 1943.
conrad l. inman, Assistant Professor of Anesthesiology
d.d.s., Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, 1915.
william kress, Assistant Professor of Orthodontics
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1936
james p. norris, Assistant Professor of Oral Medicine
b.s., University of Maryland, 1950; d.d.s., 1956.
Norton morris ross, Assistant Professor of Pharmacology
B.s., University of Connecticut, 1949; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1954.
daniel edward shehan, Assistant Professor of Orthodontics
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1922.
frank j. sinnreich, jr., Assistant Professor of Anatomy
B.s., University of Maryland, 1951; d.d.s., 1961.
Arthur g. siwinski, Assistant Professor of Oral Surgery.
A.B., The Johns Hopkins University, 1927; M.D., University of Maryland, 1931.
D. Robert sv.tnehart, Assistant Professor of Orthodontics
a.b., Dartmouth College, 1933; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1937.
edmond g. vanden bosche, Assistant Professor of Tooth Morphology
b.s., The Pennsylvania State University, 1943; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1947.
david H. willer, Assistant Professor of Full Denture Prosthesis
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1933.
University of Maryland
Special Lecturers
c. richard fravel, Lecturer in Principles of Medicine
m.d., University of Maryland, 1949.
martin helrich, Professor of Anesthesiology {School of Medicine)
b.s., Dickinson College, 1946; M.D., University of Pennsylvania, 1946.
richard lindenberg, Lecturer in Neuroanatomy
m.d., University of Berlin, 1944.
ethelbert lovett, Lecturer in Ethics
d.d.s., Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, 1922.
william j. o'donnell, Lecturer in Jurisprudence
A.B., Loyola College, 1937; ll.b., University of Maryland, 1941.
harry m. robinson, jr., Professor of Dermatology (School of Medicine)
b.s., University of Maryland, 1931; m.d., 1935.
George herschel yeager, Professor of Clinical Surgery (School of Medicine)
B.s., West Virginia University, 1927; m.d., University of Maryland, 1929.
Instructors
sterrett p. beaven, Instructor in Operative Dentistry
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1941.
earl f. becker, Instructor in Microbiology
b.s., Muhlenberg College, 1951; M.S., George Washington University, 1957.
henry j. bianco, Instructor in Operative Dentistry
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1956.
jerome d. buxbaum, Instructor in Physiology
b.s.c, University of Maryland, 1951; d.d.s., 1955.
gene E. camp, Instructor in Oral Surgery
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1960.
thomas F. clement, Instructor in Oral Medicine
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1951.
james R. crouse, Instructor in Operative Dentistry
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1961.
Charles a. darby, Instructor in Roentgenology
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1960.
paul a. deems, Instructor in Orthodontics
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1928.
Conrad c. ferlita, Instructor in Pedodontics
B.s., University of Miami, 1956; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1959
JOHN M. foley, Instructor in Histology and Embryology
B.s., Loyola College, 1955; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1959.
Joseph j. giardina, Instructor in Pedodontics
b.s., University of Maryland, 1957; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1960
School of Dentistry
john G. coettee, jr., Instructor in Fixed Partial Prosthesis
b.s., Western Maryland College, 1957; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1961.
ralph jack cordon, Instructor in Dental Prosthesis
d.d.s. , University of Maryland, 1933.
Walter granruth, JR., Instructor in Pathology
B.s., Loyola College, 1950; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1954.
david w. heese, Instructor in Operative Dentistry
b.a., The Johns Hopkins University, 1953; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1960.
melvin john jagielski, Instructor in Tooth Morphology
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1953.
francis j. kihn, Instructor in Pedodontics
B.s., Loyola College, 1952; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1956.
anthony J. klein, Instructor in Roentgenology
B.s., University of Cincinnati, 1954; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1958.
Michael e kolakowski, Instructor in Oral Medicine
B.s., University of Maryland, 1957; d.d.s., 1961.
lester lebo, Instructor in Oral Diagnosis
B.s., University of Chicago, 1938; m.d., 1941.
Charles brown Leonard, jr., Instructor in Biochemistry
b.a., Rutgers College of South Jersey, 1955; M.S., University of Maryland, 1957.
richard r. c Leonard, Instructor in Public Health Dentistry
d.d.s., Indiana University, 1922; m.s.p.h., University of Michigan, 1944.
Charles E loveman, Instructor in Anatomy
a.b., The Johns Hopkins University, 1935; d.d.s., Columbia University, 1939.
martin H. morris, Instructor in Biochemistry
b.s., Rutgers University, 1952; M.S., 1954.
frank n. ogden, Instructor in First Aid and in Charge of Medical Care of Students
m.d., University of Maryland, 1917.
james e. palmer, Instructor in Oral Diagnosis
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1961.
Chester j. Richmond, Instructor in Oral Surgery
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1959.
myron HiLLARD sachs, Instructor in Anatomy
d.d.s., Columbia University, 1939.
Joseph h. seipp, Instructor in Histology and Embryology
a.b., Loyola College, 1951; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1955; M.S., University of
Pittsburgh, 1957.
philip smith, Instructor in Oral Diagnosis
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1959.
leah M. p. staling, Instructor in Physiology
bs., University of Maryland, 1944; M.S., 1948.
University of Maryland
clenn D. Steele, Instructor in Fixed Partial Prosthesis
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1942.
Claude p. taylor, Director of Visual Education
Francis a. veltre, Instructor in Operative Dentistry
R.s., University of Maryland, 1952; M.S., 1954; d.d.s., 1959.
earle Harris watson, Instructor in Dental Materials and Dental Prosthesis
ab., University of North Carolina, 1938; d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1942.
nelson a. wright, Instructor in Full Denture Prosthesis
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1955.
georce d. yent, jr., Instructor in Full Denture Prosthesis
d.d.s.. University of Maryland, 1956.
Library Staff
ida marian robinson, Librarian and Associate Professor of Library Science
a.b., Cornell University, 1924; b.s.l.s., Columbia University School of Library
Service, 1944.
hilda e. moore, Associate Librarian and Assistant Professor of Library Science
a.b., Randolph-Macon Women's College, 1936; a.b.l.s., Emory University Library
School, 1937.
sarah l. atkins, Cataloging Assistant
marie m. chaffman, Assistant Circulation Librarian
Jacqueline b. clem, Secretary to the Librarian
edith M. coyle, Head, Serials Department
a.b., University of North Carolina, 1937; a.b.l.s., University of North Carolina School
of Library Science, 1939; m.a., The Johns Hopkins University, 1945.
ruth e. hanna, Assistant Acquisitions Librarian
a.b., Hanover College, 1939; m.s.l.s., Catholic University of America, 1961.
Lorraine hlavin, Serials Assistant
simone c. hurst, Head, Circulation Department
Florence r. kirk, Reference Librarian
hans-guenther r. listfeldt, Assistant Serials Librarian
B.s., Loyola College, 1956; m.s.l.s., Catholic University of America, 1961.
Beatrice Marriott, Reference Librarian
A.B., University of Maryland, 1944.
eleanor m. mitten, Head, Catalog Department
B.s., Cornell University, 1942; b.s.l.s., Syracuse University, 1949
Kathleen scheller, Cataloging Assistant
elwood sterling, Library Clerk
marjorie f. vilk, Cataloger
B.s., Kutztown State Teachers College, 1952.
katherine m. wheatley, Serials Assistant
8
The School of
Dentistry
History
THE BALTIMORE COLLEGE OF DENTAL SURGERY OCCUPIES
an important and interesting place in the history of dentistry. At the
end of the regular session — 1961-62 — it completed its one hundred and
twenty-second year of service to dental education. The Baltimore College of
Dental Surgery represents the first effort in history to offer institutional dental
education to those anticipating the practice of dentistry.
The first lectures on dentistry in America were delivered by Dr. Horace
H. Hayden in the University of Maryland, School of Medicine, between the
years 1823-25. These lectures were interrupted in 1825 by internal dissensions
in the School of Medicine and were as a consequence discontinued. It was
Dr. Hayden's idea that dental education merited greater attention than had
been given it by medicine or could be given it by the preceptorial plan of
dental teaching then in vogue.
University of Maryland
Dr. Horace H. Hayden began the practice of dentistry in Baltimore
in 1800. From that time he made a zealous attempt to lay the foundation
for a scientific, serviceable dental profession. In 1831 Dr. Chapin A. Harris
came to Baltimore to study under Hayden. Dr. Harris was a man of unusual
ability and possessed special qualifications to aid in establishing and pro-
moting formal dental education. Since Dr. Hayden's lectures had been
interrupted at the University of Maryland and there was an apparent unsur-
mountable difficulty confronting the creation of dental departments in
medical schools, an independent college was decided upon. A charter was
applied for and granted by the Maryland Legislature February 1, 1840. The
first Faculty meeting was held February 3, 1840, at which time Dr. Horace
H. Hayden was elected President and Dr. Chapin A. Harris, Dean. The
introductory lecture was delivered by Dr. Hayden on November 3, 1840, to
the five students matriculating in the first class. Thus was created as the
foundation of the present dental profession the Baltimore College of Dental
Surgery, the first dental school in the world.
Hayden and Harris, the admitted founders of conventional dental
education, contributed, in addition to the factor of dental education, other
opportunities for professional growth and development. In 1839 the Ameri-
can Journal of Dental Science was founded, with Chapin A. Harris as its
editor. Dr. Harris continued fully responsible for dentistry's initial venture
into periodic dental literature to the time of his death. The files of the old
American Journal of Dental Science testify to the fine contributions made by
Dr. Harris. In 1840 the American Society of Dental Surgeons was founded,
with Dr. Horace H. Hayden as its President and Dr. Chapin A. Harris as
its Corresponding Secretary. This was the beginning of dental organization
in America, and was the forerunner of the American Dental Association,
which now numbers approximately ninety-three thousand in its present
membership. The foregoing suggests the unusual influence Baltimore dentists
and the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery have exercised on professional
ideals and policies.
In 1873, the Maryland Dental College, an offspring of the Baltimore
College of Dental Surgery, was organized. It continued instruction until
1878, at which time it was consolidated with the Baltimore College of Dental
Surgery. A department of dentistry was organized at the University of
Maryland in the year 1882, graduating a class each year from 1883 to 1923.
This school was chartered as a corporation and continued as a privately
owned and directed institution until 1920, when it became a State institution.
The Dental Department of the Baltimore Medical College was established in
1895, continuing until 1913, when it merged with the Dental Department of
the University of Maryland.
The final combining of the dental educational interests of Baltimore was
effected June 15, 1923, by the amalgamation of the student bodies of the
Baltimore College of Dental Surgery and the University of Maryland, School
of Dentistry; the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery becoming a distinct
10
School of Dentistry
department of the University under State supervision and control. Thus we
find in the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, Dental School, University
of Maryland, a merging of the various efforts at dental education in Mary-
land. From these component elements have radiated developments of the
art and science of dentistry until the strength of its alumni is second to none,
in either number or degree of service to the profession.
Library
This School is fortunate in having one of the better equipped and
organized libraries among the dental schools of the country. The dental
collection is part of the Health Sciences Library, which includes also phar-
macy, medicine and nursing, with about 90,000 bound volumes and over
1600 current subscriptions to scientific periodicals. A new air-conditioned,
four-story library building at 111 South Greene, across the street from the
Dental School, provides ample space for books and readers. A well-qualified
staff of professionally trained and certified librarians promotes the services
of the library and assists the student body in the use of library resources.
One of the most important factors of the dental student's education is to
teach him the value and the use of dental literature in his formal education
and in promoting his usefulness and value to the profession during practice.
The Baltimore College of Dental Surgery is ideally equipped to achieve
this aim of dental instruction.
Course of Instruction
The Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, Dental School, University of
Maryland offers a course in dentistry devoted to instruction in the medical
sciences, the dental sciences, and clinical practice. Instruction consists of di-
dactic lectures, laboratory instruction, demonstrations, conferences, quizzes
and hospital ward rounds. Topics are assigned for collateral reading to train
the student in the value and use of dental literature. The curriculum for the
complete course appears on pages 23 and 24 of this catalogue.
Requirements for Admission
Applicants for admission must present evidence of having completed suc-
cessfully two academic years of work in an accredited college of arts and
sciences based upon the completion of a four-year high school course or the
equivalent in entrance examinations. The college course must include at
least a year's credit in English, in biology, in physics, in inorganic chemistry,
and in organic chemistry. All required science courses shall include both
classroom and laboratory instruction. Although a minimum of 60 semester
hours of credit, exclusive of physical education and military science, is
required, additional courses in the humanities and the natural and social
sciences are desirable. By ruling of the Dean's Council, all admission re-
quirements must be completed by June 30 previous to the desired date of
admission.
11
University of Maryland
In considering candidates for admission, the Board of Admissions will
give preference to those applicants who have high scholastic records in sec-
ondary school and in college; who make satisfactory scores in the dental
aptitude test; who present favorable recommendations from their respective
predental committee or from one instructor in each of the departments of
biology, chemistry, and physics; and who, in all other respects, give every
promise of becoming successful students and dentists of high standing.
Applicants will not be admitted with unabsolved conditions or unabsolved
failures.
Combined Arts and Sciences-Dental Program
The University offers a combined arts and sciences-dental curriculum
leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Science and Doctor of Dental Surgery.
The preprofessional part of this curriculum shall be taken in residence in
the College of Arts and Sciences at College Park, and the professional part in
the School of Dentistry in Baltimore.
Students who elect the combined program and who have completed the
arts and sciences phase of it may, upon the recommendation of the Dean of
the School of Dentistry, be granted the degree of Bachelor of Science by the
College of Arts and Sciences at the first summer commencement following
the completion of the student's first year in the School of Dentistry. A stu-
dent may enter the arts and sciences-dental program at College Park with
advanced standing from an accredited college or university, but the last
year of the preprofessional training must be completed at College Park and
the professional training must be completed in the School of Dentistry of the
University of Maryland.
12
School of Dentistry
ARTS-DENTISTRY CURRICULUM
, — Semester—^
Freshman Year I II
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3
Zool. 1 — General Zoology 4
Zool. 2— The Animal Phyla — 4
Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 4 4
Math. 10, 11 — Algebra, Trigonometry, Analytic Geometry 3 3
Speech 7 — 2
Physical Activities 1 1
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force ROTC (Men) % 2
Hea. 2, 4— Hygiene (Women) 2 2
Total 15y 2 19
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6 — Composition and World or English
Literature 3 3
*Group I Elective 3
G. & P. 1 — American Government 3
Chem. 35, 36, 37, 38— Organic Chemistry 4 4
**H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3
***Modern Language 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force ROTC (Men) 2 %
Total 17-19 17-17^
Junior Year
Modern Language (continued) 3 3
Phys. 10, 11— Fundamentals of Physics 4 4
Approved Minor Courses 6 6
Electives 3 3
Total 16 16
Senior Year
The curriculum of the first year of the School of Dentistry of the
University of Maryland is accepted by the College of Arts and Sciences as
the fourth year (major sequence) of academic work toward the degree of
Bachelor of Science.
*Group 1 Electives: Sociology 1, Philosophy 1, Psychology 1, Economics 37.
** Students planning to request admission to a Dental School with only two years
of predental training should take Physics 10-11.
***Fr. 6, 7 or Ger. 6, 7 (Intermediate Scientific French or German) recommended.
13
University of Maryland
If at the end of the junior year the student decides to postpone his
entrance to the School of Dentistry and to remain in the College of Arts and
Sciences and complete work for the Bachelor's degree, he may choose a
major and minor in any of the departments in which he has completed the
necessary underclass requirements. The general nature of the first three
years of this curriculum and the generous electives of the third year make
possible for the student a wide choice of departments in which he may
specialize. In general the electives of the third year will be chosen as for a
major in some particular department.
Requirements for Matriculation and Enrollment
In the selection of students to begin the study of dentistry the School
considers particularly a candidate's proved ability in secondary education
and his successful completion of prescribed courses in predental collegiate
training. The requirements for admission and the academic regulations of
the College of Arts and Sciences, University of Maryland, are strictly adhered
to by the School of Dentistry.
A student is not regarded as having matriculated in the School of
Dentistry until such time as he shall have paid the matriculation fee of $10.00,
and is not enrolled until he shall have paid a deposit of $200.00. This
deposit is intended to insure registration in the class and is not returnable.
Application Procedures
Candidates seeking admission to the Dental School should write to the
Office of the Dean requesting an application form. Each applicant should fill
out the blank in its entirety and mail it promptly, together with the applica-
tion fee and photographs, to the Board of Admissions, Dental School, Uni-
versity of Maryland, Baltimore 1, Maryland. The Board of Admissions will
acknowledge promptly the receipt of the application. If this acknowledgment
is not received within ten days, the applicant should contact the Board im-
mediately. The early filing of an application is urged. Applications may be
filed after June 1 of the year previous to the desired date of admission and
during the next nine months (to March 1). Applicants wishing advice on
any problem relating to their predental training or their application should
communicate with the Board of Admissions.
All applicants will be required to take the Dental Aptitude Test. This
test will be given at various testing centers throughout the United States, its
possessions and Canada. Applicants will be notified by the Council on
Dental Education of the American Dental Association of the dates of the
tests and the locations of the testing centers.
Promising candidates will be required to appear before the Board of
Admissions for an interview. On the basis of all available information the
best possible applicants will be chosen for admission to the School.
14
School of Dentistry
A certificate of entrance will be issued to each successful applicant,
which will permit him to matriculate and to register in the class to which
he has applied.
Admission with Advanced Standing
(a) Graduates in medicine or students in medicine who have completed
two or more years in a medical school, acceptable to standards in the School
of Medicine, University of Maryland, may be given advanced standing to
the Sophomore year provided the applicant shall complete under competent
regular instruction the courses in dental technology regularly scheduled in
the first year.
(b) Applicants for transfer must (1) meet fully the requirements for
admission to the first year of the dental course; (2) be eligible for promo-
tion to the next higher class in the school from which he seeks to transfer;
(3) have no grades below C in the school where transfer credits were earned;
(4) show evidence of scholastic attainments, character and personality;
(5) present letters of honorable dismissal and recommendation from the
dean of the school from which he transfers.
(c) All applicants for transfer must present themselves in person for
an interview before qualifying certificate can be issued.
Attendance Requirements
In order to receive credit for a full session, each student must have
entered and be in attendance on the day the regular session opens, at which
time lectures to all classes begin, and remain until the close of the session, the
dates for which are announced in the calendar of the annual catalogue.
Regular attendance is demanded. A student whose attendance in any
course is unsatisfactory to the head of the department will be denied the
privilege of final examination in any and all such courses. A student with
less than 85 per cent attendance will not be promoted to the next succeeding
year. However, in certain unavoidable circumstances of absences, the Dean
and the Council may honor excuses exceeding the maximum permitted.
Grading and Promotion
The following symbols are used as marks for final grades: A (100-91),
B (90-84), C (83-77), and D (76-70), Passing; F (below 70), Failure; I,
Incomplete. Progress grades in courses are indicated as "Satisfactory" and
"Unsatisfactory."
A Failure in any subject may be removed only by repeating the subject
in full. Students who have done work of acceptable quality in their com-
pleted assignments but who, because of circumstances beyond their control,
have been unable to finish all asignments, will be given an Incomplete. A
student shall not carry an Incomplete into the next succeeding year. When
he has completed the requirements for the removal of an Incomplete, the
student shall be given the actual grade earned in the course.
15
University of Maryland
Scholastic averages are computed on the basis of semester credits
assigned to each course and numerical values for grades. The numerical
values are A-4; B-3; C-2; D-l; F-0. The grade point average is the sum
of the products of semester credits and grade values, divided by the total
number of semester credits.
Students who fail to meet the minimum grade point averages required
for promotion and who fall into the following categories will be allowed
probationary promotion:
1. Freshmen who attain a grade point average of 1.25-1.49.
2. Sophomores who attain an overall grade point average of 1.6-1.74.
3. Juniors who attain an overall grade point average of 1.85-1.99.
Probationary status will not be permitted for two successive years.
A student may absolve a total of eight credit hours of failure in an
accredited summer school provided he has the grade point average required
for promotion or graduation, excluding the failure or failures which he has
incurred.
Equipment
A complete list of necessary instruments and materials for technic and
clinic courses is presented by the Dental School. Arrangements are made
by the Dental School in advance of formal enrollment for books, instruments
and materials to be delivered to the students at the opening of school. Each
student is required to provide himself promptly with these prescribed neces-
sities. A student who does not meet this requirement will not be permitted
to continue with his class.
Deportment
The profession of dentistry demands, and the School of Dentistry
requires, of its students evidence of their good moral character. The conduct
of the student in relation to his work and fellow students will indicate his
fitness to be taken into the confidence of the community as a professional
man. Integrity, sobriety, temperate habits, truthfulness, respect for authority
and associates and honesty in the transaction of business affairs as a student
will be considered as evidence of good moral character necessary to the
granting of a degree.
Requirements for Graduation
The degree of Doctor of Dental Surgery is conferred upon a candidate
who has met the following conditions:
1. A candidate must furnish documentary evidence that he has at-
tained the age of 21 years.
2. A candidate for graduation shall have attended the full scheduled
course of four academic years.
3. He will be required to show a grade point average of 2.0 for the
full course of study.
16
School of Dentistry
4. He shall have satisfied all technic and clinic requirements of the
various departments.
5. He shall have paid all indebtedness to the college prior to the
beginning of final examinations, and must have adjusted his financial obliga-
tions in the community satisfactorily to those to whom he may be indebted.
Student Fees
Matriculation fee (required of all entering students) $ 10.00
Tuition (each year) :
Non-resident student 750.00
Resident student 400.00
Student health service (each year) 20.00
Student Union fee 30.00
The Student Union fee is payable by all students enrolled in
the Professional Schools on the Baltimore campus and is used
to pay interest on and amortize the cost of construction of the
Union Building.
Special fee 10.00
The Special fee is payable by all full-time students enrolled in
the Professional Schools on the Baltimore campus and is used
to finance equipment for the Union Building.
Student Activities fee 12.50
For the purpose of administering various student activities,
the Student Senate, after approval by the separate classes and
the Faculty Council, voted a fee of $12.50 to be paid at the
time of registration.
Laboratory breakage deposit:
Freshman year 10.00
Sophomore and Junior years 5.00
In addition to fees itemized in the above schedule, the following assess-
ments are made by the University:
Application fee (paid at time of filing formal application for admis-
sion) 7.50
Late registration fee 5.00
(All students are expected to complete their registration, in-
cluding payment of bills, on the regular registration days.)
Those who do not complete their registration during the pre-
scribed days will be charged a fee of $5.00.
Examinations taken out of class and re-examinations 5.00
One certified transcript of record is issued free of charge.
*Each additional copy is issued only upon payment of 1.00
Summer Session students will pay a $6.00 Student Union Fee but
will not pay the Special Fee.
♦When more than one copy is requested at the same time, $1.00 is charged for
the first copy and fifty cents for each additional copy.
17
University of Maryland
Postgraduate Courses
Postgraduate courses may be offered to qualified dental graduates.
These courses are designed to provide opportunities for study in special
fields on a refresher level, and are arranged so that particular emphasis is
placed on clinical practices.
Graduate Student Fees
Matriculation Fee (for new students only, non-returnable) 10.00
Tuition Fee (per semester credit hour) 15.00
Laboratory Fees where applicable are charged at the rate
of $5.00 per semester hour of laboratory credit.
Student Union Fee
Students carrying ten or more credit hours per semester (per
annum) *30.00
Students carrying less than ten credit hours per semester (per
annum) *6.00
Special Fee
Students carrying ten or more credit hours per semester (per
annum) *10.00
Graduation Fee
Master's Degree 10.00
Doctor's Degree (including hood and microfilming of thesis). 50.00
REFUNDS
According to the policy of the University no fees will be returned. In
case the student discontinues his course or fails to register after a place has
been reserved in a class, any fees paid will be credited to a subsequent course,
but are not transferable.
Registration
The registration of a student in any school or college of the University
shall be regarded as a registration in the University of Maryland, but when
such student transfers to a professional school of the University or from one
professional school to another, he must pay the usual matriculation fee re-
quired by each professional school.
* Students who initially enroll for the second semester of the school year will be
assessed at the rate of one half of the rates shown above.
18
School of Dentistry-
Each student is required to fill in a registration card for the office of
the Registrar, and make payment of one-half of the tuition fee in addition
to all other fees noted as payable before being admitted to classwork at the
opening of the session. The remainder of tuition and fees must be in the
hands of the Comptroller during registration period for the second half of
the academic year.
Definition of Residence and Non-Residence
Students who are minors are considered to be resident students if at
the time of their registration their parents have been domiciled in this state
for at least six months.
The status of the residence of a student is determined at the time of
his first registration in the University, and may not thereafter be changed
by him unless in the case of a minor, his parents move to and become legal
residents of Maryland by maintaining such residence for at least six months.
However, the right of the minor student to change from a non-resident to
resident status must be established by him prior to the registration period
set for any semester.
Adult students are considered to be residents if at the time of their
registration they have been domiciled in Maryland for at least six months,
provided such residence has not been acquired while attending any school
or college in Maryland or elsewhere. Time spent on active duty in the armed
services while stationed in Maryland will not be considered as satisfying
the six-months period referred to above except in those cases in which the
adult was domiciled in Maryland for at least six months prior to his entrance
into the armed service and was not enrolled in any school during that
period.
The word "domicile" as used in this regulation shall mean the permanent
place of abode. For the purpose of this rule only one domicile may be
maintained.
Student Health Service
The School undertakes to supply medical and surgical care for its
students through the Student Health Service. This care includes the daily
services rendered by a physician and a graduate nurse in a well-equipped
clinic, conveniently located in the Dental School. Also consultations, surgical
procedures and hospitalization, judged to be necessary by the Service, are
covered under liberal limitations, depending on length of hospitalization and
special expenses incurred.
Students who need medical attention are expected to report at the office
of the Student Health Service. Under circumstances requiring home treat-
ment, the students will be visited at their College residence.
19
University of Maryland
It is not within the scope of the Service to provide medical care for
conditions antedating each annual registration in the University; nor is it
the function of this Service to treat chronic conditions contracted by students
before admission or to extend treatment to acute conditions developing in
the period between academic years or during authorized school vacations.
The cost of orthopedic appliances, the correction of visual defects, the
services of special nurses, and special medication must be paid for by the
student. The School does not accept responsibility for illness or accident
occurring away from the community, or for expenses incurred for hospitali-
zation or medical services in institutions other than the University Hos-
pital, or, in any case, for medical expense not authorized by the Student
Health Service.
Every new student is required to undergo a complete physical examina-
tion, which includes oral diagnosis. Any defects noted must be corrected
within the first school year. The passing of this examination is a require-
ment for the final acceptance of any student.
Each matriculant must present, on the day of his enrollment, a state-
ment from his ophthalmologist regarding the condition of his eyes, and
where defects in vision exist he shall show evidence that corrections have been
made.
If a student should enter the hospital during the academic year, the
Service will arrange for the payment of part or all of the hospital expenses,
depending on the length of stay and the special expenses incurred. This
arrangement applies only to students admitted through the office of the
School physician.
Prospective students are advised to have any known physical defects
corrected before entering the School in order to prevent loss of time which
later correction might involve.
Scholarship and Loan Funds
A number of scholarship loans from various organizations and educa-
tional foundations are available to students in the School of Dentistry. These
loans are offered on the basis of excellence in scholastic attainment and the
need on the part of students for assistance in completing their course in
dentistry. It has been the policy of the Faculty to recommend only students
in the last two years for such privileges.
The Edward S. Gaylord Educational Endowment Fund
Under a provision of the will of the late Dr. Edward S. Gaylord, of
New Haven, Connecticut, an amount approximating $16,000 was left to the
Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, Dental School, University of Mary-
land, the proceeds of which are to be devoted to aiding worthy young men
in securing dental education.
20
School of Dentistry
The W \ K. Kellogg Foundation
During World War II the Foundation recognized the burden that the
accelerated course imposed upon many dental students who under normal
circumstances would earn money for their education by employment during
the summer vacation. The Foundation granted to this School a fund to
provide rotating loans to deserving dental students.
The Albert A. Harrington Fund
This fund was established in 1954 by the New Jersey Alumni Association
in memory of Dr. Albert A. Harrington, a member of the Class of 1910.
The fund is a source of valuable help in aiding students to solve their
temporary financial problems.
The E. Benton Taylor Scholarship
One of the finest scholarships in the field of dental education, the
E. Benton Taylor Scholarship was conceived and arranged by Mrs. Taylor
and will be perpetuated by the Luther B. Benton Company of Baltimore. It
was put into operation in 1954 and will be awarded annually to a Maryland
student of each entering class, who will continue to receive its benefits during
the four years of his dental school course.
The Student Senate-Alumni Fund
This fund, created in 1960, was established for the purpose of aiding
any student of the School who may be in need of an emergency loan.
GENERAL INFORMATION FOR THE BALTIMORE UNION
PROFESSIONAL INSTITUTIONS
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
The Baltimore Union for students of the Professional Schools is located
adjacent to the Professional Schools at 621 West Lombard Street. Accommo-
dations for 195 men are provided in a five-story semi-air-conditioned build-
ing which also contains a cafeteria, fountain lounge, meeting rooms, laundry
facilities, game room, bookstore, barber shop and lounges on each floor.
Double rooms are available. The rental agreement is made for rooms only;
meals are served cafeteria style on a cash basis. The contract for accommo-
dations covers the academic year.
ACADEMIC YEAR
The Rates are:
8150.00 per semester per double room
S 60.00 per six weeks' summer session per doubleroom.
21
University of Maryland
What the Rate covers:
The rate shown above is per person and includes the following:
Room furnishings, bed and cover, mattress, chest of drawers, closet,
book shelves, desk, medicine cabinet, desk chair and desk lamp.
Maid service will include cleaning of room twice per week and replace-
ment of change of linen once each week.
Telephone service is available through the Chesapeake & Potomac Tele-
phone Company. Cost of the telephone is not included in the room rate.
Information can be obtained from the Manager's Office.
Mail service is also provided.
The resident provides blankets, towels, pillow and linens. Towels and
linens must be rented through the designated Commercial Rental Service.
A small amount of luggage space is available. Storage of anything other
than luggage will not be available.
TRANSIENTS
The Rates are:
$ 4.00 per day
$24.00 per week
What the Rate covers:
The services will include one bath and one face towel, one face cloth,
soap and change of linen daily (once per week if weekly guest).
HOW TO APPLY FOR A ROOM ASSIGNMENT
Write for application form to
DIRECTOR'S OFFICE
The Baltimore Union
621 West Lombard Street
Baltimore 1, Maryland
22
School of Dentistry
s s
rHTt"L3^'-<{£>e<JCO I N
■° Tf
<
H
O
•^•^triT-oooooiMoj I'*
NNSi^CS'^'^'OCJ t~
i-H rH i-( t-
M 00 O N
—
o
A
co
1— I
J
u
s
2
S
g
p
.
J
a
P
00
S
o
p
.2
O
J
u
*03
=
X
Pi
C/2
O
p
CO
~
~
u
o
i— <
J
^
Em
t— 1
5
■
O
VO
Z
DO
V
0)
M
<
J
J
Ch
oo co o
^ ri CM c>3
i-i N
S 3 s g
_ ^ eS
C K C
BBC
< < <
^ ^ N
t, Ch
OJ 1-1 i-H
M
•° —
N "a
o
o d
23
University of Maryland
S is ioo
^ M M
O
is I iO : © SO i © I IOOIOO I to
CN I <N I >H CN 100 I IISldNOO a>
OS rl ^H 00
J '
I OJ I
ICO
1
03 «.|J
3 w s
o
W
M
o
° -2
;o oo to «o
rH rH >-l rl 04
_, (M -Q
«-1 CO i— I (
a w j)
55s
Si
h^ £3 co co i
222
PhPhPh
^Q O ,
"# C J
CO 0) ,
ai
>* o
PhCh
bo bg
3 S
W
W
H
PI
P
O
^.-l^ir-tT-KN^Tlt^'
g B fi b» . t4>
•5 -5 -3 .2 .-s .-a «
op*
^!O h
•H Cd»
73 ^ ts .s ;c *; « * « «j i2 p, u a s .c ,c g 5 o 3
24
Description of Courses
ANATOMY
Professor: HAHN (HEAD OF DEPARTMENT).
Associate Professor: piavis.
Assistant Professor: SINNREICH.
DRS. LINDENBERG, LOVEMAN, AND SACHS.
Anat. 111. Human Gross Anatomy. (5-3)
First year. This course consists of dissection and lectures, supplemented by frequent
conferences and practical demonstrations. The entire human body is dissected. The
subject is taught with the purpose of emphasizing the principles of the body structure,
the knowledge of which is derived from a study of its organs and tissues, and the
action of its parts. Arrangements can be made to accommodate qualified students
and dentists interested in research or in making special dissections or topographical
studies.
Anat. 112. Human Neuroanatomy. (2)
First year. Second semester. Prerequisite, Anatomy 111 or equivalent. Neuro-
anatomy is offered in the Freshman year following Gross Anatomy. The work consists
of a study of the whole brain and spinal cord by gross dissections and microscopic
methods. Correlation is made, whenever possible, with the student's work in the histology
and physiology of the central nervous system.
Anat. 113. Comparative Tooth Morphology. (1)
First year. Second semester. The course treats the evolutionary development of denti-
tion as a necessary factor in the study of human oral anatomy. It includes a comparative
study of the teeth of the animal kingdom, with a comparative study of the number,
position and form of the teeth.
25
University of Maryland
For Graduates
Anat. 211. Human Gross Anatomy. (5-3)
Same as course 111 but with additional work on a more advanced level.
Anat. 212. Human Neuroanatomy. (2)
Same as course 112 but with additional instruction of a more advanced nature.
Anat. 214. The Anatomy of the Head and Neck. (3)
One conference and two laboratory periods per week for one semester.
Anat. 399. Research.
Credit determined by amount and quality of work performed.
BIOCHEMISTRY
Professor: vanden bosche (head of department)
MR. MORRIS AND MR. LEONARD.
Biochem. 111. Principles of Biochemistry. (6)
First year. Prerequisites inorganic and organic chemistry, with additional training in
quantitative and physical chemistry desirable. Two lectures and one laboratory period
throughout the year, with one conference period per week during the first eight weeks
of Semester I. The chemistry of living matter forms the basis of the course. The
detailed subject matter includes the chemistry of carbohydrates, fats, proteins, enzymes,
vitamins, and hormones. The processes of respiration, digestion, metabolism, secretion
and excretion are considered. Laboratory instruction in qualitative blood and urine
examination is included.
For Graduates
Bichem. 211. Advanced Biochemistry. (6)
Prerequisite Biochemistry 111. Two lectures, one conference and one laboratory period
through the year.
Biochem. 399. Research in Biochemistry.
Prerequisite Biochemistry 211.
DENTAL HISTORY AND LITERATURE
Professor: FOLEY.
Lit. 121. Oral and Written Communication. (2)
Second year. A formal course of lectures is given in the second year. Many aspects
of the instruction are given practical application in the third and fourth years. The
course has many purposes, all of them contributing to the training of the students
for effective participation in the extra-practice activities of the profession. Particular
attention is given to instruction in the functioning of the agencies of communication
in dentistry: the dental societies and the dental periodicals. The practical phases of
the course include a thorough study of the preparations and uses of oral and written
composition by the dental student and the dentist; the use of libraries; the com-
pilation of bibliographies; the collection, the organization, and the use of information;
26
School of Dentistry
the management of dental meetings; the oral presentation of papers, and professional
correspondence.
Lit. 141. Thesis. (2)
Fourth year.
Lit. 142. Dental History. (D
Fourth year. Second semester. Lectures in Dental History describe the beginnings of
the art of dental practice among ancient civilizations, its advancement in relation to the
development of the so-called medical sciences in the early civilizations, its struggle
through the Middle Ages and, finally, its attainment of recognized professional status in
modern times. Special attention is given to the forces and stresses that have brought
about the evolutionary progress from a primitive dental art to a scientific health service
profession.
DENTAL PROSTHESIS
A. Removable Complete and Partial Prosthesis
Professors: G. w. gaver (head of department) and ramsey.
Associate Professors: oggesen and warner.
DRS. GOETTEE, GORDON, WATSON, WRIGHT AND YENT.
Pros. Ilia. Dental Materials. (4)
First year. This course is designed to provide the student with a scientific background
in the nomenclature, composition, physical properties, practical application, and proper
manipulation of the important materials used in the practice of dentistry, excluding
drugs and medicinals.
The theoretical aspect of the course is presented in the form of lectures, demon-
strations, informal group discussions, and directed supplemental reading. From the
practical standpoint, the student manipulates and tests the various materials in the
laboratory, being guided by prepared project sheets. The student develops an under-
standing of these factors: the importance of scientific testing of a material before it
i9 used by the profession at large; the realization that every material has its limitations,
which can be compensated for only by intelligent application and manipulation; and
an appreciation of the vast field of research open to those who wish to improve the
materials now available.
Pros. 112a. Introduction to Complete Denture Prosthesis. (1)
First year. Second semester. This course is devoted to the manipulation of impression
compound and the procedures used in developing impressions of edentulous arches,
casts and bite plates. It embraces a series of lecture-demonstrations designed to give the
student a knowledge of the essential fundamentals in complete denture construction.
Pros. 121a. Complete Denture Prosthesis. (2)
Second year. This course is given by lecture-demonstrations on bite registration, tooth
arrangement, and final finish of complete dentures.
Pros. 131a. Basic Clinical Complete Denture Prosthesis. (5)
Third year. The course includes a study of the practical application in the clinic of
the fundamentals taught in the preceding years. Demonstrations of the various technics
of impression and bite taking are offered to provide the student with additional
knowledge necessary for clinic work.
27
University of Maryland
Pros. 133a. Introduction to Removable Partial Denture Prosthesis. (1)
Third year. Second semester. This lecture-demonstration course embraces all phases
of removable partial denture construction. Experiments and exercises are arranged
to give the student the fundamentals in designing, casting and finishing partial dentures.
Pros. 141a. Advanced Clinical Denture Prosthesis. (4)
Fourth year. This course consists of the clinical application of the fundamentals
taught in the previous years. Particular attention is given to a standard method of
denture construction to equip the student with a basic technic for use in private practice.
B. Fixed Partial Prosthesis
Professor: nuttall (head of department).
Associate Professors: dosh, mc lean-lu and oggesen.
Assistant Professors: graham and willer.
DRS. STEELE AND YENT.
Pros. 122b. Principles of Fixed Partial Prosthesis. (6)
Second year. This lecture and laboratory course is designed to provide a background
of fundamental knowledge in fixed partial denture prosthesis. The interrelations of the
biological and mechanical aspects of dentistry are emphasized. The principles involved
and the procedures used in abutment preparations, the construction of fundamental
retainers and pontic sections, and the assemblage of fixed bridge restorations are
presented in detail and correlated with the requirements of occlusion. In addition to
these procedures, the technics include impressions, wax manipulation, pattern construc-
tion, investing and casting.
Pros. 132b. Ceramic and Plastic Restorations. (2)
Third year. First semester. This course presents the uses of porcelain and methyl
methacrylate as restorative materials. Instruction is given in the procedures of prepara-
tion, impressions, color selection, temporary protection and cementation. These materials
are employed in the construction of complete veneer crowns and dowel crowns and in
staining and glazing technics.
Pros. 134b. Basic Clinical Fixed Partial Prosthesis. (4)
Third year. This is a comprehensive course in the essential requirements for the
successful use of the fixed partial denture. Special consideration is given to funda-
mental factors in diagnosis, treatment planning and clinical procedures. The course
integrates biological factors, mechanical principles and esthetic requirements with
restorative treatment. Emphasis is placed on the physiological considerations as a
basis for fixed partial denture service.
Pros. 142b. Advanced Clinical Fixed Partial Prosthesis. (3)
Fourth year. This course provides clinical training and experience for the student.
The acquired background of knowledge is utilized in rendering treatment services for
patients. Experience is gained in assessing completely the dental problem, planning
a practical treatment consistent with the total dental needs and providing services
which satisfy the objectives of prevention, function and esthetics.
28
School of Dentistry
DIAGNOSIS
Professor: BIDDIX (head of department).
Assistant Professor: BRYANT.
DRS. PALMER, LEBO AND SMITH.
Diag. 131. Principles of Oral Diagnosis and Treatment Planning. (2)
Third year. The fundamental principles and procedures in the diagnosis of oral and
related diseases are studied by intimate clinical observation and discussion of interesting
cases. The study of the oral cavity through an understanding of its relation to other
parts of the body is emphasized. By means of consultations with other departments
the procedures of a comprehensive diagnosis are developed and applied in treatment
planning.
Diag. 132. Seminar.
Third year. The objective of this course is to teach the student to correlate clinical,
roentgenologic and laboratory findings. Selected patients are presented by both medical
and dental teachers.
Diag. 141. Clinical Oral Diagnosis and Treatment Planning. (1)
Fourth year. This course is a continuation of Diagnosis 131 and 132.
HISTOLOGY
Professor: provenza (head of department).
DR. J. SEIPP.
Hist. 111. Mammalian Histology and Embryology. (8)
First year. The course embraces the thorough study of the cells, tissues, and organs
of the various systems of the human body. Although certain aspects of the dental
histology phase of the course are given strictly as special entities, many are included
in the instruction in general histology, since the two areas are so intimately related when
functional and clinical applications are considered. The instruction in embryology is
correlated with that in histology. It covers the fundamentals of development of the
human body, particular emphasis being given to the head and facial regions, the oral
cavity, and the teeth and their adnexa. Specific correlations are also made with the
other courses in the dental curriculum.
For Graduates
Hist. 212. Mammalian Histology and Embryology. (4-2)
This course is the same as Histology 111, except that it does not include the dental
phases of 111, but does include additional instruction and collateral reading of an
advanced nature.
Hist. 213. Mammalian Oral Histology and Embryology. (2)
Prerequisite, Histology 111 or 212, or an equivalent course. This course covers the
dental aspects of Histology 111, and includes additional instruction in the relations
of histologic structure and embryologic development of the teeth, their adnexa, and
the head and facial regions of the human body.
29
University of Maryland
Hist. 216. Inheritance and Development Biology. (6)
This course is concerned with the study of the embryogeny and fetal developments of
vertebrate animals with special emphasis on mammalian embryology. In addition to
tracing the development pattern, lectures are devoted to the discussion of inheritance
mechanisms, gametogenesis and fertilization.
Hist. 217. Comparative Animal Histology. (6)
Prerequisite, Hist. Ill, 212-213, or an equivalent course. This course is concerned with
a comparative study of the morphology, structure and function of the cells, tissues and
organs as found in representative members of the animal kingdom. Special emphasis is
placed on techniques and research methods.
Hist. 218. Experimental Embryology. (4)
Second semester of every year. Prerequisite, Hist. 216, or an equivalent course. This
course is concerned with the historical and recent aspects of experimental embryology
from both the applied and theoretical standpoint. Each student will be assigned a special
problem in addition to the scheduled lectures.
Hist. 219. Radiation Biology. (4)
First semester of odd numbered years. The primary aim of this course is to familiarize
the student with the techniques of handling radioactive isotopes as applied in biological
research. The topics covered in the course are: the physics of radioactivity from the
standpoint of the biological researcher; the selection of isotopes for specific investiga-
tions; the effects of radioactivity on cells, tissues and systems; the effect of radioactivity
on inheritance; the role of environment on the effectiveness of radioactivity; and certain
phases of laboratory health physics. The laboratory will be concerned with the use and
location as well as recording and interpreting data of isotopes as applied to biological
research.
Hist. 220. Physical Methods in Histology. (4)
First semester of even numbered years. The course introduces the graduate student
to some of the more frequently employed techniques in cytological and histological
research. Exercises are designed for the operation and interpretation of data derived
from the use of available research tools. Two one-hour lectures and one four-hour
laboratory period per week. Consent of department head required.
Hist. 320. Seminar. (2)
Hist. 399. Research.
(Number of hours and credit by arrangement.)
MEDICINE
A. General Medicine
Associate Professor: MC lean.
DRS. FRAVEL, LEONARD AND OGDEN.
Med. 121a. First Aid.
Second year. Second semester. In this course the student is instructed in the basic
principles of first aid.
30
School of Dentistry
Med. 132a. Principles of Medicine. (2)
Third year. The course is taught by lectures, visual aids and x-ray demonstrations
of diseases of the cardiorespiratory, gastro-intestinal, genitourinary and nervous systems.
Med. 141a. Physical Diagnosis. (1)
Fourth year. First semester. Slides and clinical demonstrations are used to show the
methods of recognition of important objective signs as they relate to body disturb-
ances. The methods of taking blood pressure and its significance, also the recognition
and treatment of medical emergencies, are taught.
Med. 142a. Principles of Medicine. (2)
Fourth year. Throughout the year the entire class is taken into the hospital for medical
clinics where the close application of medical and dental knowledge in history taking,
diagnosis, laboratory procedures and treatment is emphasized.
Med. 143a. Preventive and Public Health Dentistry. (1)
Fourth year. Second semester. The objectives of this course are to emphasize those
measures other than remedial operations that will tend to minimize the occurrence or
the extension of oral disease, and to outline the status of dentistry in the field of gen-
eral public health. The relations of dentistry with other phases of public health are
discussed, as are the problems affecting the administration of dental health programs.
Special effort is made to demonstrate methods and materials suitable for use in dental
health education programs.
Med. 144a. Clinical Conferences.
Fourth year. Throughout the year small groups of students are taken into the hospital
for medical ward rounds, demonstrations and discussions.
B. Oral Medicine
Associate Professor: abramson.
Assistant Professor: norris.
DRS. T. F. CLEMENT AND KOLAKOWSKI.
Med. 121b. Principles of Endodontics. (1)
Second year. The lecture phase presents the fundamentals necessary for endodontic
procedures; the indications and contraindications for these procedures; the methods
used in performing the necessary steps to preserve the functions of the teeth and to
maintain the health of the individual. The laboratory phase is designed to teach the
student the materials, the instrumentation, and the techniques employed in endodontic
treatment.
Med. 122b. Introduction to Periodontics. (1)
Second year. The lectures place special emphasis on the importance of oral hygiene
and its relation to the prevention of all dental disorders. The causes, results, and
treatment of unhygienic conditions of the oral cavity are fully considered. Demon-
strations are given in the prophylactic treatment of the mouth and in the accepted
methods of tooth brushing to be used in home care. In the laboratory the student
learns on special manikins the use of the periodontal instruments. By progressive
exercises and drills he is taught the basic principles of good operating procedure and
the methods of thorough prophylactic treatment.
31
University of Maryland
Med. 131b. Basic Clinical Endodontics. (1)
Third year. The lectures present the etiology, clinical symptoms, diagnosis, prognosis,
and methods of treatment of the various forms of traumatic injuries to teeth. The
student applies the fundamentals he has learned in the second year, by performing
endodontic procedures on clinical cases.
Med. 132b. Basic Clinical Periodontics. (1)
Third year. The lectures present the etiology, clinical symptoms, diagnosis, prognosis,
and methods of treatment of the various forms of periodontal disease, other diseases
of the oral cavity, and lesions of the lips, cheeks, and tongue. The recognition of
periodontal disease in its incipient forms and the importance of early treatment are
stressed. The lectures are well illustrated by color slides, moving pictures, and other
visual aids. The Junior student is required to apply the fundamentals he has learned
by performing periodontal procedures on a prescribed number of clinical cases.
Med. 141b. Advanced Clinical Endodontics. (1)
Fourth year. During his Senior year the student performs the more advanced endodontic
procedures on clinical cases.
Med. 142b. Advanced Clinical Periodontics. (1)
Fourth year. The Senior student performs the periodontal procedures on clinical patients
exhibiting the more advanced periodontal problems.
MICROBIOLOGY
Professor: shay (head of department).
MR. BECKER.
Microbiol. 121. Dental Microbiology and Immunology. (4)
Second year. First semester. The course embraces lectures, laboratory, demonstra-
tions, recitations, and group conferences, augmented by guided reading. Practical and
theoretical consideration is given to pathogenic bacteria, viruses, yeasts and molds.
Special attention is given to those organisms which cause lesions in and about the
oral cavity, particularly primary focal infections about the teeth, tonsils, etc., which
result in the establishment of secondary foci. Immunological and serological prin-
ciples are studied, with special consideration being given to hypersensitivity resulting
from the use of antibiotics, vaccines, antigens, and other therapeutic agents.
Laboratory teaching includes the methods of staining and the cultural charac-
teristics of microorganisms; their reaction to disinfectants, antiseptics, and germicides;
methods of sterilization and asepsis; animal inoculation; preparation of sera, vaccines,
and antitoxins; a study of antibiotics; and a demonstration of virus techniques. In all
phases of the course emphasis is placed on dental applications.
For Graduates
Microbiol. 200, 201. Chemotherapy. (1-2)
Prerequisite Microbiology 121 or equivalent. One lecture a week. Offered in alter-
nate years. A study of the chemistry, toxicity, pharmacology and therapeutic value of
drugs employed in the treatment of disease.
Microbiol. 202, 203. Reagents and Media. (1, 1)
One lecture a week. Offered in alternate years. A study of the methods of preparation-
and use of bacteriological reagents and media.
32
School of Dentistry
Microbiol. 210. Special Problems in Microbiology.
Credit determined by amount and quality of work performed. Laboratory course.
Microbiol. 211. Public Health. (1-2)
Prerequisite Microbiology 121 or equivalent. Lectures and discussions on the organiza-
tion and administration of state and municipal health departments and private health
agencies. The course also includes a study of laboratory methods.
Microbiol. 399. Research ip Microbiology.
Credit determined by amount and quality of work performed.
OPERATIVE DENTISTRY
Professor: MEDINA (head of department).
Associate Professors: C. J. GAVER and LOUIE.
Assistant Professors: H. M. clement, diaz and edmond g. vanden bosche.
DRS. BEAVEN, BIANCO, CROUSE, HEESE, JAGIELSKI AND VELTRE.
Oper. 111. Tooth Morphology. (3)
First year. Second semester. This course is designed to teach the form and functions
and the relationships of the teeth, and includes a study of the nomenclature of sur-
faces, divisions and relations of the teeth. In the laboratory the student is trained
in the carving of the various teeth and in the dissection of extracted teeth through
their various dimensions.
The second part of the course includes a study of the supporting structures of the
teeth and of the relation of the teeth to these structures. The periods of beginning
calcification, eruption, complete calcification, and shedding of the deciduous teeth;
followed by the periods of beginning calcification, eruption, and complete calcification
of the permanent teeth, are studied and correlated with the growth in size of the
jaws and face.
Oper. 121. Fundamentals of Operative Dentistry. (5)
Second year. The student is trained in the technical procedures of cavity prepara-
tion and the manipulation of the restorative materials employed in the treatment of
diseases and injuries of the tooth structure. These basic principles are applied on
composition teeth and extracted natural teeth. Instruction includes twenty-six lectures
and forty-eight three-hour laboratory periods.
Oper. 131. Basic Clinical Operative Dentistry. (4)
Third year. This course is a continuing development of the fundamentals taught in
Operative 121. The objective is to present the additional information which is necessary
for the management of practical cases. Instruction includes lectures, demonstrations
and clinical practice in which the student treats patients under the individual guidance
of staff members.
Oper. 141. Advanced Clinical Operative Dentistry. (6)
Fourth year. With the background provided by Operative 121 and 131, the student
is able to comprehend and apply the procedures for treating the more complicated
operative problems. The objectives of this course are to instruct the student in the
different procedures by which a comprehensive operative service can be rendered
and to acquaint him with as many unusual clinical cases as possible. Instruction
includes lectures, demonstrations, and clinical practice.
33
University of Maryland
ORTHODONTICS
Professor: preis (head of department).
Assistant Professors: cullen, kress, shehan and swinehart.
DR. DEEMS.
Ortho. 131. Principles of Orthodontics. (2)
Third year. The course consists of lectures supplemented by slides and motion pic-
tures. The subject matter includes the history of orthodontics and the study of growth
and development, evolution of human dental occlusion, forces of occlusion, etiology of
malocclusion, aberrations of the maxilla and mandible which affect occlusion, and tissue
changes incident to tooth movement.
Ortho. 141. Clinical Orthodontics. (1)
Fourth year. Students are assigned in small groups to the Clinic where patients are
given a thorough dental examination. Under the direction of an instructor each case
is diagnosed, methods of procedure are explained, and treatment planning is out-
lined. In the more simple cases therapy is undertaken by the student under the
supervision of an instructor. Students, therefore, have the opportunity of applying
clinically the knowledge which they received during their Junior year.
PATHOLOGY
Professor: m. s. aisenberg (head of department).
Associate Professor: Gardner.
Assistant Professor: A. D. AISENBERG.
DR. GRANRUTH.
Path. 121. General Pathology. (4)
Second year. Second semester. The general principles of disease processes and tissue
reactions, both gross and microscopic, are taught with the objectives of training the
student to recognize and be familiar with the abnormal and of creating a foundation
for further study in the allied sciences. Emphasis is placed upon those diseases in
the treatment of which medicodental relationships are to be encountered.
Path. 131. Oral Pathology. (3)
Third year. First semester. The course includes a study of the etiology and the
gross and microscopic manifestations of diseases of the teeth and their investing
structures: pathologic dentition, dental anomalies, periodontal diseases, calcific de-
posits, dental caries, pulpal diseases, dentoalveolar abscesses, oral manifestations of
systemic diseases, cysts of the jaws, and benign and malignant lesions in and about
the oral cavity.
Path. 141. Seminar.
Fourth year. This constitutes a part of the cancer teaching program sponsored by a
grant from the United States Public Health Service. It is conducted by visiting lec-
turers who are specialists in their respective fields.
For Graduates
Path. 211. Advanced Oral Pathology. (8)
Two lectures and two laboratory periods throughout the year. This course is pre-
34
School of Dentistry
sented with the objective of correlating a knowledge of histopathology with the
various aspects of clinical practice. Studies of surgical and biopsy specimens are stressed.
Path. 399. Research.
Time and credit by arrangement. Research in areas of particular interest to the student.
PEDODONTICS
Associate Professor: sanders.
Assistant Professor: EHRLICH.
DRS. FERLITA, GIARDINA AND KIHN.
Ped. 121. Technics of Pedodontics. (1)
Second year. Second semester. This laboratory course in dentistry for children consists
of eight lectures and sixteen laboratory periods. Demonstrations and visual aids are
utilized to augment the teaching procedure. The work is performed on model teeth
in primary dentoforms and consists of exercises in cavity preparation in primary
teeth for the proper reception of different restorative materials, in the technic of
restoring a fractured young permanent anterior tooth, and in the construction of a basic
type of space maintainer.
Ped. 131. Clinical Pedodontics. (2)
Third year. The student is introduced to clinical dentistry for children. He utilizes the
technical procedures learned in the laboratory. Didactic instruction includes sixteen
lectures offered during the first semester. Emphasis is given to the management of the
child patient with necessary modifications for behavior problems. The indications and
contraindications for pulpal therapy are evaluated for the purpose of rational tooth
conservation. Oral hygiene, roentgenology, growth and development, and caries sus-
ceptibility tests are taught. Training in preventive orthodontics is given for true
denture guidance and to allow the student to institute interceptive or early remedial
measures in incipient deformities.
The Department endeavors to develop in the student a comprehensive interest
in guiding the child patient through the period of the mixed dentition. A separate
clinic, equipped with child-size chairs and supervised by the pedodontics staff, provides
adequate opportunity for clinical applications of the methods taught in laboratory
and lectures.
Ped. 141. Clinical Pedondontics. (1)
Fourth year. The student continues his clinical training throughout the year and
is assigned the more difficult cases. In addition, the senior student is assigned to a
public health clinic which consists of individual, completely equipped operating rooms
giving the student experience in the management and treatment of the child patient.
PHARMACOLOGY
Professor: DOBBS (HEAD OF DEPARTMENT).
Assistant Professors: dolle and ross.
Pharmacol. 131. General Pharmacology and Therapeutics. (4)
Third year. The course is designed to provide a general survey of pharmacology,
affording the students the necessary knowledge for the practice of rational therapeutics.
University of Maryland
The course is taught by lectures, laboratory and demonstrations. The first semester
consists of sixteen hours of didactic work including instruction in the sites and modes
of drug action, prescription writing, and the pharmacodynamics and therapeutics
of the local-acting drugs. The second semester consists of thirty-two hours of didactics
and forty-eight hours of laboratory instruction. The laboratory experiments are per-
formed on students and on animals and are designed to demonstrate the direct effects
of drugs on vital tissues. The subject material consists of the pharmacodynamics of the
systemic-acting drugs and the anti-infective agents. In the therapeutics phase the
students are instructed in the use of drugs for the prevention, treatment, and correction
of general and oral diseases.
Pharmacol. 141. Oral Therapeutics. (1)
Fourth year. First semester. This course consists of sixteen hours of lectures and
demonstrations. It is designed to acquaint the students with the practical applications
of pharmacology in the treatment of dental and oral diseases. Particular emphasis is
given to the newer drugs and the more recent advances in therapeutics. Patients from
the dental clinics and the hospital are used for demonstrations whenever possible.
A correlation of theory with clinical practice is obtained by chairside instruction on
patients in the dental clinic.
Pharmacol. 142. Nutritional Therapeutics. (1)
Fourth year. First semester. This course consists of sixteen hours of lectures and
demonstrations devoted to the principles and practices of nutritional therapeutics. The
presentation includes a study of the dietary requirements of essential food substances
in health and disease. The vitamin and mineral deficiency states with their pathology
and symptomatology are presented with suggestions for dietary and drug therapy
Metabolic diseases are discussed, and their effects on the nutritional states are con
sidered. Students are taught to plan diets for patients with various nutritional prob
lems, such as those resulting from loss of teeth, the use of new dental appliances
dental caries, stomatitis, cellulitis, osteomyelitis, and bone fractures. A project stud^
is made by each student which includes analyses of his basal metabolic requirement,
his total energy requirement, and his dietary intake in relation to his daily needs.
PHYSIOLOGY
Professor: white (head of department).
Associate Professors: shipley and pollack.
DR. BUXBAUM AND MRS. STALING.
Physiol. 121. Principles of Physiology. (6)
Second year. A fundamental objective of this course is to achieve an integration of
basic scientific phenomena of function as they relate to the organism as a whole.
Lectures deal with the principal fields of physiology, including heart and circula-
tion, peripheral and central nervous functions, respiration, digestion, muscular ac-
tivity, hepatic and renal functions, water and electrolyte balance, special senses, gen-
eral and cellular metabolism, endocrines and reproduction. In the laboratory work
(first semester) the classic experiments on frog and turtle muscle and heart function
are followed by more advanced work on rabbits, cats, dogs and the students them-
selves. A special series of lectures is devoted to the application of basic physiologic
principles to human clinical problems.
36
School of Dentistry
For Graduates
Physiol. 211. Principles of Mammalian Physiology. (6)
Prerequisite permission from the department. Same as course 121 but with collateral
reading arfd additional instruction.
Physiol. 212. Advanced Physiology.
Hours and credit by arrangement. Lectures and seminars during the second semester.
Physiol 399. Research.
Hours and credits by arrangement.
PRACTICE ADMINISTRATION
PROFESSOR: BIDDIX.
DR. LOVETT AND MR. O'DONNELL.
Pract. Adm. 141. Principles of Administration. (1)
Fourth year. Second semester. The objective of this course is to prepare students to
assume the social, economic and professional responsibilities of dental practice. The
lectures embrace the selection of the office location and office equipment, the basis
of determining fees, the methods of collecting accounts, the use of auxiliary personnel,
and the choice of various types of insurance and investments. A comprehensive
bookkeeping system for a dental office is explained.
Pract. Adm. 142. Ethics. (1)
Fourth year. First semester. The course includes lectures on general ethics and its
basic teachings, and an interpretation of the philosophical principles adopted by the
American Dental Association and embodied in its "Principles of Ethics."
Pract. Adm. 143. Jurisprudence. (1)
Fourth year. First semester. The objective of the course is to acquaint the dental
student with the fundamentals of law as they relate to the dentist and to his patients.
The sources of law, and types of courts and court procedures are explained; the
student is acquainted with the special statutory provisions pertaining to the regula-
tion of the practice of dentistry, as well as the dentist's responsibilities under the
criminal law. The respective rights and liabilities of both the dentist and his patients
are considered in lectures dealing with contracts and torts; practical illustrations of
these rights and liabilities are reviewed in the light of actual reported cases in the
courts.
ROENTGENOLOGY
Professor: BIDDIX.
DRS. DARBY AND KLEIN.
Roentgenol. 131. Principles of Denial Roentgenology. (2)
Third year. The lectures include a study of the physical principles involved in the
production of x-rays and a discussion of their properties and effects, the hazards of
roentgenography to both operator and patient, the technics of taking roentgenograms,
and the processing of the films. The conference periods deal with the roentgeno-
graphic study of the normal anatomic structures in health and the variations noted
-under various pathologic conditions.
37
University of Maryland
Roentgenol. 132. Introduction to Clinical Dental Roentgenology.
Third year. Second semester. The division of the class into small groups permits
individual supervision in the clinical application of the material presented in Roent-
genol. 131. Under guidance the student learns to correctly place, expose and process
the film and mount a full series of dental roentgenograms.
Roentgenol. 141. Clinical Dental Roentgenology. (1)
Fourth year. Under a system of rotating assignments students are placed in constant
association with the routine practical use of the roentgen ray. They are required to
master the fundamental scientific principles and to acquire technical skill in taking,
processing, and interpreting all types of intraoral and extraoral films.
SURGERY
Professors: dorsey (head of department), helrich, robinson and yeager.
Associate Professor: cappuccio.
Assistant Professors: SIWINSKI AND inman.
DRS. CAMP AND RICHMOND.
Surg. 131. Anesthesiology. (2)
Third year. Local anesthesia is taught in both principle and practice. In lectures
and clinics all types of intraoral, extraoral, conduction and infiltration injections;
the anatomical relation of muscles and nerves; the theory of action of anesthetic
agents and their toxic manifestations are taught. Demonstrations are given in con-
duction and infiltration technics; students give injections under the supervision of an
instructor. General anesthesia is taught in lectures and clinic demonstrations. The
action of the anesthetic agents, methods of administration, indications and contra-
indications, and the treatment of toxic manifestations are included. Demonstrations
are given in the preparation of the patient, the administration of all general anes-
thetics (inhalant, rectal, spinal, and intravenous) , and the technics for oral opera-
tions. Clinics are held in the Department of Oral Surgery in the Dental School and
in the Hospital.
Surg. 132. Oral Surgery. (3)
Third year. The course consists of lectures on the principles of surgery, the classifica-
tion of teeth for extraction, and the pre- and postoperative treatment of ambulatory
patients. The student is assigned to the Department of Oral Surgery on a rotating
schedule and is required to produce local anesthesia and extract teeth under the
supervision of an instructor.
Surg. 141. Oral Surgery. (3)
Fourth year. This course consists of lectures, clinical assignments, and practical
demonstrations on the etiology, pathology, diagnosis and treatment of all classes of
tumors, infections, deformities, anomalies, impacted teeth, fractures and surgical
problems associated with the practice of dentistry. Hospital clinics, demonstrations
and ward rounds are given to familiarize the student with abnormal conditions inci-
dent to the field of his future operations and to train him thoroughly in the diagnosis
of benign and malignant tumors. Weekly seminars are held in the Hospital.
38
School of Dentistry
For Graduates
Surg. 201. Clinical Anesthesiology. (6)
Forty hours a week for thirteen weeks.
Surg. 220. General Dental Oral Surgery. (4)
Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week for one semester.
Surg. 221. Advanced Oral Surgery. (4)
Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week for one semester.
Surg. 399. Research.
Time and credit by arrangement.
VISUAL AIDS IN TEACHING
MR. TAYLOR AND STAFF.
The Department of Visual Aids employs the latest photographic technics
and equipment for the production of both monochromatic and full-color still
and motion pictures. By cooperation with other departments new material is
developed for lectures, clinics, publications and exhibits.
Through photography the School retains for teaching purposes interest-
ing cases that appear in the clinics, preserves evidence of unusual pathological
cases, and records anatomical anomalies, facial disharmonies and malocclu-
sions of the teeth. In addition the student, through his contact with photo-
graphic uses, becomes acquainted with the value of photography in clinical
practice. Students are advised as to the use of visual aids in the preparation
of lectures and theses, the arrangement and co-ordination of materials, and
the organization and maintenance of records and histories.
Various art media and the use of modern plastics supplement photog-
raphy. By the combination and correlation of these methods all departments
are provided with an unlimited supply of valuable and often irreplaceable
visual aids.
A closed circuit television system is used to enable large groups to
visualize clinical and laboratory procedures. Close-up pictures of the vari-
ous operations are made possible for comfortable viewing in lecture hall
and laboratory.
SPECIAL COURSES
Summer Courses
As the need arises, summer courses may be offered in certain subjects
included in the regular curriculum. A charge of $12.00 for each semester
hour credit is made for these courses.
39
University of Maryland
The Gorgas Odontological Society
The Gorgas Odontological Society was organized in 1916 as an honorary
student dental society with scholarship as a basis for admission. The Society
was named after Dr. Ferdinand J. S. Gorgas, a pioneer in dental education, a
teacher of many years' experience, and during his life a great contributor to
dental literature. It was with the idea of perpetuating his name that the
Society adopted it.
To be eligible for membership a student must be in the first 30 per cent
of his class. The selection of this 30 per cent shall be based on the weighted
percentage average system as outlined in the school regulations. The meet-
ings, held once each month, are addressed by prominent dental and medical
men, an effort being made to obtain speakers not connected with the Univer-
sity. The members have an opportunity, even while students, to hear men
associated with other educational institutions.
Omicron Kappa Upsilon
Phi Chapter of Omicron Kappa Upsilon, honorary dental society, was
chartered at the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, Dental School, Uni-
versity of Maryland during the session of 1928-29. Membership in the society
is awarded to a number not exceeding 12 per cent of the graduating class.
This honor is conferred upon students who through their professional course
of study creditably fulfill all obligations as students, and whose conduct,
earnestness, evidence of good character and high scholarship recommend
them to election.
The following graduates of the 1961 Class were elected to membership.
Gilbert Samuel Berman Roy Mitsuaki Naito
Lester Malcolm Breen Antone Travers Oliveira, Jr.
William Joseph Girotti Peter Paul Ryiz
Raymond Emil Goepfrich Frank Joseph Sinnreich, Jr.
Aaron Rufus Griffith, Jr. James Miller Steig
Edward Salters McCallum, Jr. Stanley Leonard Zakarin
Alumni Asociation
The first annual meeting of the Society of the Alumni of the Baltimore
College of Dental Surgery was held in Baltimore, March 1, 1849. This
organization has continued in existence to the present, its name having been
changed to The Alumni Association of the Baltimore College of Dental
Surgery, Dental School, University of Maryland.
The officers to the Alumni Association for 1960-61 are as follows:
President President Elect
Joseph P. Cappuccio Lewis C. Toomey
1010 St. Paul Street 8641 Colesville Road
Baltimore 2, Maryland Silver Spring, Maryland
40 .'
School of Dentistry
First Vice President Second Vice President
E. MlLBURN COLVIN, Jr. FRANK P. GlLLEY, Jr.
1726 21st Street, N. W. 135 Broadway
Washington 9, D. C. Portland, Maine
Past President {Ex-Officio) Secretary
Daniel F. Lynch Calvin J. Gaver
1401 16th Street, N. W. 1427 Kirkwood Road
Washington 6, D. C. Baltimore 7, Maryland
Treasurer Editor
C. Adam Bock Kyrle W. Preis
823 Park Avenue 700 Cathedral Street
Baltimore 2, Maryland Baltimore 1, Maryland
Historian-Librarian
J. Ben Robinson
200 Headington Court
Lutherville, Maryland
University Alumni Council Representatives
Harry Levin— 1962 Edward D. Stone— 1963
Baltimore, Maryland Baltimore, Maryland
Charles E. Broadrup — 1964
Frederick, Maryland
EXECUTIVE COUNCIL
Joseph P. Cappuccio Kyrle W. Preis
Baltimore, Maryland Baltimore, Maryland
C. Adam Bock Daniel F. Lynch
Baltimore, Maryland Washington, D. C.
Calvin J. Gaver E. Milburn Colvin, Jr.
Baltimore, Maryland Washington, D. C.
Lewis C. Toomey Frank P. Gilley, Jr.
Silver Spring, Maryland Portland, Maine
J. Ben Robinson
Lutherville. Marvland
41
University of Maryland
ELECTED MEMBERS
Executive Council
L. Lynn Emmart George M. Anderson
Baltimore, Maryland Baltimore, Maryland
J. Philip Norris William W. Noel
Baltimore, Maryland Hagerstown, Maryland
Eugene A. Leatherman Russell P. Smith, Jr.
Randallstown, Maryland Cambridge, Maryland
ENDOWMENT FUND
TRUSTEES EX-OFFICIO
Joseph P. Cappuccio, President
Lewis C Toomey, President-Elect
Myron S. Aisenberg, Dean
C. Adam Bock, Treasurer
Calvin J. Gaver, Secretary
ELECTED TRUSTEES
Arthur I. Bell — 1962 Jesse Trager — 1963
Maryland Maryland
Ashur G. Chavoor — 1962 Howard Van Natta — 1964
Washington, D. C. Maryland
Peter T. Kanelos— 1963 Gerard A. Devlin— 1964
Rhode Island New Jersey
SENIOR PRIZE AWARDS
The following prizes were awarded to members of the Senior Class for
the 1960-61 Session:
The Alumni Association Medal
For Thesis
BILL EDWARD TAYLOR
The Harry E. Kelsey Award
(Contributed by former associates of Dr. Kelsey:
Drs. Anderson, Devlin, Hodges, Johnston and Preis)
For Professional Demeanor
LAWRENCE LEO CLARK
42
School of Dentistry
The Harry E. Latcham Memorial Medal
For Complete Oral Operative Restoration
RONALD WESLEY HIGEL
Honorable Mention Joseph Michael Pistoria
The Edgar J. Jacques Memorial Award
For Meritorious Work in Practical Oral Surgery
SANFORD KATSUMI KAMEZAWA
The Herbert Friedberg Memorial Award
(Contributed by the New Jersey Alumni Chapter of the
National Alumni Association)
For Achievement by a New Jersey Senior
LAWRENCE LEO CLARK
The Katharine Toomey Plaque
(Conrtibuted by Dr. and Mrs. Lewis C. Toomey)
For Devotion to the School and to the Profession
GEORGE FRANKLIN BUCHNESS
The Timothy 0. Heatwole Chair
To the Senior Who Has Best Exemplified the Qualities
of Ethical Standards, Kindnesses and Humanitarianism
WILLIAM PAUL HOFFMAN, JR.
The Harry B. Schwartz Award
For Meritorious Work in Fixed Partial Prosthesis
JOHN GEORGE GOETTEE, JR.
The Sigma Epsilon Delta Memorial Medal
For Highest Average in Basic Sciences
AARON RUFUS GRIFFITH, JR.
University of Maryland
Honors
University Gold Medal for Scholarship, Summa Cum Laude
Awarded to
Frank Joseph Sinnreich, Jr.
Certificates of Honor, Magna Cum Laude
Awarded to
Gilbert Samuel Berman Antone Travers Oliveira, Jr.
Raymond Emil Goepfrich Aaron Rufus Griffith, Jr.
Peter Paul Ryiz
Cum Laude
Lester Malcolm Breen Roy Mitsuaki Naito
William Joseph Girotti James Miller Steig
Edward Salters McCallum, Jr. Stanley Leonard Zakarin
Degree Conferred August 1, 1961
Paul Wilfred Achin, Providence College Massachusetts
Joseph Edward Furtado, B.A., Providence College, 1954 Rhode Island
Edward Allen Hurdle, Jr., B.S., Loyola College, 1956 Maryland
Alvin Wesley Kagey, B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1957 Maryland
Douglas Kaplan, B.A., Alfred University, 1957 New Jersey
Sol Benjamin Love, Georgetown University District of Columbia
Joseph Robert Marchesani, LaSalle College New Jersey
Theodore Almada Rosa, B.S., University of Maryland, 1958
District of Columbia
Hershel Garvin Sawyer, A.B., Berea College, 1957 West Virginia
Arthur Hein Streeter, B.S., Washington College, 1957 Maryland
William Herbert Witherspoon, West Virginia University Pennsylvania
GRADUATING CLASS
1960-1961 Session
Earl Robert Alban, Jr., B.A., The Johns Hopkins University, 1954 Maryland
Morris Antonelli, B.S., University of Maryland, 1958 _ -District of Columbia
Gilbert Samuel Berman, B.S., University of Maryland, 1957 Maryland
Cecil Samuel Boland, B.S., Newberry College, 1957 Maryland
Lester Malcolm Breen, Emory University Georgia
Donald Acker Michael Brown, B.A., St. John's College 1951 Maryland
Douglas Adams Bryans, B.S., Springfield College, 1957 Massachusetts
George Franklin Buchness, B.S., Loyola College, 1948; M.S., Catholic
University, 1954 Maryland
Richard Mario Carmosino, A.B., Boston University, 1957 Massachusetts
44
School of Dentistry
Thomas J. Cavanaugh, B.S., University of Maryland, 1957 Maryland
Lawrence Leo Clark, Mount Saint Mary's College New Jersey
James Richard Crouse, Shepherd College Maryland
Billy Hugh Darke, B.S.^ Western Kentucky State College, 1954 Kentucky
William Lawrence Doheny, Jr., University of Maryland Connecticut
Edward Cornelius Doherty, B.A., Boston College, 1957 Massachusetts
Marlin Duane Dunker, B.A., Walla Walla College, 1955 California
William Duane Fitzgerald, University of Massachusetts Massachusetts
Sheldon Donald Fliss, B.S., University of Maryland, 1959 Maryland
Richard Arnold Foer, B.S., University of Maryland, 1957
District of Columbia
William Joseph Girotti, B.A., American International College, 1957
Massachusetts
Raymond Emil Goepfrich, B.S., Franklin and Marshall College, 1957
Pennsylvania
John George Goette, Jr., B.A., Western Maryland College, 1957 Maryland
Aaron Rufus Griffith, Jr., University of South Carolina South Carolina
Sheldon Gerald Gross, University of Vermont Massachusetts
Stanford Edgar Hamburger, B.A., University of Maryland, 1957 _ -Maryland
Arnold Hecht, University of Miami Florida
Ronald Wesley Higel, University of Florida Florida
William Paul Hoffman, Jr., Earlham College District of Columbia
Patrick Francis Iacovelli, Jr., B.S., Boston College, 1952 Massachusetts
Ronald Harold Israel, B.S., University of Maryland, 1958 Maryland
Sanford Katsumi Kamezawa, University of California Hawaii
Stanley Paul Kaminski, B.A., Seton Hall University, 1957 New Jersey
George Theodore Keary, B.S., University of Maryland, 1958 Massachusetts
Michael Edward Kolakowski, Jr., B.S., University of Maryland, 1957
Maryland
Robert George Kovack, B.S., Albright College, 1957 New Jersey
Ralph Leonard Kroopnick, B.A., University of Connecticut, 1957
Connecticut
Robert Maurice Lattanzi, Albertus Magnus College Connecticut
Jack Edward Liller, University of Richmond Maryland
Arnold Irvin Loew, University of Miami Florida
Edward Salters McCallum, Newberry College South Carolina
William Edward McLaughlin, Mount Saint Mary's College New York
Richard Madison Marrone, B.S., University of Maryland, 1957 Maryland
Alan J. Martin, Ohio University Florida
Robert Cameron Mason, B.S., University of Maryland, 1958 Maryland
Michael Charles Matzkin, B.A., Dartmouth College, 1957 Connecticut
Robert Francis Meier, Mount Saint Mary's College New York
Marc Julian Meyers, B.A., Western Maryland College, 1957 Maryland
Ronald Britton Morley, B.A., Maryville College, 1957 New York
Clarence John Myatt, A.B., St. Michael's College, 1957 Massachusetts
Roy Mitsuaki Naito, B.A., University of Hawaii, 1956 Hawaii
Antone Travers Oliveria, Jr., B.S., Tufts College, 1957 Massachusetts
45
University of Maryland
James Edward Palmer, University of Maryland Maryland
David Bertram Pere, University of Miami . .. Florida
Albert Perlmutter, A.B., Boston University, 1957 Massachusetts
Garr Thomas Phelps, Xavier University Kentucky
Joseph Michael Pistoria, Seton Hall University New Jersey
Edwin Stuart Raffel, B.S., University of Maryland, 1956 Maryland
Malcolm Sidney Renbaum, B.S., Johns Hopkins University, 1956 — Maryland
John Filmore Robinson, Loyola College Maryland
William Otis Rockefeller, B.S., University of Maryland, 1961 New York
Victor Angel Rosado, B.A., Polytechnic Institute of Puerto Rico, 1957
Puerto Rico
David Neuman Rudo, B.S., University of Maryland, 1957 Maryland
Peter Paul Ryiz, B.S., University of Maryland, 1958 Connecticut
Richard Daniel Sachs, University of Miami Florida
Robert Stanley Siegel, B.S., University of Maryland, 1958 Maryland
Frank Joseph Sinnreich, Jr., B.S., University of Maryland, 1951 — Maryland
Melvin Jordan Slan, B.S., University of Maryland, 1960 Maryland
Louis Edward Snyder, Jr., B.S., University of Maryland, 1959
South Carolina
James Miller Steig, Georgia Institute of Technology Florida
Stanley Merrill Stoller, B.S., University of Maryland, 1958 Maryland
Joseph Ashley Sullivan, University of Miami Florida
Brett Taylor Summey, B.A., University of North Carolina, 1957
North Carolina
John Harvey Swann, B.S., University of Maryland, 1956 Maryland
Jerry Dale Taft, B.S., University of Maryland, 1961 Montana
Bill Edward Taylor, University of Oklahoma Oklahoma
Paul Irvin Teitelbaum, B.S., University of Maryland, 1958 Maryland
Donald Mathews Tilghman, B.S., University of Maryland, 1958 Maryland
George Bartholomew Towson, Washington College Maryland
Norton Allen Tucker, B.S., University of Maryland, 1958 Maryland
Nils Glick Wallen, B.A., Syracuse University, 1957 New Jersey
Frederic James Wasserman, B.S., University of Florida, 1957 Florida
Alfred Stewart Wincleler, Jr., Johns Hopkins University New Jersey
Larry Emanuel Wynne, Emory University Florida
Stanley Leonard Zakarin, University of Florida Florida
John Francis Zulaski, B.A., American International College, 1957
Connecticut
REGISTER OF STUDENTS
1961-1962 Session
Senior Class
Frederick Bradshaw Abbott, Southeast Missouri State College Maryland
Tulio Fulvio Albertini, B.S., University of Maryland, 1959 Maryland
James Emil Andrews, B.S., Wake Forest College, 1958 North Carolina
46
School of Dentistry
Robert Apfel, B.A., University of Miami, 1958 Florida
Marvin Bennet Apter, B.S., University of Maryland, 1959 Maryland
Joseph Herman Axelrod, B.S., University of Maryland, 1959 Maryland
Michael Alan Balenson, B.S., University of Maryland, 1958 Maryland
Donald Harry Barnes, College of the Pacific California
Howard Benjamin Berman, Emory University Florida
Samuel Blum, B.S., University of Maryland, 1959 District of Columbia
William John Bowen, B.S., University of Maryland, 1957; M.S., 1959
Maryland
Roger Lee Brown, University of Maryland Pennsylvania
Peter John Buchetto, Jr., University of Connecticut Connecticut
Barry Stanley Buchman, B.S., University of Maryland, 1959 Maryland
Paul William Bushman, B.A., The Johns Hopkins University, 1958
Maryland
Robert Moore Charlton, B.S., University of Maryland, 1960 Maryland
George Gary Clendenin, B.S., University of Maryland, 1958 Maryland
David Constantinos, B.A., American International College, 1957
Massachusetts
William Howard Dickson, B.S., University of Maryland, 1958 Maryland
Albert William Doetzer, B.S., Loyola College, 1958 Maryland
Richard Farish Downes, Jr., B.S., University of Maryland, 1953 Maryland
John Theodore Drescher, B.A., University of Connecticut, 1958_ -Connecticut
Alvin Engel, University of Maryland Maryland
Henry Anthony Fischer, B.S., University of Florida, 1958 Florida
James Scott Foulke, B.S., University of Maryland, 1956 Maryland
Neil Arthur Friedman, University of Southern California California
Thomas Brent Gable, Franklin and Marshall College Pennsylvania
Charles Augustus Gallagher, B.S., University of Maryland, 1959 Maryland
Lawrence Allan Gallerani, B.A., American International College, 1958
Massachusetts
Ronald Irvin Glaeser, B.A., Western Maryland College, 1958 Maryland
Milton Josef Glatzer, A.B., Rutgers College, 1958 New Jersey
Marshall Robert Goldman, B.S., University of Maryland, 1960 Maryland
George Joseph Goodreau, Jr., A.B., St. Anselm's College, 1953
New Hampshire
Robert Gordon, A.B., Boston University, 1958 Massachusetts
Larry Earl Grace. B.S., Concord College, 1956 Virginia
Roert Duane Hackney, B.S., The State College of Washington, 1959
Washington
Lawrence Frank Halpert, B.A., The Johns Hopkins University. 1958
Maryland
Laurence Eugene Johns, Shepherd College Maryland
James Paul Johnson, B.S., Mount Saint Mary's College, 1958 _ .Pennsylvania
Laddie Lynn Jones, B.S., Presbyterian College, 1958 South Carolina
David Brainard Kirby, Jr., B.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1958
Pennsylvania
Martin Kline, Emory University Florida
47
University of Maryland
Richard Thomas Koritzer, The Johns Hopkins University Maryland
Robert Alan Kramer, Lafayette College New Jersey
Daniel Levy, Emory University Georgia;
Donald Eugene Lilley, Southern Missionary College Maryland.
Berton Abner Lowell, University of Miami Florida
Sidney Samuel Markowitz, B.S., University of Maryland, 1959 Maryland.
Joseph David Mechanick, B.S., University of Maryland, 1960 Maryland.
Stephen Mark Millison, University of Maryland Maryland.
Stephen Hollingshead Mills, University of Florida Florida^
Alan Tatsuo Miyamoto, B.A., Simpson College, 1958 Hawaii,
Kermit Lee Norton, Fresno State College California-
Harvey Sheldon Pallen, University of Florida Florida
Robert Parker, B.S., University of Maryland, 1959 Maryland
Allan Buckner Pertnoy, B.S., University of Maryland, 1958 Maryland
Gerald Alan Pinsky, University of Miami Florida
Albert Louis Pizzi, B.S., Springfield College, 1958 Massachusetts
Leo Rabago, Jr., Fresno State College California
Sylvan Rankin, B.S., University of Maryland, 1960 Maryland
Paul Francis Regan, B.A., Boston College, 1958 Massachusetts
Donald Arthur Romeo, A.B., St. Anselm's College, 1956 Massachusetts
Lee Howard Roper, B.S., University of Maryland, 1960 New Hampshire
Jack Arnold Roth, West Virginia University Maryland
David Rubin, University of Miami Florida
Howard Frederick Rudo, B.A., University of Maryland, 1958 Maryland
Joseph Anthony Salvo, Jr., B.S., Tufts College, 1958 Massachusetts
Earle Milton Schulz, Jr., B.S., University of Maryland, 1960 Maryland
Howard Erwin Schunick, B.S., University of Maryland, 1961 Maryland
Frank Lewis Schwartz, B.S., University of Maryland, 1959 Maryland
Allen Hirch Simmons, A.B., Fresno State College, 1955 California
Reed Campbell Snow, University of Utah Utah
Theodore Sheldon Sobkov, B.A., University of Maryland, 1958 Maryland
Irvin Murray Sopher, B.S., University of Maryland, 1958 Maryland
Dennis Martin Sullivan, B.A., Belmont Abbey College, 1960_ -South Carolina-
John Thomson, III, B.S., Houghton College, 1960 New Jersey
Alan Jay Trager, B.S., University of Maryland, 1958 Maryland
Lamar Gordon Warren, Jr., University of Florida Florida
Robert William Warson, B.S., Loyola College, 1958 Maryland
Jerome Jacob Weinstein, B.S., University of Maryland, 1958 Maryland
John Charles Wilhelm, A.B., Western Maryland College, 1953 Maryland
Rex Patrick Wood, B.S., The State College of Washington, 1958
Washington
David Ansel Young, Whittier College California
Junior Class
Richard Paul Beimler, A.B., Gettysburg College, 1955 New York
Frank Melcon Benneyan, A.B., Fresno State College, 1959 California
48
School of Dentistry
John David Bimestefer, A.B., Duke University, 1959 Maryland
David Wayne Bishop, Newberry College South Carolina
Leonard Donald Blumson, B.S., University of Miami, 1957 Maryland
Robert Jack Burt, B.A., Johns Hopkins University, 1959 Maryland
Carl Michael Caplan, B.S., University of Maryland, 1959 Maryland
James McCormick Carew, B.A., St. Anselm's College, 1959__New Hampshire
Ronald Albert Carter, A.B., Fresno State College, 1958 California
Earl LeRoy Chambers, Jr., B.S., University of Maryland, 1958 —Maryland
Dale Richard Collins, University of Pittsburgh Pennsylvania
Frank Costabile, B.S., University of Maryland, 1959 New Jersey
Thomas Michael Darrigan, B.S., University of Maryland, 1959 New York
Renato Patrick DeSantis, A.B., Loyola College, 1958 Maryland
Gene Watkins Eng, B.A., Emory University, 1959 Florida
William Bernard Finagin, B.S., University of Maryland, 1959 Maryland
Michael Alan Fine, A.B., Catawba College, 1959 New York
Robert Pacy Fleishman, Loyola College Maryland
Stanley Berle Foxman, B.A., University of Maryland, 1958 Maryland
Leon Friedman, B.A., Lehigh University, 1959 New Jersey
Franklin F. Frush, B.A., University of Maryland, 1958 Maryland
Richard Anthony Gallagher, B.S., University of Maryland, 1959 — Maryland
Francis Xavier Geczik, B.S., Iona College, 1959 New York
Peter Lewis Goldstone, A.B., Harvard College, 1959 New York
Herbert Gottlieb, B.S., University of Maryland, 1959 Maryland
Mark Lee Govrin, University of Maryland New Jersey
William Herbert Griswold, B.S., University of Maryland, 1958 New Jersey
John Estyle Hanson, B.S., Shepherd College, 1959 Maryland
Wilberto Francisco Hernandez-Vales, B.S., University of Puerto Rico, 1959
Puerto Rico
Stanley Elliott Hyatt, B.S., University of Maryland, 1958 Maryland
Carl Winston Irwin, B.S., University of Maryland, 1959 Maryland
Ralph William Jacobson, Emory University Florida
William Carl Jennette, Jr., B.S., Wake Forest College, 1959 Maryland
Dean Clyde Johnson, University of Utah Utah
Robert Allen Katz, B.S., Boston College, 1959 Massachusetts
Clayton Edward King, B.A., Providence College, 1959 Massachusetts
Donald Raymond King, University of Florida Florida
Earl Ephraim Klioze, B.S., University of Maryland, 1959 Maryland
Herbert Mark Koenigsberg, B.S., University of Maryland, 1959 Maryland
George Andrew Kraft, B.S., University of Maryland, 1959 Pennsylvania
George Krupinsky, Jr., B.A., University of Maryland, 1959 Maryland
Paul Max Ladd, University of Miami Florida
Richard Joseph Landino, B.A., Providence College, 1959 Connecticut
Stuart Theodore Landsman, B.S., Queens College, 1959 New York
Delia Ruth Looper, B.A., Longwood College, 1959 Virginia
Lorin George Maser, B.S., University of Maryland, 1961, District of Columbia
Harry Charles Mullins, Concord College West Virginia
Martin Neil Narun, B.A., Johns Hopkins University, 1958 Maryland
49
University of Maryland
Jerome William Newman, B.A., The Citadel, 1959 Florida
David Bennett Nuckols, B.A., University of Tennessee, 1949 Maryland
George William Oatis, Jr., B.S., University of Maryland, 1961 Connecticut
Samuel Oshry, B.S., University of Maryland, 1959 Maryland
John Charles Pentzer, B.S., University of Maryland, 1955 Maryland
Stanford Elliott Picker, B.A., University of California, 1958; M.A., 1959
California
Robert Theobald Probst, II, B.S., Iowa State College, 1950; M.S., 1952
Connecticut
George Michael Quinlan, Jr., B.A., American International College, 1957
Massachusetts
John Robert Rasczewski, Bucknell University Pennsylvania
Richard Mann Reddish, B.S., University of Maryland, 1959 Maryland
Martin Stewart Reeber, University of Florida Florida
Francis Richard Richo, B.A., Providence College, 1959 Connecticut
Edward Richard Rose, B.A., Johns Hopkins University, 1959 Maryland
Ivan Alan Rosengarden, B.A., University of Maryland, 1959 Maryland
Howard Leslie Rothschild, B.S., University of Maryland, 1960 Maryland
Paul Rubinstein, University of Maryland Maryland
Nicolaus Sakiewicz, B.S., Columbia University, 1959 New Jersey
Robert Alan Samuel, University of Florida Florida
Fred Maurice Scholnick, B.S., University of Maryland, 1960 Maryland
Paul Wesley Shaffer, West Virginia University Maryland
Donald Siegendorf, University of Miami Florida
Howard Ronald Siegler, University of Miami New York
Junius Thomas Soliday, Davis and Elkins College West Virginia
Edward David Spire, B.S., University of Maryland, 1959 Maryland
John Walter Staubach, B.S., Franklin and Marshall College, 1960 Maryland
George Cyril Strong, Los Angeles City College California
Eberhard Wolfgang Tinter, Iona College New York
Thomas John Toman, University of Maryland Maryland
Norman Michael Trabulsy, B.S., University of Miami, 1957 Florida
Henry John Van Hassel, B.A., Maryville College, 1954 New Jersey
Lorenzo Stephan Vazzana, B.S., University of Maryland, 1959 Maryland
Kenneth Harold Webster, B.S., State College of Washington, 1960
Washington
Roger Allan Webster, University of Oregon California
Francis William Welch, B.S., Springfield College, 1958 Massachusetts
Paul Xavier Welch, American International College Massachusetts
George Carl White, West Virginia University West Virginia
Joseph Michael Wiesenbaugh, Jr., Mount Saint Mary's College Pennsylvania
Harvey Ray Wildman, B.S., Mount Saint Mary's College, 1959
Connecticut
Herbert Alan Wolford, D.V.M., Michigan State College, 1952 —Pennsylvania
Sheldon Joel Wollman, Johns Hopkins University Maryland
Gary Lee Womer, B.S., University of Maryland, 1958 Maryland
50
School of Dentistry
Maurice Richard Woodard, B.S., American University, 1952 Maryland
Donald Russell Yent, Virginia Polytechnic Institute Maryland
Sophomore Class
Charles Bernard Abelson, B.S., University of Maryland, 1961 Maryland
Fred Norton Ansel, B.S., University of Maryland, 1961 Maryland
Paul Vincent Beauvais, B.S., St. Francis College, 1960 Massachusetts
Lucien Ernest Benoit, Providence College Rhode Island
Bernard Harry Blaustein, B.S., University of Maryland, 1960 Maryland
Donald Lee Bloum, B.A., Washington Missionary College, 1956 _ -Maryland
William Langton Brice, University of Maryland Maryland
Albert Edward Carlotti, Jr., B.S., University of Rhode Island, 1960
Rhode Island
Edgar Harold Chambers, B.S., University of Miami, 1960 Florida
Martin Leo Chaput, B.A., Merrimack College, 1960 Massachusetts
Stephen Robert Cognata, University of California California
William Clise Colwell, B.S., Washington State University, 1961 — Washington
Joseph Louis Corey, A.B., West Virginia University, 1960 West Virginia
Ronald Dalinsky, B.S., University of Maryland, 1961 Maryland
Glenn Boyd Dickerson, University of South Carolina South Carolina
Charles Edward Doll, Jr., B.S., Saint Bonaventure University, 1960
New York
Robert Lore Early, B.A., Ohio Wesleyan University, 1960 Maryland
Edward Robert Emerson, Washington College Maryland
Barry Elliott Feldman, B.S., University of Maryland, 1961 Maryland
Burton Morton Finifter, B.A., University of Maryland, 1960 Maryland
Robert Paul Fogarty, University of Utah Utah
Clark Neamand Foulke, B.S., University of Maryland, 1957 Maryland
Lawrence Fox, B.A., University of Maryland, 1960 Maryland
Francis Leon Fraser, A.B., Carroll College, 1955 Maryland
John Michael Freiler, B.S., Moravian College, 1960 New Jersey
Richard Anthony Gaudio, A.B., Providence College, 1959 Connecticut
John Charles Gigliotti, B.S., University of Maryland, 1960 Maryland
Gary Kenneth Gold, B.S., University of Maryland, 1960 Maryland
Ira Norman Goldbach, University of Miami Florida
Rodney Frank Golden, B.S., University of Maryland, 1961 Maryland
Leroy Goren, University of Maryland Maryland
Constantinos Xenophon Govedaros, University of Maryland Maryland
Edward George Grace. Jr., B.S., Mount Saint Mary's College, 1960
New York
Marian Carter Greear, Jr., University of Florida Florida
Stephen Michael Grussmark, University of Florida Florida
Dennis Wright Guard, University of Maryland Maryland
Thomas Kenneth Guglielmo, Jr., B.S., Mount Saint Mary's College, 1960
New Jersey
John Patrick Hackett, Bucknell University New Jersey
51
University of Maryland
Paul Ronald Hall, B.S., University of Maryland, 1960 Maryland
Joseph Gold Handelman, B.S., University of Maryland, 1960 Maryland
Alan Howard Hart, B.S., University of Maryland, 1961 Maryland
Frederick Guy Herrick, B.S., Bates College, 1960 New Jersey
Jeffrey Alan Herrman, University of Miami Florida
Robert William Hilkene, Fairleigh Dickinson University New Jersey
Lawrence Edwards Himelfarb, B.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1960
Maryland
Joseph Hinich, Jr., Utah State University Utah
Maxwell Patrick Hogan, Niagara University New York
Charles Edward Hunt, B.A., Western Maryland College, 1958 Maryland
John Roedel Jaeger, Jr., B.S., Dickinson College, 1960 Maryland
Ron, James Jonas, B.S., Washington State University, 1961 Washington
John Joseph Jordan, B.S., University of Scranton, 1957 Pennsylvania
Clifford Harold Jue, University of California California
Richard Bennett Kirk, B.S., Baldwin-Wallace College, 1959 New Jersey
Albert Hiram Klair, Jr., Washington College Maryland
Stanley Louis Kolker, University of Maryland Maryland
Neil Woodrow Lamb, B.S., University of Maryland, 1960 Maryland
Jeffrey Allen Legum, B.A., University of Maryland, 1960 Maryland
Harold Bernard Levine, University of Miami Florida
Malcolm Lawrence Mclnnis, Providence College Massachusetts
Donald Lee Maloof, University of Maryland Maryland
Franklin Eugene May, B.S., Loyola College, 1956 Maryland
Ian Bertram Miller, B.S., University of Maryland, 1961 Maryland
Walter Merrill Miller, B.A., University of Maryland, 1960 Maryland
David Lawrence Mincey, A.B., University of North Carolina, 1960
North Carolina
Richard Stephen Nemes, Montgomery Junior College Maryland
Robert Preston Nitzell, A.B., The Johns Hopkins University, 1962 Maryland
Wayne Lance O'Roark, B.S., University of Maryland, 1960 Maryland
Albert Louis Ousborne, Jr., B.S., University of Maryland, 1961 Maryland
Robert Pete Padousis, B.S., University of Maryland, 1961 Maryland
Charles Bernard Parr, Jr., Loyola College Maryland
John Fairfax Patterson, B.S., University of Maryland, 1960 Maryland
Lance David Petersen, Montgomery Junior College Maryland
Stanley Martin Plies, University of Maryland Maryland
Ernest Alfred Ponce, San Bernardino Valley College California
Norman Henry Proulx, B.A., Saint Anselm's College, 1960 New Hampshire
Philip Howard Pushkin, B.A., University of Maryland, 1960 Maryland
Irving Jacob Raksin, B.S., University of Maryland, 1960 Maryland
Albert Richard Rayne, B.S., Washington College, 1960 Maryland
Norman Robert Ressin, University of Maryland Maryland
Charles Milton Rosenberg, B.A., Emory University, 1960 Georgia
John Nicholas Russo, Jr., B.S., Mount Saint Mary's College, 1960 Delaware
John Winthrop Sargent, B.S., University of Florida, 1960 New Jersey
John Reno Savoia, B.S., Springfield College, 1960 Massachusetts
52
School of Dentistry
James Lawrence Schatz, B.S., Loyola College, 1960 Maryland
Thomas Anthony Simes, B.S., University of Cincinnati, 1957 Ohio
Harvey Frank Simon, University of Maryland Maryland
Douglas Graham Spink, Jr., B.A., Seton Hall University, 1960
Massachusetts
Victor Elliott Spiro, A.B., Boston University, 1959 Massachusetts
Albert Haywood Swain, B.S., University of Maryland, 1960 New Jersey
Herbert Barry Taragin, University of Maryland Maryland
Jerome Bernard Taragin, Georgetown University District of Columbia
Clinton Dee Taylor, University of Utah Utah
Mervin Armel Todd, A.B., Duke University, 1960 New Jersey
Charles Edward Toomey, 111, B.S., Washington and Lee University, 1959
Maryland
Warren Kenneth Veith, B.A., Ohio State University, 1960 New Jersey
Thomas Francis Walsh, B.S., Mount Saint Mary's College, 1960 New York
Ronald Stanley Wershba, B.S., Long Island University, 1960 New York
David L. White, Jr., A.B., University of California, 1960 California
Theodore Toms Wycall, B.S., Florida Southern College, 1960 New Jersey
John Paroy Youngman, Saint Petersburg Junior College Florida
Freshman Class
Juan Alberto Arias, B.A., Hilyer College, 1961 Panama
Carolyn Elizabeth Barclay, B.S., University of Maryland, 1961 Maryland
Marcus Herman Barrera, A.B., Florida State, 1961 Florida
Marvin Allen Becker, B.S., Pennsylvania Military College, 1961 Maryland
Ronald Jacob Berman, University of Maryland Maryland
Sheldon Arnold Bloom, University of Maryland Maryland
Gilles Ivan Boissonneault, Hilyer College Connecticut
James Edward Bradley, B.A., George Washington University, 1961
Maryland
Stuart Allen Broth, University of Maryland Maryland
Robert James Carey, B.S., Loyola College, 1961 Maryland
John Paul Cattaneo, A.B., St. Michael's College, 1961 New York
Joseph Mathew Chasko, B.S., University of Miami, 1957 Florida
Anthony Eugene Curcio, LaSalle College New York
George Eugene Dent, B.S., George Washington University, 1961 Maryland
James William Donaldson, B.S., University of Maryland, 1961
District of Columbia
Albert Irvin Dorfman, University of Maryland Maryland
Francis Thomas Dougherty, B.A., Johns Hopkins University, 1961
New Jersey
John Russell Earnhart, B.S., University of Alabama, 1957 Maryland
Leonard David Efrom, University of Maryland Maryland
Gerald Richard Eisenberg, B.S., Dickinson College, 1961 Maryland
William Wood Eldridge, Rollins College Florida
Guy Ronald Estes, University of Florida Florida
53
University of Maryland
Sylvan Feldman, University of Maryland Maryland
Philip Saul Ferris, University of Maryland Maryland
Stanley Paul Foreman, B.A., University of Maryland, 1961 Maryland
Donald Joseph Forno, B.A., University of Maryland, 1961 Maryland
Theodore Stuart Freedman, A.B., Indiana University, 1960 Indiana
Nelson Charles Freeman, B.A., University of Connecticut, 1961
Connecticut
John Anthony Frensilli, B.A., Holy Cross College, 1961 Massachusetts
Harry Lee Friedman, B.S., University of Maryland, 1960 Maryland
Charles Albert Gagne, B.A., Holy Cross College, 1961 Massachusetts
Joseph William Gallagher, A.B., St. Joseph's College, 1961 Delaware
Frederick Joseph Geating, University of Maryland Maryland
Alan Paul Girard, University of Miami New York
John Joseph Golski, Seton Hall University New Jersey
Richard 0. Goodman, University of North Carolina Maryland
Jack LeRoy Graham, A.B., San Jose State College, 1960 California
Warren Granek, B.S., University of Maryland, 1961 Maryland
Murray Gerald Greenberg, B.S., University of Maryland, 1959 Maryland
Stephen Arthur Greene, A.B., Middlebury College, 1961 New Jersey
Edward George Gutman, B.A., University of Maryland, 1961 Maryland
Robert James Haarmeyer, B.S., Mt. St. Mary's College, 1961
Pennsylvania
Ronald Frank Hanswirth, A.B., Boston University, 1961 Massachusetts
John Knox Hart, Waynesburg College Pennsylvania
John Wallace Hathaway, B.S., Iowa Wesleyan College, 1960 _ -Massachusetts
Richard Allen Hawse, A.B., Duke University, 1961 Florida
William Howard Helfert, Montgomery Junior College Maryland
John Michael Iacono, B.S., St. John's College, 1961 New York
William Andrew Imbach, B.S., Mt. Mary's College, 1961 Maryland
Marcus Pitkin Johnson, B.A., Williams College, 1959 Maryland
Michael H. Josephson, Los Angeles City College California
Harvey Alan Kallins, University of Maryland Maryland
Morton Irvin Katz, University of Maryland Maryland
Herschel Benjamin Kaufman, A.B., Emory University, 1960
South Carolina
William Edward Kaufman, B.S., University of Florida, 1961 Florida
Thomas Lewis Klechak, Wake Forest College Maryland
William Leonard Knoche, Loyola College Maryland
William Nicholas Koutrelakos, B.A., University of New Hampshire, 1953;
M.Ed., Loyola College, 1961 Maryland
Martin Harold Lewis, University of Miami Florida
James Nicholas Leyko, B.S., Loyola College, 1961 Maryland
Rodger Howard Lofland, A.B., Catawba College, 1961 Florida
Arnold Gerard McGreevy, Mt. St. Mary's College Maryland
James Edgar MacBride, B.S., Elizabethtown College, 1961 Pennsylvania
Leonard Louis Maranto, LaSalle College Maryland
John Mills Martin, B.S., University of Maryland, 1957 Maryland
54
School of Dentistry
Joseph Edward Mazikas, B.A., St. Vincent College, 1951 Pennsylvania
Sheldon Meltzer, B.S., Muhlenberg College, 1961 New Jersey
David Scranton Meroney, University of Maryland Maryland
Robert Austin Mullen, Mt. St. Mary's College New York
Steven Arnold Nachman, University of Maryland Maryland
Michael Josephat Oles, B.S., Loyola College, 1960 Maryland
Glenn Lamar Paulk, A.B., Emory University, 1961 Georgia
Barrett Joel Raff, B.S., Brooklyn College of Pharmacy, 1960 New York
James D. Rawlins, Tusculum College Delaware
Alan Rosenfeld, University of Maryland Maryland
Alex Michael Rudewicz, B.S., University of Hartford, 1961 Connecticut
Robert H. Schuckman, Rutgers University New Jersey
Andrew Albert Schwab, University of Miami Florida
Harry Benesh Schwartz, B.S., University of Maryland, 1961 Maryland
Paul Clark Sebastian, B.S., University of Maryland, 1961
District of Columbia
David Bachrach Shuman, Lafayette College Maryland
Wilbur King Smith, Western Maryland College Maryland
Barry Edward Solomon, University of Maryland Maryland
Stephen Nicholas Sovich, University of Maryland Maryland
Richard Hopkins Stag, University of Maryland Maryland
Lamon Arlie Stewart, Mars Hill College Maryland
Richard Edward Thomason, B.A., Washington Missionary College, 1960
Maryland
John Francis Tintle, B.A., Seton Hall University, 1961 New Jersey
Allen Anthony Vessel, B.S., University of Maryland, 1961 Maryland
Kay Oliver Wadsworth, B.S., Walla Walla College, 1960 Oregon
Steven Martin White, University of Maryland Maryland
Wayne Wilson Wibby, B.A., University of Maine, 1960 Maine
Harold Wallace Wilson, University of Maryland New York
Larry Joseph Wisman, University of Maryland Maryland
Walter Raymond Wolk, B.S., Trinity College, 1958 Connecticut
Lawrence Fred Yampolsky, B.S., University of Alabama, 1961 New Jersey
Edward Louis Zak, St. Michael's College Massachusetts
Arnold Stuart Zimmerman, Monmouth College New Jersey
Charles Harry Zois, Rutgers University New Jersey
Vincent Joseph Zugay, B.S., Indiana State Teachers College, 1955;
A.M., George Washington University, 1960 Maryland
55
University of Maryland
DEANS OF DENTAL SCHOOLS IN BALTIMORE
BALTIMORE COLLEGE OF DENTAL SURGERY
(Founded 1840)
Chapin A. Harris 1840—1841
Thomas E. Bond 1841—1842
Washington R. Handy 1842—1853
Philip H. Austen 1853—1865
Ferdinand J. S. Gorgas 1865 — 1882
Richard B. Winder 1882—1894
M. Whilldin Foster 1894—1914
William G. Foster 1914—1923
MARYLAND DENTAL COLLEGE
1873—1878 (Merged with B. C. D. S.)
Richard B. Winder 1873—1878
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
(Founded 1882)
Ferdinand J. S. Gorgas 1882—1911
Timothy 0. Heatwole 1911—1923
BALTIMORE MEDICAL COLLEGE
1895—1913 (Merged with U. of Md.)
J. William Smith 1895—1901
William A. Montell 1901—1903
J. Edgar Orrison 1903—1904
J. William Smith 1904—1913
BALTIMORE COLLEGE OF DENTAL SURGERY
DENTAL SCHOOL
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
(B. C. D. S. Joined the U. of Md. 1923)
Timothy O. Heatwole 1923—1924
J. Ben Robinson 1924—1953
Myron S. Aisenberg (Acting) 1953
Myron S. Aisenberg 1954 — present
56
School of Dentistry
INDEX
Academic Calendar 2
Admission Requirements 11
Admission with Advanced
Standing 15
Alumni Association 40
Anatomy 25
Application Procedures 14
Arts and Sciences —
Dental Program 12
Attendance Requirements 15
Baltimore Union 21
Biochemistry 26
Board of Regents 1
Cafeteria 21
Curriculum, Plan of 23-24
Deans of the Baltimore
Dental Schools 56
Definition of Residence and
Non-Residence 19
Dental History and Literature 26
Dental Prosthesis
Removable Complete and
Partial Prosthesis 27
Fixed Partial Prosthesis 28
Deportment 16
Description of Courses 25
Diagnosis 29
Dormitory Accommodations 21
Equipment Requirements 16
Faculty Listing 3
Fees, Graduate 18
Fees, Student 17
Freshman Class 53
Gorgas Odontological Society 40
Graduating Class (1960-61
Session) 44
Graduation Requirements 16
Histology 29
History of the School 9
Index 57
Junior Class 48
Library 11
Matriculation and Enrollment 14
Medicine
General Medicine 30
Oral Medicine 31
Microbiology 32
Officers of Administration 3
Officers of Instruction 3
Omicron Kappa Upsilon 40
Operative Dentistry 33
Orthodontics 34
Pathology 34
Pedodontics 35
Pharmacology 35
Physiology 36
Postgraduate Courses 18
Practice Administration 37
Promotion and Grading 15
Refunds 18
Registration 18
Requirements for Admission 11
Requirements for Graduation 16
Requirements for Matriculation
and Enrollment 14
Roentgenology 37
Scholarship and Loan Funds 20
Senior Class 46
Senior Prize Awards 42
Sophomore Class 51
Summer Courses 39
Student Health Service 19
Surgery 38
Visual Aids 39
57
stfiilrHl limn *k; H
[tf/UIAJtJtttfiffflHflfNl
Wj
ft/raw nfifl
IK nil ■ — >.{\ff< -
m
188
tm M
mi u
USUI
IffllHi
■n
11 Mill